ZXG10 IBSC (V61 20 20) Base Station Controller Radio Parameter Reference

ZXG10 iBSC
Base Station Controller
Radio Parameter Reference

6.20.20
ZTE CORPORATION
NO. 55, Hi-tech Road South, ShenZhen, P.R.China
Postcode: 518057
Tel: +86-755-26771900
Fax: +86-755-26770801
URL: http://ensupport.zte.com.cn
E-mail: support@zte.com.cn
LEGAL INFORMATION
Copyright 2011 ZTE CORPORATION.
The contents of this document are protected by copyright laws and international treaties. Any reproduction or
distribution of this document or any portion of this document, in any form by any means, without the prior written
consent of ZTE CORPORATION is prohibited.
Additionally, the contents of this document are protected by
contractual confidentiality obligations.

All company, brand and product names are trade or service marks, or registered trade or service marks, of ZTE
CORPORATION or of their respective owners.
This document is provided as is, and all express, implied, or statutory warranties, representations or conditions
are disclaimed, including without limitation any implied warranty of merchantability, fitness for a particular purpose,
title or non-infringement. ZTE CORPORATION and its licensors shall not be liable for damages resulting from the
use of or reliance on the information contained herein.
ZTE CORPORATION or its licensors may have current or pending intellectual property rights or applications
covering the subject matter of this document. Except as expressly provided in any written license between ZTE
CORPORATION and its licensee, the user of this document shall not acquire any license to the subject matter
herein.
ZTE CORPORATION reserves the right to upgrade or make technical change to this product without further notice.
Users may visit ZTE technical support website http://ensupport.zte.com.cn to inquire related information.
The ultimate right to interpret this product resides in ZTE CORPORATION.
Revision History
Revision No.
Revision Date
Revision Reason
R1.0
20100228
First edition
R1.1
20100830
Updated to V6.20.200f
Serial Number: SJ-20100203092418-017

Publishing Date: 20100830
Contents
About This Manual ......................................................................................... I
Chapter 1 Overview .................................................................................... 1-1
1.1 Introduction to BSS Radio Parameters................................................................. 1-1
1.2 Method of Modifying Radio Parameters ............................................................... 1-2
1.3 Method of Modifying Parameters in Batch ............................................................ 1-6
1.4 The Format to Explain Parameters .....................................................................1-11
1.5 Precautions on Parameter Adjustment............................................................... 1-12
Chapter 2 BSC Function Parameters........................................................ 2-1

2.1 Radio Basic Property.......................................................................................... 2-1
2.1.1 DCS1800/PCS1900 supported (FuncExt) .................................................. 2-2
2.1.2 Load indication allowed (LoadInd) ............................................................. 2-2
2.1.3 Send confusion message allowed (ConfusionMsg) ..................................... 2-3
2.1.4 Inter-Cell handover processed within BSC allowed (InHoEnable) ................ 2-3
2.1.5 Send assignment failure allowed (ExDRSendAssFail)................................. 2-4
2.1.6 Load indication valid time (LoadValidTime)................................................. 2-5
2.1.7 Load indication period (LoadIndPrd) .......................................................... 2-5
2.1.8 Automatic resource indication threshold (ResourceIndThs) ......................... 2-6
2.1.9 Resource adjust threshold (ResourceAdjustThs) ........................................ 2-7
2.1.10 BSC MAX reset number (BSCMaxResetNum).......................................... 2-8
2.1.11 MR report enable (MrRptEnable) ............................................................. 2-9
2.1.12 HBTS scan site number (HBTSScanSiteNum).......................................... 2-9
2.1.13 Range of BARANG............................................................................... 2-10
2.2 Other Parameters..............................................................................................2-11
2.2.1 Length of super vision (LcsSuperVision) ...................................................2-11
2.2.2 Length of radio (LcsRadio) ...................................................................... 2-12
2.2.3 LCS wait intra BSS handover timer (LcsWaitInTraHO) .............................. 2-12
2.2.4 Monitor physical context request (RmsT9108, 100ms) .............................. 2-13
2.2.5 Timer for MSG waiting (TWaitMsg, 100ms) .............................................. 2-14
2.2.6 Timer for RANCSEST Waiting (TWaitRancsEst, 100ms) ........................... 2-14
2.2.7 Timer for RANCSCLECOM Waiting (TWaitRancsCleCom, 100ms) ............ 2-15
2.2.8 Timer for CCM waiting (CcmWaitTimer) ................................................... 2-16
2.2.9 Get static param timer (GetStaticParamTimer, 100ms).............................. 2-16
2.2.10 Starting time for oriented retry (RmsT10, 100ms).................................... 2-17
2.2.11 TFO Enable (TFOControl_0) ................................................................. 2-18

2.2.12 Codec type optimization enable (TFOControl_1) .................................... 2-18
2.2.13 Codec mismatch resolution enable (TFOControl_2) ................................ 2-19
2.2.14 AMR Optimization Mode (TFOControl_3) ............................................... 2-20
2.2.15 External cell load notify (Info_0_0) ......................................................... 2-20
2.2.16 Neighbor cell load valid duration (Info_0_1,10s) ..................................... 2-21
2.2.17 LMU build request deal or not (Info_1_0) ............................................... 2-21
2.2.18 MBMS request deal or not (Info_1_1) .................................................... 2-22
2.2.19 Channel request reserved field deal or not (Info_1_2) ............................. 2-22
2.2.20 MS power hold in handover option (Info_0_9)......................................... 2-23
2.2.21 Level threshold of target cell (Info_0_10)................................................ 2-24
2.3 Channel Allocation Control Parameters.............................................................. 2-24
2.3.1 Dynamic HR enable (DynaHREnable) ..................................................... 2-25
2.3.2 Threshold for TRX switched from FR to HR (HRThs) ................................ 2-26
2.3.3 AMR Dynamic HR Conversion Threshold (AmrHRThs) ............................. 2-26
2.3.4 HR channel fragment finishing support (HRDfragSupport)......................... 2-27
2.3.5 HR channel percentage threshold (HRTsPercentage) ............................... 2-27
2.3.6 User priority for EMLPP (PriThreshold) .................................................... 2-28
2.3.7 Preferred speech version (PreferSpeechVer H) ........................................ 2-29
2.3.8 Preferred speech version (PreferSpeedchVer F)....................................... 2-29
2.3.9 Reserved channel first (RsvChanFirst)..................................................... 2-30
2.3.10 EMLPP channel reserved time (EMLPPThs, %) ..................................... 2-30
2.3.11 TRX PS busy threshold (TrxPSBusyThs)................................................ 2-31
2.3.12 Resource pool for PS rate (PsAbisThs, %) ............................................. 2-32
2.3.13 Maximum PS uplink user per TS (MaxPsUserPerTs_0) ........................... 2-32
2.3.14 Maximum PS downlink user per TS (MaxPsUserPerTs_1)....................... 2-33
2.3.15 Extended uplink dynamic allocation support (ExUpDynSupport) .............. 2-33
2.4 Timer 1 ............................................................................................................ 2-34
2.4.1 Blocking/unblocking period (T1, 100ms)................................................... 2-34
2.4.2 Global resetting period (T4, 100ms)......................................................... 2-35
2.4.3 Protection period for global resetting (T13, 100ms)................................... 2-36
2.4.4 Circuit resetting period on BSS side (T19, 100ms).................................... 2-36
2.4.5 Circuit group blocking/unblocking period (T20, 100ms) ............................. 2-37
2.4.6 RLSD message receive protection timer (T9101, 100ms).......................... 2-38
2.4.7 Channel activation protection timer (RmsT9103, 100ms) .......................... 2-38
2.4.8 MSC clear command protection timer (T9104, 100ms).............................. 2-39
2.4.9 SCCP connection protection timer (T9105, 100ms) .................................. 2-40
II
2.4.10 Protective time waiting for access (RmsT1, 100ms) ................................ 2-40
2.4.11 Protective time for applying to channel (RmsT2, 100ms) ......................... 2-41
2.4.12 Protective time for link establishment response (RmsT3, 100ms)............. 2-42
2.4.13 Protective time for P0 confirms the message HO/ASS COM (RmsT4,
100ms)................................................................................................. 2-42
2.4.14 Encryption mode modification time (RmsT5, 100ms)............................... 2-43
2.4.15 SAPI3 link establishment time (RmsT6, 100ms) ..................................... 2-44
2.4.16 External handover protective time (RmsT8, 100ms) ................................ 2-44
2.4.17 Protective time for No.7 signal instantaneous disconnection (T3,
100ms)................................................................................................. 2-45
2.4.18 Protective time that PO responses external handover completion
message (RmsT7, 100ms)..................................................................... 2-46
2.4.19 HBTS scan begin time (HBTSScanBT) .................................................. 2-46
2.4.20 HBTS scan cycle (HBTSScanCyc, 3600s).............................................. 2-47
2.5 Timer 2 ............................................................................................................ 2-47
2.5.1 Protective time for RF channel release (RmsT9, 100ms)........................... 2-48
2.5.2 Queue period of assignment (RmsT11, 100ms) ........................................ 2-49
2.5.3 Acknowledgment interval for periodic status (RmsT12, 100ms) ................. 2-49
2.5.4 Mode modification process time (RmsT13, 100ms)................................... 2-50
2.5.5 Protective time of UM assignment completion (RmsT14, 100ms)............... 2-51
2.5.6 Waiting time for oriented retry (RmsT16, 100ms) ...................................... 2-51
2.5.7 Queue timer for handover (RmsTqho, 100ms).......................................... 2-52
2.5.8 First overload period of flow traffic control (mT11, 100ms) ......................... 2-52
2.5.9 Second overload period of flow traffic control (mT12, 100ms) .................... 2-53
2.5.10 Time of micro-micro handover delay (Tmicro, 100ms) ............................. 2-54
2.5.11 BSIC decoding period (Tbsic, 100ms) .................................................... 2-55
2.5.12 Handover protecting timer to WCDMA/FDD (RmsT3121, 100ms) ............ 2-55
2.5.13 Immediate assignment period (RmsT3101, 100ms) ................................ 2-56
2.5.14 Handover period of source cell (RmsT3103, 100ms)............................... 2-57
2.5.15 Assignment period (RmsT3107, 100ms) ................................................ 2-57
2.5.16 Channel release period (RmsT3109, 100ms).......................................... 2-58
2.5.17 Channel deactivation delay (RmsT3111, 100ms) .................................... 2-59
2.5.18 Continue timer for mode modify (TModeModifyConn, 100ms).................. 2-60
2.5.19 Handover protecting time to UTRAN (mT7, 100ms) ................................ 2-60
2.5.20 Time of destination instance waiting for available resources when forced
disconnection (RmsT15, 100ms) ............................................................ 2-61
2.5.21 Protecting time of FUC response to system message broadcast
(BcProtect, 100ms) ............................................................................... 2-62
III
2.5.22 HO performed ack timer (TwaitHoPFMAck, 100ms) ................................ 2-62

2.5.23 Round trip delay (RtdDefault, 20ms) ...................................................... 2-63
2.6 GPRS Maximum Retrying Times ....................................................................... 2-64
2.6.1 MAX times of BVC block retry (BVCBlkMax) ............................................ 2-64
2.6.2 MAX times of BVC unblock retry (BVCUnblkMax)..................................... 2-65
2.6.3 MAX times of BVC reset retry (BVCRestMax) .......................................... 2-66
2.6.4 MAX times of NS block retry (NSBlkMax)................................................. 2-67
2.6.5 MAX times of NS unblock retry (NSUnblkMax) ......................................... 2-67
2.6.6 MAX times of NS alive retry (NSAliveMax) ............................................... 2-68
2.6.7 MAX times of suspend retry (SuspendMax).............................................. 2-69
2.6.8 MAX times of resume retry (ResumeMax)................................................ 2-69
2.6.9 MAX times of radio access capabilities update retry (UpdateMax) ............. 2-70
2.6.10 Max times of PFC create retry (DownLoadBssPFCMax) ......................... 2-71
2.6.11 Max times of PFC modify retry (ModifyBssPFCMax) ............................... 2-72
2.7 GPRS Timer .................................................................................................... 2-72
2.7.1 BVC block/unblock retry time (BssgpT1, 100ms) ...................................... 2-73
2.7.2 BVC reset retry time (BssgpT2, 100ms) ................................................... 2-74
2.7.3 Suspend retry time (BssgpT3, 100ms) ..................................................... 2-74
2.7.4 Resume retry time (BssgpT4, 100ms)...................................................... 2-75
2.7.5 Access capability update retry time (BssgpT5, 100ms) ............................. 2-76
2.7.6 PFC creating retry time (BssgpT6, 100ms)............................................... 2-76
2.7.7 PFC modifying retry time (BssgpT8, 100ms) ............................................ 2-77
2.7.8 BVC flow control period (CellFcPer, 10ms)............................................... 2-77
2.7.9 MS flow control period (MsFcPer, 10ms) .................................................. 2-78
2.7.10 Timer that monitors block/unblock procedure (NS_T1, 100ms) ................ 2-79
2.7.11 Timer that monitors reset procedure (NS_T2, 100 ms) ............................ 2-80
2.7.12 NC-cycle of NS-VC test process (NS_T3, 100 ms).................................. 2-80
2.7.13 Timer that monitors alive process of NSVC (NS_T4, 100 ms) .................. 2-81
2.7.14 Max attempt period of reset (NS_T5, 100 ms) ........................................ 2-81
2.7.15 TFI and USF release timer (T3169, 10ms) ............................................. 2-82
2.7.16 TBF release timer (T3191, 10ms) .......................................................... 2-83
2.7.17 TBF release time of downlink transmission (T3193, 10ms) ...................... 2-84
2.7.18 TBF protect time when radio link failure (T3195, 10ms) ........................... 2-84
2.7.19 PS channel delay release timer (PSRelDelay, 100ms) ............................ 2-85
2.8 AMR Half Method Parameters........................................................................... 2-86
2.8.1 AMR Half Active Codec Set (AmrHalfAcs)................................................ 2-86
2.8.2 Thresholds of AMR (AmrThresholds) ....................................................... 2-87
IV
2.8.3 Hysteresis of AMR (AmrHysteresis)......................................................... 2-88

2.8.4 Initial codec mode (IsAmrICM) ................................................................ 2-89
2.8.5 Start mode (AmrStartMode) .................................................................... 2-90
2.8.6 Enable noise control (IsAmrNscb) ........................................................... 2-90
2.9 AMR Full Method Parameters ........................................................................... 2-91
2.9.1 AMR Full Active Codec Set (ArmFullAcs)................................................. 2-91
2.9.2 Threshold of AMR (AmrThresholds)......................................................... 2-92
2.9.3 Hysteresis of AMR (AmrHysteresis)......................................................... 2-93
2.9.4 Initial codec mode (IsAmrlCM) ................................................................ 2-94
2.9.5 Start mode (AmrStartMode) .................................................................... 2-95
2.9.6 Enable noise control (IsAmrNscb) ........................................................... 2-96
2.10 GPRS Other Parameters 1.............................................................................. 2-96
2.10.1 Cn ....................................................................................................... 2-97
2.10.2 Nn ....................................................................................................... 2-98
2.10.3 Xn ....................................................................................................... 2-99
2.10.4 Max allowed number of continuous losses of uplink data blocks
(N3101)...............................................................................................2-100
2.10.5 Times of packet uplink ACK/NACK retries (N3103) ................................2-100
2.10.6 Max allowed number of continuous losses of uplink RLC/MAC control
message (N3105) ................................................................................2-101
2.11 GPRS Other Parameters 2 .............................................................................2-102
2.11.1 NACC support (NACCSupport).............................................................2-103
2.11.2 BSC's net operation mode (NMO).........................................................2-103
2.11.3 Page coordination support (PagCoordination)........................................2-104
2.11.4 Satellite transmission at GB interface indication (IsSatelliteGB) ..............2-105
2.11.5 Extended RLC send window allowed (IsWindowExpend)........................2-105
2.11.6 TBF establish support (TBF_EST) ........................................................2-106
2.11.7 Signal extended uplink TBF support (Signal_EUTBF).............................2-106
2.11.8 Highest coding scheme of signal TBF (SigTBFMaxCode).......................2-107
2.11.9 Optimized POC service support (PocSupport) .......................................2-108
2.11.10 Highest coding scheme of POC service in GPRS (PocAttSelt_0) ..........2-108
2.11.11 Highest coding scheme of POC service in EGPRS (PocAttSelt_1) ........2-109
2.11.12 Maximal users of POC service on shared PS channel0
(PSCapaThs_UL).................................................................................2-109
(PSCapaThs_DL)................................................................................. 2-110
2.11.14 PDU buffer time (Info_1_16, 10ms) ..................................................... 2-111
2.12 BVC Flow Control Parameters........................................................................ 2-111
2.12.1 BVC flow control support (BVCFlowCtrl) ............................................... 2-112

2.12.2 MS flow control support (MSFlowCtrl) ................................................... 2-113
2.12.3 Flow control mode (FlowCtrlMode) ....................................................... 2-113
2.12.4 Parameter of flow control mode 1 (FlowCtrlMode1Para)......................... 2-114
2.12.5 Parameter of flow control mode 2 (FlowCtrlMode2Para)......................... 2-115
2.12.6 BVC flow control R MIN value (BVCFlowCtrlRMin, 100 bps)................... 2-115
2.12.7 MS flow control R MIN value (MSFlowCtrlRMin, 100 bps) ...................... 2-116
2.12.8 PFC flow control procedures support (PFCFlowCtrl) .............................. 2-117
2.12.9 Coefficient of BVC bucket size (Info_2_0) ............................................. 2-117
2.12.10 Coefficient of MS bucket (Info_2_16) .................................................. 2-118
2.12.11 CBL in BVC/MS flow control (Info_1_9) ............................................... 2-119
2.13 FUC Flow Control Map Parameters ................................................................ 2-119
2.13.1 Flow Control Reason ...........................................................................2-120
2.13.2 Emergency Call...................................................................................2-120
2.13.3 Call Rebuilt .........................................................................................2-121
2.13.4 Call Response.....................................................................................2-122
2.13.5 Calling ................................................................................................2-122
2.13.6 Location Update ..................................................................................2-123
2.13.7 GPRS Access .....................................................................................2-123
2.13.8 Restore...............................................................................................2-124
2.13.9 Flow control map slim adjust (bit)..........................................................2-125
2.14 EDGE Parameters.........................................................................................2-125
2.14.1 PFC support (PFCSupport) ..................................................................2-126
2.14.2 R99 Ind (R99Ind).................................................................................2-127
2.14.3 Enhanced radio status procedures support (EnRadioStu).......................2-127
2.14.4 RS......................................................................................................2-128
2.14.5 RR .....................................................................................................2-129
2.14.6 RA......................................................................................................2-130
2.14.7 RM .....................................................................................................2-130
2.14.8 RB......................................................................................................2-131
2.14.9 RG .....................................................................................................2-131
2.14.10 RE....................................................................................................2-132
2.14.11 ABIS resource dynamic manage (Info_1_8).........................................2-132
2.15 eMLPP Set ...................................................................................................2-133
2.15.1 Strategy for preemption when assign (AssPreemptstrategy)...................2-133
2.15.2 Strategy for preemption when handover (HoPreemptstrategy) ................2-134
2.15.3 Maximum forced handover times when assign (AssForcedHoTry) ..........2-135
VI
2.15.4 Maximum forced handover times when handover (HoForcedHoTry) .......2-135

2.15.5 Maximum forced release times when assign (AssForcedRelTry).............2-136
2.15.6 Maximum forced release times when handover (HoForcedRelTry)..........2-136
2.15.7 Preemption duration when assign (AssPreempTimer, 100ms) ................2-137
2.15.8 Preemption duration when handover (HoPreempTimer, 100ms) .............2-138
2.15.9 Timer for start forced release when assign (AssForceRelTimer)..............2-138
2.15.10 Timer for start forced release when handover (HoForceRelTimer).........2-139
2.15.11 Interval for search forced handover target when assign
(AssForceHoInterval, 100ms) ...............................................................2-139
2.15.12 Interval for search forced handover target when handover
(HoForceHoInterval, 100ms).................................................................2-140
2.15.13 Interval for search forced release target when assign
(AssForceRelInterval, 100ms)...............................................................2-141
2.15.14 Interval for search forced release target when handover
(HoForceRelInterval, 100ms) ................................................................2-141
2.15.15 Queue timer for assign (RmsT11, 100ms) ...........................................2-142
2.15.16 Queue timer for handover (RmsTqho, 100ms) .....................................2-142
2.15.17 Queue indicate when assign (QueueIndAss) .......................................2-143
2.15.18 Queue allowed when handover (QueueIndHo) ....................................2-144
2.15.19 Forced release indicate when assign (PreemptionIndAss) ....................2-144
2.15.20 Forced release allowed when handover (PreemptionIndHo) .................2-145
2.15.21 Forced handover indication for assign (ForcedHolndAss) .....................2-145
2.15.22 Forced handover indication for handover (ForcedHolndHo) ..................2-146
2.15.23 Wait resource timer after forced handover (ForceHoWait, 100ms).........2-147
2.15.24 Wait resource timer after forced release (ForceRelWait, 100ms) ...........2-147
2.15.25 Enough low priority for preemption (LowestPriority)..............................2-148
2.15.26 Enough call duration for preemption....................................................2-148
2.15.27 Forced handover target penalty time (ForceHoPenalty)........................2-149
2.15.28 Priority of emergency service (EmergServicelPrio)...............................2-150
2.16 Ater Timer Parameters...................................................................................2-150
2.16.1 Ater wait SCCP connection timer (TAterWaitConn, 100ms) ....................2-151
2.16.2 Ater wait resource timer (TWaitAterRes, 100ms) ...................................2-152
2.16.3 Ater wait resource release timer (TAterWaitRel, 100ms).........................2-152
2.16.4 Ater handover monitor timer (TAterMoniterHO, 100ms) ..........................2-153
2.16.5 Ater wait resource acknowledge timer (TWaitAterResAck, 100ms)..........2-153
2.16.6 Ater block circuit timer (TAterCicBlk, 100ms) .........................................2-154
2.16.7 Ater block circuit group timer (TAterBlkCicGrp, 100ms) ..........................2-154
2.16.8 Ater reset circuit timer (TAterRstCic, 100ms) .........................................2-155
VII
2.16.9 Ater reset timer (TAterRst, 100ms)........................................................2-156

2.16.10 Ater reset guard timer (TITCRst, 100ms).............................................2-156
2.16.11 Ater block a interface circuit timer (TBIkACic, 100ms) ..........................2-157
2.16.12 Ater block a interface circuit group timer (TBIkACicGrp, 100ms) ...........2-157
Chapter 3 External Cell Parameters.......................................................... 3-1

3.1 GERAN External Cell Parameters ....................................................................... 3-1
3.1.1 External cell ID......................................................................................... 3-1
3.1.2 Cell type (CellType) .................................................................................. 3-2
3.1.3 MCC (MCC)............................................................................................. 3-3
3.1.4 MNC (MNC)............................................................................................. 3-3
3.1.5 Frequency band (FreqBand) ..................................................................... 3-4
3.1.6 BCCH frequency (BcchArfcn).................................................................... 3-4
3.1.7 LAC (LAC) ............................................................................................... 3-5
3.1.8 CI............................................................................................................ 3-6
3.1.9 NCC ........................................................................................................ 3-6
3.1.10 BCC ...................................................................................................... 3-7
3.1.11 GPRS service support (PsSupport).......................................................... 3-7
3.1.12 Cell reselection offset (ReselOff_0, 2db) .................................................. 3-9
3.1.13 Cell reselection offset (ReselOff_1, 2db) .................................................. 3-9
3.1.14 Temporary offset of cell reselection (TempOffset_0, db) .......................... 3-10
3.1.15 Cell reselection temporary offset (TempOffset_1, db) ...............................3-11
3.1.16 Penalty time of cell reselection (PenalTime_0, 10s) .................................3-11
3.1.17 Penalty time of cell reselection (PenalTime_1, 10s) ................................ 3-12
3.1.18 HCS exist (HCS_EXIST_0) ................................................................... 3-13
3.1.19 HCS exist (HCS_EXIST_1) ................................................................... 3-13
3.1.20 Threshold of HCS signal level (HCS_THR_0)......................................... 3-14
3.1.21 Threshold of HCS signal level (HCS_THR_1)......................................... 3-15
3.1.22 HCS priority (PrioClass_0) .................................................................... 3-15
3.1.23 HCS priority (PrioClass_1) .................................................................... 3-16
3.1.24 Allow SOLSA MS to access (EXC_ACC) ............................................... 3-17
3.1.25 Cell reselection status (CellBarAc2) ....................................................... 3-17
3.1.26 LSA ID (LSA_Id)................................................................................... 3-18
3.1.27 RAC (RAC) .......................................................................................... 3-18
3.1.28 Access minimal signal level (RxLevAsMin_0) ......................................... 3-19
3.1.29 Access minimal signal level (RxLevAsMin_1) ......................................... 3-20
3.1.30 Maximum initial access signal level (MsTxMaxCCH_0) ........................... 3-21
3.1.31 Maximum initial access signal level (MsTxMaxCCH_1) ........................... 3-22
VIII
3.2 UTRAN External Cell Parameters...................................................................... 3-23

3.2.1 External UTRAN ID (Ec3GID) ................................................................. 3-24
3.2.2 UTRAN cell type (CellType3G) ................................................................ 3-25
3.2.3 MCC (MCC)........................................................................................... 3-25
3.2.4 MNC (MNC)........................................................................................... 3-26
3.2.5 UTRAN cell frequency (Arfcn3G)............................................................. 3-26
3.2.6 LAC (LAC) ............................................................................................. 3-27
3.2.7 RNC ID (RNC_ID) .................................................................................. 3-28
3.2.8 C ID (C_ID)............................................................................................ 3-29
3.2.9 Scrambling code or cell parameter (ScCodeCellPara)............................... 3-29
3.2.10 TX diversity indication (DiverSity) .......................................................... 3-30
3.2.11 RAC (RAC) .......................................................................................... 3-30
3.2.12 UTRAN adjacent cell bandwidth (BandWidth3G) .................................... 3-31
3.2.13 Apply Sync Case (SyncCaseTSTD) ....................................................... 3-32
Chapter 4 Cell Parameters......................................................................... 4-1

4.1 Basic Parameters 1 ............................................................................................ 4-1
4.1.1 BTS ID (BtsId).......................................................................................... 4-2
4.1.2 Cell type (CellType) .................................................................................. 4-3
4.1.3 MCC (MCC)............................................................................................. 4-3
4.1.4 MNC (MNC)............................................................................................. 4-4
4.1.5 LAC (LAC) ............................................................................................... 4-5
4.1.6 CI (CI) ..................................................................................................... 4-5
4.1.7 NCC (NCC).............................................................................................. 4-6
4.1.8 BCC (BCC) .............................................................................................. 4-7
4.1.9 Frequency band (FreqBand) ..................................................................... 4-7
4.1.10 Subcell used (SubCellUsed).................................................................... 4-8
4.1.11 Frequency band of subCell (SubFreqBand) .............................................. 4-9
4.1.12 ARFCN list (CaArfcnList) ........................................................................ 4-9
4.1.13 GPRS service support (PsSupport)........................................................ 4-10
4.1.14 Dynamic HR enable (DynaHREnable).....................................................4-11
4.1.15 Use cell dynamic HR parameter (UseCellDynHRPara).............................4-11
4.1.16 CBC support (SmsCbUsed) .................................................................. 4-12
4.1.17 Threshold for FR to HR (HRThs, %)....................................................... 4-13
4.1.18 PS busy threshold (Info_1_16) .............................................................. 4-13
4.1.19 Use cell AMR parameter (UseCellAMRParam) ....................................... 4-14
4.1.20 Common control channel configuration (CcchConf) ................................ 4-14
4.1.21 Template file......................................................................................... 4-16
IX
4.2 Basic Parameters 2 .......................................................................................... 4-16

4.2.1 TA maximum (TaMax)............................................................................. 4-17
4.2.2 TA minimum (TaMin)............................................................................... 4-18
4.2.3 TA allowed (TaAllowed)........................................................................... 4-18
4.2.4 PCH load indication period (CcchLoadIndPrd, s) ...................................... 4-19
4.2.5 Periodical location updating timer (T3212, 360s) ...................................... 4-19
4.2.6 Protection period for access attempt (T3122, s)........................................ 4-20
4.2.7 Multi-band report indication (MulbandReport) ........................................... 4-21
4.2.8 Minimal level threshold of MS uplink RACH access (RachAccessMin,
-db) ...................................................................................................... 4-23
4.2.9 CCCH load indication (RACH) (CcchLoadINDThs_0)................................ 4-23
4.2.10 CCCH load indication (PCH) (CcchLoadINDThs_1) ................................ 4-24
4.2.11 8PSK modulating power attenuation level (Tn7Lowerlevel, 0.2db)............ 4-24
4.2.12 Repeated ACCH support (RepeatACCH) ............................................... 4-25
4.2.13 Start PA power off (StartPAPowerOff) .................................................... 4-25
4.2.14 Switch flag of cell TRX power off (StartTRXPowerOff)............................. 4-26
4.2.15 Bss Radio Link Timer's Max Value for AMR HR Bug
(BsRadioLkTmOutAMRFR) ................................................................... 4-27
(BsRadioLkTmOutAMRHR) ................................................................... 4-27
4.2.17 AMR codec adjust mode (AmrAdjMode)................................................. 4-28
4.2.18 AMR codec adjust interval (AmrAdjInterval, 480ms)................................ 4-28
4.2.19 HR channel fragment collected support (HRDfragSupport) ...................... 4-29
4.2.20 Threshold of HR defrag (HRDefragThs) ................................................. 4-30
4.2.21 Percentage of HR Ts (HRTsPercentage) ................................................ 4-30
4.2.22 AMR Dynamic HR Conversion Threshold (AmrHRThs) ........................... 4-31
4.2.23 FR-HR handover based on cell load (FRThrHoSupport).......................... 4-32
4.2.24 Start PA output voltage tuning (Info_0_0) ............................................... 4-32
4.2.25 NCC permitted (NccPermitted) .............................................................. 4-33
4.3 Basic Parameters 3 .......................................................................................... 4-33
4.3.1 Average bursts count surveyed by RACH (AvgSlots) ................................ 4-34
4.3.2 RACH receiving signal level threshold for busy burst (RachBusyThs) ........ 4-35
4.3.3 RACH load indication period (OverloadPrd, s) .......................................... 4-35
4.3.4 BA show (BcchBaInd)............................................................................. 4-36
4.3.5 MIN received signal level to access (RxLevAccessMin) ............................ 4-37
4.3.6 MAX number of re-transmitting events times (MRetrans)........................... 4-38
4.3.7 Number of slots to spread transmission (TxInteger) .................................. 4-39
4.3.8 Control channel MAX power level (MsTxPwrMaxCch)............................... 4-41
X
4.3.9 Number of multi-frames of the PCH (BsPaMframs) ................................... 4-42

4.3.10 Interval of SDCCH re-sending PHY info message (T3105d, 10ms) .......... 4-43
4.3.11 Interval of TCH re-sending PHY info message (T3105f, 10ms) ................ 4-44
4.3.12 MAX resending times for physical information (NY1)............................... 4-44
4.3.13 Number of blocks reserved for AGCH (BsAgBlkRes) .............................. 4-45
4.3.14 Lapdm timer for controlling SDCCH channel (T200_0, 5ms).................... 4-46
4.3.15 Lapdm timer for controlling facch/full rate channel (T200_1, 5ms) ............ 4-46
4.3.16 Lapdm timer for controlling FACCH/half rate channel (T200_2, 5ms) ....... 4-47
4.3.17 Lapdm timer for controlling SACCH with tch sapi0 channel (T200_3,
10ms)................................................................................................... 4-47
4.3.18 Lapdm timer for controlling SACCH with sdcch channel (T200_4,
10ms)................................................................................................... 4-48
4.3.19 Lapdm timer for controlling SDCCH sapi3 channel (T200_5, 5ms) ........... 4-49
4.3.20 Lapdm timer for controlling SACCH with TCH sapi3 channel (T200_6,
10ms)................................................................................................... 4-49
4.4 Optional Parameters......................................................................................... 4-50
4.4.1 Early category classmark sending control (ECSC) .................................... 4-50
4.4.2 IMSI attach/detach allowed (ImsIadAllowed) ............................................ 4-51
4.4.3 Cell bar access (CellBarAccess).............................................................. 4-52
4.4.4 Call re-establishment allowed (CallReestablish) ....................................... 4-53
4.4.5 Downlink discontinuous transmission allowed (DtxDwlink) ........................ 4-53
4.4.6 Uplink discontinuous transmission (DtxUplinkBcch) .................................. 4-54
4.4.7 Emergency call allowed (EmergencyCall) ................................................ 4-55
4.4.8 Cell bar qualify (CellBarQualify)............................................................... 4-56
4.4.9 Access Control (AccessControl) .............................................................. 4-57
4.4.10 HBTS proofread support (HBTSScanSupport)........................................ 4-58
4.4.11 RSSI threshold (RSSlThrd) ................................................................... 4-58
4.4.12 Proofread freqband type (GSM1900Support) ......................................... 4-59
4.4.13 Range of HBTS BARANG ..................................................................... 4-60
4.5 Cell Selection Parameters................................................................................. 4-60
4.5.1 Additional reselection parameter indication (AdditionReselPI) ................... 4-61
4.5.2 Cell reselection parameter indication (CellReselPI)................................... 4-62
4.5.3 Cell reselection offset (ReselOffset, 2db) ................................................. 4-63
4.5.4 Temporary offset (TemporaryOffset, 10dB) ............................................... 4-64
4.5.5 Penalty time (PenaltyTime, 20s) .............................................................. 4-65
4.5.6 Cell reselecting hysteresis level (ReselHysteresis, 2dB)............................ 4-66
4.5.7 New setup cause indication (NECI) ......................................................... 4-68
4.5.8 Power offset indication (PowerOffsetInd).................................................. 4-68
XI
4.5.9 Power offset (PowerOffset, 2db).............................................................. 4-69

4.6 Service Process Additional Parameters ............................................................. 4-70
4.6.1 Directed retry indication (DrInd_0) ........................................................... 4-70
4.6.2 Inter directed retry indication (DrInd_1) .................................................... 4-71
4.6.3 Queue allowed when assign (QueueInd_0) .............................................. 4-72
4.6.4 Queue allowed when handover (QueueInd_1).......................................... 4-72
4.6.5 Preemption allowed when assign (PreemptionInd_0) ................................ 4-73
4.6.6 Preemption allowed when handover (PreemptionInd_1)............................ 4-73
4.6.7 When assigned forced handover (ForcedHoInd_0) ................................... 4-74
4.6.8 When handover forced handover (ForcedHoInd_1) .................................. 4-75
4.6.9 Number of candidate cells for handover (CandidateNum).......................... 4-75
4.6.10 Fast average indication (FastAvg) ......................................................... 4-76
4.6.11 BCCH switch allowed (CanBcchExch).................................................... 4-77
4.6.12 SDCCH dynamic configuration allowed (CanSdcchDyn) ......................... 4-77
4.6.13 Minimal resource threshold (ResourceThs, %) ....................................... 4-78
4.6.14 Base-band hopping TRX exchange support (Info_0_3) ........................... 4-78
4.6.15 Allowed FACCH call setup after emergency call (FacchCallInd_0) ........... 4-79
4.6.16 Allowed FACCH call setup when page respond (FacchCallInd_1) ............ 4-79
4.6.17 Allowed call setup on FACCH (FacchCallInd_2) ..................................... 4-80
4.6.18 Allowed call reestablished on FACCH (FacchCallInd_3).......................... 4-81
4.7 System Parameters .......................................................................................... 4-81
4.7.1 Interference averaging period (InterfAvgPrd) ............................................ 4-82
4.7.2 Interference Band Boundary (InterfBoundary_0 ~ InterfBoundary_5) ......... 4-83
4.7.3 Radio link timeout on MS side (MsRadioLKTmOut) .................................. 4-84
4.7.4 Radio link failure criterion (ConFailCriterion) ............................................ 4-85
4.7.5 Radio link timeout on BSS side (BsRadioLKTmOut) ................................. 4-85
4.7.6 Receiving level threshold (RxLevThs) ...................................................... 4-86
4.7.7 Receiving quality threshold (RxQualThs) ................................................. 4-87
4.7.8 Radio link failure checking period (RxLevQualprd).................................... 4-88
4.8 Other Parameters............................................................................................. 4-89
4.8.1 Preprocessing indication (Preprocess)..................................................... 4-89
4.8.2 Reserved rate of EMLPP (EmlppThs) ...................................................... 4-90
4.8.3 Use cell EMLPP Threshold (UseCellEmlppThs) ....................................... 4-91
4.8.4 Frequency offset Correct support (Info_0_1) ............................................ 4-91
4.8.5 Max power on handover Command support (Info_0_2) ............................. 4-92
4.8.6 MR Report Time Bmp (MrRptTimeBmp)................................................... 4-92
4.8.7 Cell Support Encryption Mode (CipherMode)............................................ 4-93
XII
4.8.8 Channel Select Strategy ......................................................................... 4-94

4.9 GPRS Basic Parameters .................................................................................. 4-94
4.9.1 SGSN ID (SGSNID) ............................................................................... 4-95
4.9.2 NSEI (NSEI) .......................................................................................... 4-96
4.9.3 BVCI (BVCI) .......................................................................................... 4-97
4.9.4 RAC (RAC) ............................................................................................ 4-97
4.9.5 UPU unit (UpuUnit)................................................................................. 4-98
4.9.6 DSP No. (DSP) ...................................................................................... 4-99
4.10 GPRS Other Parameters 1.............................................................................. 4-99
4.10.1 Additional reselect parameter indictor (AddResPI2) ...............................4-100
4.10.2 SI13 sending position (Si13Locate).......................................................4-101
4.10.3 Route area color code (RaColor) ..........................................................4-102
4.10.4 Min number of idle CS channel (CsChansThs) ......................................4-102
4.10.5 Packet access priority threshold (PriAcThr) ...........................................4-103
4.10.6 Packet System Information Send Speed (SendSpeed)...........................4-104
4.10.7 Overload report period on PRACH (OvLoadPer, s) ................................4-104
4.10.8 Link error counter (RLTimeout) .............................................................4-105
4.10.9 PRACH receive signal level threshold (PrachBusyT)..............................4-106
4.10.10 Average measuring bursts number on PRACH (MeaAvgSlot) ...............4-106
4.10.11 Buffer threshold of paging message (PccchIndTh_0, %).......................4-107
4.10.12 Queue length threshold in 64 multiframe paging period (PccchIndTh_1,
%).......................................................................................................4-108
4.10.13 PRACH overload threshold ratio (PccchIndTh_2, %)............................4-109
4.11 GPRS Other Parameters 2 .............................................................................4-109
4.11.1 DTM support (DTMSupport) ................................................................. 4-110
4.11.2 Max number of GTTP Lapdm frame (GttpLapdmNum) ........................... 4-111
4.11.3 CCN mode support (CCNActive)........................................................... 4-111
4.11.4 Cell support system message status flow (SIStatusInd).......................... 4-112
4.11.5 Allow SOLSA MS to access (Exc_Acc) ................................................. 4-112
4.11.6 CCCH SPLITPGCYCLE support (SpgcSuport) ...................................... 4-113
4.11.7 Extended paging support (EpageMode) ................................................ 4-114
4.11.8 PSI status support (PsiStatInd) ............................................................. 4-114
4.11.9 Cell support extendable uplink TBF (Ext_UTBF) .................................... 4-115
4.11.10 Uplink delay time (UIDelayTime, ms)................................................... 4-116
4.11.11 Downlink delay time (DIDelaytime, ms)................................................ 4-116
4.11.12 Extend uplink TBF time (ExtUITBFTime, ms) ....................................... 4-117
4.11.13 Interval number of GPRS TBF downlink's RRBP
(GPRSDIRrbpInterVal) ......................................................................... 4-118
XIII
4.11.14 Interval number of EGPRS TBF downlinks RRBP

(EGPRSDIRrbpInterVal) ....................................................................... 4-118
4.11.15 Interval number of GPRS TBF uplinks ACK (GPRSUIAckInterVal)........ 4-119
4.11.16 Interval number of EGPRS TBF uplinks ACK
(EGPRSUIAckInterVal)......................................................................... 4-119
4.11.17 Single Block Assign Offset (SBAssOffset)............................................4-120
4.11.18 Polling retry times (PollingRetryTime)..................................................4-120
4.11.19 Uplink measure report period (Ulmeasureperiod, ms) ...........................4-121
4.11.20 Calculating period of load on PPCH (LoadPer, s) .................................4-122
4.11.21 PSI1 send period (Psi1RepPer) ..........................................................4-122
4.11.22 Selective granularity (USFGranularity).................................................4-123
4.11.23 Extended uplink dynamic allocation support (ExUpDynSupport)............4-124
4.11.24 ABIS time slots reserved for packet service (Info_1_0) .........................4-124
4.11.25 The maximum of ABIS for GPRS user (Info_1_8).................................4-125
4.11.26 GPRS initial downlink allocation by multislot class 1 (Info1_1_4) ...........4-125
4.12 GPRS Other Parameters 3.............................................................................4-126
4.12.1 C/I (Sc) ...............................................................................................4-127
4.12.2 ARP (Sa) ............................................................................................4-128
4.12.3 THP (St) .............................................................................................4-129
4.12.4 PS queuing support (PsQueueInd) .......................................................4-129
4.12.5 Max PS queue count (PsMaxQueueInstNum)........................................4-130
4.12.6 PS preemption support (PsPreemptionInd) ...........................................4-131
4.12.7 3G NACC support (Support3GCCN) .....................................................4-131
4.12.8 PS prompt CS support (PSPrmpCSSupport) .........................................4-132
4.12.9 Max resource for POC service (POCSrcThs,%).....................................4-133
4.12.10 Transform from uplink delay to extend (Info1_1_16).............................4-133
4.12.11 Max Num of resend packet assignment (Info1_1_8) .............................4-134
4.12.12 Resource adjust for CS preempt (Info1_1_17) .....................................4-135
4.12.13 Subcell selection of PS channel allocation (PSALLOCSC_0) ................4-136
4.12.14 RXLEV threshold in subcell 1 (PSALLOCSC_1) ..................................4-136
4.12.15 RXLEV threshold in subcell 2 (PSALLOCSC_2) ..................................4-137
4.13 GPRS Cell Options Parameters......................................................................4-138
4.13.1 T3168.................................................................................................4-139
4.13.2 T3192.................................................................................................4-140
4.13.3 T3142(s) .............................................................................................4-141
4.13.4 T3172(s) .............................................................................................4-141
4.13.5 DRX mode holding time (DrxTimeMax, s)..............................................4-142
4.13.6 MAX blocks transmission in each TS (BsCvMax)...................................4-143
XIV
4.13.7 Packet control acknowledgment type (CtraCKType)...............................4-143

4.13.8 Access burst type (AccessType) ...........................................................4-144
4.13.9 N3102 decrease step (PanDec)............................................................4-145
4.13.10 N3102 increase step (PanInc) ............................................................4-146
4.13.11 N3102 MAX (PanMax) .......................................................................4-146
4.13.12 GPRS Phone Init Coding....................................................................4-147
4.13.13 GPRS phones init code can be changed (InitAttachExch_0) .................4-148
4.14 GPRS NC Survey Parameters........................................................................4-148
4.14.1 Packet Idle mode (NcRepPerI, s)..........................................................4-149
4.14.2 Packet transmission mode (NcRerPerT, s) ............................................4-150
4.14.3 Extended measurement report order (MeaOrder) ..................................4-150
4.14.4 Network control order (CtrlOrder)..........................................................4-151
4.14.5 NC hold time in non-drx mode (NcNoDrxPer, s).....................................4-152
4.14.6 Extended measurement report order (ExMeaOrder) ..............................4-152
4.14.7 Type of extended measurement report (ExtRepType) ............................4-153
4.14.8 Report period of extended measurement (ExtRepPer, s)........................4-154
4.14.9 The size of test report's slip window (Wnd)............................................4-155
4.14.10 Allowed report number of the same cell in slip window
(AllowedRepNum)................................................................................4-155
4.15 GPRS Power Control Parameters...................................................................4-156
4.15.1 Filter period in the packet idle mode (T_AVG_W, s) ...............................4-156
4.15.2 Filter period in packet transmission mode (T_AVG_T, s).........................4-157
4.15.3 PSI4 sending mark (Psi4Send).............................................................4-158
4.15.4 Power control measurement channel (PcMeasChan).............................4-158
4.15.5 Power control parameter (Alpha) ..........................................................4-159
4.15.6 Filter constant of power control (N_AVG_I)............................................4-160
4.16 GPRS Cell Reselection Parameters................................................................4-160
4.16.1 Cell reselection offset (ReselOffset_0, 2db) ...........................................4-161
4.16.2 Cell reselection offset2 (ReselOffset_1, 2db) .........................................4-162
4.16.3 Temporary offset of cell reselection (TempOffset_0, db) .........................4-163
4.16.4 Temporary offset of cell reselection2 (TempOffset_1, db)........................4-164
4.16.5 Penalty time of cell reselection (PenalTime_0, 10s) ...............................4-164
4.16.6 Penalty time of cell reselection2 (PenalTime_1, 10s)..............................4-165
4.16.7 Interval of reselecting the same cell (T_Resel_0, s) ...............................4-166
4.16.8 Interval of reselecting the same cell2 (T_Resel_1, s) .............................4-167
4.16.9 Threshold of HCS signal level (HCS_Thr_0)..........................................4-167
4.16.10 Threshold of HCS signal level2 (HCS_Thr_1) ......................................4-168
4.16.11 HCS priority (PrioClass_0)..................................................................4-169
XV
4.16.12 HCS priority2 (PrioClass_1) ...............................................................4-169

4.16.13 C31 hysteresis (C31_Hyst_0) .............................................................4-170
4.16.14 C31 hysteresis2 (C31_Hyst_1) ...........................................................4-171
4.16.15 GPRS cell reselection hysteresis (ReselHys_0, db) .............................4-171
4.16.16 GPRS cell reselection hysteresis2 (ReselHys_1, db)............................4-173
4.16.17 Routing reselection hysteresis (RaReselHys_0, db) .............................4-174
4.16.18 Routing reselection hysteresis2 (RaReselHys_1, db) ...........................4-174
4.16.19 Random access attempt permitted (RadAcRetry_0).............................4-175
4.16.20 Random access attempt permitted2 (RadAcRetry_1) ...........................4-176
4.16.21 Usage of cell reselection offset (C32_Qual_0) .....................................4-177
4.16.22 Usage of cell reselection offset2 (C32_Qual_1) ...................................4-177
4.16.23 GPRS access minimum signal level1 (RxLevAsMin_0) ........................4-178
4.16.24 GPRS access minimum signal level2 (RxLevAsMin_1) ........................4-179
4.16.25 Priority threshold (Prio_Thr, db) ..........................................................4-180
4.16.26 HCS exist (HCS_Exist_0)...................................................................4-180
4.16.27 HCS exist2 (HCS_Exist_1).................................................................4-181
4.16.28 GPRS MAX initial access signal level1 (MsTxMaxCch_0).....................4-182
4.16.29 GPRS MAX initial access signal level2 (MsTxMaxCch_1).....................4-183
4.16.30 LSA ID (LSA_Id)................................................................................4-184
4.16.31 LSA offset (LSA_Offset) .....................................................................4-184
4.17 GPRS Channel Parameters ...........................................................................4-185
4.17.1 PAGCH reserved blocks (PagBlkRes)...................................................4-185
4.17.2 PBCCH reserved blocks (PbcchBlks)....................................................4-186
4.17.3 PRACH reserved blocks (PrachBlks) ....................................................4-187
4.17.4 Interval range of packet access attempt (TxInt)......................................4-188
4.17.5 Interval period of packet access attempt (S) ..........................................4-188
4.17.6 MAX Times of Attempt (MaxRetrans) ....................................................4-189
4.17.7 Access Control Level (AccCtrlClass).....................................................4-190
4.17.8 Access Persist Level (PersistLev).........................................................4-191
4.17.9 Subscriber occupying other preference channel support
(HybridOccuSupp) ...............................................................................4-192
4.17.10 PS subscriber moving out of other preference channel support
(AllowPsMove).....................................................................................4-192
4.17.11 CS subscriber moving support (AllowCsMove).....................................4-193
4.17.12 Congeneric service threshold for PS-moving (SfPreferBusyThs) ...........4-193
4.17.13 Un-congeneric service threshold for PS-moving (OpPreferBusyThs) ......4-194
4.18 EDGE Parameters.........................................................................................4-195
XVI
4.18.1 EGPRS packet channel request access program support

(EgprsPacketChreq).............................................................................4-195
4.18.2 Uplink LA+IR quality control support (IrSupportUp) ................................4-196
4.18.3 Take Preemptive transmit bit function (PreemptiveTrans) .......................4-196
4.18.4 Average filter period for uplink BEP (BEPperiodUp) ...............................4-197
4.18.5 Average filter period for downlink BEP (BEPperiodDown).......................4-198
4.18.6 EGPRS phone quality measure mode (LinkQuameaMode) ....................4-199
4.18.7 EDGE initial downlink allocation by multislot class 1 (Info1_1_0).............4-199
4.18.8 EGPRS Phone Init Coding (EGPRSInitAttSelt) ......................................4-200
4.18.9 EGPRS phones init code can be changed (InitAttachExch_1).................4-201
Chapter 5 Cell Object Parameters............................................................. 5-1

5.1 TRX Parameters ................................................................................................ 5-1
5.1.1 TRX Information Parameters..................................................................... 5-1
5.1.2 Channel Information Parameters ............................................................. 5-10
5.1.3 IP Parameters........................................................................................ 5-18
5.1.4 Panel Parameters .................................................................................. 5-21
5.2 Power Control Parameters ................................................................................ 5-25
5.2.1 Power Control Parameters ...................................................................... 5-25
5.2.2 Power Survey Parameters ...................................................................... 5-27
5.2.3 Power Adjustment Threshold Parameters ................................................ 5-35
5.2.4 Other Parameters................................................................................... 5-41
5.2.5 GPRS Power Control Parameters ........................................................... 5-48
5.3 Handover Control Parameters ........................................................................... 5-52
5.3.1 Handover Pretreatment Parameters ........................................................ 5-52
5.3.2 Handover Threshold Parameters............................................................. 5-62
5.3.3 Handover Condition Parameters.............................................................. 5-73
5.3.4 Handover Control Parameters ................................................................. 5-85
5.3.5 Other Parameters................................................................................... 5-96
5.3.6 Handover Algorithm Parameters.............................................................5-104
5.3.7 Subcell Parameters ............................................................................... 5-115
5.4 UTRAN Handover Control Parameters .............................................................5-120
5.4.1 Basic Properties 1 .................................................................................5-120
5.4.2 Basic Properties 2 .................................................................................5-126
5.5 UTRAN Cell Control Parameters ......................................................................5-134
5.5.1 Basic Properties 1 Parameters ...............................................................5-134
5.5.2 Basic Properties 2 Parameters ...............................................................5-144
5.5.3 GPRS Parameters 1..............................................................................5-157
XVII
5.5.4 GPRS Parameters 2..............................................................................5-169

5.6 Adjacent Cell Parameters ................................................................................5-179
5.6.1 Adjacent Interference Cell Parameters....................................................5-180
5.6.2 Adjacent Cell Handover and Reselection Parameters ..............................5-181
5.6.3 Adjacent Cell Handover Parameters .......................................................5-196
5.6.4 Adjacent Cell Reselection Parameters ....................................................5-209
5.6.5 UTRAN Adjacent Cell Handover and Reselection Parameters..................5-212
5.6.6 UTRAN Adjacent Cell Handover Parameters...........................................5-218
5.6.7 UTRAN Adjacent Cell Reselection Parameters........................................5-223
5.7 Frequency Hopping System Parameters ...........................................................5-226
5.7.1 Frequency hopping No. (FhsId)..............................................................5-227
5.7.2 Hopping sequence No. (HSN)................................................................5-227
5.7.3 Frequency hopping mode (FreqHopMode) ..............................................5-228
5.7.4 Hopping group ID (BhGroupId)...............................................................5-229
5.7.5 MA Frequency List Number (MaFreqNum) ..............................................5-230
Chapter 6 System Control Parameters..................................................... 6-1

6.1 Operation Control Parameters............................................................................. 6-1
6.1.1 Assign query enable (AssQueEnable)........................................................ 6-2
6.1.2 Internal redirection enable (InDrEnable)..................................................... 6-2
6.1.3 Outer redirection enable (OutDrEnable) ..................................................... 6-3
6.1.4 Assign preemption enable (AssPreEmpt) ................................................... 6-3
6.1.5 BSC intracell handover enable (HoIntraEnable).......................................... 6-4
6.1.6 BSC intercell handover enable (HoInterEnable).......................................... 6-4
6.1.7 BSC outer handover enable (HoOutEnable)............................................... 6-5
6.1.8 SDCCH handover enable (ShoEnable) ...................................................... 6-5
6.1.9 TCH/F handover enable (TfHoEnable)....................................................... 6-6
6.1.10 TCH/H handover enable (ThHoEnable).................................................... 6-6
6.1.11 Handover queue enable (HoQueEnable) .................................................. 6-7
6.1.12 Handover preemption enable (HoPreEmpt) .............................................. 6-7
6.1.13 Handover check arithmetic choose (HoA)................................................. 6-8
6.1.14 Handover request response (HoAck) ....................................................... 6-9
6.1.15 Force FACCH (FacchOnly) ..................................................................... 6-9
6.1.16 Continuum handover trigger (HoTrigger) ................................................ 6-10
6.1.17 Handover reason tip (HoCauseInd)........................................................ 6-10
6.1.18 Local cell position number (LAC) ............................................................6-11
6.1.19 Local cell identification (CI) ....................................................................6-11
6.1.20 Outer cell target number (OutCellNum) .................................................. 6-12
XVIII
6.1.21 Outer cell position number 1 (OutLAC1)................................................. 6-13

6.1.24 Outer cell number 1 (OutCI1) ................................................................ 6-14
6.1.27 Outer RNC 1 (OutRNC1) ...................................................................... 6-16
6.1.28 Outer RNC 2 (OutRNC2) ...................................................................... 6-16
6.1.29 Outer RNC 3 (OutRNC3) ...................................................................... 6-17
6.1.30 Old BSS to new BSS information (OldToneWctrl).................................... 6-17
6.1.31 Access Control (AccessCtrl).................................................................. 6-18
6.1.32 Resume set option (ResumeSetOpt)...................................................... 6-18
6.1.33 Handout queue sign (HandOutQueInd) .................................................. 6-19
6.1.34 Send cell prefer indication (SendCellPreferInd)....................................... 6-20
6.1.35 IPA AMR start mode (IpaAMRStartMode)............................................... 6-20
6.1.36 TDD cell handover enable (TdHoEnable) ............................................... 6-21
6.1.37 Sending HO detect message to MSC during intra-BSC HO with IPA
(InBscHoSendHoDet)............................................................................ 6-21
6.1.38 ICM optimize when intra BSC handover (AmrHoOpt_0) .......................... 6-22
6.1.39 ICM optimize when inter BSC handover (AmrHoOpt_1) .......................... 6-23
6.2 FUC Parameters .............................................................................................. 6-23
6.2.1 Use system message method when MSC overload or link block
(MSCSysInfoFlc)................................................................................... 6-24
6.2.2 Start system message method (CPUSysInfoFlc) ...................................... 6-25
6.2.3 Start system message method, start limit(%) (CPUSysInfoCTLCPU) ......... 6-25
6.2.4 Start FUC flow control (CPUFucFlc) ........................................................ 6-26
6.2.5 Start limit of FUC flow control (CPUFucCtlCPU, %) .................................. 6-26
6.2.6 The maximum control level for MSC overload or link block
(MSCFlcMaxLevel) ............................................................................... 6-27
6.3 Handover Parameters of BCCH ........................................................................ 6-28
6.3.1 Handover BCCH (CanBCCHEx).............................................................. 6-28
6.3.2 Scan BCCH (ScanBCCH) ....................................................................... 6-29
6.3.3 BCCH starting delay (BCCHDelay).......................................................... 6-30
6.3.4 BCCH finishing delay (ReBCCHEx) ......................................................... 6-30
6.3.5 Delay of TRX forcible release (TrxRel) ..................................................... 6-31
6.3.6 The MAX cells' amount of simultaneously handover (MaxChangeProc) ..... 6-32
6.4 Handover Parameters of SD ............................................................................. 6-32
6.4.1 Dynamic configuration SDCCH (CanSDCCHDyn) .................................... 6-33
XIX
6.4.2 Scan SDCCH (ScanSDCCH) .................................................................. 6-34

6.4.3 Delay of TS forcible release (TsRel)......................................................... 6-34
6.4.4 Delay protection (MaxDelay) ................................................................... 6-35
6.4.5 TCH->SDCCH limit (MinSDCCH) ............................................................ 6-36
6.4.6 SDCCH->TCH delay (TimeToTch) ........................................................... 6-36
6.5 Other Parameters............................................................................................. 6-37
6.5.1 B2 support AMR (V2TruSupportAMR) ..................................................... 6-38
6.5.2 CHR Enable (ChrEnable)........................................................................ 6-39
6.5.3 NC2 support (NC2support) ..................................................................... 6-39
6.5.4 MR server IP (MRSvrIP) ......................................................................... 6-40
6.5.5 MR server port (MRSvrPort).................................................................... 6-40
6.5.6 BER weight (VoiceQualWeight_0) ........................................................... 6-41
6.5.7 FER weight (VoiceQualWeight_1)............................................................ 6-41
6.5.8 Handover frequency weight (VoiceQualWeight_2) .................................... 6-42
6.5.9 DTX weight (VoiceQualWeight_3)............................................................ 6-43
6.5.10 Coding decode weight (VoiceQualWeight_4) .......................................... 6-43
6.5.11 ABIS transmission error code weight (VoiceQualWeight_5) ..................... 6-44
6.5.12 Delay weight (VoiceQualWeight_6)........................................................ 6-44
6.5.13 A port resource block threshold (Reslimit_0) .......................................... 6-45
6.5.14 NSVC resource block threshold (Reslimit_1) .......................................... 6-45
6.5.15 Channel resource block threshold (Reslimit_2) ....................................... 6-46
6.5.16 Subcell busy threshold (Reslimit_3) ....................................................... 6-46
6.5.17 ABIS alarm delay time (AbisAlmDelayTime) ........................................... 6-47
6.5.18 DTX factor (Info_0_8) ........................................................................... 6-48
6.6 IBS Parameters................................................................................................ 6-48
6.6.1 The method of intelligent TRX power off (Info_0_0) .................................. 6-49
6.7 Performance Management Parameters.............................................................. 6-50
6.7.1 PingPong handover duration (PingPongDura, s)....................................... 6-50
6.7.2 Number of measurement reports for dropped connections
(LatestMeasureRptNum) ....................................................................... 6-51
6.7.3 Uplink quality threshold (DropBadQualULThs, RQ) ................................... 6-51
6.7.4 Downlink quality threshold (DropBadQualDLThs, RQ)............................... 6-52
6.7.5 Uplink signal strength threshold (DropLowSigStrULThs) ........................... 6-53
6.7.6 Downlink signal strength threshold (DropLowSigStrDLThs) ....................... 6-53
6.7.7 Excessive TA threshold (DropExcessiveTAThs)........................................ 6-54
6.8 Baseband Frequency Hopping TRX Exchange Parameters................................. 6-54
6.8.1 Baseband frequency hopping TRX exchange support (Info_0_1)............... 6-55
6.8.2 Baseband Frequency hopping TRX Exchange scan timer (Info_1_0) ......... 6-56
XX
6.8.3 Baseband frequency hopping TRX configuration timer (Info_1_16) ............ 6-56
6.8.4 Baseband frequency hopping TRX exchange check delay timer
(Info_2_0)............................................................................................. 6-57
6.9 GPRS Operation Control Parameters ................................................................ 6-57
6.9.1 Two phase access (TwoPhaseAccess) .................................................... 6-58
6.9.2 Send radio status to SGSN (GBMsgSndInd_0)......................................... 6-59
6.9.3 Send LLC discard to SGSN (GBMsgSndInd_1) ........................................ 6-59
6.9.4 Threshold of quality in radio status (RadStaQuaThs) ................................ 6-60
6.9.5 Send packet TBF release to MS when BSS abnormal (PacketTBFRel) ...... 6-61
Appendix A Flow Control Policy Values.................................................. A-1

Appendix B Power Values ........................................................................ B-1
Appendix C Cell Layer Number Values ................................................... C-1
Appendix D Corresponding Relationship between Parameter
Interface and Database Values ............................................................ D-1
D.1 BSC Function Parameters Interface ....................................................................D-1
D.1.1 Basic Property Parameters.......................................................................D-1
D.1.2 Radio Basic Property Parameters .............................................................D-4
D.1.3 Other Parameters ....................................................................................D-4
D.1.4 AMR Half Method Parameters ..................................................................D-5
D.1.5 AMR Full Method Parameters...................................................................D-6
D.1.6 GPRS Other Parameters 1 .......................................................................D-7
D.1.7 GPRS Other Parameters 2 .......................................................................D-7
D.1.8 EDGE Parameters ...................................................................................D-8
D.2 GERAN External Cell Parameters.......................................................................D-8
D.3 UTRAN External Cell Parameters .......................................................................D-8
D.4 Cell Parameters.................................................................................................D-9
D.4.1 Basic Parameters 1 .................................................................................D-9
D.4.2 Basic Parameters 2 ............................................................................... D-10
D.4.3 Other Parameters .................................................................................. D-10
D.4.4 System Parameters ............................................................................... D-11
D.4.5 GPRS Other Params1 Parameters ......................................................... D-11
D.4.6 GPRS Cell Options Parameters .............................................................. D-11
D.4.7 GPRS NC Survey Parameters ................................................................ D-14
D.4.8 GPRS Power Control Parameters ........................................................... D-15
D.4.9 GPRS Cell Reselection Parameters ........................................................ D-16
D.4.10 GPRS Channel Parameters.................................................................. D-17
D.4.11 EDGE Parameters ............................................................................... D-19
XXI
D.5 Cell Object Parameters .................................................................................... D-19

D.5.1 TRX Information Parameters .................................................................. D-19
D.5.2 Channel Information Parameters ............................................................ D-20
D.5.3 Power Control Parameters ..................................................................... D-21
D.5.4 Handover Control Parameters ................................................................ D-22
D.5.5 UTRAN Cell Control Parameters............................................................. D-24
D.5.6 UTRAN Handover Control Parameters .................................................... D-25
D.5.7 Adjacent Cell Handover and Reselection Parameters............................... D-25
D.5.8 Adjacent Cell Handover Parameters ....................................................... D-25
D.5.9 Frequency Hopping System Parameters ................................................. D-26
Figures............................................................................................................. I
Glossary .........................................................................................................V
XXII
About This Manual

Purpose
This manual introduces the ZXG10 BSS radio parameters for radio configuration and
commissioning.
Intended Audience
l
l
l
System Engineer
Commissioning Engineer
Maintenance Engineer
What Is in This Manual

This manual has the following chapters.
Section
Summary
Chapter 1, Overview
Introduces the scope, description methods, and adjustment cautions

for radio parameters.
Chapter 2, BSC Function
Introduces the BSC function parameters.
Parameters
Chapter 3, External Cell
Introduces the GERAN external cell parameters and UTRAN external
Parameters
cell parameters.
Chapter 4, Cell Parameters
Introduces the cell parameters in the BSS system.
Chapter 5, Cell Object
Introduces the cell object parameters in the BSS system.
Parameters
Chapter 6, System Control
Introduces the system control parameters in the BSS system.
Parameters
II
Chapter 1
Overview
This chapter explains the definition and classification of radio parameters in GSM network,
modification methods of radio parameters, explanation format of radio parameters, and
precautions in radio parameters adjustment.
Table of Contents
Introduction to BSS Radio Parameters .......................................................................1-1
Method of Modifying Radio Parameters......................................................................1-2
Method of Modifying Parameters in Batch ..................................................................1-6
The Format to Explain Parameters ...........................................................................1-11
Precautions on Parameter Adjustment .....................................................................1-12
1.1 Introduction to BSS Radio Parameters

900/1800 MHz TDMA digital celluar mobile communication system (GSM) is an integrated
system covering fields of network technology, digital stored program control technology,
all transmission technologies and radio technologies.
GSM consists of Network Sub System (NSS), Base Station Sub-system (BSS) and Mobile
Station (MS).
GSM system signaling structure covers MAP interface, A-interface (between MSC and
BSC), Abis interface (between BSC and BTS), Ater interface (between BSC and external
TC) and Um interface (between BTS and MS, also called air interface).
All these objects and interfaces contain large quantity of configuration parameters and
performance parameters, some of which are determined during the development and
production of the equipment, and most of which depend on actual need and operation by
network providers. Settings and adjustment of latter parameters have a great impact on
the operation of entire GSM network.
Radio parameters in GSM network refer to parameters related to radio devices and radio
resources. These parameters have an important impact on coverage of cells, distribution of
signaling flow and service property of network, etc. Therefore, adjusting radio parameters
reasonably plays a very important part in GSM network optimization.
GSM radio parameters are classified into project parameters and resource (cell)
parameters.
1. Project parameters
Project parameters refer to parameters related to design, installation, and
commissioning of the project, like antenna height, antenna direction, antenna
gain, antenna download obliquity and cable loss, etc. These parameters must be
1-1
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
ZTE Proprietary and Confidential
ZXG10 iBSC Radio Parameter Reference
determined during network design and are seldom changed during the operation of
the network.
2. Resource (cell) parameters
Resource (cell) parameters refer to parameters related to configuration and utilization
of radio resources, which usually transmit on radio interface (Um) to keep the base
station and mobile station consistent. Radio parameters covered in this manual are
mainly resource parameters. Radio resource parameters in BSS contain:
l
l
l
l
GERAN subnetwork parameters, BSC management NE parameters,

configuration set parameters;
Global resource parameters for BSC, site parameters, GERAN external cell
parameters, UTRAN external cell parameters;
Cell Parameters;
TRX parameters, power control parameters, handover control parameters,
UTRAN handover control parameters, adjacent interference cell parameters,
adjacent handover cell parameters, adjacent reselection cell parameters,
adjacent handover and reselection cell parameters, UTRAN adjacent cell
handover and reselection parameters, UTRAN adjacent handover cell
parameters, UTRAN adjacent reselection cell parameters, frequency hopping
system parameters.
1.2 Method of Modifying Radio Parameters

After successfully login NetNumen M31, user can perform the following steps:
1. In the left topology tree of NetNumen M31 main interface, right-click the shortcut menu
corresponding to the created GSM NE agent, select Start.
2. Right-click the started GSM NE and select Start, as shown in Figure 1-1.
1-2
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Chapter 1 Overview
Figure 1-1 Starting NE Agent
3. Click Start, the system automatically starts this NE.

4. After starting, in the left topology tree of NetNumen M31 main interface, right-click
shortcut menu corresponding to created GSM NE agent, select NE Agent Management > Configuration Management, as shown in Figure 1-2.
Figure 1-2 Selecting NE Management > Configuration Management
1-3
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
5. Click Configuration Management, the system enters into configuration management

interface, as shown in Figure 1-3.
Figure 1-3 Configuration Management Interface
The tree in the left pane shows the objects to be created and maintained. User
can double-click the node whose parameters shall be modified, the corresponding
parameter interface occurs in right window.
6. Under initial case, the shortcut button Modify in configuration management toolbar
is inactivated, and parameters can not be modified. User must perform the operation
of "Apply Mutex Right" to enable the toolbutton.
Note:
"Apply Mutex Right" function is to avoid multiple clients do actions for the data, which may cause
data confused and errors.
Take the data modification of primary configuration set as an example, operation steps
are listed as follows:
a. Right-click on BSC Managed Element, and select Apply Mutex Right in the
pop-up menu, as shown in Figure 1-4.
1-4
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Chapter 1 Overview
Figure 1-4 Selecting Apply Mutex Right
b. Click Apply Mutex Right, and the Information dialog box appears, as shown in
Figure 1-5.
Figure 1-5 Information Dialog Box
c.
Click Yes, and the mutex right is successfully acquired, and the icon appears
on the configuration resource tree, as shown in Figure 1-6. Then, the toolbutton
is enabled, and user can modify the configuration data of this managed element.
Figure 1-6 Successfully Applying Mutex Right
d. After the data modification is completed, user should right-click on BSC Managed
Element and select Release Mutex Right in the pop-up menu, as shown in Figure
1-7. After the mutex right is released, other users can perform operations on the
configuration data of this managed element.
1-5
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Figure 1-7 Selecting Release Mutex Right
1.3 Method of Modifying Parameters in Batch

After successfully logging in to NetNumen M31, perform the following steps to modify
parameters in batch.
1. In the configure resource tree window, right-click OMC > GERAN subnet user ID
> BSC Management Element ID > Config Set ID > BSC Function ID > Export
Configuration Data > Export Network Plan Data, as shown in Figure 1-8.
Figure 1-8 Selecting Export Network Plan Data
2. Click Export Network Plan Data, and the Choose MOC to be Exported dialog box
appears. Select the parameter list to be exported, and click Next, as shown in Figure
1-9.
1-6
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Chapter 1 Overview
Figure 1-9 Selecting MOC to Be Exported
3. In the Choose Attributes of Each MOC to be Exported (RDN Excluded) dialog box,
select attribute of the parameter list to be exported, and click OK. Here, suppose the
MOC selected is IBSCFUNCTION_TABLE, as shown in Figure 1-10.
Figure 1-10 Selecting Attributes to Be Exported for MOC
1-7
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
4. Select the file type to be exported, and click OK. Here, suppose the data is exported
to be an Excel file, as shown in Figure 1-11.
Figure 1-11 Selecting File Type to Be Exported
5. Set the saving path and file name for the exported data, and click Save, as shown in
Figure 1-12.
Figure 1-12 Setting Saving Path and File Name for Data
The data export progress bar is displayed, and then the system prompts that the data
is exported successfully.
6. Open the exported data file, as shown in Figure 1-13.
Figure 1-13 Parameter Data
7. Modify the data file according to actual requirement, and save it.
The operation indications are described as follows.
a. D indicates deleting the MO. A indicates adding the MO. M indicates modifying
the MO (this command is issued only when the parameter value is changed). Any
1-8
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Chapter 1 Overview
value beyond D, A and M (including the lower case form) will be ignored by the
system, and the corresponding data in that row will not be processed.
b. For the same management object MO (such as cell, cell power control and cell
handover control), if the operation type (D, A or M) appears in multiple exported
tables, then the operation types of all columns must be the same; otherwise, the
system will give error prompt.
c.
No matter how many records in the Excel table should be deleted, created or
modified, the system performs deletion first, then performs creation, and finally
performs modification.
Note:
The order of operations has nothing to do with the order of records being displayed in the
Excel file.
d. If multiple objects among which reference relationship exists should be deleted,

the system first deletes the active reference object (such as sub-object), and then
deletes the passive reference object (such as parent-object). If multiple objects
among which reference relationship exists should be created, the system first
creates the passive reference object (such as parent-object), and then creates
the active reference object (such as sub-object). If multiple objects among which
reference relationship exists should be modified, the system first modifies the
passive reference object (such as parent-object), and then modifies the active
reference object (such as sub-object).
The following lists the restriction conditions.
a. The exported Excel file is the import template.
b. In the Excel template, the work sheet name cannot be modified.
c.
In the Excel template, the title row in the work sheet cannot be modified, the
frozen column cannot be modified, and the cell type cannot be modified. However,
common data columns and data rows can be deleted.
d. The parameter that cannot be modified on the interface cannot be modified in the
batch modification.
e. In the Excel template, the attributes USERLABEL, MCC, MNC, LAC and CI appear
in multiple work sheets, but only the modification in the network parameter list is
valid.
f.
The parameter MAIO of channels supporting baseband frequency hopping cannot

be modified.
8. In the configuration resource tree window, right-click OMC > GERAN Subnetwork ID
> BSC Managed Element ID > Config Set ID > BSC Function ID > Batch Apply
Network Plan Data, as shown in Figure 1-14.
1-9
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Figure 1-14 Selecting Batch Apply Network Plan Data
9. Select the file type to be imported, and click OK, as shown in Figure 1-15.
Figure 1-15 Selecting File Type to Be Imported
10. In the Open dialog box, select the data file to be imported, and click Open.
11. In the Batch Network Plan Data Apply dialog box, select the object to which the data
is applied, and click OK, as shown in Figure 1-16.
1-10
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Chapter 1 Overview
Figure 1-16 Applying Network Planning Data in Batch
The progress bar is displayed, and then the system prompts that the instruction is
executed successfully.
Note:
If the number of successfully executed instructions is 0, it indicates that no data needs to be modified. If the number is not 0, it indicates that the data in the file is inconsistent with that at the server.
1.4 The Format to Explain Parameters

Each radio parameter in this manual is individually clarified by using tables, for details see
Table 1-1.
Table 1-1 Format to Explain Radio Parameters
Full name
Chinese parameter name on the interface
Abbreviation
Abbreviation for English parameters
3GPP Name
Parameter name in 3GPP protocol
3GPP reference
3GPP protocol version number for parameter reference
Description
Descriptive text for this parameter.
Management Object
Involved object by the parameter

Value range of this parameter. If the parameter is in mapping form, actual
Value Range
parameter value that corresponds to all indices will be enumerated
Unit
Parameter unit
Default value
Default value and its description on parameter interface
1-11
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Online = After a parameters value is modified, it is immediately synchronized

and takes effect.
Offline = After one or several parameters' values are modified, the
Change mode
modification takes effect after data synchronization.
Relevant Features
parameter
Relevant functions and features of the network that corresponds to this
Parameters which have data restriction relationship with the parameter.

For example, this parameter takes effect only after one or multiple relevant
parameters are enabled; this parameter's value has a restriction relationship
with one or multiple relevant parameters, such as larger than or smaller than
Relevant parameters
the relevant parameter.
Relationship
Dependency among relevant parameters
Related interfaces
Interfaces related to this parameter

Whether service will be affected when the parameter modification takes
Impact on service
effect, and impact details (especially when service is interrupted)
Caution!
1. Radio parameters in this system is modified through offline modification mode, that is, the
modification on interface only can be effective after the synchronization action to foreground is
conducted.
2. Some parameter values in the interface are not fully same as those in database, with certain
corresponding relationship between them. For specific corresponding relationship see appendix.
1.5 Precautions on Parameter Adjustment

Radio parameters adjustment, according to the type of the problem to be solved, falls into
two kinds.
l
First is to solve static problem, that is, to correct traffic model in system design
by measuring actual average traffic and signaling flow in every district and to solve
common problems existing for long.
Second is to solve problems at a particular time like traffic overload in some district,
channel congestion due to sudden events or random events.
For the first type, service providers must perform measurement and summarization on
actual operation regularly, and then perform appropriate adjustment on global or partial
parameters and configurations. For the second type, network operators adjust some radio
parameters at real time according to instant data from measurement results.
Most radio parameters in GSM system are based on one cell or one location area. It is
necessary to consider whether parameter adjustment in this cell will influence other cells,
especially the adjacent one, for parameters between cells are related to each other greatly.
Otherwise, it may cause negative influence. Determine whether the problem results from
1-12
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Chapter 1 Overview
equipment fault (including connections) first when it occurs in some part of the network.
Adjust radio parameters only when determined that the problem does result from service.
1-13
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
This page intentionally left blank.
1-14
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Chapter 2
BSC Function Parameters

Below introduces BSC function for radio parameters.
Table of Contents
Radio Basic Property..................................................................................................2-1
Other Parameters.....................................................................................................2-11
Channel Allocation Control Parameters ....................................................................2-24
Timer 1.....................................................................................................................2-34
Timer 2.....................................................................................................................2-47
GPRS Maximum Retrying Times ..............................................................................2-64
GPRS Timer.............................................................................................................2-72
AMR Half Method Parameters..................................................................................2-86
AMR Full Method Parameters ..................................................................................2-91
GPRS Other Parameters 1 .......................................................................................2-96
GPRS Other Parameters 2 .....................................................................................2-102
BVC Flow Control Parameters................................................................................ 2-111
FUC Flow Control Map Parameters ........................................................................ 2-119
EDGE Parameters..................................................................................................2-125
eMLPP Set.............................................................................................................2-133
Ater Timer Parameters ...........................................................................................2-150
2.1 Radio Basic Property

The interface of basic radio property parameters is as shown in Figure 2-1.
Figure 2-1 Radio Basic Property Parameters
2-1
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
2.1.1 DCS1800/PCS1900 supported (FuncExt)

Full name
DCS1800/PCS1900 Supported
Abbreviation
FuncExt
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Specify the frequency supported. It is unmodifiable after being created
Description
successfully.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
DCS1800, PCS1900
Unit
None
Default value
DCS1800
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Frequency band (FreqBand)
Relevant parameters
Frequency band of subCell (SubFreqBand)
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
2.1.2 Load indication allowed (LoadInd)

Full name
Load Indication
Abbreviation
LoadInd
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
The load indication process informs the adjacent BSC of the cell load at border
to provide more reference information in normal handover and the internal traffic
handover of BSC.
This parameter determines if load indication is available, an also determines
the validity of parameter Load valid time and Load indication period. If this
parameter is No (load indication process is disabled), the latter two parameters
Description
are invalid. Otherwise they are valid.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
Yes/No
2-2
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Chapter 2 BSC Function Parameters
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant
parame-
ters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
2.1.3 Send confusion message allowed (ConfusionMsg)

Full name
Send confusion message allowed
Abbreviation
ConfusionMsg
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Confusion message is bidirectional. If the received message could not be processed properly for some reason, and there is no other proper fault message to
Description
send, the system will send confusion message.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant
parame-
ters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
2.1.4 Inter-Cell handover processed within BSC allowed

(InHoEnable)
Full name
Inter-Cell handover processed within BSC allowed

2-3
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Abbreviation
InHoEnable
3GPP name
None
3GPP reference
None
According to GSM specifications, intra-BSC inter-cell handover is implemented
by the following methods: BSC controlled inter-cell handover without MSC involvement. MSC controlled inter-cell intra-BSC handover whose handover flow
is similar to that of inter-BSC handover. This parameter decides the choice of
method for inter-cell intra-BSC handover. Do not select 'No' for this parameter
if it is not necessary. Yes: indicates it is inter-cell handover process controlled
Description
by BSC. No: indicates it is inter-cell handover process controlled by MSC.
Managed object
BSC
Value range
Yes, No
Unit
None
Default value
Yes
Change mode
Offline
Related features
None
Related parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
2.1.5 Send assignment failure allowed (ExDRSendAssFail)

Full name
Send assignment failure allowed
Abbreviation
ExDRSendAssFail
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
It describes if external redirection allows assignment failure.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
ZGB-03-01-002 Directed Retry
2-4
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Relevant
parame-
ters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
2.1.6 Load indication valid time (LoadValidTime)

Full name
Load Valid Time
Abbreviation
LoadValidTime
3GPP Name
Time indication IE
3GPP reference
48.008 Mobile Switching Centre - Base Station System (MSC-BSS) interface

In load indication process, BSC sends BSSAP LOAD INDICATION message to
MSC periodically, notifying about the load status. The message includes time
indication information which indicates the valid time length of the service load
information. MSC relays the BSSAP LOAD INDICATION message to neighboring BSCs. This parameter represents the valid time length of the load message.
Description
255 means valid permanently.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
0 ~ 255
Unit
10 s
Default value
18
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant
parame-
ters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
A Interface
Impact on service
None
2.1.7 Load indication period (LoadIndPrd)

Full name
Load Indication Period
Abbreviation
LoadIndPrd
3GPP Name
None
2-5
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
3GPP reference
None
In load indication process, BSC sends BSSAP LOAD INDICATION message to
MSC periodically, notifying about the load status. The message includes time
indication information which indicates the valid time length of the service load
information. MSC relays the BSSAP LOAD INDICATION message to neighboring BSCs. When the load indication message is sent periodically, this parameter
Description
decides the period for BSC to send the load indication message.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
10 ~ 65530
Unit
100 ms
Default value
1500
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant
parame-
ters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
A Interface
Impact on service
None
2.1.8 Automatic resource indication threshold (ResourceIndThs)

Full name
Automatic resource indication threshold
Abbreviation
ResourceIndThs
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter defines that BSC automatically indicates to MSC about the
ratio of presently available channels to the total channels. When available cell
resource is lower than this parameter, resource indication shall be sent to MSC
about this cell condition, which shall be configured by O&M.
The four modes of resource indication from BSC are as follows:
l
Automatic Mode: BSC instantly returns the BSSAP RESOURCE INDICATION message as an acknowledgment without any resource information
after receiving the BSSAP RESOURCE REQUEST message. BSC automatically sends BSSAP RESOURCE INDICATION message to MSC. BSC
uses the periodicity IE in BSSAP RESOURCE REQUEST to determine the
indication messages interval (unless the Periodicity IE is 0 and BSC ignores 0) once O&M of BSC satisfies the Auto condition (service threshold
Description
or the interval between any two messages).
2-6
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
One time mode: BSC instantly returns a BSSAP RESOURCE INDICATION

message with resource information after receiving BSSAP RESOURCE
REQUEST message. BSC stops sending and waits for next BSSAP RESOURCE REQUEST if the BSSAP RESOURCE REQUEST message does
not contain Extended Resource Indication IE. If there is Extended Resource
Indication IE, BSC shall follow the regulations of Subsequent Mode element
in the message, same as mode 4. If the previous one is mode 1 or 3, then
you can use mode 1 or 3, otherwise you can use mode 4.
Period mode: After BSC receives the BSSAP RESOURCE REQUEST

message, it will immediately return a BSSAP RESOURCE INDICATION
message that contains the resource information. After that, BSC periodically sends the BSSAP RESOURCE INDICATION message. If Periodicity IE in the BSSAP RESOURCE REQUEST message is not 0, then the
period to send the message is the value of Periodicity IE multiplied by 100
ms. If Periodicity IE is 0, then the message is wrong and the whole BSSAP
RESOURCE REQUEST message is considered as incorrect.
Stop mode: After the BSSAP RESOURCE REQUEST message is received, BSC immediately returns a BSSAP RESOURCE INDICATION
message without any resource information as an acknowledgement. And
then, it will no longer send the cell resource information to MSC.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
0 ~ 100
Unit
Default value
30
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant
parame-
ters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
2.1.9 Resource adjust threshold (ResourceAdjustThs)

Full name
Resource adjust threshold
Abbreviation
ResourceAdjustThs
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
2-7
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
When bytes transmitted for packet servie data have crossed the threshold,
timeslot allocation is adjusted from single timeslot to multiple timeslots (or the
threshold from single timeslot to multiple timeslots for packet service timeslot
Description
allocation).
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
200 ~ 5000
Unit
Byte
Default value
2000
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant
parame-
ters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
2.1.10 BSC MAX reset number (BSCMaxResetNum)

Full name
BSC Max Reset Num
Abbreviation
BscMaxResetNum
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
The maximum allowable resets to BSC. After BSC sends the BSSAP RESET
message to MSC, if BSSAP RESET ACKNOWLEDGE message fails to reach
BSC from MSC within GSM-specified T4 time interval, the resetting will be
repeated.
BSSAP RESET message repeats up to N times. MSC ends the reset process
and notifies OMS incase of no reply from BSC after N times. N depends on
Description
this parameter.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
1 ~ 255
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
2-8
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Relevant
parame-
ters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
A Interface
Impact on service
None
2.1.11 MR report enable (MrRptEnable)

Full name
MR report enable
Abbreviation
MrRptEnable
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter determines if data report function is supported for measurement
report, in combination with MrRptTimap. If enable, and place it at this time,
Description
report function of measurement data is supported.
Management Object
BSC
Yes, No
l
Yes: enable
Value Range
No: disable
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant
parame-
ters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
2.1.12 HBTS scan site number (HBTSScanSiteNum)

Full name
HBTS scan site number
Abbreviation
HBTSScanSiteNum
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
2-9
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Description
It indicates the number of HBTS scanning sites at each time. 0 indicates

the periodical scanning scanning function is disabled.
Management Object
S8001
Value Range
0~10
Unit
None
Default value
10
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
Relationship
HBTS scan cycle (HBTSScanCyc, 3600s) and HBTS scan begin time
(HBTSScanBT)
If this parameter is set to 0, these two relevant parameters can be
configured but be invalid.
Related interfaces
Abis interface
Impact on service
None
2.1.13 Range of BARANG

Full name
Range of BARANG
Abbreviation
None
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Value includes single frequency or frequency range, sent to MS in
CHANNEL RELEASE. Certain frequency can be firstly inspected while
MS selects cell.
Input the minimum and maximum value of broadcast range in the left and
right blank and click Add to save this range. Range of BARANG can be
same within different global resource.
Description
Note: input frequency ranges cannot be overlapped.
Management Object
BSC
PGSM(1 ~ 124)
EGSM(0 ~ 124, 975 ~ 1023)
DCS1800(512 ~ 885)
GSM1900(512 ~ 810)
Value Range
GSM850(128 ~ 251)
Unit
None
Default value
0&&0
Change mode
Offline
2-10
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
2.2 Other Parameters

The interface of other parameters is shown in Figure 2-2.
Figure 2-2 Other Parameters
2.2.1 Length of super vision (LcsSuperVision)

Full name
Length of super vision
Abbreviation
LcsSuperVision
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Supervise the timer length in whole locating process.
After BSC sends locating request to SMLC, this timer is configured and shall
receives locating response prior to timeout, otherwise locating process is
Description
terminated.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
100 ~ 1000
Unit
None
Default value
250
2-11
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Change mode
Offline
ZGO-01-03-002 LCS with CGI+TA
Relevant Features
Relevant
ZGO-01-03-003 LCS with AGPS
parame-
ters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
2.2.2 Length of radio (LcsRadio)

Full name
Length of radio
Abbreviation
LcsRadio
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Supervise the timer length to transmit radio information.
This timer supervises the process to deliver MS the message related with
locating. Start while sending message to MS, and stop while receiving
Description
response from MS.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
10 ~ 100
Unit
None
Default value
50
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant
parame-
ters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
2.2.3 LCS wait intra BSS handover timer (LcsWaitInTraHO)

Full name
LCS wait intra BSS handover timer

2-12
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Abbreviation
LcsWaitInTraHO
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Length of timer waiting intra BSS handover completed.
Continue locating process after handover is finished, with a length threshold
Description
for waiting. Stop while this timer length is exceeded.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
20 ~ 100
Unit
None
Default value
60
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant
parame-
ters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
2.2.4 Monitor physical context request (RmsT9108, 100ms)

Full name
Monitor physical context request
Abbreviation
RmsT9108
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
text request is not used, reserved for later use.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
20
Unit
100 ms
Default value
20
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
This parameter is timer T9108. Currently, the process to monitor physical con-
Relevant
ters
parameNone
2-13
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Um interface
Impact on service
None
2.2.5 Timer for MSG waiting (TWaitMsg, 100ms)

Full name
Timer for MSG waiting
Abbreviation
TWaitMsg
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Timer for MSG Waiting on RanAWorker process. RanAWorker process is the
working process of RANA module. Start if RANA instance is created, stop if
Description
message is received, and instance is released if timeout.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
5 ~ 20
Unit
100 ms
Default value
20
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant
parame-
ters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
2.2.6 Timer for RANCSEST Waiting (TWaitRancsEst, 100ms)

Full name
Timer for RANCSEST Waiting
Abbreviation
TWaitRancsEst
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
2-14
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Time to wait for RANCS process applying for resource protection.

RANCS process is to process CS service. This timer is started if RANA
receives external handover request and applying for channel from RANCS;
stop if receiving RANCS response, and fail to send handover to interface A if
Description
timeout.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
10 ~ 100
Unit
100 ms
Default value
100
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant
parame-
ters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
2.2.7 Timer for RANCSCLECOM Waiting (TWaitRancsCleCom,

100ms)
Full name
Timer for RANCSCLECOM Waiting
Abbreviation
TWaitRancsCleCom
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Interval for RanAWorker process waiting for RANCS process responding
ClearCom. RanAWorker process is the working process of RANA module.
Start if sending clear command to RANCS, stop if receiving RANCS response,
Description
and continue release process if timeout.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
10 ~ 30
Unit
100 ms
Default value
30
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
2-15
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Relevant
parame-
ters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
2.2.8 Timer for CCM waiting (CcmWaitTimer)

Full name
Timer for CCM waiting
Abbreviation
CcmWaitTimer
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Timer that is waiting for disconnecting and disabling BTS during dynamic
channel conversion.
Start if CCM starts channel conversion, stop if receiving successive module
Description
and BTS response, and send message to BTS again if timeout.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
45 ~ 55
Unit
100 ms
Default value
45
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant
parame-
ters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
2.2.9 Get static param timer (GetStaticParamTimer, 100ms)

Full name
Get static param timer
Abbreviation
GetStaticParamTimer
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
2-16
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
The counting parameter, used by RancRrm, is used to timely poll UPU unit
below CMP.
This timer is configured periodically, and query resource occupation data for
Description
UPU if timeout.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
60 ~ 600
Unit
100 ms
Default value
120
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant
parame-
ters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
2.2.10 Starting time for oriented retry (RmsT10, 100ms)

Full name
Starting time for oriented retry
Abbreviation
RmsT10
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
This parameter is T10 timer.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
50 ~ 150
Unit
100 ms
Default value
60
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
A Interface
Impact on service
None
2-17
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
2.2.11 TFO Enable (TFOControl_0)

Full name
TFO Enable
Abbreviation
TFOControl_0
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter is one of TFO control parameters, to describe whether TFO
is enabled. 0 represents disable, 1 represents enable.
l
0: disable;
1: enable.
When TFO is not enabled, or value of TFOControl_0 is 0, other switch is

disabled and values of TFOControl_1, TFOControl_2 and TFOControl_3
Description
are 0 too.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
ZGO-04-02-006 TFO
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
2.2.12 Codec type optimization enable (TFOControl_1)

Full name
Codec type optimization enable
Abbreviation
TFOControl_1
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter is one of TFO control parameters, to describe whether
coding/decoding type can be optimized. 0 represents disable, 1 represents
enable.
l
0: disable;
Description
1: enable.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
Yes/No
2-18
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
ZGO-04-02-006 TFO
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
2.2.13 Codec mismatch resolution enable (TFOControl_2)

Full name
Codec mismatch resolution enable
Abbreviation
TFOControl_2
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter is one of TFO control parameters, to describe whether
unmatched coding/decoding type can not be solved. 0 represents disable,
1 represents enable.
l
0: disable;
Description
1: enable.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
ZGO-04-02-006 TFO
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
2-19
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
2.2.14 AMR Optimization Mode (TFOControl_3)

Full name
AMR Optimization Mode
Abbreviation
TFOControl_3
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter is one of TFO control parameters, to describe if it is AMR
optimization mode.
l
0: don't support ACS variations;
Description
1: support ACS variations.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
Support or don't support ACS variations
Unit
None
Default value
Don't support ACS variations.
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
ZGO-04-02-006 TFO
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
2.2.15 External cell load notify (Info_0_0)

Full name
External cell load notify
Abbreviation
Info_0_0
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
It describes if the load information in this cell is filled in the unit of
Description
"New BSS to old BSS information" for handover request while the
cell service under current BSC is switched to the cell under other
BSCs.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
2-20
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
2.2.16 Neighbor cell load valid duration (Info_0_1,10s)

Full name
Neighbor cell load valid duration
Abbreviation
Info_0_1
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
It describes the valid time of the load information.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
1 ~ 255
Unit
10 s
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
2.2.17 LMU build request deal or not (Info_1_0)

Full name
LMU build request deal or not (INFO)
Abbreviation
Info_1_0
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
It indicates if to handle LMU (Location Measurement Units)

establishment request.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
Yes/No
2-21
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
2.2.18 MBMS request deal or not (Info_1_1)

Full name
MBMS request deal or not (INFO)
Abbreviation
Info_1_1
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
It indicates if to handle MBMS (Multimedia Broadcast/Multicast

Service) request.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
2.2.19 Channel request reserved field deal or not (Info_1_2)

Full name
Channel request reserved field deal or not (INFO)
Abbreviation
Info_1_2
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
2-22
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Description
It describes if to handle Channel Request reserved field.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
2.2.20 MS power hold in handover option (Info_0_9)

Full name
MS power hold in handover option
Abbreviation
Info_0_9
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
It indicates if MS power hold in handover option is supported.
Management
Object
None
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
2-23
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
2.2.21 Level threshold of target cell (Info_0_10)

Full name
Level threshold of target cell
Abbreviation
Info_0_10
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
reference
None
Description
Level threshold of target cell
Management
Object
None
0 ~ 63
Value Range
0: < -110 dBm;
1: -110 dBm ~ -109 dBm;
2: -109 dBm ~ -108 dBm;
......
62: -49 dBm ~ -48 dBm;
63: > -48 dBm
Unit
None
Default value
27
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
2.3 Channel Allocation Control Parameters

The interface of channel allocation control parameters is shown in Figure 2-3.
2-24
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Figure 2-3 Channel Allocation Control Parameters
2.3.1 Dynamic HR enable (DynaHREnable)

Full name
Dynamic HR Enable
Abbreviation
DynaHREnable
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
The dynamic HR channel allocation function allows allocating FR or HR
Description
channel to MS according to the cell's traffic. When the cell's channels become
congested, HR channel is allocated to MS, which greatly shortens the cell's
congestion time during peak traffic hours.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
ZGO-03-02-003 Full dynamic channel allocation on Um interface

ZGO-03-02-005 Dynamic Half Rate Allocation
Relevant parameters
Use cell dynamic HR parameter (UseCellDynHRPara)
Relationship
If this parameter is set to Yes, 'Use cell dynamic HR parameter' is configurable.
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
2-25
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
2.3.2 Threshold for TRX switched from FR to HR (HRThs)

Full name
Threshold for TRX switched from FR to HR
Abbreviation
HRThs
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
When channel occupation exceeds this threshold, it will apply for half-rate
channel directly to increase the user capacity.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
1 ~ 100
Unit
Default value
60
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features

Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
2.3.3 AMR Dynamic HR Conversion Threshold (AmrHRThs)

Full name
AMR Dynamic HR Conversion Threshold
Abbreviation
AmrHRThs
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
When busy timeslot/general timeslot >= AmrHRThs/100, and carrier and cell
support AMR, subsequent service prefers AMR voice rate.
Description
This threshold value can be configured on BSC and BTS, when "User cell
dynamic HR parameter" (UseCellDynHRPara) is yes, AmrHRThs value
configured by cell will be used, otherwise AmrHRThs configured by BSC
is used.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
0 ~ 100
Unit
Default value
50
2-26
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
ZGO-03-02-006 Dynamic AMR HR/FR conversion independent threshold
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
2.3.4 HR channel fragment finishing support (HRDfragSupport)

Full name
HR channel fragment finishing support
Abbreviation
HRDfragSupport
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
It is a switch to support HR channel frag finishing functions, which can be configured both on BSC and BTS. Only when both BSC and BTS are enabled and
Description
(number of unfinished HR defragment instances / number of idle HR channels

in the cell) is no more than HRDefragThs, the HR channel defragmentation
function is enabled, otherwise, it is disabled.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
ZGO-03-02-004 HR Concentration
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
2.3.5 HR channel percentage threshold (HRTsPercentage)

Full name
HR channel percentage threshold
Abbreviation
HRTsPercentage
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
2-27
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
When HR timeslot in the cell / general timeslot in the cell <

HRTsPercentage/100, the cell can generate new HR channel.
Description
This parameter can be configured on BSC and BTS. If the proportion of HR

timeslot in the cell is lower than HRTsPercentage/100 of BSC and BTS, the
cell can generate new HR channel.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
0 ~ 100
Unit
Default value
50
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
2.3.6 User priority for EMLPP (PriThreshold)

Full name
User Priority
Abbreviation
PriThreshold
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter (PriThreshold) uses the service of preferred access for
high-priority subscriber, that is eMLPP service, the system may set some
reserved channels (currently, only full rate TCH channels are supported to
be the reserved channels).
Description
When CS instance calls database to apply for channels, the subscriber's

PriorityLevel information reaches to database, and is compared with
PriThreshold in the database and BSC table. When PriorityLevelPriThreshold
(the less the subscriber's priority level value, the higher the priority level,
that is the subscriber's priority level is not lower than PriThreshold priority),
the reserved channel can be used.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
1 ~ 15
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
2-28
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Relevant Features
ZGO-03-02-002 Enhancement on Channel Allocation
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
2.3.7 Preferred speech version (PreferSpeechVer H)

Full name
Preferred speech version (half)
Abbreviation
PreferSpeechVer H
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
half-rate speech version. Half-rate version 1 refers to HR, and version 3 for
When implementing the CS channel allocation policy, describe the preferred

AMR.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
Not specify the preferred version, Half-rate version 1, Half-rate version 3
Unit
None
Default value
Not specify the preferred version
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
ZGO-01-01-001 Half Rate
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
2.3.8 Preferred speech version (PreferSpeedchVer F)

Full name
Preferred speech version (full)
Abbreviation
PreferSpeechVer F
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
When implementing the CS channel allocation policy, it describe the preferred
Description
full-rate voice version. Full-rate version 1 refers to FR, version 2 for EFR, and
version 3 for AMR.
2-29
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Management Object
Value Range
BSC
Not specify the preferred version, Full-rate version 1, full-rate version 2, full-rate
version 3
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
ZGO-01-01-002 Enhanced Full Rate (EFR) Speech Codec
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
2.3.9 Reserved channel first (RsvChanFirst)

Full name
Reserved channel first
Abbreviation
RsvChanFirst
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
The selection order of reserved channel and non-reserved channel
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
Yes
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
ZGO-01-03-001 eMLPP
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
2.3.10 EMLPP channel reserved time (EMLPPThs, %)

Full name
EMLPP channel reserved time
Abbreviation
EMLPPThs
2-30
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
When using high priority user to access service, that is, EMLPP service, the
system may configure certain remained channels
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
0 ~ 100
Unit
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
ZGO-01-03-001 eMLPP
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
2.3.11 TRX PS busy threshold (TrxPSBusyThs)

Full name
TRX PS busy threshold
Abbreviation
TrxPSBusyThs
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter is used to collect PS service on the idle carrier while applying
for PS, against infinite expansion. Application sequence: the idle carrier
Description
above this threshold idle carrier idle carrier below this threshold.
Calculate it according to remained available quota on each available PS
timeslot * number of accessed Abis * 100 / number of users.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
1 ~ 6400
Unit
None
Default value
1280
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
2-31
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Impact on service
None
2.3.12 Resource pool for PS rate (PsAbisThs, %)

Full name
Resource pool for PS rate
Abbreviation
PsAbisThs
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Full dynamic Abis resource pool provides use proportion of PS channel. if
default value for this parameter is configured as 80%, which refers to upper
Description
limit for PS. The aim is to idle Abis resource while CS channel is activated. If
this threshold is exceeded, Abis resource cannot be allocated to PS service
again.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
0 ~ 100
Unit
Default value
80
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
ZGO-03-03-001 Full Dynamic Abis Allocation
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
2.3.13 Maximum PS uplink user per TS (MaxPsUserPerTs_0)

Full name
Maximum PS uplink user per TS
Abbreviation
MaxPsUserPerTs_0
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
This parameter describes maximum PS uplink user per ts.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
1~7
Unit
None
Default value
4
2-32
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
2.3.14 Maximum PS downlink user per TS (MaxPsUserPerTs_1)

Full name
Maximum PS downlink user per TS
Abbreviation
MaxPsUserPerTs_1
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
This parameter describes the maximum number of PS downlink users per wireless timeslot.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
1 ~ 16
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
2.3.15 Extended uplink dynamic allocation support

(ExUpDynSupport)
Full name
Extended uplink dynamic allocation support
Abbreviation
ExUpDynSupport
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
2-33
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
This parameter indicates if cell supports extended uplink dynamic allocation.

Description
While using this function, the MS only need listen USF allocation with the least
timeslot, so you can determine to send uplink block on all allocated uplink
timeslot.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
ZGO-03-02-007 Extended Dynamic Allocation
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Um Interface
Impact on service
None
2.4 Timer 1
The interface of timer 1 parameters is shown in Figure 2-4.
Figure 2-4 Timer 1 Parameters
2.4.1 Blocking/unblocking period (T1, 100ms)

Full name
Blocking/Unblocking period
Abbreviation
T1
3GPP Name
T1
2-34
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 48.008 V5.12.0

This parameter is T1 timer. BSS blocks/unblocks a terrestrial circuit and sends
BLOCK/UNBLOCK message to MSC due to various reasons (such as O&M;
Description
equipment failure/recovery; radio resources unavailable/available). T1 timer

sets the time interval between BLOCK/UNBLOCK ACKNOWLEDGE message
sent from MSC to BSC and BLOCK/UNBLOCK message. T1 is used to identify
it during this period.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
30 ~ 150
Unit
100 ms
Default value
80
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
A Interface
Impact on service
None
2.4.2 Global resetting period (T4, 100ms)

Full name
Global resetting period
Abbreviation
T4
3GPP Name
T4
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 48.008 V5.12.0

This parameter is T4 timer, monitoring the BSSAP RESET message sent
from BSC to MSC.
Description
l
l
Timer start condition: T4 starts when a global resetting occurs in BSC.

Timer stop condition: The BSSAP RESET ACKNOWLEDGE message
from MSC is received.
Timeout action: If T4 expires, BSC will repeat the whole process.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
60 ~ 150
Unit
100 ms
Default value
100
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
2-35
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
A Interface
Impact on service
None
2.4.3 Protection period for global resetting (T13, 100ms)

Full name
Protective period for global resetting
Abbreviation
T13
3GPP Name
T13
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 48.008 V5.12.0

This parameter is T13 timer, which is a protection time period for a local
call clearing process.
l
Description
Timer Start: T13 timer starts when BSC receives BSSAP HANDOVER
COMMAND message.
Timer Stop: T13 timer suspends when SCCP receives a SSP/SPI message.
Overtime Action: If this timer is overtime, BSS will send BSSAP RESET
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT message to MSC.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
30 ~ 60
Unit
100 ms
Default value
40
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
A Interface
Impact on service
None
2.4.4 Circuit resetting period on BSS side (T19, 100ms)

Full name
Circuit resetting period on BSS side
Abbreviation
T19
3GPP Name
T19
2-36
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 48.008 V5.12.0

If BSC SCCP connection is abnormal while the circuits must be released to
idle status, BSS will send the BSSAP CIRCUIT RESET message to MSC and
Description
start T19. After MSC receives this message, it will release the corresponding
services and the circuits to the idle status and send the BSSAP CIRCUIT RESET ACKNOWLEDGE message to BSC. The timer stops when MSC receives
RESET CIRCUIT ACKNOWLEDGE message from BSC.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
30 ~ 150
Unit
100 ms
Default value
80
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
A Interface
Impact on service
None
2.4.5 Circuit group blocking/unblocking period (T20, 100ms)

Full name
Circuit group blocking/unblocking period
Abbreviation
T20
3GPP Name
T20
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 48.008 V5.12.0

For some reasons (0; intervention; equipment fault/recovery; radio resources
unavailable/available), BSS will block a group of terrestrial circuits, then
Description
send the BSSAP CIRCIUIT GROUP BLOCK/UNBLOCK message to MSC.

After receiving this message, MSC will send the BSSAP CIRCIUIT GROUP
BLOCK/UNBLOCK ACKNOWKEDGE message to BSS for notification.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
30 ~ 150
Unit
100 ms
Default value
80
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
2-37
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
A Interface
Impact on service
None
2.4.6 RLSD message receive protection timer (T9101, 100ms)

Full name
RLSD message receive protection timer
Abbreviation
T9101
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter is timer T9101, supervising the reception of RLSD.
l
Timer start condition: T9101 starts when BSC sends the BSSAP CLEAR
COMPLETE message to MSC.
Description
Timer stop condition: T9101 stops when the RLSD message from MSC is
received.
Overtime Action: If this timer is overtime, BSC will send RLSD message
to release SCCP connection.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
20 ~ 50
Unit
100 ms
Default value
20
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
A Interface
Impact on service
None
2.4.7 Channel activation protection timer (RmsT9103, 100ms)

Full name
Channel activation protection timer
Abbreviation
RmsT9103
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
2-38
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
This parameter is timer T9103, monitoring channel activation process.

l
Timer Start: T9103 timer starts when BSC sends CHANNEL ACTIVATION
message to BTS.
Description
Timer Stop: T9103 timer suspends when BSC receives CHANNEL ACTIVATION ACK or CHANNEL ACTIVATION NACK message.
Overtime Action: If this timer is overtime, BSC will send RF CHANNEL

RELEASE message to BTS
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
20
Unit
100 ms
Default value
20
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Abis Interface
Impact on service
None
2.4.8 MSC clear command protection timer (T9104, 100ms)

Full name
MSC clear command protection timer
Abbreviation
T9104
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter is T9104 timer. It supervises CLEAR COMMAND from MSC.
l
Timer Start: T9104 timer starts when BSC sends a CLEAR REQUEST
message to MSC.
Description
Timer Stop: T9104 timer suspends when BSC receives CLEAR COMMAND message from MSC.
Overtime Action: If this timer is overtime, CLEAR REQUEST message will

be resent (four times at the most).
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
20 ~ 50
Unit
100 ms
Default value
30
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
2-39
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
A Interface
Impact on service
None
2.4.9 SCCP connection protection timer (T9105, 100ms)

Full name
SCCP connection protection timer
Abbreviation
T9105
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter is T9105 timer, monitoring SCCP connection process.
l
Timer Start: T9105 timer starts when BSC sends BSSAP SCCP_CONNECTION_REQ message to MSC.
Description
Timer Stop: T9105 suspends when BSC receives SCCP_CONNECTION_CONFIRM/SCCP_CONNECTION_REFUSED message.
Overtime Action: If this timer is overtime, BSC will send CHANNEL RELEASE message to MS.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
20 ~ 60
Unit
100 ms
Default value
30
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
A Interface
Impact on service
None
2.4.10 Protective time waiting for access (RmsT1, 100ms)

Full name
Protective time waiting for access
Abbreviation
RmsT1
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
2-40
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
This parameter is rmsT1 timer. It indicates protection waiting time for MS

access during assignment or handover, after channel activation process.
l
Description
Timer start condition: The destination channel receives the CHL ACITIVATION ACK message and sends the RADIO AVAILABLE message to
the source channel.
Timer stop: In MS access, the destination channel receives the ASSIGNMENT COM or HANDOVER COM message.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
0 ~ 300
Unit
100 ms
Default value
70
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Abis Interface
Impact on service
None
2.4.11 Protective time for applying to channel (RmsT2, 100ms)

Full name
Protection time for applying to channel
Abbreviation
RmsT2
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
l
Timer start condition: The new channel sends the RADIO APPLY message.
Description
Timer stop: Channel request succeeds and the new channel receives the
RADIO AVAILABLE message; or the channel request fails and the RADIO UNAVAILABLE message is received; or the RADIO PROCEEDING
message is received in queuing.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
20 ~ 50
Unit
100 ms
Default value
40
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
2-41
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
2.4.12 Protective time for link establishment response (RmsT3,

100ms)
Full name
Protection time for link establishment response
Abbreviation
RmsT3
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
Timer start: RANCS instance sends "ESTABLISH IND" to RANA instance.
Timer stop: RANCS instance receives the "CONNECT CONF" sent by

RANA instance, or the "CONNECT FAIL" when RANA fails to establish
the link.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
30 ~ 100
Unit
100 ms
Default value
60
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
2.4.13 Protective time for P0 confirms the message HO/ASS COM

(RmsT4, 100ms)
Full name
Protective time for P0 confirms the message HO/ASS COM
Abbreviation
RmsT4
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
2-42
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830

l
Description
Timer start: After RANCS receives the "HO COM" or "ASS COM" message
of MS and forwards it to RANA.
Timer stop: RANCS receives acknowledgement of "HO COM" or "ASS

COM" message by RANA.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
10 ~ 80
Unit
100 ms
Default value
30
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
2.4.14 Encryption mode modification time (RmsT5, 100ms)

Full name
Encryption mode modification time
Abbreviation
RmsT5
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter is timer T5, used to supervise modification process of
encryption mode, that is, the timer that waits for MS response after configuring
radio encryption mode.
l
Description
Timer Start: T5 timer starts when BSC receives CIPHER MODE COMMAND message from MSC.
Timer Stop: T5 timer suspends when BSC receives CIPHER MODE COMPLETE message from MS.
Overtime Action: If this timer is overtime, BSC will send BSSAP CIPHER
MODE REJECT message to MSC.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
30 ~ 120
Unit
100 ms
Default value
100
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
2-43
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
A Interface
Impact on service
None
2.4.15 SAPI3 link establishment time (RmsT6, 100ms)

Full name
SAPI3 link establishment time
Abbreviation
RmsT6
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Timer T6 supervises link establishment of SAPI3.
l
Timer start: timer T6 starts when BSC receives the DTAP (SAPI = 3) message from MSC and there is no SAPI3 link.
Description
Timer stop: timer T6 stops when BSC receives the ESTABLISH CONFIRM
message from BTS.
Overtime action: When timer T6 expires, the BSSMAP SAPI"n" REJECT

message will be sent to MSC.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
10 ~ 300
Unit
100 ms
Default value
100
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
A Interface
Impact on service
None
2.4.16 External handover protective time (RmsT8, 100ms)

Full name
External handover protective time
Abbreviation
RmsT8
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
2-44
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
This parameter is timer rmsT8, monitoring external handover process.

l
Description
Timer start: rmsT8 starts after handover command is sent in Serve state
while RANCS instance shall be handovered externally.
Timer stop: rmsT8 timer stops if RANCS instance receives HO COMCLEAR CMD (handover success) or UM HO FAIL (handover failed).
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
50 ~ 650
Unit
100 ms
Default value
100
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
2.4.17 Protective time for No.7 signal instantaneous disconnection

(T3, 100ms)
Full name
Protective time for No.7 signal instantaneous disconnection
Abbreviation
T3
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This timer is configured to prevent from signal instantaneous disconnection
and wrong actions.
If disconnection duration of no.7 link exceeds timer protective time, global
Description
resetting is issued. If no signaling point reachable event is received during

delay time, no.7 link is considered as disconnection and global resetting
process begins; if reachable signaling point is received during delay time,
no.7 link is considered as instantaneous disconnection.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
10 ~ 200
Unit
100 ms
Default value
100
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
2-45
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
2.5.2 Queue period of assignment (RmsT11, 100ms)

Full name
Queue period of assignment
Abbreviation
RmsT11
3GPP Name
T11
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 48.008 V5.12.0
Description
This parameter is T11 timer. It determines the maximum allowable queue time
which starts from the assignment request.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
10 ~ 150
Unit
100 ms
Default value
60
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
ZGB-03-01-003 Queuing
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
A Interface
Impact on service
None
2.5.3 Acknowledgment interval for periodic status (RmsT12, 100ms)

Full name
Acknowledgment interval for periodic status
Abbreviation
RmsT12
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
l
Timer Start: T12 timer starts periodically when RANCS receives CONNECT CONF message from RANA. Timer decides to perform activity
Description
check at peer end. Laterly, it is periodical start.

l
Timer Stop: T12 timer stops when RANCS instance receives RELEASE
TYPE message.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
50 ~ 18000
Unit
100 ms
Default value
50
Change mode
Offline
2-49
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
2.5.4 Mode modification process time (RmsT13, 100ms)

Full name
Mode modification process time
Abbreviation
RmsT13
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter is T13 timer. It supervises BTS and MS modes modification
process. Mode modification refers to modify channel mode. When there
is not SDCCH and FACCH is allocated, new channel is not allocated after
assignment, but modify the modes.
l
Description
Timer start condition: When BSC sends the MODE MODIFY message
to BTS and sends the CHANNEL MODE MODIFY message to MS.
Timer stop condition:
When BSC receives the MODE MODIFY
ACK/NACK message from BTS and the CHANNEL MODE MODIFY

message from MS.
l
Overtime Action: If the timer is overtime, the BSC will send BSSAP ASSIGNMENT FAILURE message to MSC.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
35 ~ 100
Unit
100 ms
Default value
60
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Abis Interface
Impact on service
None
2-50
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
2.5.5 Protective time of UM assignment completion (RmsT14,

100ms)
Full name
Protective time of UM assignment completion
Abbreviation
RmsT14
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
This parameter is timer T14. It is the period between sending of ASS/HO COM
and receiving of ASS/HO COM ACK messages at destination instance.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
10 ~ 50
Unit
100 ms
Default value
20
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
2.5.6 Waiting time for oriented retry (RmsT16, 100ms)

Full name
Waiting time for oriented retry
Abbreviation
RmsT16
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
When attempting oriented retry, if target cell has not been gained through in-
Description
spection, you shall configure rmsT16 to wait for receiving measurement report,
and then check if oriented retry is conducted at target cell after rmsT16 is timeout. This process can be repeated for several times.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
20 ~ 60
Unit
100 ms
Default value
20
Change mode
Offline
2-51
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
2.5.7 Queue timer for handover (RmsTqho, 100ms)

Full name
Queue timer for handover
Abbreviation
RmsTqho
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
It is the maximum allowable queue time for handover attempt, calculated from
handover request.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
10 ~ 150
Unit
100 ms
Default value
50
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
2.5.8 First overload period of flow traffic control (mT11, 100ms)

Full name
First overload period of flow traffic control
Abbreviation
mT11
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
2-52
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Overload contains overloads of CPU, MSC signaling point, MSC service,

and CCCH.
Description
In cell overload conditions, BSC adopts a timer mT11 for traffic flow control.
This clock is used together with mT12 to modify the parameter ACCESS
CONTROL configured for the cell and notify MS via the system information
for flow control. The value of timer must be less than that of timer mT12.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
30 ~ 150
Unit
100 ms
Default value
80
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
ZGB-03-04-001 BSC Load Control
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
2.5.9 Second overload period of flow traffic control (mT12, 100ms)

Full name
Second overload period of flow traffic control
Abbreviation
mT12
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Overload contains overloads of CPU, MSC signaling point, MSC service,
and CCCH.
In cell overload conditions, BSC adopts a timer mT12 for traffic flow
control. The mT12 timer in combination with mT11 timer modifies ACCESS
CONTROL parameter in the cell. BSC notifies the MS to achieve flow control
through system information.
The value of timer must be more than that of mT11 timer. The two clocks
Description
control the cell flow as follows: When the network receives the overload
message for the first time, the system decreases the flow by one level, and
starts mT11 and mT12. The OVERLOAD message during mT11 period will be
ignored. If the OVERLOAD message is received between mT11 and mT12,
the flow will be decreased by another level and both mT11 and mT12 will be
restarted. If BSC does not receive OVERLOAD message after mT12 timer
stops, the flow increases to one more level, and the mT12 timer restarts.
Lower grade and higher grade represent different proportion to reject service.
2-53
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
50 ~ 200
Unit
100 ms
Default value
150
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
2.5.10 Time of micro-micro handover delay (Tmicro, 100ms)

Full name
Time of micro-micro handover delay
Abbreviation
Tmicro
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
In micro-micro handover control, a delay time value is required (the timer
value). Timer Start: relevant timer starts instantly when a call enters a micro
Description
cell. Timer Stop: relevant timer stops when it reaches the set value. Existing
call can use neighboring micro cell in the same layer only when the timer
stops. In this way, it could prevent fast moving mobiles staying in the micro
cell layer.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
50 ~ 200
Unit
100 ms
Default value
80
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
ZGO-05-02-008 Multi-layer Cell Structure
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
2-54
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
2.5.11 BSIC decoding period (Tbsic, 100ms)

Full name
BSIC decoding period
Abbreviation
Tbsic
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
The parameter Tbsic defines a period, which is calculated from call
establishment or handover completion (inter-cell or intra-cell). TC/I evaluation
Description
is considered as unreliable during this period, thus, handover to a special

TRX is not allowed. During this period, MS can decode BSIC that interferes
with neighboring cells before handover procedure starts.
This parameter is only valid in concentric circle case.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
20 ~ 640
Unit
100 ms
Default value
50
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
ZGO-05-02-009 Concentric Circle Technology

ZGO-04-02-005 Co-BCCH
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
2.5.12 Handover protecting timer to WCDMA/FDD (RmsT3121,

100ms)
Full name
Handover protecting timer to WCDMA/FDD
Abbreviation
RmsT3121
3GPP Name
T3121
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 44.018 V5.22.0
2-55
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Timer T3121, protection time after sending inter-system to utran handover

command (UM) to UE.
l
Description
Timer Start: The timer starts when BSC sends "inter-system to utran handover command" message to MS.
Timer stop: the timer stops when BSC receives "CLEAR COMMAND"
message from MSC or "HANDOVER FAILURE" message from MS.
Overtime Action: If this timer is overtime, BSC will send CLEAR REQUEST message to MSC.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
1 ~ 650
Unit
100 ms
Default value
100
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
A Interface
Impact on service
None
2.5.13 Immediate assignment period (RmsT3101, 100ms)

Full name
Immediate assignment period
Abbreviation
RmsT3101
3GPP Name
T3101
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 44.018 V5.22.0

This timer indicates the time period for the instant assigning process.
l
Timer Start: The timer starts when BSC sends IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT COMMAND message.
Description
Timer Stop: The timer stops when BSC receives ESTABLISH INDICATION message.
Overtime Action: If the timer is overtime, the BSC will send CHANNEL
RELEASE message to BTS.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
10 ~ 50
Unit
100 ms
Default value
30
Change mode
Offline
2-56
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Um interface, Abis interface
Impact on service
None
2.5.14 Handover period of source cell (RmsT3103, 100ms)

Full name
Handover period of source cell
Abbreviation
RmsT3103
3GPP Name
T3103
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 44.018 V5.22.0

This timer indicates the time period for internal handover process of BSC.
l
Timer Start: The timer starts when BSC sends HANDOVER COMMAND
Timer Stop: The timer suspends when BSC receives HANDOVER COM-
message to MS.
Description
PLETE message on a new channel or HANDOVER FAILURE message

on an old channel from MS.
l
Overtime Action: If the timer is overtime, the BSC will send a CLEAR
REQUEST message to MSC, and the new channel is released.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
0 ~ 300
Unit
100 ms
Default value
60
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Impact on service
None
2.5.15 Assignment period (RmsT3107, 100ms)

Full name
Assignment period
Abbreviation
RmsT3107
2-57
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
3GPP Name
T3107
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 44.018 V5.22.0

This timer indicates the time period for assignment period and internal
handover of a cell..
l
Timer Start: The timer starts when BSC sends RIL3_RR ASSIGNMENT
COMMAND message to MS.
Description
Timer Stop: The timer stops when BSC receives RIL3_RR ASSIGNMENT
COMPLETE message or RIL3_RR ASSIGNMENT FAILURE message.
Overtime Action: If this time is overtime, in the case of assignment, the

former and new channel will be released; in the case of cell internal handover, the BSC will send a CLEAR REQUEST message to the MSC.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
0 ~ 300
Unit
100 ms
Default value
60
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Impact on service
None
2.5.16 Channel release period (RmsT3109, 100ms)

Full name
Channel release period
Abbreviation
RmsT3109
3GPP Name
T3109
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 44.018 V5.22.0

This timer supervises the channel release process.
l
Timer start condition: The timer starts when BSC sends RIL3_RR CHANNEL RELEASE message to MS.
Description
Timer stop condition: The timer stops when BSC receives RELEASE INDICATION message from BTS (when BTS receives DISC frame from MS).
Overtime Action: If this timer is overtime, BSC will send CHANNEL RELEASE message to MS.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
0 ~ 400
2-58
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Unit
100 ms
Default value
50
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Impact on service
None
2.5.17 Channel deactivation delay (RmsT3111, 100ms)

Full name
Channel deactivation delay
Abbreviation
RmsT3111
3GPP Name
T3111
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 44.018 V5.22.0

After releasing the UM interface radio link layer, in order to make sure the
radio link is disconnected, BSC sets a period of protection time rmsT3111.
Releases the wireless channel and deactivates it after rmsT3111 timer stops.
Description
Timer start: rmsT3111 timer starts when BSC receives RELEASE INDICATION message.
Overtime Action: If rmsT3111 timer is overtime, the BSC will send RF

CHANNEL RELEASE message to BTS.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
1~5
Unit
100 ms
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Abis Interface
Impact on service
None
2-59
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
2.5.18 Continue timer for mode modify (TModeModifyConn, 100ms)

Full name
Continue timer for mode modify
Abbreviation
TModeModifyConn
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
Connection delay timer. This timer is used to wait for connection finished after
sending connection request, including Abis connection and TC connection.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
50 ~ 70
Unit
100 ms
Default value
50
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
2.5.19 Handover protecting time to UTRAN (mT7, 100ms)

Full name
Handover protecting time to UTRAN
Abbreviation
mT7
3GPP Name
T7
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 48.008 V5.12.0

This timer is used to send HANDOVER REQUIRED to MSC, where target
cell is UTRAN cell, waiting for response from MSC.
l
Description
Timer start: this timer starts if BSC sends HANDOVER REQUIRED to

MSC, where target cell is UTRAN cell.
Timer stop: it stops when BSC receives HANDOVER COMMAND from

MSC.
Timeout action: configure penalty for UTRAN target cell carried in HANDOVER REQUIRED.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
1 ~ 65535
Unit
100 ms
2-60
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Default value
100
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
A Interface
Impact on service
None
2.5.20 Time of destination instance waiting for available resources

when forced disconnection (RmsT15, 100ms)
Full name
Time of destination instance waiting for available resources when forced disconnection
Abbreviation
RmsT15
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
l
Description
Timer start: When the target instance decides forced release, it will send
the "PREEMPT APPLY" to the released object.
Timer stop: The target instance receives the "RESOURCE AVAILABLE"

message from the released object, indicating that the resources are available.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
10 ~ 50
Unit
100 ms
Default value
30
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
2-61
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
2.5.21 Protecting time of FUC response to system message

broadcast (BcProtect, 100ms)
Full name
Protecting time of FUC response to system message broadcast
Abbreviation
BcProtect
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
It is the protection timer for waiting for FUC response to system message
Description
broadcast. FUC response is used to ensure BTS correctly receives system

message.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
30 ~ 100
Unit
100 ms
Default value
50
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
2.5.22 HO performed ack timer (TwaitHoPFMAck, 100ms)

Full name
HO performed ack timer
Abbreviation
TwaitHoPFMAck
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
When using IP carrier at user plane of interface A, because TC is placed at
MGW, CN shall be informed to replace codec during intra-BSC handover. CN
replacement codec is triggered by HANDOVER PERFORMED message.
To ensure MSC has received this message and successfully command
MGS to replace codec against obstacles at speech aspect, HANDOVER
Description
PERFORMED ACK message is added. This timer is used to wait for

HANDOVER PERFORMED ACK message from MSC.
l
Timer start: it starts when BSC sends HANDOVER PERFORMED message to MSC.
Timer stop: it stops when BSC receives HANDOVER PERFORMED ACK

message from MSC.
2-62
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Timeout action: release call while sending CLEAR REQUEST message

to MSC.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
50 ~ 70
Unit
100 ms
Default value
60
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
A Interface
Impact on service
None
2.5.23 Round trip delay (RtdDefault, 20ms)

Full name
Round trip delay
Abbreviation
RtdDefault
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
When handover is performed in AMR, BSC sends the pre-handover notification
message to BTS to make BTS not implement voice rate adjustment.
l
Description
Timer start: When BSC sends the pre-handover notification message to

BTS, the timer is started.
Timer stop: When BSC receives the response for pre-handover notification
message from BTS, the timer is stopped.
Overtime action: BSC sends the handover command to MS.
This parameter is supported from version 6.20.21.

Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
1 ~ 20
Unit
20 ms
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
2-63
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
Abis Interface
Impact on
service
None
2.6 GPRS Maximum Retrying Times

The interface of GPRS maximum retrying times is shown in Figure 2-6.
Figure 2-6 GPRS Max Retrying Times Parameters
2.6.1 MAX times of BVC block retry (BVCBlkMax)

Full name
MAX times of BVC block retry
Abbreviation
BVCBlkMax
3GPP Name
BVC-BLOCK-RETRIES
3GPP reference
3GPP TS48.018 V5.13.0
2-64
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
If the PTP BVC must be blocked due to OAM intervention or equipment

faults (disable blocking/unblocking the signaling BVC), BSS will first set the
BVC status as Blocked and discard the uplink service data.
To notify SGSN to stop sending downlink data, BSS initiates BVC blocking
procedure. BSC repeats BVC blocking procedure after sending BVC BLOCK
message to SGSN. If BSC fails to receive BVC BLOCK ACKNOWLEDGE
message from SGSN in BSSGPT1, then BVC blocking repeats for a
maximum of N times.
BSC stops BVC blocking and notifies OMS for N times if there is no answer.
Description
N depends on maximum retries of BVC BLOCK.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
3 ~ 10
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Gb interface
Impact on service
None
2.6.2 MAX times of BVC unblock retry (BVCUnblkMax)

Full name
MAX times of BVC unblock retry
Abbreviation
BVCUblkMax
3GPP Name
BVC-UNBLOCK-RETRIES
3GPP reference
3GPP TS48.018 V5.13.0

If the PTP BVC must be unblocked due to the OAM intervention or recovery
of the equipment fault (disable blocking/unblocking the signaling BVC), BSS
will first set the BVC status as Unblocked.
To notify SGSN to start sending the downlink data, BSS will initiate the BVC
unblocking procedure. BSC repeats the BVC unblocking procedure after
sending the BVC UNBLOCK message to SGSN. If BSC fails to receive the
BVC UNBLOCK ACKNOWLEDGE message from SGSN in BSSGPT1 then
BVC unblocking repeats for a maximum of N times.
BSC stops BVC unblocking and notifies OMS for N times if there is no
Description
answer. N depends on maximum retries of BVC UNBLOCK.
Management Object
BSC
2-65
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Value Range
3 ~ 10
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Gb interface
Impact on service
None
2.6.3 MAX times of BVC reset retry (BVCRestMax)

Full name
MAX times of BVC reset retry
Abbreviation
BVCRestMax
3GPP Name
BVC-RESET-RETRIES
3GPP reference
3GPP TS48.018 V5.13.0

To keep the initial status consistent between the two BVC sides, the Reset
BVC process must be initiated in the following cases: 1) system faults that
affect the BVC function in BSS or SGSN (such as restart upon power-on);
2) lower layer network service entity failure (such as frame relay fault); 3)
lower layer network service entity capability update (for example, frame
relay capability changed from 0kbps to greater than 0kbps); 4) change of the
corresponding relationship between BVC and the cell.
For faults that affect NSE, BSC initiates Signaling BVC RESET procedure.
For faults that affect a single BVC, BSC initiates the PTP BVC RESET
procedure. BSC initiates all PTP BVC RESET procedure for corresponding
NSE after a signaling BVC reset procedure.
After the BVC RESET message is sent to SGSN, if the BVC RESET
ACKNOWLEDGE message from SGSN cannot be received within
BSSGPT2, the BVC RESET process is repeated.
The BVC RESET process could be repeated for N times at most. If there is
no answer after the N times, BSC stops BVC RESET and notifies OMS. N
Description
depends on the maximum number of retries of BVC RESET.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
0 ~ 255
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
2-66
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Gb interface
Impact on service
None
2.6.4 MAX times of NS block retry (NSBlkMax)

Full name
MAX times of NS block retry
Abbreviation
NSBlkMax
3GPP Name
NS-BLOCK-RETRIES
3GPP reference
3GPP TS48.016 V5.4.0

BSC repeats the blocking process when sending the NS BLOCK message
to SGSN. If NS BLOCK ACKNOWLEDGE message from SGSN fails to
reach BSC within specified NS_T1 time then BSC repeats the NS BLOCK
message for a maximum of N times.
BSC stops BLOCK procedure and notify OMS for N times if there is no
Description
answer. N depends on maximum retries of NS BLOCK.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
0 ~ 10
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Gb interface
Impact on service
None
2.6.5 MAX times of NS unblock retry (NSUnblkMax)

Full name
MAX times of NS unblock retry
Abbreviation
NSUnblkMax
3GPP Name
NS-UNBLOCK-RETRIES
3GPP reference
3GPP TS48.016 V5.4.0

2-67
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
BSC repeats UNBLOCK procedure after sending NS UNBLOCK message to

SGSN. If BSC fails to receive the NS BLOCK ACKNOWLEDGE message
from SGSN within NS_T1 timer, then BSC repeats the NS UNBLOCK
message for a maximum of N times.
BSC stops UNBLOCK procedure and notify OMS for N times if there is no
Description
answer. N depends on maximum retries of NS UNBLOCK.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
0 ~ 10
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Gb interface
Impact on service
None
2.6.6 MAX times of NS alive retry (NSAliveMax)

Full name
MAX times of NS alive retry
Abbreviation
NSAliveMax
3GPP Name
NS-ALIVE-RETRIES
3GPP reference
3GPP TS48.016 V5.4.0

BSC repeats alive procedure after sending NS Alive message to SGSN.
If BSC fails to receive NS Alive ACKNOWLEDGE message from SGSN
within NS_T4 timer then BSC repeats NS Alive message for a maximum of N
times. NS Alive process is specified by the procotol, used to test connection
condition of NSVC terminal side.
BSC stops BSC Alive procedure and notify OMS for N times if there is no
Description
answer. N depends on maximum retries of NS Alive.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
0 ~ 20
Unit
None
Default value
10
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
2-68
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Gb interface
Impact on service
None
2.6.7 MAX times of suspend retry (SuspendMax)

Full name
MAX times of suspend retry
Abbreviation
SuspendMax
3GPP Name
SUSPEND-RETRIES
3GPP reference
3GPP TS48.018 V5.13.0

MS first sends a SUSPEND message to BSS over SDCCH when a Class
B GPRS MS is about to initiate a voice service. BSS initiates suspending
procedure to SGSN to notify SGSN to stop sending PS paging and downlink
packet data after BSS receives the message.
BSC repeats suspending procedure after sending SUSPEND message to
SGSN. If BSC fails to receive SUSPEND ACK/NACK message from SGSN
in BSSGPT3 then BSC repeats the suspending procedure for a maximum
of N times.
BSC stops suspending and notify OMS for N times if there is no answer. N
Description
depends on maximum suspending retries.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
0 ~ 10
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Gb interface
Impact on service
None
2.6.8 MAX times of resume retry (ResumeMax)

Full name
MAX times of resume retry
Abbreviation
ResumeMax
2-69
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
3GPP Name
RESUME-RETRIES
3GPP reference
3GPP TS48.018 V5.13.0

BSSGP layer parameters. when GPRS-attached MS leaves a special mode,
BSS adopts one of the following strategies:
1. Notify MS of carrying out "route area upgrade".
2. Notify SGSN of recovering the GPRS service.
In case of Routing Area Update, MS and SGSN directly negotiate GMM
status. With the Resume method (usually for the MS in the packet
transmission status), BSS will initiate the RESUME process to SGSN for the
purpose of notifying SGSN to start the normal packet downlink transmission
action. If BSC fails to receive the RESUME ACK/NACK message from SGSN
in BSSGPT4, then repeats Resume procedure for a maximum of N times.
BSC stops the Resume procedure and notify OMS N times if there is no
Description
answer. N depends on the maximum times of resuming retry.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
0 ~ 10
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Gb interface
Impact on service
None
2.6.9 MAX times of radio access capabilities update retry

(UpdateMax)
Full name
MAX times of radio access capabilities update retry
Abbreviation
UpdateMax
3GPP Name
RA-CAPABILITY-UPDATE-RETRIES
3GPP reference
3GPP TS48.018 V5.13.0
2-70
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
BSSGP layer parameters. When MS is establishing uplink/downlink TBF,

BSS requires information about the radio access capability of MS. BSS
obtains such information from SGSN through Radio Access Capabilities
Update procedure.
BSC repeats this procedure after sending the RADIO ACCESS
CAPABILITIES UPDATE message to SGSN. If BSC fails to receive the
RADIO ACCESS CAPABILITIES UPDATE ACK/NACK message from
SGSN in BSSGPT5 then the Radio Access Capabilities Update procedure
repeats for a maximum of N times. After N times if there is no answer, then
BSC stops Radio Access Capabilities Update procedure and notify OMS.
Description
N depends on the maximum update retry times.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
0 ~ 10
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Gb interface
Impact on service
None
2.6.10 Max times of PFC create retry (DownLoadBssPFCMax)

Full name
Max times of PFC create retry
Abbreviation
DownLoadBssPFCMax
3GPP Name
DOWNLOAD-BSS-PFC-RETRIES
3GPP reference
3GPP TS48.018 V5.13.0

Max retry times to create PFC. If "Creat BSS PFC" is not received before timer
BSSGPT6 is timeout, BSS sends "Download BSS PFC" message according
to max times of retrying to create PFC. If "Creat BSS PFC" is not received still
after trying DownLoadBSSPRCMax+1, the process is completed and inform
Description
O&M.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
0 ~ 10
Unit
None
Default value
2-71
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Change mode
Offline
ZGO-01-02-004 Streaming Service Policies
ZGO-01-02-003 Service based QoS
Relevant Features
ZGB-01-02-001 Quality of Service (QoS)
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Gb interface
Impact on service
None
2.6.11 Max times of PFC modify retry (ModifyBssPFCMax)

Full name
Max times of PFC modify retry
Abbreviation
ModifyBssPFCMax
3GPP Name
MODIFY-BSS-PFC-RETRIES
3GPP reference
3GPP TS48.018 V5.13.0

Max retry times to modify PFC. If "Modify BSS PFC Ack" is not received before
timer BSSGPT8 is timeout, BSS sends "Modify BSS PFC" message according to max times of retrying to modify PFC. If "Modify BSS PFC Ack" is not
received still after trying ModifyBssPFCMax +1, the process is completed and
Description
inform O&M.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
0 ~ 10
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Gb interface
Impact on service
None
2.7 GPRS Timer

The interface of GPRS timer parameters is shown in Figure 2-7.
2-72
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Figure 2-7 GPRS Timer Parameters
2.7.1 BVC block/unblock retry time (BssgpT1, 100ms)

Full name
BVC block/unblock retry time
Abbreviation
BssgpT1
3GPP Name
T1
3GPP reference
3GPP TS48.018 V5.13.0

It monitors BSSGP blocking/unblocking process.
Global process in BSC central module MP uses the timer value. BSS initiates
BVC blocking/unblocking procedure for a point-to-point BVC in case of OAM
intervention or device faults. BSC repeats this procedure, if SGSN does not
return BVC BLOCK/UNBLOCK ACK/NACK messages. The interval between
Description
the messages is the BVC blocking/unblocking retry time.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
10 ~ 300
Unit
100 ms
Default value
30
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Gb interface
Impact on service
None
2-73
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
2.7.2 BVC reset retry time (BssgpT2, 100ms)

Full name
BVC reset retry time
Abbreviation
BssgpT2
3GPP Name
T2
3GPP reference
3GPP TS48.018 V5.13.0

It monitors BSSGP reset procedure.
BSS initiates "BVC reset" process when BVC (including PTP BVC and
signaling BVC) is required to be reset (such as Gb interface is changed
from disconnected to connected, cell is changed from not supporting GPRS
to supporting GPRS/EDGE, and OMCR initiates resetting) due to certain
causes. BSC repeats the procedure if SGSN does not return BVC RESET
ACK/NACK message. The interval between the messages is the BVC reset
Description
retry time.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
10 ~ 1200
Unit
100 ms
Default value
30
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Gb interface
Impact on service
None
2.7.3 Suspend retry time (BssgpT3, 100ms)

Full name
Suspend retry time
Abbreviation
BssgpT3
3GPP Name
T3
3GPP reference
3GPP TS48.018 V5.13.0

Class B MS notifies the network to suspend packet service when MS is ready
to perform a voice service. BSS initiates to suspend SGSN procedure after
receiving SUSPEND message from MS and repeats the procedure if SGSN
does not return SUSPEND ACK/NACK message. The interval between the
Description
messages is the suspend retry time.
Management Object
BSC
2-74
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Value Range
1 ~ 100
Unit
100 ms
Default value
30
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Gb interface
Impact on service
None
2.7.4 Resume retry time (BssgpT4, 100ms)

Full name
Resume retry time
Abbreviation
BssgpT4
3GPP Name
T4
3GPP reference
3GPP TS48.018 V5.13.0

It monitors BSSGP resuming procedure.
Service process in BSC peripheral module MP uses the timer value. BSS
initiates resuming procedure to SGSN when GPRS-attached MS is not in
dedicated mode and BSS uses Notify SGSN to resume GPRS service policy.
BSS repeats the procedure if SGSN does not return RESUME ACK/NACK
Description
message. The interval between the messages is the resuming retry time.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
1 ~ 100
Unit
100 ms
Default value
30
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Gb interface
Impact on service
None
2-75
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
2.7.5 Access capability update retry time (BssgpT5, 100ms)

Full name
Access capability update retry time
Abbreviation
BssgpT5
3GPP Name
T5
3GPP reference
3GPP TS48.018 V5.13.0

It monitors BSSGP RA_CAPABILITY procedure.
Service process in BSC peripheral module MP uses the timer value. BSC
repeats Radio Access Capability Update procedure after BSS initiates
RA_CAPABILITY procedure to SGSN and if SGSN does not return the
RA_CAPABILITY UPDATE ACK/NACK message. The interval between the
Description
messages is the retry time for radio access capability update.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
10 ~ 300
Unit
100 ms
Default value
30
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Gb interface
Impact on service
None
2.7.6 PFC creating retry time (BssgpT6, 100ms)

Full name
PFC creating retry time
Abbreviation
BssgpT6
3GPP Name
T6
3GPP reference
3GPP TS48.018 V5.13.0

PFC creating retry time
The conditions of timer start, stop, and timeout actions are as follows:
l
Timer start: it starts while BSC initiates Download PFC process;
Timer stop: it stops while receiving SGSN Create PFC message;
Description
Timeout action: retransfer for N times (configurable)
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
1 ~ 100
Unit
100 ms
2-76
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Default value
30
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Gb interface
Impact on service
None
2.7.7 PFC modifying retry time (BssgpT8, 100ms)

Full name
PFC modifying retry time
Abbreviation
BssgpT8
3GPP Name
T8
3GPP reference
3GPP TS48.018 V5.13.0

Retry time to modify PFC. The conditions of timer start, stop, and timeout
actions are as follows:
l
Timer start: it starts while BSC initiates Modify BSS PFC process;
Timer stop: it stops while receiving SGSN Modify BSS PFC Ack message;
Description
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
1 ~ 100
Unit
100 ms
Default value
30
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Gb interface
Impact on service
None
2.7.8 BVC flow control period (CellFcPer, 10ms)

Full name
BVC flow control period
2-77
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Abbreviation
CellFcPer
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter is the BVC leakage ratio measurement period in the BVC
Flow Control process, that is, BVC long measurement period.
To provide reference to the BVC flow control at SGSN side, the BSSGP
process at BSS side periodically measures the current BVC leakage ratio.
BSC initiates the BVC flow control procedure unconditionally when the
long measurement timer overflows. SGSN confirms to BSC if the difference
of leakage ratios between the two times exceeds CellFcThs. BSC also
initiates BVC flow control procedure with SGSN confirmation if the short
measurement timer overflows, and the difference of the leakage ratio
Description
between the two timers exceed CellFcThs.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
2 ~ 65535
Unit
10 ms
Default value
3000
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
ZGB-03-05-016 BVC Flow Control (in DL)
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
2.7.9 MS flow control period (MsFcPer, 10ms)

Full name
MS flow control period
Abbreviation
MsFcPer
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter is the MS leakage ratio measurement period in the MS
Flow Control process.
For reference of flow control at SGSN side, the BSSGP process at BSS
side periodically measures the current leakage ratio of each MS. When
the statistic timer overflows, the MS Flow Control process is initiated
Description
unconditionally.
Management Object
BSC
2-78
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Value Range
2 ~ 65535
Unit
10 ms
Default value
3000
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
ZGB-03-05-017 MS Flow Control (in DL)
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
2.7.10 Timer that monitors block/unblock procedure (NS_T1,

100ms)
Full name
Timer that monitors block/unblock procedure
Abbreviation
NS_T1
3GPP Name
Tns-block
3GPP reference
3GPP TS48.016 V5.4.0

Timer that monitors the block/unblock procedure. The conditions of timer
start, stop, and timeout actions are as follows:
l
Timer start: it starts if NS block/unblock procedure is initiated;
Timer stop: it stops while receiving SGSN response;
Description
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
10 ~ 1200
Unit
100 ms
Default value
100
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Gb interface
Impact on service
None
2-79
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
2.7.11 Timer that monitors reset procedure (NS_T2, 100 ms)

Full name
Timer that monitors reset procedure
Abbreviation
NS_T2
3GPP Name
Tns-reset
3GPP reference
3GPP TS48.016 V5.4.0

Timer that monitors reset procedure. The conditions of timer start, stop,
and timeout actions are as follows:
l
Timer start: it starts if NS reset process is initiated;
Timer stop: it stops while receiving SGSN response;
Description
Overtime actions: Repeat NS reset process, and the timer restarts
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
10 ~ 120
Unit
100 ms
Default value
100
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Gb interface
Impact on service
None
2.7.12 NC-cycle of NS-VC test process (NS_T3, 100 ms)

Full name
NC-cycle of NS-VC test process
Abbreviation
NS_T3
3GPP Name
Tns-test
3GPP reference
3GPP TS48.016 V5.4.0

NC-Cycle of NS-VC test process. The conditions of timer start, restart, and
timeout actions are as follows:
l
Timer start: it starts after NS Reset process is finished;
Timer restart: it restarts after receiving NS Alive Ack;
Description
Timeout action: send NS Alive message on timeout.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
10 ~ 600
Unit
100 ms
2-80
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Default value
300
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Gb interface
Impact on service
None
2.7.13 Timer that monitors alive process of NSVC (NS_T4, 100 ms)
Full name
Timer that monitors alive process of NSVC
Abbreviation
NS_T4
3GPP name
Tns-alive
3GPP reference
3GPP TS48.016 V5.4.0

It is the timer that monitors alive process of NSVC. The conditions of timer
start, stop, and timeout actions are as follows:
l
Timer start: it starts if NS Alive is initiated;
Timer stop: it stops while SGSN response is received;
Description
Managed object
BSC
Value range
30
Unit
100 ms
Default value
30
Change mode
Offline
Related features
None
Related parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Gb interface
Impact on service
None
2.7.14 Max attempt period of reset (NS_T5, 100 ms)

Full name
Max attempt period of reset
Abbreviation
NS_T5
3GPP Name
None
2-81
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
3GPP reference
None
Maximum attempt period of reset.
Start timer NS_T5 while starting NS reset process, no reset response is
received before NS_T2 timer is timeout, repeat NS reset process until
timer NS_T5 is timeout. If still no reset response is received, NS reset
process shall be terminated and report NS alarm to O&M. If reset response
Description
is received prior to timeout, the timer is cleared.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
1800
Unit
100 ms
Default value
1800
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Gb interface
Impact on service
None
2.7.15 TFI and USF release timer (T3169, 10ms)

Full name
TFI and USF release timer
Abbreviation
T3169
3GPP Name
T3169
3GPP reference
3GPP TS44.060 V5.19.0

This parameter is timer T3169. During the packet uplink transmission, if
N3101 or N3103 counter stops, BSS starts the T3169 timer. Network utilizes
TFI and USF resources on release when T3169 stops.
l
Timer Start: T3169 timer starts when the counter N3101 = N3101_MAX
or the counter N3103 = N3103_MAX.
Timer stop condition: None.
Description
Timeout action: Release USF and TFI resources.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
0 ~ 65535
Unit
10 ms
Default value
500
Change mode
Offline
2-82
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Um Interface
Impact on service
None
2.7.16 TBF release timer (T3191, 10ms)

Full name
TBF release timer
Abbreviation
T3191
3GPP Name
T3191
3GPP reference
3GPP TS44.060 V5.19.0

This parameter is timer T3191. During the packet downlink transmission, if
the BSN of the RLC data block to be transmitted is the maximum (that is,
the final downlink data block), the network will send a RLC data block whose
Final Block Identifier (FBI) domain is 1 and which includes effective RRBP
domain to initialize release of the downlink TBF. Then the network starts
T3191. For each RLC data block that receives FBI with value 1 and contains
effective RRBP domain:
l
In acknowledged mode, the MS sends PACKET DOWNLINK ACK/NACK

message whose FBI domain is 1 on the uplink block specified by the
RRBP domain.
If the network receives the PACKET DOWNLINK
ACK/NACK message before T3191 expires and has to re-transmit it,

T3191 is stopped and the required RLC data block is re-transmitted. If
re-transmission is not required, T3191 is stopped and T3193 is started.
When T3193 expires, the network releases TBF. The network also
releases TBF when T3191 stops.
l
In unacknowledged mode, MS sends the PACKET CONTROL ACKNOWLEDGE message in the uplink block specified as per RRBP field.
T3191 terminates to enable only when the network receives the PACKET
CONTROL ACKNOWLEDGE message before T3191 stops.
When
T3193 expires, the network releases TBF. The network also releases
Description
TBF when T3191 stops.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
0 ~ 65535
Unit
10 ms
Default value
500
Change mode
Offline
2-83
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Um interface
Impact on service
None
2.7.17 TBF release time of downlink transmission (T3193, 10ms)

Full name
TBF release time of downlink transmission
Abbreviation
T3193
3GPP Name
T3193
3GPP reference
3GPP TS44.060 V5.19.0

This parameter is timer T3193 which is used for protection on TBF release
during downlink packet transmission. Refer to the description of T3191 timer
given below:
l
Timer start condition: The final PACKET DOWNLINK ACK/NACK or

PACKET CONTROL ACKNOWLEDGE message is received.
Timer stop condition: The network establishes a new downlink TBF.
Timeout action: Release the TFI resource.
This parameter is bigger than timer T3192 to make sure the TFI of MS
Description
is unique at the same time.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
0 ~ 65535
Unit
10 ms
Default value
51
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Um interface
Impact on service
None
2.7.18 TBF protect time when radio link failure (T3195, 10ms)
Full name
TBF protect time when radio link failure
Abbreviation
T3195
2-84
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
3GPP Name
T3195
3GPP reference
3GPP TS44.060 V5.19.0

This parameter the protection time of TBF when the radio link fails or when
the cell change leads to MS failure to respond. During the packet downlink
transmission, if the counter N3105 expires, BSS will start T3195. Network
uses the TFI resource again when T3195 timer stops.
l
Timer start: T3195 timer starts when the counter N3105 = N3105_MAX
Timer stop condition: None.
Description
Timeout action: Release the TFI resource.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
0 ~ 65535
Unit
10 ms
Default value
500
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Um interface
Impact on service
None
2.7.19 PS channel delay release timer (PSRelDelay, 100ms)

Full name
PS channel delay release timer
Abbreviation
PSRelDelay
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Information of releasing this PS channel when this threshold is achieved.
The conditions of timer start, stop, and timeout actions are as follows:
l
Timer start: it starts while all service are released on PDTCH;
Timeout action: release PDTCH channel, during which if this channel is
Description
occupied again, the timer shall be cleared.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
200 ~ 600
Unit
100 ms
Default value
300
Change mode
Offline
2-85
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
2.8 AMR Half Method Parameters

The interface of AMR half method parameters is shown in Figure 2-8.
Figure 2-8 AMR Half Method Parameters
2.8.1 AMR Half Active Codec Set (AmrHalfAcs)

Full name
AMR Half Active Codec Set
Abbreviation
AmrHalfAcs
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
The code has 8 bits. Bit 6~ Bit 8: reserved; Bit 5: 7.40 kbps; Bit 4: 6.70
kbps Bit 2: 5.15 kbps; Bit 1: 4.75 kbps. Yes represents 1 and No
represents 0. Four coding modes could be set at the most. Default code
Description
is 00011110 (that is 30).
Management Object
Cell
From 4.75 kbit/s, 5.15 kbit/s, 5.90 kbit/s, 6.70 kbit/s to 7.40 kbit/s, value
Value Range
range is Yes/No.
Unit
None
2-86
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Default value
Default is [No, Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes] in order.
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
ZGO-01-01-003 Adaptive Multi-rate Codec (AMR)
Relevant parameters
Start mode (AmrStartMode)
Relationship
l
When only a value is configured as "No" within 5 elements in

AmrStartMode interface, value range is 1~4;
When two values are configured as "No" within 5 elements in

When three values are configured as "No" within 5 elements in

When four values are configured as "No" within 5 elements in

AmrStartMode interface, value range is 1;
When all five values are configured as "No" in AmrStartMode

interface, value range is null;
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
2.8.2 Thresholds of AMR (AmrThresholds)

Full name
Thresholds of AMR
Abbreviation
AmrThresholds
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
2-87
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
The threshold of changing AMR mode includes five factors:

AmrThresholds1, AmrThresholds2, AmrThresholds3, AmrThresholds4,
AmrThresholds5. Also, the following restricted conditions shall be met:
AmrThresholds1AmrThresholds2AmrThresholds3AmrThresholds4AmrThresholds5
AmrThresholds1 AmrHysteresis1AmrThresholds2 AmrHysteresis2AmrThresholds3 AmrHysteresis3AmrThresholds4
Description
AmrHysteresis4AmrThresholds5AmrHysteresis5
Management Object
Cell
Including mode 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5. Value range is 0~63.
l
0: 0.0 dB;
1: 0.5 dB
2: 1.0 dB
......
Value Range
Unit
None
Default value
[22, 25, 29, 34, 40]
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
63: 31.5 dB
2.8.3 Hysteresis of AMR (AmrHysteresis)

Full name
Hysteresis of AMR
Abbreviation
AmrHysteresis
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
The hysteresis of changing AMR mode includes five factors:
AmrHysteresis1, AmrHysteresis2, AmrHysteresis3, AmrHysteresis4, and
AmrHysteresis5. Also, the following restricted conditions shall be met:
Description
Management Object
Cell
2-88
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Including mode 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5. Value range is 0~15.

l
0: 0.0 dB
1: 0.5 dB
2: 1.0 dB
......
Value Range
Unit
None
Default value
[4, 5, 5, 6, 6]
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
15: 7.5 dB
2.8.4 Initial codec mode (IsAmrICM)

Full name
Initial codec mode
Abbreviation
IsAmrlCM
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
Use the coding mode specified by Startmode
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
Start-mode codec, Initial codec mode
Unit
None
Default value
Startmode codec
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
2-89
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
2.8.5 Start mode (AmrStartMode)

Full name
Start mode
Abbreviation
AmrStartMode
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
Startmode codec mode

The values are as follows:
Management Object
Cell 1: Select the coding mode with lowest bit rate as the initial coding
l
mode.
l
2: Select the coding mode with the second lowest bit rate, if there is
more than one coding mode.
3: Select the coding mode with the third lowest bit rate, if there is more
than two coding modes.
l
Value Range
4: Select the coding mode with the fourth lowest bit rate, if there are
more than three coding modes.
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
AMR Half Active Codec Set (AmrHarfAcs)

l
When only a value is configured as "No" within 5 elements in "AMR

Half Active Codec Set (AmrHarfAcs)" interface, value range is 1~4;
When two values are configured as "No" within 5 elements in "AMR

Relationship
When three values are configured as "No" within 5 elements in "AMR

When four values are configured as "No" within 5 elements in "AMR

Half Active Codec Set (AmrHarfAcs)" interface, value range is 1;
When all values are configured as "No" for 5 elements in "AMR Half
Active Codec Set (AmrHarfAcs)" interface, value range is null;
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
2.8.6 Enable noise control (IsAmrNscb)

Full name
Enable noise control
Abbreviation
IsAmrNscb
3GPP Name
None
2-90
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
3GPP reference
None
This parameter defines whether AMR noise suppression is disabled, that
is, to suppress background noise and keep original voice quality.
l
No: Enable noise suppression;
Description
Yes: Disable noise suppression;
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
2.9 AMR Full Method Parameters

The interface of AMR full method parameters is shown in Figure 2-9.
Figure 2-9 AMR Full Method Parameters
2.9.1 AMR Full Active Codec Set (ArmFullAcs)

Full name
AMR full Active Codec Set
2-91
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Abbreviation
AmrFullAcs
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
The code has 8 bits. The code has 8 bits. Bit 8: 12.2 kbps; Bit 7: 10.2 kbps;
Bit 6: 7.95 kbps; Bit 5: 6.70 kbps Bit 2: 5.15 kbps; Bit 1: 4.75 kbps. Yes
represents 1 and No represents 0. Default code is 10101010 (that is
Description
170).
Management Object
Cell
From 4.75 kbit/s, 5.15 kbit/s, 5.90 kbit/s, 6.70 kbit/s, 7.40 kbit/s, 7.95 kbit/s,
Value Range
10.2 kbit/s to 12.2 kbit/s, value range is Yes/No.
Unit
None
Default value
Default is [No, Yes, No, Yes, No, Yes, No, Yes] in order.
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters

l
When four values are configured as "No" within 8 elements in

When five values are configured as "No" within 8 elements in

Relationship
When six values are configured as "No" within 8 elements in

When seven values are configured as "No" within 8 elements in

AmrStartMode interface, value range is 1;
When all eight values are configured as "No" in AmrStartMode

interface, value range is null;
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
2.9.2 Threshold of AMR (AmrThresholds)

Full name
Thresholds of AMR
Abbreviation
AmrThresholds
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
2-92
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
The threshold of changing AMR mode includes seven factors:

AmrThresholds1, AmrThresholds2, AmrThresholds3, AmrThresholds4,
AmrThresholds5, AmrThresholds6, AmrThresholds7. Also, the following
restricted conditions shall be met:
AmrThresholds1AmrThresholds2AmrThresholds3AmrThresholds4AmrThresholds5AmrThresholds6AmrThresholds7, AmrThresholds1AmrHysteresis1AmrThresholds2AmrHysteresis2AmrThresholds3
AmrHysteresis3AmrThresholds4 AmrHysteresis4AmrThresholds5
Description
AmrHysteresis7
Management Object
Cell
Including mode 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, and 7. Value range is 0 ~ 63.
l
0: 0.0 dB;
1: 0.5 dB
2: 1.0 dB
......
Value Range
Unit
None
Default value
[6, 9, 13, 18, 24, 31, 39]
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
63: 31.5 dB
2.9.3 Hysteresis of AMR (AmrHysteresis)

Full name
Hysteresis of AMR
Abbreviation
AmrHysteresis
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
2-93
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
The hysteresis of changing AMR mode includes seven factors:

AmrHysteresis1, AmrHysteresis2, AmrHysteresis3, AmrHysteresis4,
AmrHysteresis5, AmrHysteresis6, AmrHysteresis7. Also, the following
restricted conditions shall be met:
Description
Management Object
Cell
Including mode 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, and 7. Value range is 0 ~ 15.
l
0: 0.0 dB
1: 0.5 dB
2: 1.0 dB
......
Value Range
Unit
None
Default value
[3, 4, 3, 5, 5, 5, 6]
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
15: 7.5 dB
2.9.4 Initial codec mode (IsAmrlCM)

Full name
Initial codec mode
Abbreviation
IsAmrICM
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
Use the coding mode specified by Startmode
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
Start-mode codec, Initial codec mode
Unit
None
Default value
Startmode codec
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features

2-94
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
2.9.5 Start mode (AmrStartMode)

Full name
Start mode
Abbreviation
AmrStartMode
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
Startmode codec mode
Management Object
BSC
l
When four values are configured as "No" within 8 elements in "AMR full
Active Codec Set (AmrFullAcs)" interface, value range is 1~4;
When five values are configured as "No" within 8 elements in "AMR full
When six values are configured as "No" within 8 elements in "AMR full
When seven values are configured as "No" within 8 elements in "AMR

full Active Codec Set (AmrFullAcs)" interface, value range is 1;
When all values are configured as "No" for 8 elements in "AMR full Active
Codec Set (AmrFullAcs)" interface, value range is null.

l
1: Select the coding mode with lowest bit rate as the initial coding mode.
2: Select the coding mode with the second lowest bit rate, if there is
more than one coding mode.
3: Select the coding mode with the third lowest bit rate, if there is more
than two coding modes.
l
Value Range
4: Select the coding mode with the fourth lowest bit rate, if there are
more than three coding modes.
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
2-95
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Impact on service
None
2.9.6 Enable noise control (IsAmrNscb)

Full name
Enable noise control
Abbreviation
IsAmrNscb
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter defines whether AMR noise suppression is disabled, that
is, to suppress background noise and keep original voice quality.
l
No: Enable noise suppression;
Description
Yes: Disable noise suppression;
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
2.10 GPRS Other Parameters 1

The interface of GPRS other parameters 1 is shown in Figure 2-10.
2-96
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Figure 2-10 GPRS Other Parameters 1
2.10.1 Cn
Full name
Cn
Abbreviation
None
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter is used to determine the increase of coding mode level.
Unlike the unified coding mode of the circuit channel, the GPRS data block
may employ the CS-1 to CS-4 coding modes, with data rates 9.05 kbps,
13.4 kbps, 15.6 kbps, and 21.4 kbps, respectively. The low level coding
mode has higher error correction capability and lower data throughput.
User can choose different coding modes for each timeslot or even each
TBF.
During data transmission of GRPR, to reach the maximum radio
throughput, the network shall select the coding mode dynamically
according to the data rate requirement and radio transmission quality.
Good radio transmission quality means that the probability of the
retransmission of the error radio blocks is small. In this time the coding
mode that carries large data volume (that is, high level coding mode) can
be used.
For TBF (uplink and downlink) in the channel coding mode CSn (1n3), if
the number of data blocks transmitted consecutively and correctly exceeds
the predefined parameter Cn[n-1], the coding mode will be increased by
Description
one level.
2-97
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Subscript 1, 2, and 3 in the interface are coding conversion parameters

among CS1~CS2, CS2~CS3, and CS3~CS4.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
0 ~ 255
Unit
None
Default value
85
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
2.10.2 Nn
Full name
Nn
Abbreviation
None
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter is used to determine the decrease of coding mode level. It
is used at the RLC/MAC layer of BRP.
Different coding modes can be chosen for each timeslot or even each TBF.
The network selects the coding mode dynamically according to the data
rate requirement and radio transmission quality at the transmission of the
GPRS data, to reach maximum radio throughput.
When the radio transmission quality is poor, the coding mode with stronger
anti-interference capability (that is, low level coding mode) shall be
used. The coding level decreases to one level if Nnn-2 data blocks are
transmitted, the number of consecutive data blocks losses in the coding
mode CSn (2n4) for the TBF (downlink and uplink) is Xn[n2]%.
Description
among CS1~CS2, CS2~CS3, and CS3~CS4.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
0 ~ 255
2-98
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Unit
None
Default value
20
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
2.10.3 Xn
Full name
Xn
Abbreviation
None
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter is the threshold for determining the decrease in the level of
the coding mode. It is used at the RLC/MAC layer of BRP.
Different coding modes can be chosen for each timeslot or even each TBF.
The network selects the coding mode dynamically according to the data
rate requirement and radio transmission quality at the transmission of the
GPRS data, to reach maximum radio throughput.
When the radio transmission quality is poor, the coding mode with stronger
anti-interference capability (that is, low level coding mode) shall be
used. The coding level decreases to one level if Nnn-2 data blocks are
transmitted, the number of consecutive data blocks losses in the coding
mode CSn (2n4) for the TBF (downlink and uplink) is Xn[n-2]%.
Description
among CS1~CS2, CS2~CS3, and CS3CS4.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
0 ~ 100
Unit
Default value
25
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
2-99
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
2.10.4 Max allowed number of continuous losses of uplink data

blocks (N3101)
Full name
Max allowed number of continuous losses of uplink data blocks
Abbreviation
N3101
3GPP Name
N3101
3GPP reference
3GPP TS44.060 V5.19.0

This parameter is counter N3101, which is used at RLC/MAC layer of BRP.
During packet uplink transmission, BSS specifies USF (corresponding to
one uplink TBF) for each uplink block. For a USF, if the network receives
correct data from a specified uplink block, N3101 clears for that TBF. If the
number of losses in specified uplink block exceeds N3101, then T3169
Description
timer starts. Network uses the TFI and USF resources when T3169 stops.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
9 ~ 255
Unit
None
Default value
50
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Um Interface
Impact on service
None
2.10.5 Times of packet uplink ACK/NACK retries (N3103)

Full name
Times of packet uplink ACK/NACK retries
Abbreviation
N3103
3GPP Name
N3103
3GPP reference
3GPP TS44.060 V5.19.0

2-100
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830

During the packet uplink transmission, if the network detects that at the
end of uplink TBF (CV = 0, and V(Q) = V(R)), all RLC data blocks have
been received, the network shall send a PACKET UPLINK ACK/NACK
message and set the Final Acknowledgement Identifier (FAI) as 1. The
header of the RLC/MAC control block contains a valid RRBP domain.
And the counter N3103 is cleared.
MS sends PACKET CONTROL ACKNOWLEDGE message in the block
specified in RRBP and release TBF if MS receives PACKET UPLINK
ACK/NACK message with FAI1 from network side.
Network re-transmits PACKET UPLINK ACK/NACK message with N3103
counter incrementing, if the network fails to receive PACKET CONTROL
ACKNOWLEDGE message in the radio block specified in the RRBP field.
The network starts T3169 timer if the value of N3103 exceeds the limiting
Description
N3103max. Network uses the TFI and USF resources when T3169 stops.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
0 ~ 255
Unit
None
Default value
10
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Um Interface
Impact on service
None
2.10.6 Max allowed number of continuous losses of uplink

RLC/MAC control message (N3105)
Max allowed number of continuous losses of uplink RLC/MAC control mesFull name
sage
Abbreviation
N3105
3GPP Name
N3105
3GPP reference
3GPP TS44.060 V5.19.0
2-101
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830

During packet uplink transmission, BSS specifies USF (corresponding to
one uplink TBF) for each uplink block. For a USF, if the network receives
correct data from a specified uplink block, N3101 clears for that TBF. If the
number of losses in specified uplink block exceeds N3101, then T3169
Description
timer starts. Network uses the TFI and USF resources when T3169 stops.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
0 ~ 255
Unit
None
Default value
15
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Um Interface
Impact on service
None

2-102
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
2.11.1 NACC support (NACCSupport)

Full name
NACC support
Abbreviation
NACCSupport
3GPP name
None
3GPP reference
None
LLC framework conversion refers to the process: on NACC, if target cell is
the cell in BSC, downlink LLC frame data that has not been sent to this MS
from BSC is transferred to target cell, and then it is sent to this MS after MS
Description
uplink TBF link is established.
Managed object
BSC
Value range
Yes, No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Related features
ZGO-02-02-010 Network-assisted Cell Change
Related parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
2.11.2 BSC's net operation mode (NMO)

Full name
Net operation mode
Abbreviation
NMO
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
There are three network operation modes:
l
Mode 1: The network sends to the "GPRS-attached" MS the CS paging message on the same channel of GPRS paging channel (packet
or CCCH paging channel), or on the GPRS traffic channel (when it is
assigned with a packet data channel). Mode 1 indicates that MS only
need to monitor one paging channel.
Network operation mode 1 is required while configuring PBCCH; Gs
interfce is required while configuring network operation mode 1.
Mode 2: The network sends to the GPRS-attached MS the CS paging

message on the CCCH paging channel, which is also for GPRS pag-
Description
ing. Mode 2 indicates that the MS only need to monitor CCCH paging
2-103
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
channel, but when BSC allocates a packet data channel, the CS paging message uses the CCCH paging channel.
l
Mode 3: The network sends to the "GPRS-attached" MS the CS paging

message on the CCCH paging channel, and sends the GPRS paging
message either on the packet paging channel (if any in the cell) or on
the CCCH paging channel. Mode 3 indicates that the MS must monitor
two paging channels (if packet paging channel is available in the cell)
in order to receive CS or GPRS paging message.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
Net operation mode 1, Net operation mode 2, Net operation mode 3
Unit
None
Default value
Network Operation Mode 2
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
2.11.3 Page coordination support (PagCoordination)

Full name
Page coordination support
Abbreviation
PagCoordination
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter determines if intra-BSC cell supports CS based paging.
This parameter is broadcasted in GPRS CELL OPTIONS through SI13,
PSI1, and PSI13 messages. For more information, refer to the protocol
Description
04.60 12.24. It is invalid when NMO is 1.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
2-104
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
2.11.4 Satellite transmission at GB interface indication

(IsSatelliteGB)
Full name
Satellite transmission at GB interface indication
Abbreviation
IsStatelliteGB
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
It describes if BSC system supports "satellite transmission at Gb interface".
Description
This function is mainly to implement the modification of delay.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
ZGO-05-01-003 Gb Interface over Satellite
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
2.11.5 Extended RLC send window allowed (IsWindowExpend)

Full name
Extended RLC send window allowed
Abbreviation
IsWindowExpend
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
It describes whether extended RLC send window is allowed.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
2-105
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
2.11.6 TBF establish support (TBF_EST)

Full name
TBF establish support
Abbreviation
TBF_EST
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter indicates if BSC supports TBF establishment process. TBF
flow establishment refers to while releasing uplink TBF, to determine if new
uplink TBF shall be established immediately for CTRL_ACK field in Packet
Description
Control Acknowledgement message.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
2.11.7 Signal extended uplink TBF support (Signal_EUTBF)

Full name
Signal extended uplink TBF support
Abbreviation
Signal_EUTBF
3GPP Name
None
2-106
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
3GPP reference
None
This parameter indicates if signaling uplink TBF can use extended uplink
TBF functions. This parameter has the functions when the cell supports for
extended uplink TBF. Signaling TBF at this place refers to TBF established
Description
to transmit GMM signaling.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
ZGB-03-05-014 Delayed TBF Release in UL
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
2.11.8 Highest coding scheme of signal TBF (SigTBFMaxCode)

Full name
Highest coding scheme of signal TBF
Abbreviation
SigTBFMaxCode
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
While transferring upper signaling, such as PDP activation, routing area
Description
update, this parameter can restrict the highest coding mode of this kind of
signaling data.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
MCS1, MCS2, MCS3, MCS4, MCS5, MCS6, MCS7, MCS8, MCS9
Unit
None
Default value
MCS6
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
2-107
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
2.11.9 Optimized POC service support (PocSupport)

Full name
Optimized POC service support
Abbreviation
PocSupport
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
It indicates if PoC subscriber applies for dedicated POC channel. PoC
Description
indicates Push to talk over Cellular. Consider the MS with proper function
as walkie-talkie. This kind of MS has a talkie key. After pressing this key,
you can talk with other subscribers or in a group.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
2.11.10 Highest coding scheme of POC service in GPRS

(PocAttSelt_0)
Full name
Highest coding scheme of POC service in GPRS
Abbreviation
PocAttSelt_0
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
It describes the highest coding mode that can be used while GPRS MS
does POC service.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
CS1, CS2, CS3, CS4
Unit
None
Default value
CS3
Change mode
Offline
2-108
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
2.11.11 Highest coding scheme of POC service in EGPRS

(PocAttSelt_1)
Full name
Highest coding scheme of POC service in EGPRS
Abbreviation
PocAttSelt_1
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
It describes the highest coding mode that can be used while EGPRS MS
Description
does POC service.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
MCS1 ~ MCS9
Unit
None
Default value
MCS6
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None

(PSCapaThs_UL)
Full name
Maximal users of POC service on shared PS channel0
Abbreviation
PSCapaThs_UL
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
2-109
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
It indicates the upper limit of PoC service subscribers in shared uplink

channel.
Description
If dedicated PoC channel is configured, it indicates the upper limit of PoC

subscribers on the uplink of each dedicated PoC channel. If it exceeds
this number, PoC subscriber access is not allowed on the uplink of this
dedicated PoC channel.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
2~6
Unit
Times
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None

(PSCapaThs_DL)
Full name
Maximal users of POC service on shared PS channel1
Abbreviation
PSCapaThs_DL
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
It indicates the upper limit of PoC service subscribers in shared downlink
channel.
Description
If dedicated PoC channel is configured, it indicates the upper limit of PoC

subscribers on the downlink of each dedicated PoC channel. If it exceeds
this number, PoC subscriber access is not allowed on the downlink of
this dedicated PoC channel.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
2~6
Unit
Times
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
2-110
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
2.11.14 PDU buffer time (Info_1_16, 10ms)

Full name
PDU buffer time
Abbreviation
Info_1_16
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter indicates the longest duration of BSSGP instance being kept
after being released at radio interface. During cell reselection, the old BSSGP
instance is kept. If MS has not been accessed to the new cell within a certain
time longer than this parameter's value, then the old BSSGP instance will be
Description
released.
The parameter's value is 0: Indicates no buffer; The parameter's value is
60000: Indicates using the buffer time PduLifeTime of SGSN's life cycle. The
parameter's value is other value: Indicates using the minimum of the following
two values: configuration data and PduLifeTime of SGSN.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
0 ~ 60000
Unit
10 ms
Default value
500
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
2.12 BVC Flow Control Parameters

The interface of BVC flow control parameters is as shown in Figure 2-12.
2-111
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Figure 2-12 BVC Flow Control Parameters
2.12.1 BVC flow control support (BVCFlowCtrl)

Full name
BVC flow control support
Abbreviation
BVCFlowCtrl
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
BVC flow control occurs at Gb interface between SGSN and BSS, and
only in downlinks. BSS provides control parameters and SGSN executes,
in order to avoid one BVC on BSS to abandoning some LLC data because
of the overtime caused by grouping channel is too busy (too many LLC
frame caches) and to avoid abandoning new downlink LLC data because
of limit of memory resource (overflow of LLC frame caches).
BSSGP process at BSS side counts current leaking rate of BVC
periodically (including short statistics and long statistics). This parameter
originates unconditionally if long statistics timer overflows and SGSN
acknowledgement is necessary if discrepant range of adjacent leaking
rates is over CellFcThs. BVC flow control supported originates and
SGSN confirmation is necessary if short statistics timer overflows and
Description
discrepant range of adjacent leaking rates is over CellFcThs.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
Yes
2-112
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
2.12.2 MS flow control support (MSFlowCtrl)

Full name
MS flow control support
Abbreviation
MSFlowCtrl
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
MS flow control occurs at Gb interface between SGSN and BSS, and only
in downlinks. BSS provides control parameters and SGSN executes, to
avoid one MS on BSS to abandoning some LLC data because of the
overtime caused by grouping channel is too busy (too many LLC frame
caches) and to avoid abandoning new downlink LLC data because of limit
of memory resource (overflow of LLC frame caches).
The BSSGP process at the BSS side periodically measures the current
leakage ratio of MS. When the statistic timer overflows, the MS Flow
Description
Control process is initiated unconditionally.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
2.12.3 Flow control mode (FlowCtrlMode)

Full name
Flow control mode

2-113
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Abbreviation
FlowCtrlMode
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
BSC has different flow control modes to report flow control parameters to
SGSN. The modes are as follows:
l
1: Mode 1: Report flow control parameters according to actual traffic

on radio interface counted at BSC;
2: Mode 2: Report flow control parameters according to max traffic

that the cell can provide;
3: Mode 3: Reserved
"Flow control mode 1 parameter" is enabled if selecting "mode 1"; "Flow

Description
control mode 2 parameter" is enabled if selecting "mode 2".
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
1~3
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Gb interface
Impact on service
None
2.12.4 Parameter of flow control mode 1 (FlowCtrlMode1Para)

Full name
Parameter of Flow control mode 1
Abbreviation
FlowCtrlMode1Para
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
BSC reports flow control parameters according to actual traffic at radio interface when adopting mode 1. Actual counted value is smaller due to
radio interface re-transmission and TBF failure. So BSC multiplies the actual traffic with a multiple determined by this parameter when reporting flow
Description
control parameters.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
1 ~ 100
Unit
100 bps
2-114
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Gb interface
Impact on service
None
2.12.5 Parameter of flow control mode 2 (FlowCtrlMode2Para)

Full name
Parameter of Flow control mode 2
Abbreviation
FlowCtrlMode2Para
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
BSC reports flow control parameters according to max traffic that the cell
can provide when adopting mode 2. Maximum value depends on configured channels. Counting formula: channels * max traffic that every channel
can provide. This parameter is max traffic that every channel can provide,
Description
with the unit of 100 bps.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
10 ~ 1000
Unit
100 bps
Default value
214
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Gb interface
Impact on service
None
2.12.6 BVC flow control R MIN value (BVCFlowCtrlRMin, 100 bps)

Full name
BVC flow control R MIN value
Abbreviation
BVCFlowCtrlRMin
3GPP Name
None
2-115
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
3GPP reference
None
This is the minimum value of leaking rate R in reported BVC flow control
parameters under all kinds of flow control mode, that is, the reported pa-
Description
rameter R must be equal or over the set value, in the unit of 100 bps.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
10 ~ 300
Unit
100 bps
Default value
80
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
2.12.7 MS flow control R MIN value (MSFlowCtrlRMin, 100 bps)

Full name
MS flow control R MIN value
Abbreviation
MSFlowCtrlRMin
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This is the minimum value of leaking rate R in reported MS flow control
parameters under all kinds of flow control mode, that is, the reported pa-
Description
rameter R must be equal or over the set value, in the unit of 100 bps.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
10 ~ 300
Unit
100 bps
Default value
80
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
2-116
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
2.12.8 PFC flow control procedures support (PFCFlowCtrl)

Full name
PFC flow control procedures support
Abbreviation
PFCFlowCtrl
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
PFC flow control occurs at Gb interface between SGSN and BSS, and only
in downlink. BSS provides control parameters and SGSN executes. It helps
avoid a PFC in BSS discarding some LLC data due to timeout caused by
grouping channels being too busy (too many LLC frame buffers) and avoid
Description
discarding new downlink LLC data due to limited memory resource (overflow
of LLC frame buffer).
The BSSGP process at the BSS side periodically measures the current leakage
ratio of MS. When the statistic timer overflows, the 'PFC Flow Control' process
is initiated unconditionally.
Management
Object
Value Range
BSC
Yes/No
0: No; 1: Yes
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
2.12.9 Coefficient of BVC bucket size (Info_2_0)

Full name
Coefficient of BVC bucket size
Abbreviation
Info_2_0
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
2-117
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
This parameter is used to calculate the size of BVC bucket. User can modify
Description
this parameter's value to change the size of BVC bucket.

Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
10 ~ 20000
Unit
None
Default value
3000
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
2.12.10 Coefficient of MS bucket (Info_2_16)

Full name
Coefficient of MS bucket
Abbreviation
Info_2_16
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter is used to calculate the size of MS bucket. User can modify this
Description
parameter's value to change the size of MS bucket.

Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
10 ~ 20000
Unit
None
Default value
300
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
2-118
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Impact on service
None
2.12.11 CBL in BVC/MS flow control (Info_1_9)

Full name
CBL in BVC/MS flow control
Abbreviation
Info_1_9
3GPP name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter indicates whether Current Bucket Level (CBL) should be
Description
reported in the BVC/MS flow control message.

This parameter is supported from version V6.20.200f.
Managed object
Value range
BSC
Yes, No
0: No; 1: Yes
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Related features
None
Related
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
2.13 FUC Flow Control Map Parameters

Interface of FUC Flow Control Map parameter shown in Figure 2-13.
2-119
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Figure 2-13 FUC Flow Control Map Parameters
2.13.1 Flow Control Reason

Full name
Flow control reason
Abbreviation
None
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter describes FUC flow control level.
Description
The parameter value corresponding to level 0 can't be modified.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
Level 0~10
Unit
None
Default value
[Level 0~10]
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
2.13.2 Emergency Call

Full name
Emergency call
2-120
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Abbreviation
None
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter describes hurry call percentage corresponding to certain
FUC flow control level.
Description
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
Level 0~10, value range is: 0~100
Unit
Default value
[0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0]
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
ZGB-01-03-001 Emergency Call Handling
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
2.13.3 Call Rebuilt

Full name
Call Rebuilt
Abbreviation
None
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter describes call rebuilt percentage corresponding to certain
Description
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
Unit
Default value
[0, 50, 75, 100, 100, 100, 100, 100, 100, 100, 100]
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
2-121
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
2.13.4 Call Response

Full name
Call Response
Abbreviation
None
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter describes call response percentage corresponding to
certain FUC flow control level.
Description
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
Unit
Default value
[0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 25, 50, 50, 75, 75, 75]
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
2.13.5 Calling
Full name
Calling
Abbreviation
None
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter describes calling percentage corresponding to certain
Description
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
Unit
%
2-122
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Default value
[0, 0, 0, 0, 25, 25, 40, 78, 100, 100, 100]
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
2.13.6 Location Update

Full name
Location Update
Abbreviation
None
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter describes site refresh percentage corresponding to certain
Description
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
Unit
Default value
[0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 25, 25, 50, 75]
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
2.13.7 GPRS Access

Full name
GPRS access
Abbreviation
None
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
2-123
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830

Description
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
Unit
Default value
[0, 0, 0, 20, 46, 73, 100, 100, 100, 100, 100]
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
2.13.8 Restore
Full name
Restore
Abbreviation
None
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
Unit
Default value
[0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0]
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
2-124
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
2.13.9 Flow control map slim adjust (bit)

Full name
Flow control map slim adjust (bit)
Abbreviation
None
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
FUC establishes a channel request refuse map. After flow control is
started, you can be based on this bitmap to determine if certain access
can be refused.
Each bit in this map represents if to allow channel access due to this
Description
reason: 1 represents refusal, 0 represents allowance.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
None
Unit
Bit
Default value
None
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
2.14 EDGE Parameters

The interface of EDGE property parameters is shown in Figure 2-14.
2-125
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Figure 2-14 EDGE Parameters
2.14.1 PFC support (PFCSupport)

Full name
PFC support
Abbreviation
PFCSupport
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
Section 44.060 12.24, 23.060, 48.018

This parameter is broadcasted through SI13, PSI1, and PSI13 messages.
In EGPRS system with broadband features, the QoS concept of UMTS
has been imported, which enables transferring the negotiable QoS
configuration to BSS through Gb interface. BSS can maintain QoS
subscribing information through function PFC (packet flow context) flow,
which include acquiring QoS, modifying QoS, and deleting QoS signaling
flow.
Network notifies MS if the network supports PFC flow through the system
message parameter PFC_FEATURE_MODE. If yes, the MS will add PFI
when establishing uplink TBF (PACKET RESOURCE REQUEST). BSS
Description
can decide QoS as MS requires according to PFI.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
2-126
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
2.14.2 R99 Ind (R99Ind)

Full name
R99 Ind
Abbreviation
R99Ind
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
It indicates R99 protocol version ID. BSS considers this parameter as a basis to determine if to encode/decode message field added after R99 version
Description
for the protocol.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
Version of R98 or it's before, Version of R99
Unit
None
Default value
R99 version
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Um interface
Impact on service
None
2.14.3 Enhanced radio status procedures support (EnRadioStu)

Full name
Enhanced radio status procedures support
Abbreviation
EnRadioStu
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
2-127
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
On the basis of Radio Status, enhanced Radio Status reports three more cause
values:
l
x02: Indicates the enhanced Radio Status process is used when the cell
reselection occurs. Usually, it helps satisfy the service requirement to the
maximum extent.
x03: Indicates the enhanced Radio Status process is used when the MS
is required to perform cell reselection and LLC frame transferring is not
supported.
x04: Indicates that SGSN is notified when BSC detects cell reselection
failure.
Description
SGSN has the following responses:

l
When Radio Status with the cause value x02 is received, the downlink LLC
frame sending is resumed after cell reselection is completed.
When Radio Status with the cause value x03 is received, either the
downlink data sending is resumed after cell reselection is completed, or
Radio Status with other cause values are received.
When Radio Status with the cause value x04 is received, if there are data
to be sent to MS, then the downlink LLC frame sending is resumed.
With Radio Status that supports multiple cause values, SGSN can better
understand the status of MS, which avoids sending data to the old cell blindly.
Management
Object
Value Range
BSC
Yes/No
0: No; 1: Yes
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
2.14.4 RS
Full name
RS
Abbreviation
RS
2-128
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Uplink throughput weight value at Gb interface, the dynamic Abis adjust-
Description
ment parameter. RS+RR+RA+RM+RB+RG+RE must be equal to 100.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
0 ~ 100
Unit
None
Default value
12
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
2.14.5 RR
Full name
RR
Abbreviation
RR
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Downlink throughput weight value at Gb interface, the dynamic Abis adjust-
Description
ment parameter. RS+RR+RA+RM+RB+RG+RE must be equal to 100.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
0 ~ 100
Unit
None
Default value
12
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
2-129
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
2.14.6 RA
Full name
RA
Abbreviation
RA
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Weight value of EGPRS MS accessing request times, the dynamic Abis ad-
Description
justment parameter. RS+RR+RA+RM+RB+RG+RE must be equal to 100.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
0 ~ 100
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relationship
None
Relevant parameters
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
2.14.7 RM
Full name
RM
Abbreviation
RM
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
parameter. RS+RR+RA+RM+RB+RG+RE must be equal to 100.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
0 ~ 100
Unit
None
Default value
14
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Weight value of big-bandwidth request times, the dynamic Abis adjustment
2-130
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
2.14.8 RB
Full name
RB
Abbreviation
RB
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Weight value of the biggest bandwidth usage, the dynamic Abis adjustment
Description
parameter. RS+RR+RA+RM+RB+RG+RE must be equal to 100.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
0 ~ 100
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
2.14.9 RG
Full name
RG
Abbreviation
RG
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
RS+RR+RA+RM+RB+RG+RE must be equal to 100
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
0 ~ 100
Unit
None
Default value
15
This
parameter
defines
weights
of
GPRS
carrier
proportion,
2-131
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
2.14.10 RE
Full name
RE
Abbreviation
RE
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This
parameter
defines
weights
of
EDGE
Description
RS+RR+RA+RM+RB+RG+RE must be equal to 100
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
0 ~ 100
Unit
None
Default value
35
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
carrier
proportion,
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
2.14.11 ABIS resource dynamic manage (Info_1_8)

Full name
ABIS resource dynamic manage
Abbreviation
Info_1_8
3GPP name
None
3GPP reference
None
2-132
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
This parameter indicates whether Abis resource dynamic management is

Description
allowed.
Managed object
Value range
Site/BSC
Yes, No
0: No; 1: Yes
Unit
None
Default value
Yes
Change mode
Offline
Related features
None
Related parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
2.15 eMLPP Set

Figure 2-15 shows the interface of eMLPP set.
Figure 2-15 eMLPP Set
2.15.1 Strategy for preemption when assign (AssPreemptstrategy)

Full name
Strategy for preemption when assign
Abbreviation
AssPreemptstrategy
3GPP Name
None
2-133
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
3GPP reference
Description
Management Object
Value Range
None
This parameter decides the preemption policy if there is no available channel
on assginment.
BSC
Priority 1 ~ 15. Value range is: Only forced handover; First forced handover,
if fail, forced release; First forced release.
Unit
None
Default value
Only forced handover
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
2.15.2 Strategy for preemption when handover (HoPreemptstrategy)

Full name
Strategy for preemption when handover
Abbreviation
HoPreemptstrategy
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
Management Object
Value Range
This parameter decides the preemption policy if there is no available channel

on handover.
BSC
Priority 1 ~ 15. Value range is: Only forced handover; First forced handover,
if fail, forced release; Directly forced release.
Unit
None
Default value
Only forced handover
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
2-134
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
2.15.3 Maximum forced handover times when assign

(AssForcedHoTry)
Full name
Maximum forced handover times when assign
Abbreviation
AssForcedHoTry
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
It determines the max number of retry for forced handover if there is no

available channel during assignment.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
Priority 1 ~ 15, value range: 1 ~ 5
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
2.15.4 Maximum forced handover times when handover

(HoForcedHoTry)
Full name
Maximum forced handover times when handover
Abbreviation
HoForcedHoTry
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
It determines the max number of retry for forced handover if there is no

available channel during handover.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
2-135
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
2.15.5 Maximum forced release times when assign

(AssForcedRelTry)
Full name
Maximum forced release times when assign
Abbreviation
AssForcedRelTry
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
It determines the max number of retry for forced release if there is no

available channel during assignment.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
2.15.6 Maximum forced release times when handover

(HoForcedRelTry)
Full name
Maximum forced release times when handover
Abbreviation
HoForcedRelTry
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
It determines the max number of retry for forced release if there is no

available channel during handover.
2-136
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
2.15.7 Preemption duration when assign (AssPreempTimer, 100ms)

Full name
Preemption duration when assign
Abbreviation
AssPreempTimer
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
It determines the period of forced handover or forced release if there is no
Description
available channel during assignment. If the period elapses, only queue is

allowed, and new forced handover or forced release not required.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
Unit
100 ms
Default value
40
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
2-137
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
2.15.8 Preemption duration when handover (HoPreempTimer,

100ms)
Full name
Preemption duration when handover
Abbreviation
HoPreempTimer
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
It determines the period of forced handover or forced release if there is no
Description
available channel during handover. If the period elapses, only queue is

allowed, and new forced handover or forced release not required.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
Unit
100 ms
Default value
30
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
2.15.9 Timer for start forced release when assign

(AssForceRelTimer)
Full name
Timer for start forced release when assign
Abbreviation
AssForceRelTimer
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
It determines if to do forced handover if both forced handover and forced
Description
release are allowed when there is no available channel in the cell during
assignment, or to do forced release and do not forced handover after no
any channel is gotten.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
Unit
100 ms
Default value
30
2-138
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
2.15.10 Timer for start forced release when handover

(HoForceRelTimer)
Full name
Timer for start forced release when handover
Abbreviation
HoForceRelTimer
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
It determines if to do forced handover if both forced handover and forced
Description
release are allowed when there is no available channel in the cell during
handover, or to do forced release and do not forced handover after no any
channel is gotten.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
Unit
100 ms
Default value
25
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
2.15.11 Interval for search forced handover target when assign

(AssForceHoInterval, 100ms)
Full name
Interval for search forced handover target when assign
Abbreviation
AssForceHoInterval
2-139
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter determines the waiting time for searching forced handover tar-
Description
get again if forced handover target can not be found when there is no available
channel in the cell during assignment.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
Unit
100 ms
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
2.15.12 Interval for search forced handover target when handover

(HoForceHoInterval, 100ms)
Full name
Interval for search forced handover target when handover
Abbreviation
HoForceHoInterval
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter determines the waiting time for searching forced handover tar-
Description
get again if forced handover target can not be found when there is no available
channel in the cell on handover.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
Unit
100 ms
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
2-140
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Impact on service
None
2.15.13 Interval for search forced release target when assign

(AssForceRelInterval, 100ms)
Full name
Interval for search forced release target when assign
Abbreviation
AssForceRelInterval
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter determines the waiting time for searching forced release target
Description
again if forced release target can not be found when there is no available
channel in the cell during assignment.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
Unit
100 ms
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
2.15.14 Interval for search forced release target when handover

(HoForceRelInterval, 100ms)
Full name
Interval for search forced release target when handover
Abbreviation
HoForceRelInterval
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter determines the waiting time for searching forced release target
Description
again if forced release target can not be found when there is no available
channel in the cell on handover.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range

2-141
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Unit
100 ms
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
2.15.15 Queue timer for assign (RmsT11, 100ms)

Full name
Queue timer for assign
Abbreviation
RmsT11
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
It determines the max time of waiting for queue if there is no available
Description
channel in the cell during assignment. The assignment fails if no any

resource is gotten.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
Unit
100 ms
Default value
60
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
2.15.16 Queue timer for handover (RmsTqho, 100ms)

Full name
Queue timer for handover
Abbreviation
RmsTqho
3GPP Name
None
2-142
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
3GPP reference
Description
None
It determines the max time of waiting for queue if there is no available channel
in the cell on handover. The handover fails if no any resource is gotten.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
Unit
100 ms
Default value
50
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
2.15.17 Queue indicate when assign (QueueIndAss)

Full name
Queue indicate when assign
Abbreviation
QueueIndAss
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
Management Object
Value Range
It determines if queue is allowed or set it per cell if there are no available

channels in the cell during assignment.
BSC
Queue forbidden when assign, Queue allowed when assign, According to the
cell
Unit
None
Default value
Queue forbidden when assign
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
2-143
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
2.15.18 Queue allowed when handover (QueueIndHo)

Full name
Queue allowed when handover
Abbreviation
QueueIndHo
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
Management Object
Value Range
It determines if queue is allowed or set it per cell if there are no available

channels in the cell during handover.
BSC
Queue forbidden when handover, Queue allowed when handover, According
to the cell
Unit
None
Default value
Queue forbidden when handover
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
2.15.19 Forced release indicate when assign (PreemptionIndAss)

Full name
Forced release indicate when assign
Abbreviation
PreemptionIndAss
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
Management Object
Value Range
It determines if forced release is allowed or set it per cell if there are no

available channels in the cell during assignment.
BSC
Forced release forbidden when assign, Forced release allowed when assign,
According to the cell
Unit
None
Default value
Forced release forbidden when assign
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
2-144
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
2.15.20 Forced release allowed when handover (PreemptionIndHo)

Full name
Forced release allowed when handover
Abbreviation
PreemptionIndHo
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
Management Object
Value Range
It determines if forced release is allowed or set it per cell if there are no

available channels in the cell during handover.
BSC
Forced release forbidden when handover, Forced release allowed when handover, According to the cell
Unit
None
Default value
Forced release forbidden when handover
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
2.15.21 Forced handover indication for assign (ForcedHolndAss)

Full name
Forced handover indication for assign
Abbreviation
ForcedHolndAss
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
Management Object
It determines if forced handover is allowed or set it per cell if there are no

available channels in the cell during assignment.
BSC
2-145
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Value Range
Forced handover forbidden when assign, Forced handover allowed when assign, According to the cell
Unit
None
Default value
forced handover forbidden when assigned
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
2.15.22 Forced handover indication for handover (ForcedHolndHo)

Full name
Forced handover indication for handover
Abbreviation
ForcedHolndHo
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
Management Object
Value Range
It determines if forced handover is allowed or set it per cell if there are no

available channels in the cell during handover.
BSC
Forced handover forbidden when handover, Forced handover allowed when
handover, According to the cell
Unit
None
Default value
Forced handover forbidden when handover
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
2-146
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
2.15.23 Wait resource timer after forced handover (ForceHoWait,

100ms)
Full name
Wait resource timer after forced handover
Abbreviation
ForceHoWait
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
It determines the time of waiting for resource after forced handover. If getting
the resource within this period, do not initiate forced handover or forced
Description
release and quit from the queue. If can not get it, initiate forced handover,
forced release, or queue.
This parameter is configured according to the time required to finish
handover.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
10 ~ 40
Unit
100 ms
Default value
25
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
2.15.24 Wait resource timer after forced release (ForceRelWait,

100ms)
Full name
Wait resource timer after forced release
Abbreviation
ForceRelWait
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
It determines the time of waiting for resource after forced release. If getting
Description
the resource within this period, do not initiate forced release and quit from
the queue. If can not get it, initiate forced release or queue.
This parameter is configured according to the time requird to finish handover.
Management Object
BSC
2-147
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Value Range
10 ~ 40
Unit
100 ms
Default value
25
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
2.15.25 Enough low priority for preemption (LowestPriority)

Full name
Enough low priority for preemption
Abbreviation
LowestPriority
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
To reduce the search times when searching for the target of forced handover
Description
and forced release, if target priority is not higher than this priority, it is
considered that the priority of this target is low enough, and do not search for
the lowest priority. 1: highest priority
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
1 ~ 15
Unit
None
Default value
14
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
2.15.26 Enough call duration for preemption

Full name
Enough call duration for preemption
2-148
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Abbreviation
LongCallDuration
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
To reduce search times while searching for the target of forced handover
Description
and forced release, if the duration of target call is longer than this parameter
value, it is considered that the duration of target call is sufficient and do not
search the target with the longest call duration.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
0 ~ 65535
Unit
480 ms
Default value
50
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
2.15.27 Forced handover target penalty time (ForceHoPenalty)

Full name
Forced handover target penalty time
Abbreviation
ForceHoPenalty
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
It determines this instance can not be used as forced handover target within
this period after forced handover fails.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
0 ~ 255
Unit
480 ms
Default value
60
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
2-149
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Impact on service
None
2.15.28 Priority of emergency service (EmergServicelPrio)

Full name
Priority of emergency service
Abbreviation
EmergServicelPrio
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
It determines if the call with higher or equivalent priority is emergency call.

1: highest priority
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
1 ~ 15
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
2.16 Ater Timer Parameters

In basic property interface, if you select "Outer TC" in "TC type supported (TCType)", a
parameter interface named Ater Timer will be added.
For Ater Timer parameter interface see Figure 2-16.
2-150
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Figure 2-16 Ater Timer Parameters
2.16.1 Ater wait SCCP connection timer (TAterWaitConn, 100ms)

Full name
Ater wait SCCP connection timer
Abbreviation
TAterWaitConn
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
wait for iTC after iBSC configures this timer.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
5 ~ 20
Unit
100 ms
Default value
15
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Ater Interface
Impact on service
None
This parameter describes SCCP CONNECT CONFIRM message used to
2-151
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
2.16.2 Ater wait resource timer (TWaitAterRes, 100ms)

Full name
Ater wait resource timer
Abbreviation
TWaitAterRes
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter describes RESOURCE REQUEST ACKNOWLEDGE mes-
Description
sage used to wait for iTC after iBSC configures this timer.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
10 ~ 30
Unit
100 ms
Default value
20
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Ater Interface
Impact on service
None
2.16.3 Ater wait resource release timer (TAterWaitRel, 100ms)

Full name
Ater wait resource release timer
Abbreviation
TAterWaitRel
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter describes RESOURCE RELEASE ACKNOWLEDGE mes-
Description
sage used to wait for iTC after iBSC configures this timer.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
20 ~ 50
Unit
100 ms
Default value
20
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
2-152
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Related interfaces
Ater Interface
Impact on service
None
2.16.4 Ater handover monitor timer (TAterMoniterHO, 100ms)

Full name
Ater handover monitor timer
Abbreviation
TAterMoniterHO
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter describes monitor handover process when iBSC configures
Description
this timer to use outer iTC.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
70 ~ 170
Unit
100 ms
Default value
120
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Ater Interface
Impact on service
None
2.16.5 Ater wait resource acknowledge timer (TWaitAterResAck,

100ms)
Full name
Ater wait resource acknowledge timer
Abbreviation
TWaitAterResAck
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
configure this timer wait for iTC during iBSC handover.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
5 ~ 25
Unit
100 ms
This parameter describes the response to apply for resource from iTC, to
2-153
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Default value
15
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Ater Interface
Impact on service
None
2.16.6 Ater block circuit timer (TAterCicBlk, 100ms)

Full name
Ater block circuit timer
Abbreviation
TAterCicBlk
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter describes BLOCKING ACKNOWLEDGE message or UNBLOCKING ACKNOWLEDGE message used to wait for iTC after iBSC con-
Description
figures this timer.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
30 ~ 150
Unit
100 ms
Default value
80
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Ater Interface
Impact on service
None
2.16.7 Ater block circuit group timer (TAterBlkCicGrp, 100ms)

Full name
Ater block circuit group timer
Abbreviation
TAterBlkCicGrp
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
2-154
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
This parameter describes BLOCKING CIRCUIT GROUP ACKNOWLEDGE

message or UNBLOCKING CIRCUIT GROUP ACKNOWLEDGE message
Description
used to wait for iTC after iBSC configures this timer.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
30 ~ 150
Unit
100 ms
Default value
80
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Ater Interface
Impact on service
None
2.16.8 Ater reset circuit timer (TAterRstCic, 100ms)

Full name
Ater reset circuit timer
Abbreviation
TAterRstCic
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter describes RESET CIRCUIT ACKNOWLEDGE message
Description
used to wait for iTC after iBSC configures this timer.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
30 ~ 150
Unit
100 ms
Default value
80
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Ater Interface
Impact on service
None
2-155
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
2.16.9 Ater reset timer (TAterRst, 100ms)

Full name
Ater reset timer
Abbreviation
TAterRst
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter describes RESET ACKNOWLEDGE message used to wait
Description
for iTC when iBSC configures this timer.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
60 ~ 150
Unit
100 ms
Default value
100
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Ater Interface
Impact on service
None
2.16.10 Ater reset guard timer (TITCRst, 100ms)

Full name
Ater reset guard timer
Abbreviation
TITCRst
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
globally, to release resource.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
30 ~ 60
Unit
100 ms
Default value
40
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
This parameter describes iBSC configures this timer to delay when resetting
2-156
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Related interfaces
Ater Interface
Impact on service
None
2.16.11 Ater block a interface circuit timer (TBIkACic, 100ms)

Full name
Ater block a interface circuit timer
Abbreviation
TBlkACic
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter describes BLOCKING A CIRCUIT ACKNOWLEDGE message or UNBLOCKING CIRCUIT ACKNOWLEDGE message used to wait
Description
for iTC when iBSC configures this timer.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
30 ~ 150
Unit
100 ms
Default value
100
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Ater Interface
Impact on service
None
2.16.12 Ater block a interface circuit group timer (TBIkACicGrp,

100ms)
Full name
Ater block a interface circuit group timer
Abbreviation
TBlkACicGrp
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter describes BLOCKING A CIRCUIT GROUP ACKNOWLEDGE message or UNBLOCKING A CIRCUIT GROUP ACKNOWLEDGE
Description
message to wait for iTC after iBSC configures this timer.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
30 ~ 150
2-157
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Unit
100 ms
Default value
100
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Ater Interface
Impact on service
None
2-158
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Chapter 3
External Cell Parameters

External cell parameters include GERAN external cell parameters and UTRAN external
cell parameters.
Table of Contents
GERAN External Cell Parameters ..............................................................................3-1
UTRAN External Cell Parameters.............................................................................3-23
3.1 GERAN External Cell Parameters

The interface of GERAN external cell parameters is as shown in Figure 3-1.
Figure 3-1 Basic Property Parameters for GERAN External Cell
3.1.1 External cell ID

Full name
External cell ID
3-1
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Abbreviation
None
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
External cell number
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
1 ~ 65535
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
3.1.2 Cell type (CellType)

Full name
Cell type
Abbreviation
CellType
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
GERAN External Cell type
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
Umbrella cell, Macro Cell, Micro Cell, Micro-micro Cell, Extended Cell
Unit
None
Default value
Macro Cell
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
3-2
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Chapter 3 External Cell Parameters
3.1.3 MCC (MCC)

Full name
MCC (MCC)
Abbreviation
MCC
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
the home country of the mobile user (or system).
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 999
Unit
None
Default value
460
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
ZGO-05-02-011 Multi PLMN
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
MCC consists of three digits of decimal number. It is used to uniquely identify
3.1.4 MNC (MNC)

Full name
MNC (MNC)
Abbreviation
MNC
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
MNC consists of three digits of decimal number. It uniquely identifies a spe-
Description
cific PLMN network in a country (determined by MCC).
Management Object
Cell
l
When MNC3Digits is selected as 2 digits, MNC value will be 0~99;
Value Range
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
ZGO-05-02-011 Multi PLMN
Relevant parameters
None
3-3
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
3.1.5 Frequency band (FreqBand)

Full name
Frequency band
Abbreviation
FreqBand
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
The frequency band of the system
Management Object
Cell
l
When the value of DCS1800/PCS1900 supported (FuncExt) is

DCS1800, it value range is GSM900, EXT900, DCS1800, GSM850;
l
Value Range

PCS1900, it value range is GSM900, EXT900, PCS1900, GSM850;
Unit
None
Default value
GSM900
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
BCCH frequency (BcchArfcn)
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
3.1.6 BCCH frequency (BcchArfcn)

Full name
BCCH frequency
Abbreviation
BcchArfcn
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
ARFCN of the cell BCCH carrier
Management Object
Cell
3-4
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
When Frequency Band is GSM900, its value range is 1~124;
When Frequency Band is EXT900, its value range is 0~124, 975~1023;
When Frequency Band is PCS1900, its value range is 512~810;
When Frequency Band is DCS1800, its value range is 512~885;
Value Range
When Frequency Band is GSM850, its value range is 128~251;
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
3.1.7 LAC (LAC)

Full name
LAC (LAC)
Abbreviation
LAC
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Each GSM PLMN is divided into many location areas (LAs) in order to determine the MS location, the location area code identifies the different location
areas. LAC comes under LAI (LAI = MCC + MNC + LAC). One location
area contains multiple cells. This parameter is consistent with the data at
Description
CN side.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
1 ~ 65535
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
3-5
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
3.1.8 CI
Full name
CI
Abbreviation
CI
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
In order to distinguish each cell in GSM PLMN uniquely, the network opera-
Description
tors allocate a unique code for each cell in a location area.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 65535
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
3.1.9 NCC
Full name
NCC
Abbreviation
NCC
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
NCC is one of the composition parts of Base Station ID Code (BSIC) (BSIC
= NCC + BCC). which is used to enable the MS to distinguish adjacent and
different GSM PLMN cells. Normally, adjacent operators shall have different NCCs. The parameter related to NCC is NccPermitted of the cell. By
prohibiting MS to report related NCC in the cell, MS is prohibited to measure
the cell information of the related operators. Actually, NCC occupies three
Description
bits. NCC is one of the network identification parameters.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
Unit
None
Default value
0
3-6
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
3.1.10 BCC
Full name
BCC
Abbreviation
BCC
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
BCC is one of the composition parts of Base Station ID Code (BSIC) (BSIC
= NCC + BCC). Normally, BCC is used to enable MS to distinguish adjacent
cells with the same BCCH carrier frequency and belonging to the same GSM
PLMN. In addition, the GSM specifications stipulate that the TSC (Training
Sequence Code) of the broadcast control channel of a cell shall be equal
to the cell BCC. BCC occupies three bits BCC and is one of the network
Description
identification parameters.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
3.1.11 GPRS service support (PsSupport)

Full name
GPRS service support
Abbreviation
PsSupport
3-7
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
Determine if the cell supports GPRS.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
TsChannelComb
If "GPRS Supported (PsSupport)" is No, that is, GPRS is not supported,
Relationship
the system automatically change all timeslot channels whose type is PS in

the cell to TCH.
Related interfaces
None
If GPRS service support is set as "Yes", a GPRS Property tab will appear, as shown in
Figure 3-2.
Figure 3-2 GPRS Property Parameters for GERAN External Cell
3-8
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
3.1.12 Cell reselection offset (ReselOff_0, 2db)

Full name
Reselection offset
Abbreviation
ReselOff_0
3GPP Name
GPRS_RESELECT_OFFSET
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

This parameter is used at MS side. It is broadcasted to MS via system
message by BTS. In the GPRS system, C32 is used as the standard for
cell reselection. C32 standard calculation, similar to C2 standard in GSM,
contains a cell reselection offset parameter. This parameteris not necessary
to append in packet system message when the offset value is 0 dB.
This parameter indicates the parameters used during reselection on idle
Description
status, which only functions while configuring PBCCH.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 31
Unit
2 dB
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
3.1.13 Cell reselection offset (ReselOff_1, 2db)

Full name
Reselection offset
Abbreviation
ReselOff_1
3GPP Name
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

This parameter is used at MS side. Inform MS on PACCH. In the GPRS
system, C32 is used as the standard for cell reselection. C32 standard
calculation, similar to C2 standard in GSM, contains a cell reselection offset
parameter. This parameter is not necessary to appear in packet system
message when the offset value is 0 dB.
This parameter indicates the parameter used during reselection in
Description
transmission state.
3-9
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 31
Unit
2 dB
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
3.1.14 Temporary offset of cell reselection (TempOffset_0, db)

Full name
Reselection temporary offset
Abbreviation
TempOffset_0
3GPP Name
GPRS_TEMPORARY_OFFSET
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

cell reselection. There is a temporary offset in C32 that provides a negative
offset, similar to C2 in GSM system. The effective time depends on Penalty
Time of cell reselection.
Description
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
0, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, infinite
Unit
dB
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
3-10
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
3.1.15 Cell reselection temporary offset (TempOffset_1, db)

Full name
Abbreviation
TempOffset_1
3GPP Name
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

system, C32 is used as the standard for cell reselection. There is a
temporary offset in C32 that provides a negative offset, similar to C2 in GSM
system. The effective time depends on Penalty Time of cell reselection.
Description
transmission state.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
0, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, infinite
Unit
dB
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
3.1.16 Penalty time of cell reselection (PenalTime_0, 10s)

Full name
Penalty time of cell reselection
Abbreviation
PenalTime_0
3GPP Name
GPRS_PENALTY_TIME
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

Time of cell reselection.
Description
Management Object
Cell
3-11
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Value Range
0 ~ 31
Unit
10 s
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None

Full name
Abbreviation
PenalTime_1
3GPP Name
GPRS_PENALTY_TIME
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

temporary offset in C32 that provides a negative offset, similar to C2 in GSM
system. The effective time depends on Penalty Time of cell reselection.
Description
transmission state.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 31
Unit
10 s
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
3-12
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
3.1.18 HCS exist (HCS_EXIST_0)

Full name
HCS exist
Abbreviation
HCS_EXIST_0
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter is used at MS side. This parameter belongs to Hierarchical
Cell Structure (HCS) and broadcasted to MS via system message by BTS.
PSI message indicates if the HCS exist (HCS priority and Threshold of
HCS signal level) exist in the cell. MS ignores HSC exist parameters of
other cells if serving cell does not use HSC exist parameters (all the cells
use Threshold of HSC signal level of infinity).
Description
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
3.1.19 HCS exist (HCS_EXIST_1)

Full name
HCS exist
Abbreviation
HCS_EXIST_1
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
3-13
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830

Cell Structure (HCS) and be informed to MS on PACCH. PSI message
indicates if the HCS exist (HCS priority and Threshold of HCS signal level)
exist in the cell. MS ignores HSC exist parameters of other cells if serving
cell does not use HSC exist parameters (all the cells use Threshold of
HSC signal level of infinity).
Description
transmission state.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
3.1.20 Threshold of HCS signal level (HCS_THR_0)

Full name
Threshold of HSC signal level
Abbreviation
HCS_THR_0
3GPP Name
HCS_THR
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

This parameter is used at MS side. It belongs to HCS parameter, which is
broadcasted to MS via system message by BTS. Threshold of HCS signal
level identifies the HCS signal strength threshold of the cell.
Description
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 31
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
3-14
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
3.1.21 Threshold of HCS signal level (HCS_THR_1)

Full name
Abbreviation
HCS_THR_1
3GPP Name
HCS_THR
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

informed to MS on PACCH. Threshold of HCS signal level identifies the
HCS signal strength threshold of the cell.
Description
transmission state.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 31
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
3.1.22 HCS priority (PrioClass_0)

Full name
HCS Priority
Abbreviation
PrioClass_0
3GPP Name
PRIORITY_CLASS
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
3-15
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
This parameter is used at MS side. It belongs to HCS parameter, which

is broadcasted to MS via system message by BTS, indicating cell HCS
priority.
Description
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
0~7
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None

Full name
HCS Priority
Abbreviation
PrioClass_1
3GPP Name
PRIORITY_CLASS
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

informed to MS on PACCH, indicating cell HCS priority.
Description
transmission state.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
0~7
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
3-16
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Impact on service
None
3.1.24 Allow SOLSA MS to access (EXC_ACC)

Full name
Allow SOLSA MS to access
Abbreviation
EXC_ACC
3GPP Name
EXC_ACC
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0

System broadcasts this parameter to MS in SI4, SI6, and SI7 messages.
In addition, the parameter information is available in PSI3 and Psi3bis messages of local and neighboring cells. The network uses Allow SOLSA MS to
Description
access to prevent MS from residing in the cell.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
3.1.25 Cell reselection status (CellBarAc2)

Full name
Cell reselection status
Abbreviation
CellBarAc2
3GPP Name
CELL_BAR ACCESS_2
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

Cell reselection status belongs to HCS, and the system broadcasts to MS in
Description
PSI3 message. It indicates the cell reselection status.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
3-17
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
3.1.26 LSA ID (LSA_Id)

Full name
LSA Mark
Abbreviation
LSA_Id
3GPP Name
LSA ID
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

System broadcasts the parameter to MS in SI4, SI6, SI7, and PSI3 messages of serving cell. In addition, system broadcasts the parameter information in PSI3 and Psi3bis messages of the neighboring cells. LSA ID specifies
Description
LSA identifier of the cell.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 16777215
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
3.1.27 RAC (RAC)

Full name
RAC (RAC)
Abbreviation
RAC
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
3-18
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
RAC is a composition part of Routing Area Identity (RAI). RAI defines the
GPRS serving cell identification. GPRS system divides the location area
(LAs) to several routing areas (RAs) using RAI (MCC+MNC+LAC+RAC).
Routing Area (RA) distribution, similar to GSM system, uses the location
area to manage a group of cells. MS initiates Routing area update
procedure in cell reselection mode if new RAI differs from old RAI during
cell reselection.
SGSN knows the routing area information of the MS in the standby status.
Then, when the network has packet data or circuit data to transmit, it will
page the MS in that routing area. RAI cannot span more than one SGSN.
Description
This parameter is consistent with the data at CN side.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 255
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
3.1.28 Access minimal signal level (RxLevAsMin_0)

Full name
GPRS access minimum signal level
Abbreviation
RxLevAsMin_0
3GPP Name
GPRS_RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

message by BTS. This parameter indicates the minimum receiving level
while allowing MS access to this system (GPRS).
To prevent the MS from accessing the system at a low receiving signal
level (usually, the poor communication quality cannot guarantee normal
communication process after access) and from unreasonably wasting
radio resources of the network, it is stipulated in the GSM system that
the receiving level be greater than a threshold level for MS to access the
network, that is, MS Minimal Level to Access.
In addition, the parameter serves as reference for MS during cell selection
Description
and reselection (a parameter to calculate C31 and C32).

3-19
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830

Management Object
Cell
0 ~ 63
l
0: < -110 dBm;
1: -110 dBm ~ -109 dBm;
2: -109 dBm ~ -108 dBm;

......
62: -49 dBm ~ -48 dBm;
Value Range
63: > -48 dBm)
Unit
None
Default value
12 (-99 dBm ~ -98 dBm)
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
3.1.29 Access minimal signal level (RxLevAsMin_1)

Full name
GPRS access minimum signal level
Abbreviation
RxLevAsMin_1
3GPP Name
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

This parameter is used at MS side. This parameter is informed to MS
on PACCH. This parameter indicates the minimum receiving level while
allowing MS access to this system (GPRS).
communication process after access) and from unreasonably wasting
radio resources of the network, it is stipulated in the GSM system that
the receiving level be greater than a threshold level for MS to access the
network, that is, MS Minimal Level to Access.
Description
transmission state.
3-20
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Management Object
Cell
0 ~ 63
l
0: < -110 dBm;
1: -110 dBm ~ -109 dBm;
2: -109 dBm ~ -108 dBm;

......
62: -49 dBm ~ -48 dBm;
Value Range
63: > -48 dBm
Unit
None
Default value
12 (-99 dBm ~ -98 dBm)
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
3.1.30 Maximum initial access signal level (MsTxMaxCCH_0)

Full name
GPRS MAX initial access signal level
Abbreviation
MsTxMaxCCH_0
3GPP Name
GPRS_MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

message by BTS. Network controls the MS transmit power during
communication with BTS. The network controls MS power using power
command. MS outputs transmit power closest to the specified power value
if unavailable. The power before MS receives the network power control
information (the power used in random access), depends on this parameter
when MS is receiving PBCCH.
This parameter is also a parameter for cell selection and reselection by
MS, involved in calculation of C1 and C2 values.
Refer to Appendix C, for the maximum power before MS receives the
power control information.
The principle of setting this parameter is as follows: Under the precondition
that the MS at the cell boundary is guaranteed with a certain access
success rate, the MS access level should be reduced as much as possible.
Generally, it is recommended to set this parameter as 5 (for GSM900MS)
Description
and 2 (for GSM1800MS).
3-21
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
In actual application, after the parameter is set, make a dial test at the cell
boundary, and test MS access success rate and access time with different
parameter settings to determine whether to increase or decrease the value
of the parameter.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 31
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
3.1.31 Maximum initial access signal level (MsTxMaxCCH_1)

Full name
Abbreviation
MsTxMaxCCH_1
3GPP Name
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

This parameter is used at MS side. This parameter is informed to MS on
PACCH. Network controls the MS transmit power during communication
with BTS. The network controls MS power using power command. MS
outputs transmit power closest to the specified power value if unavailable.
The power before MS receives the network power control information (the
power used in random access), depends on this parameter when MS is
receiving PBCCH.
This parameter is also a parameter for cell selection and reselection by
MS, involved in calculation of C1 and C2 values.
Refer to Appendix C, for the maximum power before MS receives the
The principle of setting this parameter is as follows: Under the precondition
that the MS at the cell boundary is guaranteed with a certain access
success rate, the MS access level should be reduced as much as possible.
Generally, it is recommended to set this parameter as 5 (for GSM900MS)
Description
and 2 (for GSM1800MS).

3-22
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
of the parameter.
transmission state.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 31
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
3.2 UTRAN External Cell Parameters

The interface of UTRAN external cell parameters is shown in Figure 3-3.
3-23
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Figure 3-3 UTRAN External Cell Parameters
3.2.1 External UTRAN ID (Ec3GID)

Full name
External UTRAN ID (Ec3GID)
Abbreviation
Ec3GID
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
Serial number of UTRAN external cell
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
1 ~ 65535
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
3-24
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
3.2.2 UTRAN cell type (CellType3G)

Full name
UTRAN cell type
Abbreviation
CellType3G
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
The type of this UTRAN cell
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
FDD, TDD
Unit
None
Default value
FDD
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
UTRAN cell Frequency (Arfcn3G)
Scrambling code or Cell Parameter (ScCodeCellPara)
UTRAN adjacent cell bandwidth (BandWidth3G)
Relevant parameters
Apply Sync Case (SyncCaseTSTD)

This parameter value has influence on the value range of ScCodeCellPara,
Relationship
and the value range and default value of Arfcn3G.

When selecting TDD, two configurable parameters appear in the interface,
which are BandWidth3G and SyncCaseTSTD.
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
3.2.3 MCC (MCC)

Full name
MCC (MCC)
Abbreviation
MCC
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
MCC consists of three digits of decimal number. It is used to uniquely identify
Description
the home country of the mobile user (or system).
3-25
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 999
Unit
None
Default value
460
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
3.2.4 MNC (MNC)

Full name
MNC (MNC)
Abbreviation
MNC
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
MNC consists of three digits of decimal number. It uniquely identifies a spe-
Description
cific PLMN network in a country (determined by MCC).
Management Object
Cell
l
Value Range
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
3.2.5 UTRAN cell frequency (Arfcn3G)

Full name
UTRAN cell Frequency (Arfcn3G)
3-26
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Abbreviation
ArfcnUT3G
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
UTRAN adjacent cell's frequency range
Management Object
Cell
l
When "UTRAN Cell Type (CellType3G)" is FDD, value range is 412 ~

10838;
When "UTRAN Cell Type (CellType3G)" is TDD and "UTRAN adjacent

cell bandwidth (BandWidth3G)" is 0 (3.84 Mcps), value range is 2112 ~
13088;

cell bandwidth (BandWidth3G)" is 1 (1.28 Mcps), value range is 9254 ~
Value Range
Unit
13096.
None
l
When "UTRAN Cell Type (CellType3G)" is FDD, default value is 412;

cell bandwidth (BandWidth3G)" is 0 (3.84 Mcps), default value is 2112;
l
Default value

cell bandwidth (BandWidth3G)" is 1 (1.28 Mcps), default value is 9254;
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
UTRAN cell type (CellType3G)
Relevant parameters
Relationship

The value of CellType3G and BandWidth3G has influence on the value
range and default value of this parameter.
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
3.2.6 LAC (LAC)

Full name
LAC (LAC)
Abbreviation
LAC
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
3-27
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Description
CN side.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
1 ~ 65535
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
3.2.7 RNC ID (RNC_ID)

Full name
RNC ID (RNC_ID)
Abbreviation
RNC_ID
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Each RNC has a unique number in the UTRAN network of PLMN to route
Description
corresponding UTRAN interface message correctly.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 4095
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
3-28
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
3.2.8 C ID (C_ID)
Full name
C ID (C_ID)
Abbreviation
C_ID
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
It identifies the UTRAN adjacent cell.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 65535
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
3.2.9 Scrambling code or cell parameter (ScCodeCellPara)

Full name
Scrambling code or Cell Parameter (ScCodeCellPara)
Abbreviation
ScCodeCellPara
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
l
FDD: It is described in detail in protocol 3GPP TS25.213. The scrambling code is used to distinguish the carriers in UTRAN/FDD network.
MS measure the main scrambling code of the downlink CPICH channel
in cell for handover or cell reselection. The scrambling codes are divided into 0~511. There are one main scrambling code and 15 auxiliary
scrambling codes in each group. 511 main scrambling codes could be
divided into 64 scrambling code sets, and there are 8 scrabbling codes
in each set;
Description
Management Object
Cell
TDD: The parameters describing adjacent cell
3-29
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
When "UTRAN Cell Type (CellTypeUTRAN)" is FDD, this parameter

represents FDD interference code, value range is 0 ~ 511, 65535.
l
Value Range
When "UTRAN Cell Type (CellTypeUTRAN)" is TDD, this parameter

represents TDD cell parameter, value range is 0 ~ 127, 65535.
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
Relationship
The value of UTRAN Cell Type has influence on the value range of this
parameter.
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
3.2.10 TX diversity indication (DiverSity)

Full name
TX diversity indication
Abbreviation
DiverSity
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
It indicates if UTRAN adjacent cell uses diversity transmission.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
3.2.11 RAC (RAC)

Full name
RAC (RAC)
3-30
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Abbreviation
RAC
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
cell reselection.
Description
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 255
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
3.2.12 UTRAN adjacent cell bandwidth (BandWidth3G)

Full name
UTRAN adjacent cell bandwidth
Abbreviation
BandWidth3G
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
When "UTRAN cell type" is TDD, this parameter appears and can be con-
Description
figured, indicating the bandwidth of UTRAN adjacent cell.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
1 (1.28Mcps), 0 (3.84Mcps)
Unit
None
3-31
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Default value
1 (1.28Mcps)
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
UTRAN cell frequency (Arfcn3G)
Relevant parameters
Apply Sync Case (SyncCaseTSTD)

When CellTypeUTRAN is TDD, this parameter appears and can be
Relationship
configured.
According to different parameter values, the value range and default value
of Arfcn3G varies and names of SyncCaseTSTD are different.
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
3.2.13 Apply Sync Case (SyncCaseTSTD)

Full name
Apply Sync Case / Apply TSTD
Abbreviation
SyncCaseTSTD
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
It indicates if to apply SyncCase or TSTD
Management Object
Cell
l
When CellType3G is TDD and BandWidth3G is 1 (1.28 Mcps), the parameter indicates whether TSTD is applied, the parameter name is "Apply TSTD", the value range is Yes/No.
When CellType3G is TDD and BandWidth3G is 0 (3.84 Mcps), the parameter indicates whether SyncCase is applied, the parameter name is
Value Range
"Apply Sync Case", the value range is Yes/No.
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters

When CellTypeUTRAN is TDD, this parameter appears and can be
Relationship
configured. Based on different parameter value of BandWidth3G, this

parameter name may be different.
Related interfaces
None
3-32
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Impact on service
None
3-33
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
3-34
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Chapter 4
Cell Parameters
This chapter explains the cell parameters, including basic parameters, optional
parameters, and GPRS/EDGE parameters.
Table of Contents
Basic Parameters 1 ....................................................................................................4-1
Basic Parameters 2 ..................................................................................................4-16
Basic Parameters 3 ..................................................................................................4-33
Optional Parameters ................................................................................................4-50
Cell Selection Parameters ........................................................................................4-60
Service Process Additional Parameters....................................................................4-70
System Parameters..................................................................................................4-81
GPRS Basic Parameters ..........................................................................................4-94
GPRS Other Parameters 1 .......................................................................................4-99
GPRS Cell Options Parameters .............................................................................4-138
GPRS NC Survey Parameters................................................................................4-148
GPRS Power Control Parameters ..........................................................................4-156
GPRS Cell Reselection Parameters .......................................................................4-160
GPRS Channel Parameters....................................................................................4-185
EDGE Parameters..................................................................................................4-195
4.1 Basic Parameters 1

The interface of cell basic parameters 1 is shown in Figure 4-1.
4-1
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Figure 4-1 Basic Parameters 1
4.1.1 BTS ID (BtsId)

Full name
Cell ID
Abbreviation
BtsId
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
Serial number of this cell. Consistent with the sector ID of SDR base station.
Management Object
Cell
1 ~ 24
The following lists the maximum number of BtsIds of each site type.
l
OB06: 3
BS20: 3
BS21: 3
BS21V20: 3
BS30: 3
BS30V12: 3
B8112: 6
M8202: 6
M8206: 6
B8018: 6
S8001: 1
Value Range
SDR: 24
Unit
None
Default value
Sorted according to actual condition
Change mode
Offline
4-2
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Chapter 4 Cell Parameters
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Service will be affected. If the parameter is modified, all current services of
Impact on service
corresponding cell will be interrupted immediately.
4.1.2 Cell type (CellType)

Full name
Cell type
Abbreviation
CellType
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
The type of this cell.
If you need configure S8001 cell, micro-micro cell shall be selected for
Description
cell type.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
Umbrella cell, Macro Cell, Micro Cell, Micro-micro Cell, Extended Cell
Unit
None
Default value
Macro Cell
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
TA MAX (TaMax)
TA allowed (TaAllowed)
Relevant parameters
TA MIN (TaMin)
This parameter value has influence on the value range and default value
Relationship
of TA MAX (TaMax) and TA allowed (TaAllowed), and the value of TA MIN

(TaMin).
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4.1.3 MCC (MCC)

Full name
MCC
Abbreviation
MCC
4-3
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Mobile Country Code (MCC) is used to uniquely identify the home country
Description
of the mobile users (or system), assigned internationally, China is 460.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
Based on "Mobile country code" in BSC function parameters.
Unit
None
Default value
Based on "Mobile country code" in BSC function parameters.
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4.1.4 MNC (MNC)

Full name
MNC
Abbreviation
MNC
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Mobile Network Code (MNC) uniquely identifies a specific PLMN network in
a country (decided by MCC). For instance, 07 is PLMN network of China
Description
Mobile.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
Based on "Mobile network code (MNC)" in BSC global resource parameters.
Unit
None
Default value
Based on "Mobile network code (MNC)" in BSC global resource parameters.
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Service will be affected. If the parameter is modified, the current PS service
Impact on service
of corresponding cell will be interrupted immediately.

4-4
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
4.1.5 LAC (LAC)

Full name
LAC (LAC)
Abbreviation
LAC
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
CN side.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
1 ~ 65535
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
4.1.6 CI (CI)
Full name
CI
Abbreviation
CI
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
tors allocate a unique code for each cell in a location area.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 65535
In order to distinguish each cell in GSM PLMN uniquely, the network opera-
4-5
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Service will be affected. If this parameter is inconsistent with the data at CN
Impact on service
side, new service cannot be established in corresponding cell.
4.1.7 NCC (NCC)

Full name
NCC
Abbreviation
NCC
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
NCC is one of the composition parts of Base Station ID Code (BSIC) (BSIC
= NCC + BCC). which is used to enable the MS to distinguish adjacent and
different GSM PLMN cells. Normally, adjacent operators shall have different NCCs. The parameter related to NCC is NccPermitted of the cell. By
prohibiting MS to report related NCC in the cell, MS is prohibited to measure
the cell information of the related operators. Actually, NCC occupies three
Description
bits. NCC is one of the network identification parameters.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4-6
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
4.1.8 BCC (BCC)

Full name
BCC
Abbreviation
BCC
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
BCC is one of the composition parts of Base Station ID Code (BSIC) (BSIC
= NCC + BCC). Normally, BCC is used to enable MS to distinguish adjacent
cells with the same BCCH carrier frequency and belonging to the same GSM
PLMN. In addition, the GSM specifications stipulate that the TSC (Training
Sequence Code) of the broadcast control channel of a cell shall be equal
to the cell BCC. BCC occupies three bits BCC and is one of the network
Description
identification parameters.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
4.1.9 Frequency band (FreqBand)

Full name
Frequency band
Abbreviation
FreqBand
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
The frequency band types for GSM operation.
Management Object
Cell
l

l
Value Range

4-7
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Unit
None
Default value
GSM900
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
ZGO-05-02-002 EGSM Frequency Band Support

DCS1800/PCS1900 supported (FuncExt)
Relevant parameters
Frequency
The value of DCS1800/PCS1900 supported (FuncExt) has influence on
Relationship
the value range of this parameter.

This parameter value has influence on the value range of CaArfcnList.
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
4.1.10 Subcell used (SubCellUsed)

Full name
Subcell used
Abbreviation
SubCellUsed
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Defined according to user requirement.
If user selects subcell used, the system may automatically add "power
control 2" node under cell node, used to control cell power. If the user
selects don't use subcell, "power control 2" node may be automatically
Description
deleted.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features

Relevant parameters
Relationship
Related interfaces
SubCell ID (SubCellId)
When this parameter is Yes, you can configure SubFreqBand.
This parameter value has influence on the value range of SubCellId.
None
4-8
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Impact on service
None
4.1.11 Frequency band of subCell (SubFreqBand)

Full name
Frequency band of subCell
Abbreviation
SubFreqBand
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
Set the frequency band of subCell.
Management Object
Cell
l

l
Value Range

Unit
None
Default value
GSM900
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Subcell used (SubCellUsed)

Relevant parameters

If 'Subcell used' is 'Yes', this parameter is configurable.
Relationship
The value of DCS1800/PCS1900 supported (FuncExt) has influence on

the value range of this parameter.
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
4.1.12 ARFCN list (CaArfcnList)

Full name
ARFCN list
Abbreviation
CaArfcnList
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
The radio frequency set.
Management Object
Cell
4-9
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
ARFCN set, the value range of each ARFCN is the same as BCCH. Based
on frequency setting at subsequent BTS, the system automatically fills it in
Value Range
this box.
Unit
None
Default value
None
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
ZGO-04-03-001 Synthesized Frequency Hopping
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
corresponding frequency point will be interrupted immediately.
4.1.13 GPRS service support (PsSupport)

Full name
Abbreviation
PsSupport
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
It indicates if this cell supports GPRS (EDGE) service. If selecting "Support
Description
GPRS" or "Support EDGE", relevant sub-page may occur in the interface.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
No, Support GPRS, Support EDGE
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
ZGO-03-05-007 EGPRS Activation per Cell
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
If the parameter setting is changed between "Support GPRS" and "Support
EDGE", service will not be affected. If the parameter setting is changed
between "Support GPRS"/"Support EDGE" and "No", the current PS service
Impact on service
4-10
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
4.1.14 Dynamic HR enable (DynaHREnable)

Full name
Dynamic HR Enable
Abbreviation
DynaHREnable
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
The dynamic HR channel allocation function allows allocating FR or HR
Description
channel to MS according to the cell's traffic. When the cell's channels become
congested, HR channel is allocated to MS, which greatly shortens the cell's
congestion time during peak traffic hours.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features

Relevant parameters
Use cell dynamic HR parameter (UseCellDynHRPara)
Relationship
If this parameter is set to Yes, 'Use cell dynamic HR parameter' is configurable.
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4.1.15 Use cell dynamic HR parameter (UseCellDynHRPara)

Full name
Use cell dynamic HR parameter
Abbreviation
UseCellDynHRPara
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
It indicates whether to use cell dynamic HR parameter.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features

4-11
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Relevant parameters
Dynamic HR enable (DynaHREnable)
Relationship
If DynaHREnable is 'Yes', this parameter is configurable.
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4.1.16 CBC support (SmsCbUsed)

Full name
CBC support
Abbreviation
SmsCbUsed
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
CBC service is an important service provided by mobile communication
system, mainly used to distribute information to the mobile subscribers
within certain geographical location area. The difference from P2P sms
service contains: receiver for P2P sms is specific mobile subscriber, but
receiver for CBC is all mobile subscribers within certain area, including
external subscribers roaming in this area.
This parameter identifies if this cell supports the function of cell
Description
broadcasting short message.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
ZGO-01-03-004 Cell Broadcast SMS
Relevant parameters
TsChannelComb
l
If "CBC support (SmsCbUsed)" is No, that is, CBC is not supported,

the system automatically searches all timeslot channel combinations in
the cell. If CBC channel exists, it is changed to SDCCH.
Relationship
If "CBC support (SmsCbUsed)" is Yes, that is, CBC is supported, the

system automatically searches all timeslot channel combinations in
the cell. If a non-BCCH channel is found for a carrier, it is changed
to SDCCH+CBCH.
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4-12
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
4.1.17 Threshold for FR to HR (HRThs, %)

Full name
Threshold for FR to HR
Abbreviation
HRThs
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
When BSC and cell enables dynamic HR functions, and percentage of
TCH/F channel used in the cell (TCH/F channels occupied in the cell / all
available TCH channels in the cell (including IDLE and BUSY)) exceeds
Description
this threshold, convert TCH/F -> TCH/H.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
1 ~ 100
Unit
Default value
60
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4.1.18 PS busy threshold (Info_1_16)

Full name
PS busy threshold
Abbreviation
Info_1_16
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
Do the half-rate expansion if the cell busy degree reaches or exceeds this
threshold, to restrict the PS expansion.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
1 ~ 100
Unit
None
Default value
80
Change mode
Offline
4-13
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Relevant Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4.1.19 Use cell AMR parameter (UseCellAMRParam)

Full name
Use cell AMR parameter
Abbreviation
UseCellAMRParam
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter indicates if AMR parameter in the cell is enabled.
l
If the cell doesn't enable its own AMR parameters, AMR parameter
value configured by BSC is configured as the predominent;
l
Description
If the cell is enabled, AMR parameter value configured by the cell is

configured as the predominent;
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
Use, not use
Unit
None
Default value
Not use
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4.1.20 Common control channel configuration (CcchConf)

Full name
Common control channel configuration
Abbreviation
CcchConf
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
4-14
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Common control channel configuration is one of the system control

parameters. In GSM system, CCCH includes Access Grant Channel
(AGCH) and Paging Channel (PCH). It is used to send access granting
(that is instant assignment) message and paging message.
In each cell, all service channels share CCCH. According to the
configuration of the service channel in the cell and the traffic mode of the
cell, CCCH could be one or more than one physical channel, and CCCH
could share the same physical channel with SDCCH.
The combination mode of the common control channel in cell depends
on CCCH configuration parameter and it should be consistent with the
actual configuration of cell CCH. It could be observed from this parameter:
BS_CC_CHANS (Number of CCCH); BS_CCCH_SDCCH_COMB (If
combined with SDCCH).
This parameter is broadcasted to all MSs in the cell by message RIL3_RR
Description
SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE3.
Management Object
Cell
CCCH uses one physical channel, not combined with SDCCH; CCCH uses
one physical channel, combined with SDCCH; CCCH uses two physical
channels, not combined with SDCCH; CCCH uses three physical channels,
not combined with SDCCH; CCCH uses four physical channels, not com-
Value Range
bined with SDCCH.
Unit
None
Default value
CCCH uses one physical channel, not combined with SDCCH
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
ZGB-03-02-001 Support of SDCCH/4 and SDCCH/8
Relevant parameters
TsChannelComb
l
When CCCH Channel (CcchConf) is configured as "a basic physical

channel used by CCCH, along with SDCCH". In channel information
parameters, timeslot 0 channel combination shall be one of these two
combined channels: BCCH+SDCCH/4 and BCCH+SDCCH/4+CBCH.
When CCCH Channel (CcchConf) is configured as "a basic physical

channel used by CCCH, regarless of SDCCH". In channel information
parameters, timeslot 0 channel combination shall be one of these two
combined channels: FCCH+SCH+BCCH+CCCH and BCCH+CCCH.
Relationship
l
When CCCH Channel (CcchConf) is configured as "two basic physical

channels used by CCCH, regarless of SDCCH". In channel information
parameters, timeslot 0 and 2 channel combination shall be these two
combined channels: FCCH+SCH+BCCH+CCCH and BCCH+CCCH.
When CCCH Channel (CcchConf) is configured as "three basic

physical channels used by CCCH, regarless of SDCCH". In channel
information parameters, timeslot 0, 2, and 4 channel combination
4-15
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
shall be these two combined channels: FCCH+SCH+BCCH+CCCH

and BCCH+CCCH.
l
When CCCH Channel (CcchConf) is configured as "four basic

physical channels used by CCCH, regarless of SDCCH". In channel
information parameters, timeslot 0, 2, and 4 channel combination
shall be these two combined channels: FCCH+SCH+BCCH+CCCH
and BCCH+CCCH.
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4.1.21 Template file

Full name
Template file
Abbreviation
None
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Click Select button, a window pops up, select the template file in local path;
Description
click Clear button to clear selected template files.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
Local files
Unit
None
Default value
None
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None

4-16
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
4.2.1 TA maximum (TaMax)

Full name
TA maximum
Abbreviation
TaMax
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
It represents the maximum TA supported by extended cell.
Management Object
Cell
l
When "Cell Type (CellType)" is non-extended cell, value range is 0 ~ 63;
Value Range
When "Cell Type (CellType)" is extended cell, value range is 0 ~ 219;
Unit
None
l
When "Cell Type (CellType)" is non-extended cell, default value is 63;
Default value
When "Cell Type (CellType)" is extended cell, default value is 219;
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
ZGO-04-01-001 Extended Cell Coverage
Relevant parameters
Cell type (CellType)
Relationship
The value of the parameter CellType has influence on the value range
and default value of this parameter.
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4-17
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
4.2.2 TA minimum (TaMin)

Full name
TA minimum
Abbreviation
TaMin
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
It indicates the minimum TA granted to be accessed into the cell.
Management Object
Cell
l
Value Range
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
Relationship
The value of CellType has influence on the value range of this parameter.
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4.2.3 TA allowed (TaAllowed)

Full name
TA allowed
Abbreviation
TaAllowed
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
It represents the maximum TA granted to be accessed into the cell.
Management Object
Cell
l
Value Range
Unit
None
l
When "Cell Type (CellType)" is non-extended cell, default value is 63;
Default value
When "Cell Type (CellType)" is extended cell, default value is 219;
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
4-18
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Relationship
The value of the parameter CellType has influence on the value range
and default value of this parameter.
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4.2.4 PCH load indication period (CcchLoadIndPrd, s)

Full name
PCH load indication period
Abbreviation
CcchLoadIndPrd
3GPP name
None
3GPP reference
None
According to GSM specifications, during the period of PCH overload measurement, when the load of PCH channel at BTS exceeds the PCH overload threshold set by O&M, BTS sends the CCCH LOAD INDICATION message periodically to BSC until the load of PCH channel does not exceed this
Description
threshold value.
Managed object
Cell
Value range
1 ~ 255
Unit
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Related features
None
Related parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4.2.5 Periodical location updating timer (T3212, 360s)

Full name
Periodical location updating timer
Abbreviation
T3212
3GPP Name
T3212
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 44.018 V5.13.0
4-19
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Location update results from two major causes in GSM system. One is
when MS changes from old LAC to new LAC and the second is when the
network notifies MS for periodic location update.
Network controls the location time interval and depends upon T3212
timer. Network broadcasts to all MSs in the cell by RIL3_RR SYSTEM
INFORMATION TYPE3 message. T3212 timer is one of the system control
parameters.
The setting of this parameter will affect the overall service performance and
utilization rate of radio resources of the network. For the area with higher
traffic, the period could be bigger (for example 16 or 20 hours, even 25
hours); for the area with ordinary traffic, the value of T3212 could be smaller
(for example 3 or 6 hours); for the area with extreme overload traffic, it is
Description
recommended to set T3212 as 0.
Management Object
Cell
0 ~ 255
l
0: positive infinite, location update is not required;
1: 6 minutes;
2: 12 minutes;
......
Value Range
Unit
360 s
Default value
10
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
255: 1530 minutes
4.2.6 Protection period for access attempt (T3122, s)

Full name
Protection period for access attempt
Abbreviation
T3122
3GPP Name
T3122
3GPP reference
3GPP TS44.018 V5.22.0
4-20
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
The network sends IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT REJECT message to MS

when it receives a channel request message from MS and will not allocate
a suitable channel to MS. IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT REJECT message
contains T3122 timer parameter to prevent possible wireless channel
blocking caused by repeated channel requests sent by the MS, which is
waiting for indication information unit.
MS cannot restart a new call until the time indicated by T3122 is elapsed
if it receives the IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT REJECT message. This
parameter is also one of the system control parameters, and is sent to MS
in the IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT REJECT message.
Following are the suggested values: 10 s ~ 15 s for normal traffic area;
Description
15 s ~ 25 s for dense traffic area.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 255
Unit
Default value
10
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Um interface
Impact on service
None
4.2.7 Multi-band report indication (MulbandReport)

Full name
Multi-band report indication
Abbreviation
MulbandReport
3GPP Name
MULTIBAND_REPORTING
3GPP reference
3GPP TS45.008 V5.22.0

MS in single-frequency GSM system needs only to report contents of
six adjacent cells with the strongest signals in a frequency band, when
reporting the survey result of adjacent cells to the network.
In multi-band networking, MS can enter with priority into a specific
frequency band during handover. The MS reports the survey result
according to the signal intensity and the frequency band of the signals,
according to the actual situation.
Multiband report indication is used to notify MS to report contents of
adjacent cells in multiple frequency bands. It is one of the system control
Description
parameters.
4-21
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
The setting of this parameter is subject to traffic in each frequency band.

General principles to set the parameters are as follows: 0: If the traffic of
each frequency band is almost equivalent, and the operator has no choice
over the frequency band. 3: If the traffic of each frequency band is quite
different, and the operator hopes that MS enters a specific frequency band
with priority.
l
0: According to adjacent cell's signal strength, MS reports the measurement result of six adjacent cells with the strongest known and permitted
NCC. This report is applicable for adjacent cells of all frequency bands.
1: MS reports the measurement result of an adjacent cell with the

strongest signal at frequency bands in the adjacent cell list (excluding
frequency band of the local cell). In the remaining space, MS reports
adjacent cells which are at the local cell's frequency band. If there
is still remaining space, MS reports the remaining adjacent cells, no
matter what frequency bands they are at.
2: MS reports the measurement result of two adjacent cells with the

adjacent cells which are at the local cell's frequency band. If there is still
remaining space, MS reports the remaining adjacent cells, no matter
what frequency bands they are at.
3: MS reports the measurement result of three adjacent cells with the

adjacent cell in local cell frequency band. If still more space is available, MS reports the remaining adjacent cells, no matter what frequency
bands they are at.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
0~3
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4-22
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
4.2.8 Minimal level threshold of MS uplink RACH access

(RachAccessMin, -db)
Full name
Minimal level threshold of MS uplink RACH access
Abbreviation
RachAccessMin
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
Minimal level threshold of MS uplink RACH access
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
90 ~ 125
Unit
-dB
Default value
125
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4.2.9 CCCH load indication (RACH) (CcchLoadINDThs_0)

Full name
CCCH load indication (RACH)
Abbreviation
CcchLoadINDThs_0
3GPP name
None
3GPP reference
None
When load degree in RACH channel for BTS exceeds this threshold, BTS
sends CCCH LOAD INDICATION message periodically to iBSC until load
Description
degree in RACH channel doesn't exceed this threshold value.
Managed object
Cell
Value range
0 ~ 100
Unit
None
Default value
80
Change mode
Offline
Related features
None
Related parameters
None
4-23
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4.2.10 CCCH load indication (PCH) (CcchLoadINDThs_1)

Full name
CCCH load indication (PCH)
Abbreviation
CcchLoadINDThs_1
3GPP name
None
3GPP reference
None
When load degree in PCH channel for BTS exceeds this threshold, BTS
sends CCCH LOAD INDICATION message periodically to iBSC until load
Description
degree in PCH channel doesn't exceed this threshold value.
Managed object
Cell
Value range
0 ~ 100
Unit
None
Default value
80
Change mode
Offline
Related features
None
Related parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4.2.11 8PSK modulating power attenuation level (Tn7Lowerlevel,

0.2db)
Full name
8PSK modulating power attenuation level
Abbreviation
Tn7Lowerlevel
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
It indicates 8PSK modulating power attenuation level.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
0 ~ 50
4-24
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Unit
0.2 dB
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4.2.12 Repeated ACCH support (RepeatACCH)

Full name
Repeated ACCH support
Abbreviation
RepeatACCH
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter determines if to use FACCH/SACCH retransmission func-
Description
tion.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
ZGO-04-02-009 Repeated FACCH/SACCH
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4.2.13 Start PA power off (StartPAPowerOff)

Full name
Start PA power off
Abbreviation
StartPAPowerOff
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
4-25
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
To save energy and reduce consumption, BTS system shall turn off PA offset
voltage while close power for idle timeslots.l If configuring on BTS, FPGA can
Description
determine if PA offset voltage shall be turned off.
Management Object
Cell
Yes, No
l
Yes: enable
Value Range
No: disable
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
ZGO-04-04-003 Intelligent Timeslot Shutdown
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4.2.14 Switch flag of cell TRX power off (StartTRXPowerOff)

Full name
Switch flag of cell TRX power off
Abbreviation
StartTRXPowerOff
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
It marks if "Switch Flag of Ceil TRX Power Off" is enabled.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
ZGO-04-04-002 Intelligent TRX Shutdown
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4-26
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
(BsRadioLkTmOutAMRFR)
Full name
BSS radio link timer's max value for AMR HR
Abbreviation
BsRadioLkTmOutAMRFR
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Fault detection period in AMR-FR channel. Within this period, pick average
value through s times of measurement, and judge link fault threshold, to dert-
Description
ermine if the channel is failed.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
4, 8, 12, 16, 20, 24, 28, 32, 36, 40, 44, 48, 52, 56, 60, 64
Unit
None
Default value
64
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
(BsRadioLkTmOutAMRHR)
Full name
BSS radio link timer's max value for AMR HR
Abbreviation
BsRadioLkTmOutAMRHR
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Fault detection period in AMR-HR channel. Within this period, pick average
value through s times of measurement, and judge link fault threshold, to dert-
Description
ermine if the channel is failed.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
4, 8, 12, 16, 20, 24, 28, 32, 36, 40, 44, 48, 52, 56, 60, 64
Unit
None
Default value
64
4-27
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4.2.17 AMR codec adjust mode (AmrAdjMode)

Full name
AMR codec adjust mode
Abbreviation
AmrAdjMode
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
etting of AMR rate adjustment mode:
l
l
Description
AMR rapid speed mode: master adjustment time by BTS itself;

Interval to adjust configuration: adjustment time shall be defined at
background
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
AMR rapid speed mode; Interval to adjust configuration
Unit
None
Default value
AMR rapid speed mode
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
ZGO-04-02-008 AMR Power Control
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4.2.18 AMR codec adjust interval (AmrAdjInterval, 480ms)

Full name
AMR codec adjust interval
Abbreviation
AmrAdjInterval
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
4-28
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
It indicates AMR adjustment interval. This parameter is only meaningful

Description
when AmrAdjMode is "interval to adjust configuration".
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
1 ~ 50
Unit
480 ms
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4.2.19 HR channel fragment collected support (HRDfragSupport)

Full name
HR channel fragment collected support
Abbreviation
HRDfragSupport
3GPP name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter is a switch of frag collection in HR channel, which can be
configured on BSC and BTS. Only when both BSC and BTS are enabled, and
finished HR frags / idle HR channel in the cell is no more than HRDefragThs,
Description
HR channel defragmentation function is enabled, otherwise it is disabled.
Managed object
Cell
Value range
Yes, No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Related features
Related parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4-29
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
4.2.20 Threshold of HR defrag (HRDefragThs)

Full name
Threshold of HR defrag
Abbreviation
HRDefragThs
3GPP name
None
3GPP reference
None
It indicates the proportion threshold of HRDefragNum / idle HR channel in the
cell. This parameter can be configured on BTS. Only when both BSC and BTS
Description
can enable RDfragSupport, and finished HR frags / idle HR channel in the cell is
no more than HRDefragThs, HR channel defragmentation function is enabled,
otherwise it is disabled
Managed object
Cell
Value range
0 ~ 100
Unit
Default value
70
Change mode
Offline
Related features
Related
None
parameters
Relationship
None
Related
None
interfaces
Impact on
service
None
4.2.21 Percentage of HR Ts (HRTsPercentage)

Full name
Percentage of HR Ts
Abbreviation
HRTsPercentage
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
When HR timeslot in the cell / general timeslot in the cell <
HRTsPercentage/100, the cell can generate new HR channel.
This parameter can be configured on BSC and BTS. If the proportion of HR
timeslot in the cell is lower than HRTsPercentage/100 of BSC and BTS, the
Description
cell can generate new HR channel.
4-30
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 100
Unit
Default value
50
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4.2.22 AMR Dynamic HR Conversion Threshold (AmrHRThs)

Full name
AMR Dynamic HR Conversion Threshold
Abbreviation
AmrHRThs
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
When busy timeslot/general timeslot >= AmrHRThs/100, and carrier and cell
support AMR, subsequent service prefers AMR voice rate.
Description
This threshold value can be configured on BSC and BTS, when "User cell
dynamic HR parameter" (UseCellDynHRPara) is yes, AmrHRThs value
configured by cell will be used, otherwise AmrHRThs configured by BSC
is used.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
0 ~ 100
Unit
Default value
50
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
ZGO-03-02-006 Dynamic AMR HR/FR conversion independent threshold
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4-31
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
4.2.23 FR-HR handover based on cell load (FRThrHoSupport)

Full name
FR-HR handover based on cell load
Abbreviation
FRThrHoSupport
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
FR-HR handover based on cell load
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4.2.24 Start PA output voltage tuning (Info_0_0)

Full name
Start PA output voltage tuning
Abbreviation
Info_0_0
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
It indicates if the TRX starts the function of adjusting PA voltage based

on BTS output power.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
4-32
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Impact on service
None
4.2.25 NCC permitted (NccPermitted)

Full name
NCC permitted
Abbreviation
NccPermitted
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
Add or Delete NCC within the value range.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
0~7
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None

4-33
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
4.3.1 Average bursts count surveyed by RACH (AvgSlots)

Full name
Average bursts count surveyed by RACH
Abbreviation
AvgSlots
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Average bursts count surveyed by RACH specifies the number of bursts
measured on RACH. RACH channel overloads if receiving signal levels of
this parameter BP are less than RACH Receiving signal level threshold for
Description
busy burst. BTS uses this parameter.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 100
Unit
None
Default value
60
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
4-34
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4.3.2 RACH receiving signal level threshold for busy burst

(RachBusyThs)
Full name
RACH receiving signal level threshold for busy burst
Abbreviation
RachBusyThs
3GPP name
None
3GPP reference
None
RACH Receiving signal level threshold for busy burst is the threshold for
receiving signal level in RACH bursts. If the value is exceeded (that is less
than RACH Receiving signal level threshold for busy burst dBm), system
Description
considers that as a busy RACH.
Managed object
Cell
0 ~ 63
l
0: < -110 dBm;
1: -109 ~ -108 dBm;
2: -109 ~ -108 dBm;

...
62: -49 ~ -48 dBm;
Value range
63: > -48 dBm
Unit
None
Default value
63
Change mode
Offline
Related features
None
Related parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4.3.3 RACH load indication period (OverloadPrd, s)

Full name
RACH load indication period
Abbreviation
OverloadPrd
3GPP name
None
4-35
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
3GPP reference
None
According to GSM specifications, when the Access Burst level exceeds the
predefined access level busy threshold (RACHBusyThs), the Access Burst
is considered as busy burst. During the period of RACH overload measurement, if the ratio of the number of Busy Bursts to all Access Bursts exceeds
the RACH overload threshold set by O&M, then the CCCH LOAD INDICA-
Description
TION message is reported.
Managed object
Cell
Value range
1 ~ 255
Unit
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Related features
None
Related parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4.3.4 BA show (BcchBaInd)

Full name
BA show
Abbreviation
BcchBaInd
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
BA indication of BCCH. Adjacent cell list can be broadcasted on BCCH and
transferred on SACCH. The adjacent cell list transferred on BCCH can be
different from that on SACCH. When MS reports the measurement data
of adjacent cell, either BCCH adjacent cell list or SACCH adjacent cell
list will be referred. Therefore, to know which adjacent cell list is referred
by MS, a BA indication is added when transferring adjacent cell list on
BCCH and SACCH. When reporting the measurement result, MS notifies
the network side about the corresponding BA indication of the referred
adjacent cell list. As a result, the network side recognizes which adjacent
cell list this MS uses.
This parameter describes the BS indication value when the adjacent cell
list being transferred on BCCH. In the case of transferring adjacent cell list
Description
on SACCH, the BA indication value used is the reverse of the parameter.
4-36
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
0: BA Show (BcchBaInd) value on BCCH (System message 2, 2bis,

2ter) is 0; BA Show (BcchBaInd) value on SACCH (System message 5,
5bis, 5ter) is 1.
1: BA Show (BcchBaInd) value on BCCH (System message 2, 2bis,

2ter) is 1; BA Show (BcchBaInd) value on SACCH (System message 5,
5bis, 5ter) is 0.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
0, 1
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4.3.5 MIN received signal level to access (RxLevAccessMin)

Full name
MIN received signal level to access
Abbreviation
RxLevAccessMin
3GPP Name
RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN
3GPP reference
3GPP TS45.008 V5.22.0

communications after access), and from unreasonably wasting the radio
sources of network, it is prescribed in the GSM system that the receiving
level be greater than a threshold for MS to access the network, that is, MS
Min RxLev to Access (the minimum receiving level for the MS to access
the network).
In addition, the criterion assists MS to select and reselect the cell. The
parameter will be broadcast to all MSs in a cell through the RIL3_RR
SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE3 and TYPE4 messages. MIN received
signal level to access is one of the cell selection parameters.
Recommended value is usually approximated according to MS receiving
sensitivity. When network observes uneven traffic distribution in certain
cells, MIN received signal level to access increases the resulting C1 and C2
Description
to decrease the cell effective coverage range. However, the value of this
4-37
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
parameter cannot be too large. Otherwise, large value change can bring
void area across cell boundaries to result in sudden call drop problem.
With this measure for traffic balance, it is suggested that the level value
should not exceed -90dBm. At the preliminary running stage of the network,
this parameter can be usually set as 10 (that is, -101 dBm ~ -100 dBm)
or lower, which is higher than the MS receiving sensitivity 102 dBm.
However, when the network capacity is expanded or the radio coverage in a
cell is not a problem, this parameter of the cell can be increased by 2 (dB).
Management Object
Cell
0 ~ 63
l
0: < -110 dBm;
1: -110 dBm ~ -109 dBm;
2: -109 dBm ~ -108 dBm;

......
62: -49 dBm ~ -48 dBm;
Value Range
63: > -48 dBm
Unit
None
Default value
10 (-101 dBm ~ -100 dBm)
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
ZGB-02-02-007 Support of C1 Criteria
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4.3.6 MAX number of re-transmitting events times (MRetrans)

Full name
MAX number of re-transmitting events times
Abbreviation
MRetrans
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
4-38
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
MS sends the channel request message on RACH channel to the network

to start immediate assignment process.
RACH is an ALOHA channel, the network enables MS to send multiple
channel request messages before the MS receives the IMMEDIATE
ASSIGNMENT message to increase the access success rate of MS.
Maximum number of allowable resend time depends on MAX number of
re-transmitting events times.
Network broadcasts this parameter information to MS in the cell through
RIL3_RR SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE1, 2, 2bis, 3 and 4 messages.
MAX number of re-transmitting events times is one of the control
parameters of GSM system.
l
For the cell radius over 3km and the area with small traffic, it can be set
as 3 (that is, the maximum number of resending times is 7) to improve
the access success rate of MS.
For the cell radius less than 3km and the area with common traffic, it
can be set as 2 (that is, the maximum number of resending times is 4);
Define value as 1 (maximum number of resending times is 2) for the

micro cell.
l
Description
Management Object
Define value as 0 (maximum number of resending times is 1) for the

micro cell with heavy traffic and the cell with congestion.
Cell
0~3
l
0: once
1: 2 times
2: 4 times
Value Range
3: 7 times
Unit
None
Default value
2 (4 times)
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4.3.7 Number of slots to spread transmission (TxInteger)

Full name
Number of slots to spread transmission
Abbreviation
TxInteger
4-39
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
3GPP Name
Tx_integer
3GPP reference
3GPP TS44.018 V5.22.0

This parameter is used at MS side. It belongs to the PRACH control
and RACH control parameters, and it is broadcast to the MS in the PSI1
message. Whenever establishing a new connection, MS sends a channel
request message to the network through PRACH/RACH channel.
As PRACH/RACH is an ALOHA channel, to improve MS access success
rate, the network allows MS to send multiple channel request messages
before receiving packet assignment message. If MS does not receive any
response for the previous channel request message, MS resends the
channel request message after waiting for a random period. Network uses
this parameter to determine the random waiting time.
The timeslot interval between two channel request messages should be a
value randomly selected from the set {S, S+1..., S+T-1}.
The relationship between S and T is as follows.
l
When T is 3, 8, 14, or 50, S: 55 (CCCH); 41 (CCH/SDCCH)
When T is 4, 9, or 16, S: 76 (CCCH); 52 (CCH/SDCCH)
Description
Management Object
Cell
0 ~ 15
l
0: T is 3;
1: T is 4;
2: T is 5;
3: T is 6;
4: T is 7;
5: T is 8;
6: T is 9;
7: T is 10;
8: T is 11;
9: T is 12;
10: T is 14;
11: T is 16;
12: T is 20;
13: T is 25;
14: T is 32;
Value Range
15: T is 50.
Unit
None
Default value
14
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
4-40
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4.3.8 Control channel MAX power level (MsTxPwrMaxCch)

Full name
Control channel MAX power level
Abbreviation
MsTxPwrMaxCch
3GPP Name
MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH
3GPP reference
3GPP TS45.008 V5.22.0

During the communication between MS and BTS, the transmission power
is controlled by the network. The network sets the power for MS through
the power command and the command is transmitted on SACCH (SACCH
has 2 header bytes, one is the power control byte and the other is the
timing advance byte).
MS must extract the power control header from downward SACCH and
takes the specified transmission power as output power. If the power level
of MS cannot output the power value, it will output the closest transmission
power that can be output.
For SACCH is Channel Associated Signaling and it has to be used together
with SCCCH and TCH, so the power control of MS starts after MS receives
SACCH.
The power of MS before receiving SACCH (that is the power when sending
channel request on RACH) is determined by Control channel MAX power
level.
Control channel MAX power level is one of the cell selection and reselection
parameters of MS, involving calculation of C1 and C2 values.
This parameter is broadcasted to all MS in the cell via RIL3_RR SYSTEM
INFORMATION TYPE3 and TYPE4.
Refer to appendix C, for the maximum power before MS receives the
If this parameter is set too large, the MS near BTS will interfere the adjacent
channels. If it is too small, the MS at the cell boundaries will have low
access success rate.
Setting principle: in the premise of certain MS access success rate at the
cell edge, decrease the access level of MS as much as possible. Generally,
it is recommended to set this parameter as 5 (for GSM900MS) and 0 (for
Description
GSM1800MS).
4-41
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
In practice, after setting this parameter, perform dialing test at the cell edge,
increase or decrease the value of this parameter according to the MS
access success rate and access time tested with different parameter setup.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 31
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4.3.9 Number of multi-frames of the PCH (BsPaMframs)

Full name
Number of multi-frames of the PCH
Abbreviation
BsPaMframs
3GPP Name
BS-PA-MFRMS
3GPP reference
3GPP TS45.002 V5.13.0

Number of multiframes of the PCH specifies the repeat cycle of PCH group
subchannel using multiple 51-MultiFrame structures. It is one of the system
control parameters.
According to GSM Specifications, a unique IMSI identifies MS and paging
group. IMSI determines the PCH sub-channel for MS in a paging group.
In the actual network, MS tunes only to the paging sub-channel during
IDLE mode in the serving cell and ignores other paging sub-channels. In
other IDLE time, MS shuts off the hardware equipment power supply to
save power. Number of multiframes of the PCH determines the number of
paging sub-channels of the paging channel in a cell.
MS use this parameter to find out its home paging group, so as to
monitor corresponding paging sub-channel. Network broadcasts the
parameter information to all MSs in the cell through RIL3_RR SYSTEM
INFORMATION TYPE3 message. Number of multiframes of the PCH is
Description
one of the system control parameters.
Management Object
Cell
4-42
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Value Range
2~9
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
ZGB-02-01-001 paging
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4.3.10 Interval of SDCCH re-sending PHY info message (T3105d,

10ms)
Full name
Interval of SDCCH re-sending PHY info message
Abbreviation
T3105d
3GPP Name
T3105
3GPP reference
3GPP TS44.018 V5.22.0

It is the interval for resending the RIL3_RR PHYSICAL INFOMATION
message during an asynchronous handover of SDCCH channel. This timer
is one of the configuration parameters of BTS.
l
Timer Start: It starts when network sends the RIL3_RR PHYSICAL INFORMATION message.
Timer Stop: It stops when the network receives a layer-2 frame that can
be correctly decoded or receives the HANDOVER FAILURE message
from the former channel.
l
Description
Overtime Action: If the timer is overtime, RIL3_RR PHYSICAL INFORMATION message will be redelivered.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
1 ~ 67
Unit
10 ms
Default value
10
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
4-43
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Impact on service
None
4.3.11 Interval of TCH re-sending PHY info message (T3105f, 10ms)

Full name
Interval of TCH re-sending PHY info message
Abbreviation
T3105f
3GPP Name
T3105
3GPP reference
3GPP TS44.018 V5.22.0

It is the interval for resending the RIL3_RR PHYSICAL INFOMATION
message during an asynchronous handover of TCH channel. This timer
is one of the configuration parameters of BTS.
l
Timer Start: It starts when network sends the RIL3_RR PHYSICAL INFORMATION message.
Timer Stop: It stops when the network receives a layer-2 frame that can
be correctly decoded or receives the HANDOVER FAILURE message
from the former channel.
l
Description
Overtime Action: If the timer is overtime, RIL3_RR PHYSICAL INFORMATION message will be redelivered.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
1 ~ 32
Unit
10 ms
Default value
10
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4.3.12 MAX resending times for physical information (NY1)

Full name
MAX resending times for physical information
Abbreviation
NY1
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
4-44
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
BTS sends RIL3_RR PHYSICAL INFORMATION message to notify MS the

advanced time value that is used during asynchronous handover process
to be in accordance with GSM specifications. BTS starts the T3105 timer
after the RIL3_RR PHYSICAL INFORMATION message is sent once. BTS
resends message RIL3_RR PHYSICAL INFORMATION and restart the
T3105 timer if the timer stops and fails to decode the frames in second
layer correctly (format A or format B) or TCH frames.
MAX resending times for physical information decides maximum number of
resending times for RIL3_RR PHYSICAL INFORMATION message. This
Description
parameter is one of the BTS configuration parameters.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
5 ~ 35
Unit
None
Default value
20
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4.3.13 Number of blocks reserved for AGCH (BsAgBlkRes)

Full name
Number of blocks reserved for AGCH
Abbreviation
BsAgBlkRes
3GPP Name
BS_AG_BLKS_RES
3GPP reference
3GPP TS45.002 V5.13.0
Description
that this value of the cells in the same local area is identical.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
0~7
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
The number of blocks used for AGCH in 51-MultiFrame. It is recommended
4-45
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4.3.14 Lapdm timer for controlling SDCCH channel (T200_0, 5ms)

Full name
lapdm timer for controlling the SDCCH channel.
Abbreviation
T200_0
3GPP name
T200
3GPP reference
None
T200 is the timer used on various control channels in LAPDm protocol of
Description
BTS. There are 7 kinds of T200.
Managed object
Cell
Value range
1~7
Unit
5 ms
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Related features
None
Related parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Um interface
Impact on service
None
4.3.15 Lapdm timer for controlling facch/full rate channel (T200_1,

5ms)
Full name
Lapdm timer for controlling facch/full rate channel
Abbreviation
T200_1
3GPP name
T200
3GPP reference
None
Description
Managed object
Cell
Value range
1~7
4-46
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Unit
5 ms
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Related features
None
Related parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Um interface
Impact on service
None
4.3.16 Lapdm timer for controlling FACCH/half rate channel

(T200_2, 5ms)
Full name
Lapdm timer for controlling FACCH/half rate channel
Abbreviation
T200_2
3GPP name
T200
3GPP reference
None
Description
Managed object
Cell
Value range
1~7
Unit
5 ms
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Related features
None
Related parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Um interface
Impact on service
None
4.3.17 Lapdm timer for controlling SACCH with tch sapi0 channel
(T200_3, 10ms)
Full name
Lapdm timer for controlling SACCH with tch sapi0 channel
Abbreviation
T200_3
4-47
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
3GPP name
T200
3GPP reference
None
Description
Managed object
Cell
Value range
1~7
Unit
10 ms
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Related features
None
Related parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Um interface
Impact on service
None
4.3.18 Lapdm timer for controlling SACCH with sdcch channel

(T200_4, 10ms)
Full name
Lapdm timer for controlling SACCH with sdcch channel
Abbreviation
T200_4
3GPP name
T200
3GPP reference
None
Description
Managed object
Cell
Value range
1~7
Unit
10 ms
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Related features
None
Related parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Um interface
Impact on service
None
4-48
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
4.3.19 Lapdm timer for controlling SDCCH sapi3 channel (T200_5,

5ms)
Full name
Lapdm timer for controlling SDCCH sapi3 channel
Abbreviation
T200_5
3GPP name
T200
3GPP reference
None
Description
Managed object
Cell
Value range
1~7
Unit
5 ms
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Related features
None
Related parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Um interface
Impact on service
None
4.3.20 Lapdm timer for controlling SACCH with TCH sapi3 channel
(T200_6, 10ms)
Full name
Lapdm timer for controlling SACCH with TCH sapi3 channel
Abbreviation
T200_6
3GPP name
T200
3GPP reference
None
Description
Managed object
Cell
Value range
1~7
Unit
10 ms
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Related features
None
4-49
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Related parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Um interface
Impact on service
None
4.4 Optional Parameters

The interface of optional parameters is shown in Figure 4-4.
Figure 4-4 Optional Parameters
4.4.1 Early category classmark sending control (ECSC)

Full name
Early category classmark sending control
Abbreviation
ECSC
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
4-50
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
According to GSM specification, MS transmits appended class mark

information (Classmark 3) to the network through the CLASSMARK
CHANGE message as soon as possible.
Early category classmark sending control determines whether the network
supports ECSC function. Network broadcasts the parameter information
to MSs in the cell through RIL3_RR SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE3
message.
If there is a cell in another frequency band in the adjacent cell for handover
or the current cell itself is extended GSM cell and the function of early
category classmark sending control is enabled, set ECSC as Yes,
Description
otherwise set as No.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
Yes
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4.4.2 IMSI attach/detach allowed (ImsIadAllowed)

Full name
IMSI attach/detach allowed
Abbreviation
ImsIadAllowed
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
IMSI attach/detach allowed determines whether cell allows IMSI
Attach/Detach procedure. IMSI detach occur when MS reports switch-off
or when the SIM card is taken out from the MS.
The network (normally VLR) marks Detach flag in subscriber information
table. Such procedure assists the network to prevent unnecessary paging
broadcast message to MS. Likewise, the IMSI Attach occur when the MS
reports switch-on or reinserting of the SIM card. After successful IMSI
attach, MS requests for Location Update (LU) for inconsistent LAI in SIM
card with that of serving cell.
The network (normally VLR) marks Attach flag in subscriber information
Description
table.
4-51
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
This parameter is included in Control channel information and is used for

RIL3_RR SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE3 message.
This parameter of each cell in the same location area shall be identical.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
Yes
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4.4.3 Cell bar access (CellBarAccess)

Full name
Cell bar access
Abbreviation
CellBarAccess
3GPP Name
CELL_BAR_ACCESS
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

PLMN carriers can determine if to allow MS to access a specific cell (for
example the cell in test or the cell for absorbing traffic only).
Network broadcasts Cell bar access information to MS in the cell through
Description
RIL3_RR SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE1, 2, 2bis, 3 and 4 messages.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4-52
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
4.4.4 Call re-establishment allowed (CallReestablish)

Full name
Call re-establishment allowed
Abbreviation
CallReestablish
3GPP Name
RE
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 44.018 V5.22.0

For the call drop caused by radio link failure resulted from burst interference
or high building, MS could originate call re-establishment process to restore
the call. However, the network determines if to allow reestablishment by
enabling Call re-establishment allowed.
Network broadcasts the parameter information to MS in the cell through
RIL3_RR SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE1, 2, 2bis, 3 and 4, message.
Description
Call re-establishment allowed is one of the network function parameters.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4.4.5 Downlink discontinuous transmission allowed (DtxDwlink)

Full name
Downlink discontinuous transmission allowed
Abbreviation
DtxDwlink
3GPP Name
DTX
3GPP TS 44.018 V5.22.0
3GPP TS 48.008 V5.12.0
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 48.058 V5
4-53
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
DTX mode is an optional downlink feature of GSM System.

The Discontinuous Transmission (DTX) mode means that the system
does not transmit signals during the speech intermission of the subscriber
conversation. This parameter participates in determining to use DTX mode
in downlink direction.
Actually, whether DTX is used in downlink direction (in CHANNEL
ACTIVATION message and MODE MODIFY message sent to BTS)
is determined together by this parameter and the DTX indication in
downlink direction in ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message and HANDOVER
REQUEST message of MSC.
l
Yes: used
Description
No: not used
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
ZGO-04-02-003 Discontinuous Transmission Downlink
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4.4.6 Uplink discontinuous transmission (DtxUplinkBcch)

Full name
Uplink discontinuous transmission
Abbreviation
DtxUplinkBcch
3GPP Name
DTX
3GPP reference
3GPP TS44.018 V5.22.0

The Discontinuous Transmission (DTX) mode means that the system
does not transmit signals during the speech intermission of the subscriber
conversation.
This parameter controls how MS uses the DTX mode. System broadcasts
RIL3_RR SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE3 message to all MSs in the
cell. In addition, it may be necessary to notify MSs of older versions
(of the first stage) through the RIL3_RR SYSTEM INFORMATION
TYPE6 message on SACCH. For MSs of newer versions, the RIL3_RR
SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE6 message contains Uplink discontinuous
Description
transmission. This parameter is one of the network function parameters.

4-54
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830

l
MS could use DTX;
MS should use DTX;
MS should not use DTX.
If both the BTS equipment and TRAU support the DTX mode, set the
parameter as 1 (employ DTX). Otherwise set it as 2 (not employ DTX).
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
0~2
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
ZGO-04-02-004 Discontinuous Transmission Uplink
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4.4.7 Emergency call allowed (EmergencyCall)

Full name
Emergency call allowed
Abbreviation
EmergencyCall
3GPP Name
EC
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 44.018 V5.22.0

Generally, a valid SIM card is required for any MS in GSM Network to get
various network services. But the operators could decide if to allow MS
emergency call service for the MS without SIM card or with SIM card whose
access level is disabled by current cell, for example the police station.
Select Yes for Emergency call allowed to enable this function.
Network broadcasts this parameter to MS in the cell through RIL3_RR
SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE1, 2, 2bis, 3, and 4 message. It is one of
the network function parameters.
l
No: Emergency call for MSs whose access level is 0 ~ 9 is not allowed.
For MSs whose access level is 11 ~ 15, if its corresponding access
control bit is T, the emergency call is also not allowed.
Yes: Allow emergency call for all MSs.
GSM specifications define emergency call phone number as 112, which

is different from Chinese emergency call, but 112 is generally connected
Description
to the automatic voice service to inform the users about the number of
4-55
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
various special services. Hence, EC shall be set as No, that is to allow

the emergency call.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4.4.8 Cell bar qualify (CellBarQualify)

Full name
Cell bar qualify
Abbreviation
CellBarQualify
3GPP Name
CBQ CELL_BAR_QUALIFY
3GPP TS 44.018 V5.22.0
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

This parameter preferably selects certain cells in the cell selection process
according to capacity, traffic and functional difference in overlapping areas.
This function can be implemented by configuring CellBarQualify.
CellBarQualify is used to limit cell priority in special case. Network
broadcasts the parameter information to all MSs in the cell through
RIL3_RR SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE3 and TYPE4 messages. It is
one of the cell selection parameters. The validity of this parameter depends
upon cell reselection parameter indication.
Select 'No' for Cell Bar Access and 'No' for Cell bar qualify, that is, the
cell priority is defined as 'Normal'. MS preferably enter some types of
cells. Set the priority of this cell type as 'Normal', while the priorities of
other cells to 'Low'. In some cases, such as micro cellular application, and
Description
dual-frequency networking, this setting will not affect the cell reselection.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
4-56
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4.4.9 Access Control (AccessControl)

Full name
Access Control
Abbreviation
AccessControl
3GPP Name
AC CN, Access Control Class N
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 44.018 V5.22.0

All MSs in GSM system have an access class (15 classes in total). The
MSs that are in the class ranging between 0 and 9 are common ones. The
MSs that are in the class ranging between 11 and 15 are special MSs (no
access class 10). Therefore, the system can disable the MSs with certain
access classes to access the cell (for example during the installation and
commissioning or the congestion control). This information can reach MS
inside the cell in RIL3_RR SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE1, 2, 2bis, 3 and
4 messages through Access control. It is also one of the system control
parameters.
The degree of congestion for any CCCH or processor overload during
congestion control can be reduced by temporarily prohibiting one type or
multiple types of subscribers from accessing the system (for subscribers of
access levels 0 ~ 9). In general, the system shows the following overload
conditions:
l
RACH overload should be detected in the CCCH LOAD INDICATION

message and processed by BSS according to the GSM08.58.
AGCH overload should be detected in the DELETE INDICATION message. At that moment, the number of IMMEDIATE REJECT messages
or IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT messages that BSS fails to send reaches
a certain number.
PCH overload should be detected in the CCCH LOAD INDICATION

message, and BSS only notifies MSC and does not do any handling.
Other overload, such as MTP overload, can be detected in the OVERLOAD message.
Description
Input the control level, and user can perform Add or Delete operation.
Management Object
Cell
4-57
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Value Range
0 ~ 9, 11 ~ 15
Unit
None
Default value
None
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
ZGB-03-01-001 MS Access Control
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4.4.10 HBTS proofread support (HBTSScanSupport)

Full name
HBTS proofread support
Abbreviation
HBTSScanSupport
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
It indicates the switch of searching frequency.
Management
Object
S8001
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant
parameters
Relationship

If HBTS scan site number (HBTSScanSiteNum) is set to 0, this parameter
can be configured but invalid.
Related interfaces
Abis interface
Impact on service
None
4.4.11 RSSI threshold (RSSlThrd)

Full name
RSSI threshold
4-58
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Abbreviation
RSSlThrd
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
RSSI threshold
Management
Object
S8001
Value Range
10 ~ 120
Unit
None
Default value
100
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant
parameters
Relationship

Related interfaces
Abis interface
Impact on service
None
4.4.12 Proofread freqband type (GSM1900Support)

Full name
Proofread freqband type (GSM1900Support)
Abbreviation
GSM1900Support
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
It indicates if GSM900 frequency band is supported.
Management
Object
Value Range
S8001
GSM900/DCS1800/GSM850
0 indicates unsupported; 1 indicates supported.
Unit
None
Default value
GSM900/DCS1800/GSM850
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant
parameters
4-59
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830

Relationship

This parameter value has influence on the value of range of HBTS BARANG.
Related interfaces
Abis interface
Impact on service
None
4.4.13 Range of HBTS BARANG

Full name
Range of HBTS BARANG
Abbreviation
HBTSRange
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
HBTSRangeLow and HBTSRangeHigh are configured in pair. You can set
multiple ranges.
Description
HBTSRangeLow: the lower absolute RF channel id; HBTSRangeHigh: the

upper absolute RF channel id.
Input the range value and you can do the add or delete operation.
Management
Object
S8001
Value Range
0 ~ 124, 128 ~ 251, 512 ~ 885, 975 ~ 1023
Unit
None
Default value
None
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant
HBTS scan site number (HBTSScanSiteNum) and Preofread freqband type
parameters
(GSM1900Support)
Relationship
If "Proofread freqband type" = 0, Range of HBTS BARANG is [0,124],

[128,251], [512,885], or [975,1023]. If "Proofread freqband type" = 1, Range of
HBTS BARANG is [0,124], [128,251], [512,810], or [975,1023].
Related interfaces
Abis interface
Impact on service
None
4.5 Cell Selection Parameters

The interface of cell selection parameters is shown in Figure 4-5.
4-60
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Figure 4-5 Cell Selection Parameters
4.5.1 Additional reselection parameter indication (AdditionReselPI)

Full name
Additional reselection parameter indicator
Abbreviation
AdditionReselPI
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
The cell selection and reselection of MS depends on the C1 and C2
parameters, according to the definition in the GSM specification. Network
carriers decide whether to use C2 as the cell reselection parameter.
Additional reselection parameter indication is to notify MS whether C2
criterion is adoptable during the cell reselection.
RIL3_RR SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE3 and TYPE4 messages.
Additional reselection parameter indication is one of the cell selection
parameters.
l
No: If SI4 Rest Octets of SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE4 exist, then

MS takes off cell reselection parameter PI and the parameters related
to C2 calculation from SI4 Rest Octets.
Yes: MS should obtain the PI parameter related to the cell reselection

and parameters related to C2 calculation from SI7/8 Rest Octets of SYS-
Description
TEM INFORMATION TYPE4.

4-61
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Generally, the system messages 7 and 8 are seldom used. Normally this
parameter is No. It shall be Yes when the system adopts the system
messages 7 and 8, and the cell reselection uses C2.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4.5.2 Cell reselection parameter indication (CellReselPI)

Full name
Cell reselection parameter indication
Abbreviation
CellReselPI
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Cell reselection parameter indication notifies the MS if to use C2 as the cell
reselection parameter and if there is the related parameter for calculating
C2.
It indicates whether the related parameter for calculating cell reselection
standard C2 is contained in SYSTEM INFORMATION message and
whether C2 standard is adopted in the cell reselection. The successive Cell
reselection offset, Temporary offset and Penalty time are invalid, and MS
takes C1 as the cell reselection standard when this value is No.
This parameter is broadcasted to all MS in the cell in RIL3_RR SYSTEM
INFORMATION TYPE3 and TYPE4 messages. Cell reselection parameter
indication is one of the cell selection parameters.
l
No: MS should take C1 as the standard for cell reselection. Parameters

CellBarQualify, ReselOffset, TemporaryOffset, and PenaltyTime are invalid.
Yes: MS should calculate C2 according to parameters extracted from

cell-broadcasting system messages, and take C2 as the standard for
Description
cell reselection.
4-62
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Enable this parameter, if related cell adopts C2 as the cell reselection

standard. Otherwise, disable it.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4.5.3 Cell reselection offset (ReselOffset, 2db)

Full name
Reselection offset
Abbreviation
ReselOffset
3GPP Name
CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

The cell reselection due to radio channel quality takes C2 as the standard.
C2 is formed according to C1 parameter, and some special offset
parameters, to add the special influence as to enable MS to enter some
cells in priority. Usually, such measures allow balancing the traffic on the
network.
Besides C1, there are three factors affecting C2: Cell reselection offset,
Temporary offset, and Penalty time.
Cell reselection offset is a magnitude value, which indicates the human
modified value of C2. Calculate a modified value of C2 to encourage or
prevent MS accessing a certain cell, so as to implement balance network.
Network broadcasts the parameter information to all MSs in the cell through
RIL3_RR SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE3 and TYPE4 messages. It
is one of the cell selection parameters. Whether this parameter is valid
depends on CellReselPI.
The setting of ReselOffset, TemporaryOffset, and PenaltyTime has the
following three cases:
l
In case of large traffic or poor communication quality inside a cell due to

certain causes, MS is expected not to work in that cell (that is, MS has
Description
certain repulsion to that cell).
4-63
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Penalty time can be set as 31 in such cases. Temporary offset is

invalid, and the numerical value of C2 equals C1 minus this parameter
Cell reselection offset. Therefore, the C2 value corresponding to the
cell is decreased, and reduces the possibility that MS reselecting the
cell. Besides, the proper value of this parameter Cell reselection offset
can be set according to the repulsive nature of cell. The more is the
repulsive nature, the larger is the Cell reselection offset. Vice versa in
case of a smaller Cell reselection offset.
l
For cells with small traffic and low equipment utilization, normally MS is
encouraged to work in that cell (that is, certain propensity to that cell).
Cell reselection offset must be set between 0 ~ 10 (corresponding to
0 ~ 20 dB) in this case, according to tendency of the cell. The more
is the tendency, the larger is the Cell reselection offset. Vice versa in
case of a smaller Cell reselection offset. It is usually better to set the
Temporary offset same as Cell reselection offset, or a little higher than
Cell reselection offset. The main function of Penalty time is to avoid
frequent cell reselection of MS. The common recommended setting
is 1 (20 seconds) or 2 (40 seconds) (the 1800 cell of dual-frequency
network is such a case).
For cells with ordinary traffic, usually ReselOffset should be set as 0

and PenaltyTime as 31. Thus, C2 is equal to C1, that is, without human
factors on the cell.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 63
Unit
2 dB
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4.5.4 Temporary offset (TemporaryOffset, 10dB)

Full name
Temporary offset
Abbreviation
TemporaryOffset
3GPP Name
TEMPORARY_OFFSET
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

4-64
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
network.
Temporary offset, and Penalty time. Temporary offset indicates the
temporary modification value for C2. Temporary means that it only acts on
C2 for a period and the period depends on parameter Penalty time.
Description
upon Cell reselection parameter indication.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
0~7
Unit
10 dB
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4.5.5 Penalty time (PenaltyTime, 20s)

Full name
Penalty time
Abbreviation
PenaltyTime
3GPP Name
PENALTY_TIME
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
4-65
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
network.
Temporary offset, and Penalty time. Temporary offset indicates the
temporary modification value for C2. Temporary means that it only acts on
C2 for a period and the period depends on parameter Penalty time.
Description
upon Cell reselection parameter indication.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 31
Unit
20 s
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4.5.6 Cell reselecting hysteresis level (ReselHysteresis, 2dB)

Full name
Cell reselecting hysteresis level
Abbreviation
ReselHysteresis
3GPP Name
CELL_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
4-66
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Whenever MS moves across the two cell boundary-regions with different

location area codes, it initiates Location Update (LU) procedure in IDLE
mode.
C2 values obtained at the boundary for two adjacent cells are different
because of fading characteristic of radio channel. It causes MS to select
cell frequently. In this case, LU interval is more than cell reselection
interval. This affects call success rate, due to unreachable paging response
to calling party.
This increases the signaling flow on the network and causes radio
resources to be fully utilized. In addition, it decreases call completion rate
of the system, as MS cannot respond to paging during location update.
GSM specification sets a specific parameter, Cell Reselecting Hysteresis
(CRH), to solve this problem. MS will activate the cell reselection according
to this parameter only when the signal level of adjacent cell (whose location
zone is different from that of local cell) is greater than that of local cell,
and meanwhile the value difference must be greater than that required
by the parameter.
RIL3_RR SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE3 and TYPE4 messages. Cell
reselecting hysteresis level is one of the cell selection parameters.
Define Cell reselecting hysteresis level to 4 or 5 and make certain
adjustments in following cases:
l
Increase cell reselection parameters of adjacent cells with different LAC.

Signaling traffic overload often occurs due to large demand of services.
When the adjacent cells in different location areas have large overlapped coverage, it is suggested to increase the CRH parameter.
If the adjacent cells with different LACs are poor in overlapped coverage,
that is, there is coverage gap, or the adjacent place is an area with few
slow moving objects such as the expressway, the CRH parameter shall
Description
be set as 1 ~ 3 (that is, 2dB ~ 6dB for the CRH level).
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
0~7
Unit
2 dB
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4-67
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
4.5.7 New setup cause indication (NECI)

Full name
New setup cause indication
Abbreviation
NECI
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
The serving channels in the GSM system can be classified into channels
with full rate and channels with half rate according to GSM specifications.
Common GSM system supports channels with full rate. The network
operators decide if the network support half rate service.
The new setup reason denotes the NECI to notify MS if the area supports
the half rate service. The parameter notifies MS through the RIL3_RR
SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE3 and TYPE4 messages. NECI is one
of networks functional parameters.
l
No: half rate service access is not supported by this cell.
Description
Yes: half rate service access is supported by this cell.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4.5.8 Power offset indication (PowerOffsetInd)

Full name
Power offset indication
Abbreviation
PowerOffsetInd
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
4-68
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
This parameter decides if to add offset value for Control channel MAX
power level parameter while sending access request message on RACH
for Class 3 MS of GSM1800. The necessity of offset value depends on
Power offset indication, that is, this parameter decides if Power offset
indication is valid. This parameter also affects MS calculating cell selection
and cell reselection standards C1 and C2.
Network broadcasts the parameter information to MSs in the cell through
Description
RIL3_RR SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE3, 4, 7 and 8 messages.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4.5.9 Power offset (PowerOffset, 2db)

Full name
Power offset
Abbreviation
PowerOffset
3GPP Name
POWER OFFSET
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

According to the GSM specification, for Class 3 MS of GSM 1800, the
transmission power for sending access request message on RACH is to
the value of Control channel MAX power level plus a modified value. Power
offset specifies the modified value. It determines if this parameter is valid.
This parameter also affects the calculation of cell selection standard C1
and cell reselection standard C2. Network broadcasts the parameter
information to MSs in the cell through RIL3_RR SYSTEM INFORMATION
Description
TYPE3, 4, 7 and 8 messages.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
0~3
Unit
2 dB
Default value
4-69
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4.6 Service Process Additional Parameters

The interface of service process additional parameters is shown in Figure 4-6.
Figure 4-6 Service Process Additional Parameters
4.6.1 Directed retry indication (DrInd_0)

Full name
Directed Retry
Abbreviation
DrInd_0
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
4-70
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
This parameter indicates whether to use directed retry feature. Network

assigns corresponding service channel for MS in an adjacent cell, if there is
no service channel available in serving cell.
Directed retry indication defines a special handover process that can reduce
the call drop ratio. Directed retry falls into intra-BSC directed retry and
inter-BSC directed retry. The former one does not need the participation
Description
of MSC, while the latter one does.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
Inter directed retry indication (DrInd_1)
Relationship
When this parameter is Yes, you can configure Inter Directed retry
indication (DrInd_1).
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4.6.2 Inter directed retry indication (DrInd_1)

Full name
Inter directed retry indication
Abbreviation
DrInd_1
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
It indicates if to use inter directed retry, that is, inter-BSC directed retry.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
Directed retry indication (DrInd_0)
Relationship
When DrInd_0 is Yes, you can configure this parameter.
Related interfaces
None
4-71
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Impact on service
None
4.6.3 Queue allowed when assign (QueueInd_0)

Full name
Queue allowed when assign
Abbreviation
QueueInd_0
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
proves the call drop rate with the use of such techniques.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
This parameter decides if to allow queuing in assignment process. Cell im-
4.6.4 Queue allowed when handover (QueueInd_1)

Full name
Queue allowed when handover
Abbreviation
QueueInd_1
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter decides if queuing can be performed during a handover
Description
process and when there are no available channels in the cell.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
4-72
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4.6.5 Preemption allowed when assign (PreemptionInd_0)

Full name
Preemption allowed when assign
Abbreviation
PreemptionInd_0
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
It decides if forced disconnection is allowed during the assignment. The priority in the assignment request or handover is valid and the preemption is
valid. Those connections with low priority can be forcefully disconnected
(handover) to allocate their resources to other assignments or handover re-
Description
quest with higher priority. Assignment request indicate the call status.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
ZGO-01-03-001 eMLPP
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4.6.6 Preemption allowed when handover (PreemptionInd_1)

Full name
Preemption allowed when handover
Abbreviation
PreemptionInd_1
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
4-73
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
It decides if forced disconnection is allowed during the handover. The priority in the assignment request or handover is valid and the preemption is
valid. Those connections with low priority can be forcefully disconnected
(handover) to allocate their resources to other assignments or handover reDescription
quest with higher priority. A Handover request indicates the call status.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
ZGO-01-03-001 eMLPP
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4.6.7 When assigned forced handover (ForcedHoInd_0)

Full name
When assigned forced handover
Abbreviation
ForcedHoInd_0
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter indicates if the low priority subscribers can be forcefully handover to other cell, so that high priority subscribers can obtain channels. This
Description
parameter represents if forced handover is allowed during assignment.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
ZGO-01-03-001 eMLPP
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4-74
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
4.6.8 When handover forced handover (ForcedHoInd_1)

Full name
When handover forced handover
Abbreviation
ForcedHoInd_1
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter indicates if the low priority subscribers can be forcefully handover to other cell, so that high priority subscribers can obtain channels. This
Description
parameter represents if forced handover is allowed during handover.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
ZGO-01-03-001 eMLPP
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4.6.9 Number of candidate cells for handover (CandidateNum)

Full name
Number of candidate cells for handover
Abbreviation
CandidateNum
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter decides maximum number of candidate cells for handover
that can be contained in BSSAP HANDOVER REQUIRED message from
Description
BSC to MSC.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
1 ~ 16
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
4-75
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4.6.10 Fast average indication (FastAvg)

Full name
Fast average indication
Abbreviation
FastAvg
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Network may not perform handover or power control if less measurement
data is available during call process. The average calculating process
for these processes is enabled only when the measured data reaches a
certain window size.
Common average process does not take place, for the five measured
values BSC receives. BSC directly calculates the average of the 5
measured values if the fast average process is adopted.
There are three cases resulting in insufficient data for calculating the
average value, that is, call establishment period, after handover and after
power control. After performing power control once, former measured
values are discarded in situations where they could result in an error
control (measured values without the influence on handover control are
still existing).
In addition, old measured values are discarded after the handover has
occurred, preventing them from causing error control (the forward and
Description
backward cells are in the same BSC).
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4-76
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
4.6.11 BCCH switch allowed (CanBcchExch)

Full name
BCCH switch allowed
Abbreviation
CanBcchExch
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
This parameter decides if the cell allows BCCH switch.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
ZGO-03-04-001 Automatic BCCH Recovery
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4.6.12 SDCCH dynamic configuration allowed (CanSdcchDyn)

Full name
SDCCH dynamic configuration allowed
Abbreviation
CanSdcchDyn
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
This parameter decides if the cell allows SDCCH dynamic configuration.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
ZGB-03-02-003 Dynamic Configuration of SDCCH
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
4-77
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Impact on service
None
4.6.13 Minimal resource threshold (ResourceThs, %)

Full name
Minimal resource threshold
Abbreviation
ResourceThs
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Minimum resource threshold allowed by the cell, which is used to calculate
Description
dynamic cell priority.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 100
Unit
Default value
20
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
ZGO-02-02-002 Dynamic Handover Priority Algorithm
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4.6.14 Base-band hopping TRX exchange support (Info_0_3)

Full name
Base-band hopping TRX exchange support
Abbreviation
Info_0_3
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
It indicates if to support automatic baseband hopping.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
4-78
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4.6.15 Allowed FACCH call setup after emergency call

(FacchCallInd_0)
Full name
Allowed FACCH call setup after emergency call
Abbreviation
FacchCallInd_0
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
BSC can allocate the suitable TCH channel when an MS attempts to access the network, and there is no SDCCH available in the cell. That is the
Description
so-called FACCH call establishment.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
Yes
Change mode
Offline
ZGB-03-01-004 Immediate TCH Assignment
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4.6.16 Allowed FACCH call setup when page respond

(FacchCallInd_1)
Full name
Allowed FACCH call setup when page respond
Abbreviation
FacchCallInd_1
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
4-79
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Description
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
Yes
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4.6.17 Allowed call setup on FACCH (FacchCallInd_2)

Full name
Allowed call setup on FACCH
Abbreviation
FacchCallInd_2
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
Yes
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4-80
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
4.6.18 Allowed call reestablished on FACCH (FacchCallInd_3)

Full name
Allowed call reestablished on FACCH
Abbreviation
FacchCallInd_3
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
Yes
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4.7 System Parameters

The interface of system parameters is shown in Figure 4-7.
4-81
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Figure 4-7 System Parameters
4.7.1 Interference averaging period (InterfAvgPrd)

Full name
Interference averaging period (InterfAvgPrd)
Abbreviation
InterfAvgPrd
3GPP Name
INTAVE
3GPP reference
3GPP TS45.008 V5.22.0

BTS needs to measure interference on the unallocated traffic channels.
BTS calculates the average of recent interference values on periodic basis
and converts it into corresponding interference band information. BTS then,
transfers to BSC in the RF RESOURCE INDICATION message to consider
it as a factor in channel allocation strategy. This parameter is one of the
Description
BTS configuration parameters.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
1 ~ 31
Unit
None
4-82
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Default value
31
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
ZGO-03-02-001 Idle Channel Measurement
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4.7.2 Interference Band Boundary (InterfBoundary_0 ~

InterfBoundary_5)
Full name
Interference Band Boundary
Abbreviation
InterfBoundary_0 ~ InterfBoundary_5
3GPP Name
LIMITn
3GPP reference
3GPP TS45.008 V5.22.0

BTS needs to measure interference on the unallocated traffic channels.
BTS calculates the average of recent interference values on periodic basis
and converts it into corresponding interference band information. BTS then,
transfers to BSC in the RF RESOURCE INDICATION message to consider
it as a factor in channel allocation strategy.
The interface boundaries are used to help the conversion of the interference
level (average) value into corresponding interference band information.
Altogether six boundaries determine five interference bands. In fact, it is
unnecessary to set interference boundary 0 and interference boundary 5.
One of them represents infinity and the other represents negative infinity.
This parameter, describing the remaining four boundaries, is one of the
BTS configuration parameters.
Description
Generally, -85 dBm ~ -115 dBm is used for interference boundaries 1 ~ 4.
Management Object
Cell
Assuming the value of interference boundary is L, then,
l
L=0: -110 dBm
L=1: -109 dBm

......
L=63: -47 dBm
L=other value: reserved
Interference band boundary0, value range: 0

Interference band boundary1 ~ Interference band boundary4, value range:
0 ~ 63
Value Range
Interference band boundary5, value range: 63

4-83
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Unit
None
Interference band boundary0 ~ Interference band boundary5: [0, 10, 15, 20,
Default value
25, 63]
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
ZGO-03-02-001 Idle Channel Measurement
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4.7.3 Radio link timeout on MS side (MsRadioLKTmOut)

Full name
Radio link timeout on MS side
Abbreviation
MsRadioLKTmOut
3GPP Name
RADIO_LINK_TIMEOUT
3GPP reference
3GPP TS45.008 V5.22.0

This parameter is the maximum value of radio link counter S at Ms side,
transmitted on BCCH or SACCH by BSS.
Radio link counter S is used to evaluate radio link failure. When MS cannot
decode SACCH message (BFI=1), S decrements. When MS successfully
receives SACCH message (BFI=0), S increases by 2. If S is decreased to
Description
0, it indicates radio link fault, call shall be reestablished or released.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
4, 8, 12, 16, 20, 24, 28, 32, 36, 40, 44, 48, 52, 56, 60, 64
Unit
None
Default value
64
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4-84
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
4.7.4 Radio link failure criterion (ConFailCriterion)

Full name
Radio link failure criterion
Abbreviation
ConFailCriterion
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
The network side (BTS) may judge whether the radio link fails according
to two criteria: One is based on the uplink SACCH error rate and the
other is based on measured value of RXLEV/RXQUAL. Radio link failure
criterion determines the method that the BTS uses as the standard to judge
connection failure.
If SACCH error rate is used as the standard to judge connection failure,
BTS uses the same value of Radio link timeout and the same process as
MS does. Thus, BTS avoids inconsistent judgment standards in the uplink
and downlink directions. Meanwhile, the Receiving level threshold and
Receiving quality threshold parameters are invalid.
If the measured value of RXLEV/RXQUAL is used as the standard to
judge connection failure, BTS will use the two parameters: Receiving level
threshold (RxLevThs) and Receiving quality threshold (RxQualThs).
The value range is as follows:
l
1: Uplink SACCH Error Rate Based (in order to ensure the same judgment standard in the uplink and downlink directions)
Description
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
1~2
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
2: RXLEV/RXQUAL Measurement Based
4.7.5 Radio link timeout on BSS side (BsRadioLKTmOut)

Full name
Radio link timeout on BSS side
Abbreviation
BsRadioLKTmOut
4-85
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
3GPP Name
RADIO_LINK_TIMEOUT
3GPP reference
3GPP TS45.008 V5.22.0

This parameter is the maximum value of radio link counter S at BSS side,
transmitted on PBCCH by BSS under the leading of packet system message
Description
2.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
4, 8, 12, 16, 20, 24, 28, 32, 36, 40, 44, 48, 52, 56, 60, 64
Unit
None
Default value
64
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4.7.6 Receiving level threshold (RxLevThs)

Full name
Receiving level threshold
Abbreviation
RxLevThs
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
The network side (BTS) may judge if the radio link fails according to two
criteria: One is based on the uplink SACCH error rate and the other is
based on measured value of RXLEV/RXQUAL.
The radio link is considered as failed if BTS detects one of the following
conditions: The uplink receiving level is smaller than a certain threshold;
The uplink receiving quality is greater than a certain threshold. This only
applies, if the measured value of RXLEV/RXQUAL is used as the standard
to judge a connection failure. Receiving level threshold specifies the
threshold of receiving level.
This parameter is invalid if uplink SACCH error rate is used as the standard
to judge connection failure (Radio link failure criterion is 1). Receiving level
Description
threshold is one of the configuration parameters of BTS.
Management Object
Cell
4-86
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
0 ~ 63
l
0: < -110 dBm;
1: -110 dBm ~ -109 dBm;

......
62: -49 dBm ~ -48 dBm;
Value Range
63: > -48 dBm
Unit
None
Default value
10
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4.7.7 Receiving quality threshold (RxQualThs)

Full name
Receiving quality threshold
Abbreviation
RxQualThs
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
GSM 12.21
The network side (BTS) may judge if the radio link fails according to two
criteria. One is based on uplink SACCH error rate, and the other is based
on measured value of RXLEV/RXQUAL.
The radio link is considered as failed if BTS detects one of the following
conditions: The uplink receiving level is smaller than a certain threshold;
The uplink receiving quality is greater than a certain threshold. This only
applies, if the measured value of RXLEV/RXQUAL is used as a standard
to judge a connection failure. Receiving quality threshold specifies the
receiving threshold quality.
If the uplink SACCH error rate is used as the standard to judge a connection
failure, this parameter is invalid. This parameter is one of the configuration
Description
parameters of BTS.
Management Object
Cell
4-87
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
0~7
l
0: corresponding BER range < 0.2%
1: 0.2% ~ 0.4%
2: 0.4% ~ 0.8%
......
6: 6.4% ~ 12.8%
Value Range
7: > 12.8%
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4.7.8 Radio link failure checking period (RxLevQualprd)

Full name
Radio link failure checking period
Abbreviation
RxLevQualprd
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
GSM 12.21
Period to detect radio linkd failure at network side (in the unit of SACCH
multiframe), including the detection of channel strength (dBm) and signal
Description
quality received in each channel.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
1 ~ 63
Unit
SACCH multiframe
Default value
63
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4-88
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830

The interface of the other parameters is shown in Figure 4-8.
4.8.1 Preprocessing indication (Preprocess)

Full name
Preprocessing
Abbreviation
Preprocess
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
The survey report contains the large amount (message amount) of Abis
interface information. Preprocess of the survey report can be transferred
to BTS to reduce the burden of Abis interface link. After preprocess, BTS
averages the survey data of MS by its own, and reports to BSC in a lower
frequency.
Average reporting period can be two, three or four SACCH multi-frames
(480 ms). That is, the frequency decreases from the original twice per
second to once per two seconds, so the message amount of Abis interface
decreases. However, the decrease of message amount still depends on if
the message length before preprocess is same as that after preprocess.
One disadvantage of preprocess is that the handover control and power
control are not in time, which increases the possibility of disconnection
rate. This parameter determines whether to use preprocessing and the
preprocessing period.
l
0: Do not use preprocessing
2: Use preprocessing, the average reporting period is 2 SACCH multi-
Description
frames
4-89
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
3: Use preprocessing, the average reporting period is 3 SACCH multiframes
4: Use preprocessing, the average reporting period is 4 SACCH multiframes
Other values: reserved
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
0~4
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4.8.2 Reserved rate of EMLPP (EmlppThs)

Full name
Reserved rate of EMLPP
Abbreviation
EmlppThs
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter defines eMLPP channel reserved time, that is, the proportion
Description
of eMLPP channel in all available channels in the cell.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 100
Unit
None
Default value
20
Change mode
Offline
ZGO-01-03-001 eMLPP
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4-90
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
4.8.3 Use cell EMLPP Threshold (UseCellEmlppThs)

Full name
Use cell EMLPP Threshold
Abbreviation
UseCellEmlppThs
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter defines if eMLPPThs is used. If yes, you shall select cell
Description
property, otherwise to select BSC property.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
ZGO-01-03-001 eMLPP
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4.8.4 Frequency offset Correct support (Info_0_1)

Full name
Frequency offset Correct support
Abbreviation
Info_0_1
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
It indicates whether frequency offset correction is supported.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
4-91
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4.8.5 Max power on handover Command support (Info_0_2)

Full name
Max power on handover Command support
Abbreviation
Info_0_2
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
It indicates whether maximum power on handover command is supported.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4.8.6 MR Report Time Bmp (MrRptTimeBmp)

Full name
MR Report Time Bmp
Abbreviation
MrRptTimeBmp
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter provides a check function about 0 ~ 23 time points. You
can enable measurement data report at different points. Each time point
indicates a hour, within 0~23 hours.
Only after checking corresponding time and enabling the report function
Description
about measurement report data, MR data can be reported.
Management Object
Cell
4-92
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
checked, unchecked
l
Checked: it indicates that measurement report shall be enabled within

this time duration.
l
Value Range
Unchecked: it indicates that measurement report shall be disabled

within this time duration.
Unit
None
Default value
Unchecked
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4.8.7 Cell Support Encryption Mode (CipherMode)

Full name
Cell Support Encryption Mode
Abbreviation
CipherMode_0~CipherMode_7
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Cell Support Encryption Mode is the encryption mode supported by BTS.
The required encryption algorithm is contained in BSSAP CIPHER MODE
COMMAND or BSSAP ASSIGNMENT REQUEST or BSSAP HANDOVER
COMMAND message sent by the MSC side. By checking this parameter,
BSC can learn if the cell supports this required encryption algorithm to give
Description
a proper response.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
Value range: Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
[Yes, No, No, No, No, No, No, No]
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
ZGB-06-02-001 Support of A5/1 and A5/2 Ciphering Algorithm
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
8 kinds, non cipher mode, A5/1~A5/7 cipher mode.
4-93
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Impact on service
None
4.8.8 Channel Select Strategy

Full name
Channel Select Strategy
Abbreviation
ChanSelectStrategy
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
It is based on IMSI resource allocation.
Management Object
Cell
Level 1 ~ 15, value range is:
According to channel select order of MSC, when prefer TCHF and cell
congest change to prefer TCHH
Prefer TCHF, when cell congest change to prefer TCHH
Prefer TCHH
Only TCHF
Value Range
Only TCHH
According to channel select order of MSC, not consider if cell congest
According to channel select order of MSC, when prefer TCHF and cell
congest, change to prefer TCHH if AMR-HR supported
Prefer TCHF, not consider if cell congest
Prefer TCHF, when cell congest, change to prefer TCHH if AMR-HR
supported
Unit
Default value
None
Level 1 ~ 15, default value is: According to channel select order of MSC,
when prefer TCHF and cell congest change to prefer TCHH
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
ZGO-01-03-001 eMLPP
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4.9 GPRS Basic Parameters

In the Basic Params 1 tab, if user select 'GPRS Support' for 'GPRS Support (PsSupport)',
the GPRS parameter tabs will appear.
4-94
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
The interface of GPRS basic property parameters is as shown in Figure 4-9.

Figure 4-9 GPRS Basic Parameters
4.9.1 SGSN ID (SGSNID)

Full name
SGSN ID
Abbreviation
SGSNID
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
SGSN serial number assigned by internal BSC, which is assigned while user
creates SGSN. This serial number cannot be modified and can be deleted
Description
after creation.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
1 ~ 16
4-95
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Unit
None
Default value
Depends on the actual configuration.
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
ZGO-05-02-007 Flex Gb Interface
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
4.9.2 NSEI (NSEI)

Full name
NSEI
Abbreviation
NSEI
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
In GPRS protocol stack, every unique BSSGP Virtual Connection (BVC)
that is NSEI+BVCI for each GPRS cell belongs to Network Service Entity
(NSE). NSEI uniquely identifies every NSE. ZXG10 iBSC supports several
NSEs for future expandability option.
Only after user configures NSE in relevant configuration at Gb interface will
this parameter's value be displayed.
Description
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 65535
Unit
None
Default value
Depends on the NSE configuration at Gb interface
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
4-96
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
4.9.3 BVCI (BVCI)

Full name
BVCI
Abbreviation
BVCI
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
BSSGP Virtual Connection (BVC) provides an approach for communication
between different BSSGP entities. The peer-to-peer Point-to-Point (PTP) or
Point-to-Multipoint (PTM) or inter-signaling entity transmission of BSSGP
PDUs lies on BVC.
Each virtual connection has one identifier, that is, BVCI. It enables the
network service layer at the bottom layer to route BSSGP PDUs to the peer
Description
entity very effectively. One NSE carries only one signaling BVC (BVCI=0).
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
2 ~ 65535
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
4.9.4 RAC (RAC)

Full name
RAC (RAC)
Abbreviation
RAC
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
4-97
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
cell reselection.
Description
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 255
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Service will be affected. If this parameter is inconsistent with the data at CN
Impact on service
side, new service cannot be established in corresponding cell.
4.9.5 UPU unit (UpuUnit)

Full name
UPU Unit
Abbreviation
UpuUnit
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
It is corresponding with the board position in physical configuration
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
Unit
None
Default value
Depends on the actual selection.
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
4-98
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
4.9.6 DSP No. (DSP)

Full name
DSP ID
Abbreviation
DSP
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter depends on physical configured DSP, if all DSPs are configured, DSP number is within range of 9~22, otherwise it is configured DSP
Description
number.
Management Object
Cell
Determined by user configured DSP quantity.
If all DSPs on UPPB are configured, DSP number shall be within 9~22,
otherwise it shall be configured DSP number.
If all DSPs on UPPB/2 board are configured, DSP number shall be within
Value Range
9~13, 17~21, 25~29, otherwise it shall be configured DSP number.
Unit
None
Default value
Minimum DSP number configured by user
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service

4-99
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
4.10.1 Additional reselect parameter indictor (AddResPI2)

Full name
Additional reselection parameter indicator
Abbreviation
AddResPI2
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
The cell selection and reselection of MS depends on the C1 and C2
parameters, according to the definition in the GSM specification. Network
carriers decide if to use C2 as the cell reselection parameter.
Additional reselection parameter indication is to notify MS if C2 criterion is
adoptable during the cell reselection.
System broadcasts through RIL3_RR SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE3
and TYPE4 messages to MS in the cell. It is one of the cell selection
parameters.
l
No: If SI4 Rest Octets of SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE4 exist, then

MS takes off cell reselection parameter PI and the parameters related
to C2 calculation from SI4 Rest Octets.
Yes: MS should obtain the PI parameter related to the cell reselection

and parameters related to C2 calculation from SI7/8 Rest Octets of SYS-
Description
TEM INFORMATION TYPE4.
4-100
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Generally, system information TYPE 7 and TYPE 8 are rarely used, this
parameter must be set as No, otherwise some MS (for example NEC)
are not able to access the network.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4.10.2 SI13 sending position (Si13Locate)

Full name
SI13 sending position
Abbreviation
Si13Locate
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter is used at MS side. SI13 sending position indicates the
scheduling position of SI13 on BCCH.
SI13 is related to the GPRS services. SI13 can be sent on either of the
following two positions: BCCH Norm position (in this case, it occupies the
BCCH block with TC = 4; TC = ((FN DIV 51) mod (8))), BCCH Ext position
(in this case, it occupies the AGCH block with TC = 0).
When SI13 is transmitted on BCCH Ext position, it occupies one fixed
AGCH block with TC = 0. SI13 is sent with low success rate on the BCCH
Ext position, because SI13 has to compete with other messages, such as
IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT message, for delivery opportunity. For this
case, the parameter value of Access Allowed Reserved Blocks must be set
Description
greater than 0. Otherwise, SI13 will not be sent.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
BCCH Norm, BCCH Ext
Unit
None
Default value
BCCH Norm
Change mode
Offline
4-101
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4.10.3 Route area color code (RaColor)

Full name
Route area color code
Abbreviation
RaColor
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter is used at MS side. It is broadcast to the MS in SI3, SI4, SI7
and SI8. RACOLOR is similar to the BCC function in the GSM system. In
some cases, such as inter-BSC cell reselection, the GPRS network assigns
different RACOLOR values to adjacent cells with the same route area code
to ensure that MS can initiate the Routing Area Updating process.
In this way, when MS receives different RaColor values in the cells with the
same routing area code, it initiates the Routing Area Updating process
Description
similar as when it spans two different routing areas.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
0~7
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4.10.4 Min number of idle CS channel (CsChansThs)

Full name
Min number of idle CS channel
Abbreviation
CsChansThs
4-102
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
DBS uses this parameter on BSC MP. It indicates minimum threshold of the
number of IDLE channels under the CS status, when the network converts
the switchable channel to the PS channel.
System may fail to convert a dynamic switchable channel to a PS channel,
if the number of idle CS channels is lower than the threshold. When a PS +
CS channel in the CS status is released, it can be converted and used by PS
Description
if the total number of idle channels in the cell is greater than this threshold.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 255
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4.10.5 Packet access priority threshold (PriAcThr)

Full name
Packet access priority threshold
Abbreviation
PriAcThr
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Parameter used at the MS side. It is broadcast to the MS in the PSI13 and
SI13 messages, indicating the priority level of MS packet access allowed by
Description
the cell. as similar to the function of ACCESS CLASS.
Management Object
Cell
No package access, Allow priority 1, Allow priority 1-2, Allow priority 1-3,
Value Range
Allow priority 1-4, Allow priority
Unit
None
Default value
Allow packet access with the priority level 1-4
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
4-103
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4.10.6 Packet System Information Send Speed (SendSpeed)

Full name
Packet System Information Send Speed

SendSpeed (PSI2, PSI3, PSI3BIS, PSI4, PSI5, PSI13, PSI3ter, PSI8,
Abbreviation
PSI3quater)
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter is used for global process on BRP. Packet System
Information Send Speed indicates whether various types of PSI messages
are sent at high rate. As there are limited packet system messages (16)
sent at high rate, and the number of sent messages often varies due to
different content lengths of different types of packet system messages,
the user can only roughly specify the sending rate of each type of system
message.
Before sending the message, the global process dynamically specifies the
sending rate of each packet system message type according to the user
Description
requirement and the system limitation.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
9 types, Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
[Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes]
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4.10.7 Overload report period on PRACH (OvLoadPer, s)

Full name
Overload report period on PRACH
4-104
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Abbreviation
OvLoadPer
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Parameters used by FUC at BTS side. The interval of PRACH overload
Description
period reported by BTS and informed by BSC.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 255
Unit
Default value
10
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Abis Interface
Impact on service
None
4.10.8 Link error counter (RLTimeout)

Full name
Link error counter
Abbreviation
RLTimeout
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter is used by BTS. BSC informs this parameter to BTS through
O&M message, explaining measurement counter while BTS can't correctly
Description
decode GPRS data.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 100
Unit
None
Default value
20
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Abis Interface
4-105
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Impact on service
None
4.10.9 PRACH receive signal level threshold (PrachBusyT)

Full name
PRACH receiving signal level threshold
Abbreviation
PrachBusyT
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
BTS uses this parameter information. PRACH channel overload is one of
the reasons for overload control. The busy ratio of random access burst
decides the PRACH overload.
If a bursts level exceeds the value specified by PRACH receive signal level
Description
threshold, the burst is considered as a busy burst.
Management Object
Cell
0 ~ 63
l
0: < -110 dBm;
1: -110 dBm ~ -109 dBm;
2: -109 dBm ~ -108 dBm;

......
62: -49 dBm ~ -48 dBm;
Value Range
63: > -48 dBm
Unit
None
Default value
63
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4.10.10 Average measuring bursts number on PRACH (MeaAvgSlot)

Full name
Average measuring bursts number on PRACH
Abbreviation
MeaAvgSlot
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
4-106
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
BTS uses this parameter. It indicates the bursts number on PRACH. PRACH
channel overloads if receiving signal levels of AvgSlots BPs are lower than
PrachBusyT. It is a parameter used by BTS. The BTS needs to be synchroDescription
nized when modifying the parameter.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 100
Unit
None
Default value
60
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4.10.11 Buffer threshold of paging message (PccchIndTh_0, %)

Full name
Buffer threshold of paging message
Abbreviation
PccchIndTh_0
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Paging message buffer is overloaded threshold for packet paging channel
PPCH. The judgment scheme is as follows: i.Calculate the paging message
buffer corresponding to a paging channel. ii.Divide the message number
stored in the buffer by the maximum storage amount. iii.Multiply the obtained
percentage by 100. Compare the result with the threshold. If the result ex-
Description
ceeds the threshold, then the overload can be decided.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 100
Unit
Default value
50
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
4-107
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Impact on service
None
4.10.12 Queue length threshold in 64 multiframe paging period

(PccchIndTh_1, %)
Full name
Queue length threshold in 64 multiframe paging period
Abbreviation
PccchIndTh_1
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
FUC on BTS uses this parameter information. It indicates overload
threshold in PCCCH (PRACH, PPCH) threshold. This parameter is an array
with 3 elements, in the unit of %.
l
PccchIndTh[0]: paging message buffer is overloaded for packet paging

channel PPCH. Its decision mechanism is to first calculate paging message body buffer corresponding to one paging channel, then message
total quantity saved in this buffer divided by maximum storage to gain
a percentage, multiplied by 100, then compared with this threshold, if it
exceeds it will be considered as overload;
PccchIndTh[1]: paging group overload threshold of packet paging channel. Its decision mechanism is to first accumulate the message ready
to issue in buffer queue for each paging group pair, then divided by accumulation of maximum storage in buffer queue corresponding to each
paging group, multiplied by 100, compared with this threshold, if it exceeds the threshold, it will be considered as overload;
PccchIndTh[2]: PRACH overload threshold. Its decision mechanism is

to first divide total blocks quantity of this PRACH by busy blocks on a
PRACH, multiplied by 100, compared with this threshold, if it exceeds
Description
the threshold, it will be considered as overload.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 100
Unit
Default value
50
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4-108
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
4.10.13 PRACH overload threshold ratio (PccchIndTh_2, %)

Full name
PRACH overload threshold ratio
Abbreviation
PccchIndTh_2
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Total block quantity on this PRACH divided by busy blocks on a PRACH, multiplied by 100, then compared with this threshold, if it exceeds this threshold,
Description
it will be considered as overload.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 100
Unit
Default value
50
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None

4-109
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
4.11.1 DTM support (DTMSupport)

Full name
DTM support
Abbreviation
DTMSupport
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Network broadcasts this parameter to MS in GRPS CELL OPTIONS of SI13,
PSI1 and PSI13. It indicates if the cell supports Dual Transfer Mode (DTM)
Description
which allows A class MS to initialize packet request flow in dedicated mode.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
ZGB-03-05-006 Class A, B, C mobile stations
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
4-110
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4.11.2 Max number of GTTP Lapdm frame (GttpLapdmNum)

Full name
Max number of GTTP Lapdm frame
Abbreviation
GttpLapdmNum
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
This parameter indicates the maximum of GTTP Lapdm frames.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
0~7
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4.11.3 CCN mode support (CCNActive)

Full name
CCN Support
Abbreviation
CCNActive
3GPP Name
CCN_ACTIVE
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0

This parameter indicates if the cell supports CCN mode. CNN mode refers
to cell alternating notificaiton. When BSS supports CCN mode, if MS does
cell reselection in NC0 and NC1 modes, PACKET CELL CHANGE NOTIFICATION message notification shall be delivered to network in normal case.
After network receives this message, it can send specific system message
Description
about standby cell to MS.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
4-111
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Um Interface
Impact on service
None
4.11.4 Cell support system message status flow (SIStatusInd)

Full name
Cell support system message status flow
Abbreviation
SIStatusInd
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter indicates if the cell supports system message status flow,
broadcasted to MS in SI13 and PSI13. It describes if the network supports
PSI (SI) Status process. MS informs its network side which PSI (SI) subsets are required for received PSI (SI) message by sending Packet PSI (SI)
Status message on PACCH. This parameter is used in CCN mode, to assist
Description
finishing NACC fast cell reselection
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Um Interface
Impact on service
None
4.11.5 Allow SOLSA MS to access (Exc_Acc)

Full name
Allow SOLSA MS to access

4-112
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Abbreviation
Exc_Acc
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
System broadcasts this parameter to MS in SI4, SI6, and SI7 messages.
In addition, the parameter information is available in PSI3 and Psi3bis messages of local and neighboring cells. The network uses Allow SOLSA MS to
Description
access to prevent MS from residing in the cell.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4.11.6 CCCH SPLITPGCYCLE support (SpgcSuport)

Full name
CCCH SPLITPGCYCLE support
Abbreviation
SpgcSuport
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
A parameter used at the MS side and the FUN side. System broadcasts
to MS through PSI3 and SI13 messages. CCCH SplitPgCycle support indicates if to support the SplitPgCycle function on CCCH. Split_Pg_Cycle
means sending the PACKET IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT, PACKET PAGING
and PACKET IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT REJECT messages on multiple
Description
blocks.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
4-113
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4.11.7 Extended paging support (EpageMode)

Full name
Extended paging support
Abbreviation
EpageMode
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter indicates if to support extended paging. Extended paging
means that MS still can receive and analyze the message within 3 intervals
Description
after the blockes indicated by its paging group.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Um Interface
Impact on service
None
4.11.8 PSI status support (PsiStatInd)

Full name
PSI status support
Abbreviation
PsiStatInd
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
4-114
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
This parameter is used at the MS side and on the BRP. System broadcasts
to MS through PSI1 message, and indicates whether the network supports
PACKET PSI STATUS message.
This function is optional. When PsiStatInd = 1, MS can send the PACKET
PSI STATUS message to the network and indicate the current value of the
PSI message stored on it. Later, the network sets PSI message for this MS
on the PACCH to speed up the subsequent flow of MS. Otherwise MS has to
Description
listen to the PSI message only at the time points scheduled by the network.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4.11.9 Cell support extendable uplink TBF (Ext_UTBF)

Full name
Cell support extendable uplink TBF
Abbreviation
Ext_UTBF
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter indicates if the cell supports extended uplink TBF. After
BSS receives CV=0 uplink block, if the cell supports extended uplink TBF,
it enters into extended uplink TBF status. At this time, it continues assign
uplink block resource to MS. If new uplink data is required to send during
extended uplink, re-establishment of uplink TBF is not required.
This function requires extended uplink function shall be supported at MS
Description
side.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
Yes
Change mode
Offline
4-115
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Um Interface
Impact on service
None
4.11.10 Uplink delay time (UIDelayTime, ms)

Full name
Uplink delay time
Abbreviation
UlDelayTime
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
It indicates uplink delay time, to describe uplink TBF delay time. When uplink
TBF is released, if extended uplink TBF function is not supported, this timer
starts, access to uplink delay state, to wait for downlink LLC arrival. Release
Description
uplink TBF after timer is timeout.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 4000
Unit
ms
Default value
1000
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Um Interface
Impact on service
None
4.11.11 Downlink delay time (DIDelaytime, ms)

Full name
Downlink delay time
Abbreviation
DlDelaytime
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
4-116
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
It indicates downlink TBF delay time. When downlink TBF is released, this
timer starts, access to delay state, to wait for new downlink LLC frame. ReDescription
lease downlink TBF after timer is timeout.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
500 ~ 4000
Unit
ms
Default value
2000
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
ZGB-03-05-013 Delayed TBF Release in DL
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Um Interface
Impact on service
None
4.11.12 Extend uplink TBF time (ExtUITBFTime, ms)

Full name
Extend uplink TBF time
Abbreviation
ExtUITBFTime
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
It indicates extended uplink TBF delay time. When uplink TBF is released,
if extended uplink TBF function is supported, this timer starts, access to extended uplink TBF state, to wait for new uplink LLC frame. Release uplink
Description
TBF after timer is timeout.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 3000
Unit
ms
Default value
1500
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Um Interface
Impact on service
None
4-117
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
4.11.13 Interval number of GPRS TBF downlink's RRBP

(GPRSDIRrbpInterVal)
Full name
Interval number of GPRS TBF downlinks RRBP
Abbreviation
GPRSDIRrbpInterVal
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Interval that downlink Gprs TBF requires MS to send Packet Downlink
Description
Ack/Nack.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
3 ~ 20
Unit
None
Default value
10
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Um interface
Impact on service
None
4.11.14 Interval number of EGPRS TBF downlinks RRBP

(EGPRSDIRrbpInterVal)
Full name
Interval number of EGPRS TBF downlink's RRBP
Abbreviation
EGPRSDIRrbpInterVal
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Interval that downlink EGPRS TBF requires MS to send EGPRS Packet Don-
Description
wlink Ack/Nack.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
6 ~ 60
Unit
None
Default value
10
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
4-118
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Um interface
Impact on service
None
4.11.15 Interval number of GPRS TBF uplinks ACK

(GPRSUIAckInterVal)
Full name
Interval number of GPRS TBF uplink's ACK
Abbreviation
GPRSUlAckInterVal
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Interval that uplink Gprs TBF network sends Packet Downlink Ack/Nack to
Description
MS.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
3 ~ 20
Unit
None
Default value
10
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Um interface
Impact on service
None
4.11.16 Interval number of EGPRS TBF uplinks ACK

(EGPRSUIAckInterVal)
Full name
Interval number of EGPRS TBF uplink's ACK
Abbreviation
EGPRSUlAckInterVal
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Interval that uplink Egprs TBF network sends Packet Downlink Ack/Nack to
Description
MS.
4-119
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
3 ~ 20
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Um interface
Impact on service
None
4.11.17 Single Block Assign Offset (SBAssOffset)

Full name
Single block assign offset
Abbreviation
SBAssOffset
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Uplink two-phase access. The MS initiates channel request, and network
Description
allocates single resource block to the MS. This parameter indicates the
searching range of this resource block.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
6 ~ 12
Unit
None
Default value
10
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4.11.18 Polling retry times (PollingRetryTime)

Full name
Polling retry time
4-120
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Abbreviation
PollingRetryTime
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Send polling request to MS from network side. If no any reponse is received
Description
from the MS. The system can send the max number of polling. The MS
instance is released after reaching the max number.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
3 ~ 12
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4.11.19 Uplink measure report period (Ulmeasureperiod, ms)

Full name
Uplink measurement report period
Abbreviation
Ulmeasureperiod
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter is used by UPPB, describing uplink measurement report pe-
Description
riod reported by BTS and handled by BSC.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
400 ~ 2000
Unit
ms
Default value
800
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Abis Interface
4-121
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Impact on service
None
4.11.20 Calculating period of load on PPCH (LoadPer, s)

Full name
Calculating period of load on PPCH
Abbreviation
LoadPer
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This paramter is used by FUC at BTS side, describing period to calculate
Description
PPCH channel load.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 16
Unit
Default value
10
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Abis Interface
Impact on service
None
4.11.21 PSI1 send period (Psi1RepPer)

Full name
PSI1 send period
Abbreviation
Psi1RepPer
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
A parameter used at the MS side and the FUN side. System broadcasts to
MS through PSI1, PSI13 and SI3 messages of local and adjacent cells. PSI1
send period indicates the sending period and destination of the PSI1 message in a cell. PSI1 contains information of cell reselection, PRACH control,
control channel description, and possible global power control parameters.
Description
As long as PBCCH exists, the message is always sent at high repetition rate.
Management Object
Cell
4-122
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
0 ~ 15
l
0: The PSI1 repeat period is equal to 1 multiframe
1: The PSI1 repeat period is equal to 2 multiframes

......
Value Range
Unit
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
15: The PSI1 repeat period is equal to 16 multiframes
4.11.22 Selective granularity (USFGranularity)

Full name
Selective granularity
Abbreviation
USFGranularity
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
It is assigned to the MS in PACKET UPLINK ASSIGNMENT message, indicating the uplink block allocation granularity of the GPRS MS from the net-
Description
work when the cell uses "dynamic allocation".
Management Object
Cell
0~1
l
0: allocation granularity is 1 for uplink block
Value Range
1: allocation granularity is 4 for uplink block
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4-123
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
4.11.23 Extended uplink dynamic allocation support

(ExUpDynSupport)
Full name
Extended uplink dynamic allocation support
Abbreviation
ExUpDynSupport
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter indicates if cell supports extended uplink dynamic allocation.
While using this function, the MS only need listen USF allocation with the
least timeslot, so you can determine to send uplink block on all allocated
Description
uplink timeslot.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
ZGO-03-02-007 Extended Dynamic Allocation
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Um Interface
Impact on service
None
4.11.24 ABIS time slots reserved for packet service (Info_1_0)

Full name
ABIS time slots reserved for packet service
Abbreviation
Info_1_0
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
To ensure PS can get required resource, the number of Abis timeslots

alloated to PS service is 1 by default, and modification is not recommended.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 255
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
4-124
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4.11.25 The maximum of ABIS for GPRS user (Info_1_8)

Full name
The maximum of ABIS for GPRS user
Abbreviation
Info_1_8
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
When there is sufficient Abis resource, it indicates the maximum number of Abis
resource bounded for channels newly allocated for the GPRS user.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
At most one ABIS, At most two ABIS, At most four ABIS
Unit
None
Default value
At most four ABIS
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
Relationship
ABIS time slots reserved for packet service (Info_1_0)

If the Abis timeslot resource is insufficient, Abis timeslot is allocated according to
"ABIS time slots reserved for packet service (Info_1_0)".
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
4.11.26 GPRS initial downlink allocation by multislot class 1

(Info1_1_4)
Full name
GPRS initial downlink allocation by multislot class 1
4-125
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Abbreviation
Info1_1_4
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
reference
None
It indicates whether initial channel allocation in downlink is based on multislot
Description
capability 1 (i.e. uplink 1 downlink 1) or based on the actual multislot capability of

MS specified in downlink assignment.
Management
Object
Cell
Yes/No
Value Range
Yes: Allocate according to multislot capability 1

No: Allocate according to actual multislot capability
Unit
None
Default value
Yes
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None

4-126
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
4.12.1 C/I (Sc)

Full name
C/I
Abbreviation
Sc
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
BSC uses MEAN_BEP as C/I to indicate radio transmission quality, and
adjusts block allocation according to radio transmission quality. Divide
MEAN_BEP into 7 grades, and each grade corresponds to a weight. The
weight is dynamically added to the weight calculated from UMTS QoS
parameters, as the evidence of allocating shared block.
Allocation weight that corresponds to MEAN_BEP grade is as follows:
MEAN_BEP grade MEAN_BEP value Allocation weight
0 0 ~ 4 -3*Sc
1 5 ~ 9 -2*Sc
2 10 ~ 13 -Sc
3 14 ~ 17 0
4 18 ~ 21 Sc
5 22 ~ 26 2*Sc
Description
6 27 ~ 31 3*Sc
Management Object
Cell
4-127
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Value Range
0~8
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
ZGO-01-02-002 C/I based Packet Scheduling
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4.12.2 ARP (Sa)

Full name
ARP
Abbreviation
Sa
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
It adjusts allocation weight for shared radio block by ARP parameters
(priority level).
Allocation weight that corresponds to ARP is as follows:
ARP Allocation weight
1 2*Sa
2 Sa
Description
30
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
0~8
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
ZGO-01-02-001 Support ARP in Packet Scheduling
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4-128
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
4.12.3 THP (St)

Full name
THP
Abbreviation
St
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
It adjusts allocation weight for shared radio block by THP parameters
included in interactive service.
Allocation weight that corresponds to THP is as follows:
THP Allocation weight
00
1 St
2 2*St
Description
3 3*St
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
0~8
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4.12.4 PS queuing support (PsQueueInd)

Full name
PS queuing support
Abbreviation
PsQueueInd
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
4-129
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
If PFC is suppoted, iBSC allocates radio resource according to signature

QoS parameters from user side. When QoS guarantee rate for user
signature is unsatisfied (including through grabbing), and the QoS
parameter allows queuing, and if this parameter is enabled, iBSC allocates
radio resource to user according to Best Effort, and insert the user into the
queue, to wait for allocation of radio resource. Queuing time can be gotten
through PFC process; otherwise if this parameter is disabled, access to this
service is directly refused.
Description
When this parameter is Yes, you can configure PsMaxQueueInstNum.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
Max PS queue count (PsMaxQueueInstNum)
Relationship
When this parameter is Yes, you can configure Max PS Queue Count
(PsMaxQueueInstNum).
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4.12.5 Max PS queue count (PsMaxQueueInstNum)

Full name
Max PS Queue Count (PsMaxQueueInstNum)
Abbreviation
PsMaxQueueInstNum
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This paramter indicates the number of allowed queues in the cell. When the
user number in queue reaches this value, the service that shall be queued
Description
shall be refused to access.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
1 ~ 16
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
4-130
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830

Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
PS queuing support (PsQueueInd)
Relationship
When PsQueueInd is Yes, you can configure this parameter.
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4.12.6 PS preemption support (PsPreemptionInd)

Full name
PS preemption support
Abbreviation
PsPreemptionInd
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
When PFC is supported, iBSC allocates radio resource according to signature QoS parameters from user side. When signed QoS guarantee rate can't
be satisfied and user own QoS parameter allows preemption. When this pa-
Description
rameter is enabled, this user can preempt radio resource with low priority.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4.12.7 3G NACC support (Support3GCCN)

Full name
3G NACC support
Abbreviation
Support3GCCN
4-131
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
This parameter indicates if NACC to 3G cell is supported.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
ZGO-02-02-011 Inter-BSC NACC
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4.12.8 PS prompt CS support (PSPrmpCSSupport)

Full name
PS prompt CS support
Abbreviation
PSPrmpCSSupport
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter indicates when dynamic channel with preferred PDCH is oc-
Description
cupied, to determine if the channel can be preempted by PS service.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4-132
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
4.12.9 Max resource for POC service (POCSrcThs,%)

Full name
Max resource for POC service
Abbreviation
POCSrcThs
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
It indicates the percent of current PS resource occupied by POC service.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 100
Unit
Default value
50
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4.12.10 Transform from uplink delay to extend (Info1_1_16)

Full name
Transform from uplink delay to extend
Abbreviation
Info1_1_16
3GPP Name
None
3GPP
reference
None
This parameter indicates whether the instance can be transformed from the delay
status to the extended uplink status.
Description
The transformation details are: If MS supports extended uplink status, then stop the
delay timer and start uplink block allocation to enter the extended uplink status.
This parameter is supported from version 6.20.200f.
Management
Object
Value Range
Cell
Yes/No
0: No; 1: Yes
Unit
None
Default value
No
4-133
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
4.12.11 Max Num of resend packet assignment (Info1_1_8)

Full name
Max Num of resend packet assignment
Abbreviation
Info1_1_8
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
When the number of times of resending assignment messages exceeds the
maximum number of times of resending packet assignment messages specified at
background, the TBF Release message is resent to notify MS to release TBF.
During the service process, if CTRL_ACK is lost, then judge the assignment type
that MAC is waiting for. If the assignment type is consistent with that MAC is
waiting for, then the number of resending assignment messages increments and
Description
the uplink/downlink assignment message is resent. If it exceeds the maximum

number of resending assignment messages but the assignment acknowledgement
message from MS is still not received, then the TBF Release message is issued
from network and TBF is released. If the assignment type is inconsistent with
that MAC is waiting for, then the assignment timer is cleared and the assignment
message will not be resent.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 10
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
4-134
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
4.12.12 Resource adjust for CS preempt (Info1_1_17)

Full name
Resource adjust for CS preempt
Abbreviation
Info1_1_17
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
When events, such as CS preemption, that require releasing PS channel occur,
the control plane judges whether the timeslot to be released is important timeslot
or unique timeslot after receiving the dynamic channel conversion message. If
Description
the timeslot is not important or unique, then the control plane initiates resource
adjustment and sends the resource assignment message to the user plane. The
user plane then sends packet uplink/downlink assignment message or timeslot
reallocation message to MS.
Management
Object
Value Range
Cell
Yes/No
0: No; 1: Yes
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
4-135
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
4.12.13 Subcell selection of PS channel allocation (PSALLOCSC_0)

Full name
Subcell selection of PS channel allocation
Abbreviation
PSALLOCSC_0
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
After subcell is configured, user can control the subcell selection strategy by this
Description
parameter. The strategy includes preferring the first subcell, preferring the second
subcell, and only selecting the first subcell.
Management
Object
Cell
Prefer subcell 1, Prefer subcell 2, Only subcell 1
Value Range
0: Prefer subcell 1
1: Prefer subcell 2
2: Only subcell 1
Unit
None
Default value
Prefer subcell 1
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
4.12.14 RXLEV threshold in subcell 1 (PSALLOCSC_1)

Full name
RXLEV threshold in subcell 1
Abbreviation
PSALLOCSC_1
3GPP name
None
3GPP reference
None
4-136
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
After subcell is set, this parameter is used to control the level threshold for
choosing the first subcell. When PS channel is in the second subcell, if the level
Description
is less than PSALLOCSC_1 and TA is more than PagBlkRes, it is necessary to

move to the first subcell.
Managed object
Cell
0 ~ 63
Value range
0: < -110 dBm;
1: -110 ~ -109 dBm;
2: -109 ~ -108 dBm;

...
62: -49 ~ -48 dBm;
63: > -48 dBm
Unit
None
Default value
20
Change mode
Offline
Related
features
None
Related
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
4.12.15 RXLEV threshold in subcell 2 (PSALLOCSC_2)

Full name
RXLEV threshold in subcell 2
Abbreviation
PSALLOCSC_2
3GPP name
None
3GPP reference
None
After subcell is set, this parameter is used to control the level threshold for
selecting the second subcell. When PS channel is in the first subcell, if the level is
Description
more than PSALLOCSC_2 and TA is less than PagBlkRes, then it is necessary to

move to the second subcell.
Managed object
Cell
4-137
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
0 ~ 63
Value range
0: < -110 dBm;
1: -110 ~ -109 dBm;
2: -109 ~ -108 dBm;

...
62: -49 ~ -48 dBm;
63: > -48 dBm
Unit
None
Default value
40
Change mode
Offline
Related
features
None
Related
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
4.13 GPRS Cell Options Parameters

The interface of GPRS cell optional parameters is shown in Figure 4-13.
4-138
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Figure 4-13 GPRS Cell Options Parameters
4.13.1 T3168
Full name
T3168
Abbreviation
T3168
3GPP Name
T3168
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0

Parameter used at the MS side.It belongs to the GPRS cell option
parameters, and it is broadcast to the MS in the PSI1, PSI13 and SI13
messages.
T3168 indicates the maximum time to wait for PACKET UPLINK
ASSIGNMENT message after MS sends PACKET RESOURCE REQUEST
message (or PACKET DOWNLINK ACK/NACK message with Channel
Description
Request Description IE).
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
0.5 ~ 4.0 (Step length is 0.5)
Unit
Default value
4.0
Change mode
Offline
4-139
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Um Interface
Impact on service
None
4.13.2 T3192
Full name
T3192
Abbreviation
T3192
3GPP Name
T3192
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0

Parameter used at the MS side.
During the packet downlink transmission, if RLC data block is the final
downlink data block to be transmitted, the network sends the RLC data
block with the Final Block Identifier (FBI) domain as 1. It contains an
effective RRBP field to initialize the release of the downlink TBF.
For each RLC data block that receives FBI with value 1 and contains
effective RRBP domain:
l
In acknowledged mode,
the MS sends PACKET DOWNLINK
ACK/NACK message whose FAI domain is 1 on the uplink block

specified by the RRBP domain.
l
In unacknowledged mode, MS sends the PACKET CONTROL ACKNOWLEDGE message in the uplink block specified as per RRBP
field. Then MS starts the T3192 timer.
T3192 releases the resources, stop discreet listening to the PDCCH

channel when it expires, and turns to the paging channel for discreet
listening. Within the protection period of T3192, if the MS receives
the PACKET DOWNLINK ASSIGNMENT or PACKET TIMESLOT
RECONFIGURE message from the network, T3192 will stop and turn
Description
to the packet transmission status.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
500, 1000, 1500, 0, 80, 120, 160, 200
Unit
ms
Default value
500
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
4-140
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Um interface
Impact on service
None
4.13.3 T3142(s)
Full name
T3142(s)
Abbreviation
T3142
3GPP Name
T3142
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 44.018 V7.2.0

This timer starts if the MS receives immeidate assignment refusal or DTM
Description
refusal during packet access. This timer does not function if the MS in
original cell does not allow to initiate access request but the MS does cell
reselection prior to the timer timeout.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 255
Unit
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4.13.4 T3172(s)
Full name
T3172(s)
Abbreviation
T3172
3GPP Name
T3172
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 44.060 V7.2.0
4-141
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830

This timer starts if the MS receives PACKET ACCESS REJECT message
during packet access. The MS disables packet access if this timer is
Description
timeout. The MS changes to idle status if this timer is timeout prior to

receiving assignment message. After this timer timeout, the MS does not
disable packet access in this cell, but shall not take channel request as
paging response except the MS receives paging request message.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 255
Unit
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4.13.5 DRX mode holding time (DrxTimeMax, s)

Full name
DRX mode holding time
Abbreviation
DrxTimeMax
3GPP Name
DRX_TIMER_MAX
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0

This parameter is used at MS side. System broadcasts to MS through PSI1,
PSI13 and SI13 messages, and indicates the value of DRX_TIMER_MAX.
When changing from the packet transmission mode to the packet idle
mode, the MS should first enter the non-DRX mode. Minimum values of
this parameter and DRX_TIMER_MAX parameters determine the time
Description
length for MS to stay in the Non-DRx mode.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
0, 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64
Unit
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
ZGB-03-05-010 GPRS non-DRX Mode
4-142
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Um Interface
Impact on service
None
4.13.6 MAX blocks transmission in each TS (BsCvMax)

Full name
Max blocks transmission in each TS
Abbreviation
BsCvMax
3GPP Name
BS_CV_MAX
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0

This parameter is used at MS side. System broadcasts to MS through
PSI1, PSI13, and SI13 messages.
This parameter decides the time of T3198 used by the MS as the sending
party (= time represented by BS_CV_MAX), the time of T3200 used by the
MS in the non-DRX mode (= 4 x the time represented by BS_CV_MAX),
and the value of N3104max (=3 x (BS_CV_MAX+3) x Number of timeslots
assigned in the uplink).
All uplink data blocks sent by MS contain the COUNT DOWN VALUE (CV)
field. The network can use this field to calculate the data blocks to be sent
Description
on current uplink TBF.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 15
Unit
None
Default value
15
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Um interface
Impact on service
None
4.13.7 Packet control acknowledgment type (CtraCKType)

Full name
Packet control acknowledgment type
Abbreviation
CtraCKType
4-143
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
3GPP Name
CONTROL_ACK_TYPE
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0

This parameter is used on RLC/MAC layer of BRP and at MS side. System
broadcasts to MS through PSI1, PSI13, and SI13 messages. Packet control
acknowledgment type indicates the default format for MS to send PACKET
Description
CONTROL ACKNOWLEDGEMENT message.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
4 access bursts, RLC/MAC control block
Unit
None
Default value
RLC/MAC control block
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Um interface
Impact on service
None
4.13.8 Access burst type (AccessType)

Full name
Access burst type
Abbreviation
AccessType
3GPP Name
ACCESS_BURST_TYPE
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0

PSI1, PSI13, and SI13 messages. Access burst type indicates whether
to use the 8-bit or 11-bit access burst in PRACH and PTCCH/U, and the
PACKET CONTROL ACKNOWLEDGEMENT message.
The main difference between the two types is that the 11-bit access burst
Description
can take more content than the 8-bit access burst.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
8 bits, 11 bits
Unit
None
Default value
8 bits
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
ZGB-03-05-005 8/11 bit Access Burst
Relevant parameters
None
4-144
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Um Interface
Impact on service
None
4.13.9 N3102 decrease step (PanDec)

Full name
N3102 decrease step
Abbreviation
PanDec
3GPP Name
PAN_DEC
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0

This parameter is used at MS side. They belong to the GPRS cell option
parameters, and they are broadcast to the MS in the PSI1, PSI13 and SI13
messages, indicating the values of parameters of PAN_DEC, PAN_INC
and PAN_MAX. After each cell reselection, the MS will set the initial value
of N3102 as the PanMax value.
1. When the MS receives the PACKET UPLINK ACK/NACK message to
move V(S) forward, it adds PanInc to N3102 (but the maximum value
shall not exceed PanMax).
2. When the MS detects the stall condition (V(S) = V(A) + W(S)), T3182
will start. When it receives the PACKET UPLINK ACK/NACK message
that enables V(S) < V(A) + W(S), T3182 stops. If T3182 expires, the MS
will subtract PanDec from N3102. When the condition satisfies N3102
< 0, the MS will take cell reselection as abnormal release. When one of
Description
PanDec, PanInc, and PanMax is zero, N3102 is invalid.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
4, 8, 12, 16, 20, 24, 28, 32
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Um interface
Impact on service
None
4-145
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
4.13.10 N3102 increase step (PanInc)

Full name
N3102 increase step
Abbreviation
PanInc
3GPP Name
PAN_INC
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0

Description
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
4, 8, 12, 16, 20, 24, 28, 32
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Um interface
Impact on service
None
4.13.11 N3102 MAX (PanMax)

Full name
N3102 Max
Abbreviation
PanMax
3GPP Name
PAN_MAX
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0
4-146
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Description
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
4, 8, 12, 16, 20, 24, 28, 32
Unit
None
Default value
32
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Um interface
Impact on service
None
4.13.12 GPRS Phone Init Coding

Full name
GPRS Phone Init Coding
Abbreviation
GPRSInitattselt_0 ~ GPRSInitattselt_3
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter indicates the default-coding mode for GPRS MS initial access, under different Abis interface link bandwidths. This is a four-dimensional array, indicating GPRS uplink init coding scheme, GPRS downlink init
coding scheme, GPRS uplink max coding scheme, and GPRS downlink max
Description
coding scheme.
Management Object
Cell
4-147
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
GPRS uplink init coding scheme: CS1, CS2, CS3, CS4;
GPRS downlink init coding scheme: CS1, CS2, CS3, CS4;
GPRS uplink max coding scheme: CS1, CS2, CS3, CS4;
Value Range
GPRS downlink max coding scheme: CS1, CS2, CS3, CS4.
Unit
None
Default value
[CS2, CS2, CS4, CS4]
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
ZGB-03-05-002 Initial Coding Scheme per Cell Settable
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4.13.13 GPRS phones init code can be changed (InitAttachExch_0)

Full name
GPRS phones init code can be changed
Abbreviation
InitAttachExch_0
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter indicates if GPRS phones default code can be changed dy-
Description
namically.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
Yes
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Um Interface
Impact on service
None
4.14 GPRS NC Survey Parameters

The interface of GPRS NC survey parameters is shown in Figure 4-14.
4-148
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Figure 4-14 GPRS NC Survey Parameters
4.14.1 Packet Idle mode (NcRepPerI, s)

Full name
Packet Idle mode
Abbreviation
NcRepPerI
3GPP Name
NC_REPORTING_PERIOD_I
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0

This parameter is used at MS side. System broadcasts the parameter
information to MS through SI2Quater and PSI5 messages. This parameter
indicates the period of MS reporting cell reselection survey in packet IDLE
mode. When NetworkCtrlOrder is NC0, the parameter information is not
necessary to broadcast through PSI5 message.
Description
This parameter also can be sent to MS through PMO message.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
0.48, 0.96, 1.92, 3.84, 7.68, 15.36, 30.72, 61.44
Unit
Default value
61.44
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
ZGO-02-02-012 Network Controlled Cell Reselection
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Um Interface
Impact on service
None
4-149
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
4.14.2 Packet transmission mode (NcRerPerT, s)

Full name
Packet transmission mode
Abbreviation
NcRerPerT
3GPP Name
NC_REPORTING_PERIOD_T
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0

This parameter is used at MS side. It belongs to NC measurement
parameter, which is broadcasted to MS in system message SI2Quater and
PSI5 message. This parameter indicates the period of MS reporting cell
reselection survey in packet transmission mode. When NetworkCtrlOrder
is NC0, the parameter information is not necessary to broadcast through
PSI5 message.
Description
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
0.48, 0.96, 1.92, 3.84, 7.68, 15.36, 30.72, 61.44
Unit
Default value
3.84
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Um Interface
Impact on service
None
4.14.3 Extended measurement report order (MeaOrder)

Full name
Extended measurement report order
Abbreviation
MeaOrder
3GPP Name
MEASUREMENT_ORDER
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0

This parameter is used at MS side. System broadcasts the parameter
information to MS through PSI1 message. Extended measurement report
order is to indicate the survey report command of MS in a cell.
Description
This parameter indicates if PSI5 is sent.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
4-150
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Um Interface
Impact on service
None
4.14.4 Network control order (CtrlOrder)

Full name
Network control order
Abbreviation
CtrlOrder
3GPP Name
NETWORK_CONTROL_ORDER
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0

This parameter is used at MS side. It belongs to the network control survey
parameters, and it is broadcast to the MS in the PSI5, PSI13, SI3, and
SI2quater messages, indicating the network control command used in the
cell. If the parameter equals to NC0, then NC survey parameters (NC hold
time in non-drx mode, and Cell Reselection Survey Report Period) can be
ignored; if the parameter is NC1 or NC2 and NC measurement parameters
are ignored, use the default value.
l
NC0: MS controls cell reselection, and there is no survey report.
NC1: MS controls cell reselection and sends the survey report.
l
Description
NC2: The network controls cell reselection and MS sends the survey
report.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
NC0, NC1, NC2
Unit
None
Default value
NC0
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Um Interface
Impact on service
None
4-151
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
4.14.5 NC hold time in non-drx mode (NcNoDrxPer, s)

Full name
NC hold time in non-drx mode
Abbreviation
NcNoDrxPer
3GPP Name
NC_ NON_DRX_PERIOD
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0

This parameter is used at MS side. This parameter belongs to network
control survey and is used at MS side. System broadcasts the parameter
information to MS through SI2Quater and PSI5 message. This parameter
indicates the minimal time for an MS to stay in the non-DRX mode
after sending an NC survey report. When NetworkCtrlOrder is NC0,
the parameter information is not necessary to broadcast through PSI5
message.
Description
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
No non-DRX mode, 0.24, 0.48, 0.72, 0.96, 1.20, 1.44, 1.92
Unit
Default value
0.48
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Um Interface
Impact on service
None
4.14.6 Extended measurement report order (ExMeaOrder)

Full name
Extended measurement report order
Abbreviation
ExMeaOrder
3GPP Name
EXT_MEASUREMENT_ORDER
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0
4-152
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
This parameter is used at MS side. System broadcasts to MS through PSI5

message. This parameter indicates whether the MS performs extended
survey. In addition, it indicates how to interpret the other extended survey
parameters (Type of extended measurement report and Report period of
extended measurement).
l
EM0: MS performs no extended survey
Description
EM1: MS must send the extended survey report to the network
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
EM0, EM1
Unit
None
Default value
EM0
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Um Interface
Impact on service
None
4.14.7 Type of extended measurement report (ExtRepType)

Full name
Type of extended measurement report
Abbreviation
ExtRepType
3GPP Name
EXT_REPORTING_TYPE
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0

This parameter is used at MS side. It belongs to the extended survey
parameters, and it is broadcast to the MS in the PSI5 message, indicating
the type of the extended survey report of MS. System sends the parameter
information through the PSI5 message when Extended measurement
report order is EM1.
l
Type1: This type of report must be extended if the frequency points for
the extended survey are among the six strongest carrier frequencies,
even if the BSIC decoding is successful. The report should cover the
receiving signal level and the successfully decoded BSIC (if any).
Type2: This type of report must be extended if all the frequency points
for the extended survey are located in the six strongest carrier frequen-
Description
cies, the BSIC decoding is successful and the NCC part is allowed for
4-153
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
survey. The report should cover the receiving signal level and the successfully decoded BSIC.
l
Type3: Use this type of report to report all the frequency points for the
extended survey. No BSIC decoding is necessary. The report should
contain the receiving signal level. Besides, the interference of each carrier frequency shall be reported.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
Type1, Type2, Type3
Unit
None
Default value
Type 1
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Um Interface
Impact on service
None
4.14.8 Report period of extended measurement (ExtRepPer, s)

Full name
Report period of extended measurement
Abbreviation
ExtRepPer
3GPP Name
EXT_REPORTING_PERIOD
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0

Parameter used at the MS side. It belongs to the extended survey parameters and it is broadcast to the MS in the PSI5 message, indicating the interval
of extended survey report. System sends the parameter information through
Description
the PSI5 message when Extended measurement report order is EM1.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
60, 120, 240, 480, 960, 1920, 3840, 7680
Unit
Default value
1920
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Um Interface
4-154
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Impact on service
None
4.14.9 The size of test report's slip window (Wnd)

Full name
The size of test report's slip window
Abbreviation
Wnd
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
When NC2 network controls the cell reselection, this parameter is used.
When the number of measurement reports reaches this parameter setting
Description
value, average processing is done for measurement report.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
1~8
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4.14.10 Allowed report number of the same cell in slip window

(AllowedRepNum)
Full name
Allowed report number of the same cell in slip window
Abbreviation
AllowedRepNum
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
When NC2 network controls the cell reselection, this parameter is used.
When adjacent cell receives average level, and the number of valid measurement report received in slip window is lower than setting value, this cal-
Description
culation shall be punished.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
1~6
4-155
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4.15 GPRS Power Control Parameters

The interface of GPRS power control parameters is shown in Figure 4-15.
Figure 4-15 GPRS Power Control Parameters
4.15.1 Filter period in the packet idle mode (T_AVG_W, s)

Full name
Filter period in the packet idle mode
Abbreviation
T_AVG_W
3GPP Name
T_AVG_W
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0
4-156
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Parameter used at the MS side. It belongs to the global power control and
GPRS power control parameters, and it is broadcast to the MS in the PSI1,
PSI13 and SI13 messages. This parameter indicates the filter period of the
Description
signal intensity for power control in the packet idle mode.
Management Object
Cell
0 ~ 31
l
0: filter period is 2(0/2)/6 multiframes

......
Value Range
26 ~ 31: filter period is 2(25/2)/6 multiframes
Unit
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4.15.2 Filter period in packet transmission mode (T_AVG_T, s)

Full name
Filter period in packet transmission mode
Abbreviation
T_AVG_T
3GPP Name
T_AVG_T
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0

PSI13 and SI3 messages. This parameter indicates the filter period of the
Description
signal intensity for power control in the packet transmission mode.
Management Object
Cell
0 ~ 31
l

......
Value Range
26 ~ 31: reserved
Unit
s
4-157
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4.15.3 PSI4 sending mark (Psi4Send)

Full name
PSI4 sending mark
Abbreviation
Psi4Send
3GPP Name
INT_MEAS_CHANNEL_LIST_AVAIL
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0

This parameter belongs to global power control and is used at MS side. It
belongs to the global power control parameters, and it is broadcast to the
MS in the PSI1 message. This parameter indicates whether to broadcast
the optional PSI4 message. This message contains a list of channels that
Description
interferes with the survey.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4.15.4 Power control measurement channel (PcMeasChan)

Full name
Power control measurement channel
Abbreviation
PcMeasChan
3GPP Name
PC_MEAS_CHAN
4-158
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0

PSI13 and SI13 messages. This parameter indicates the position where the
Description
downlink power strength is surveyed for uplink power control.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
BCCH, PDCH
Unit
None
Default value
BCCH
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4.15.5 Power control parameter (Alpha)

Full name
Power control parameter
Abbreviation
Alpha
3GPP Name
ALPHA
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0

PSI13 and SI13 messages. This parameter determines the MS transmission
Description
power control Alpha ().
Management Object
Cell
0 ~ 10
Parameters controlled by MS transmitting power is Alpha(), then,
l
0: = 0.0
1: = 0.1
......
10: = 1.0
Value Range
11 ~ 15: = 1.0
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
4-159
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4.15.6 Filter constant of power control (N_AVG_I)

Full name
Filter constant of power control
Abbreviation
N_AVG_I
3GPP Name
N_AVG_I
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0

PSI13 and SI13 messages. This parameter is a filter constant used to opti-
Description
mize the interference signal intensity in power control.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 15
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4.16 GPRS Cell Reselection Parameters

The interface of GPRS cell reselection parameters is shown in Figure 4-16.
4-160
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Figure 4-16 GPRS Cell Reselection Parameters
4.16.1 Cell reselection offset (ReselOffset_0, 2db)

Full name
Reselection offset
Abbreviation
ReselOff_0
3GPP Name
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

message by BTS. In the GPRS system, C32 is used as the standard for cell
reselection. Similar to the C2 standard in GSM, there is a cell reselection
offset parameter (ReselOff) for calculation of the C32 standard. This
parameteris not necessary to append in packet system message when the
offset value is 0 dB.
Description
Management Object
Cell
4-161
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
0 ~ 31
l
0: -52 dB
1: -48 dB
......
22: +12 dB
......
31: +48 dB
For -52 dB ~ -12 dB and 12 dB ~ 48 dB, the step is 4 dB; for -12 dB ~ 12
Value Range
dB, the step is 2 dB.
Unit
2 dB
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
ZGO-02-02-009 Support of C31 and C32 Criteria
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4.16.2 Cell reselection offset2 (ReselOffset_1, 2db)

Full name
Reselection offset 2
Abbreviation
ReselOff_1
3GPP Name
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

system, C32 is used as the standard for cell reselection. Similar to the C2
standard in GSM, there is a cell reselection offset parameter (ReselOff) for
calculation of the C32 standard. This parameteris not necessary to append
in packet system message when the offset value is 0 dB.
Description
transmission state.
Management Object
Cell
4-162
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
0 ~ 31
l
0: -52 dB
1: -48 dB
......
22: +12 dB
......
Value Range
Unit
2 dB
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
31: +48 dB
4.16.3 Temporary offset of cell reselection (TempOffset_0, db)

Full name
Abbreviation
TempOffset_0
3GPP Name
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

Time parameter.
Description
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
0, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, Infinite
Unit
dB
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
4-163
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4.16.4 Temporary offset of cell reselection2 (TempOffset_1, db)

Full name
Reselection temporary offset 2
Abbreviation
TempOffset_1
3GPP Name
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

temporary offset in C32 that provides a negative offset, similar to C2 in
GSM system. The effective time depends on Penalty Time parameter.
Description
transmission state.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
0, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, Infinite
Unit
dB
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None

Full name
Abbreviation
PenalTime_0
3GPP Name
GPRS_PENALTY_TIME
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
4-164
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830

offset, similar to C2 in GSM system. The effective time depends on
PenalTime of cell reselection.
Description
Management Object
Cell
0 ~ 31
l
0: 10 s
1: 20 s
......
Value Range
Unit
10 s
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
31: 320 s
4.16.6 Penalty time of cell reselection2 (PenalTime_1, 10s)

Full name
Penalty time of cell reselection 2
Abbreviation
PenalTime_1
3GPP Name
GPRS_PENALTY_TIME
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

temporary offset in C32 that provides a negative offset, similar to C2 in
GSM system. The effective time depends on PenalTime of cell reselection.
Description
transmission state.
Management Object
Cell
4-165
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
0 ~ 31
l
0: 10 s
1: 20 s
......
Value Range
Unit
10 s
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
31: 320 s
4.16.7 Interval of reselecting the same cell (T_Resel_0, s)

Full name
Interval of reselecting the same cell
Abbreviation
T_Resel_0
3GPP Name
T_RESEL
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0

message by BTS. When MS performs a cell reselection that causes
abnormal release of this cell, it is not allowed to reselect this cell again
within the T_RESEL period, unless there is no other cells for selection. It is
not necessary to broadcast this parameter to MS through PSI3 message
when the time represented by this parameter is 5 s (default value).
Description
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
5, 10, 15, 20, 30, 60, 120, 300
Unit
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
4-166
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4.16.8 Interval of reselecting the same cell2 (T_Resel_1, s)

Full name
Interval of reselecting the same cell 2
Abbreviation
T_Resel_1
3GPP Name
T_RESEL
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0

This parameter is used at MS side. Inform MS on PACCH. When MS
performs a cell reselection that causes abnormal release of this cell, it is
not allowed to reselect this cell again within the T_RESEL period, unless
there is no other cells for selection. It is not necessary to broadcast this
parameter to MS through PSI3 message when the time represented by
this parameter is 5 s (default value).
Description
transmission state.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
5, 10, 15, 20, 30, 60, 120, 300
Unit
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4.16.9 Threshold of HCS signal level (HCS_Thr_0)

Full name
Abbreviation
HCS_Thr_0
3GPP Name
HCS_THR
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0
4-167
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830

broadcasted to MS via system message by BTS. Threshold of HCS signal
level identifies the HCS signal strength threshold of the cell.
Description
Management Object
Cell
0 ~ 63
l
0: -110 dBm
1: -108 dBm
Value Range
......
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4.16.10 Threshold of HCS signal level2 (HCS_Thr_1)

Full name
Threshold of HSC signal level 2
Abbreviation
HCS_Thr_1
3GPP Name
HCS_THR
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0

This parameter is used at MS side. It belongs to HCS parameter, which
is informed to MS on PACCH. Threshold of HCS signal level identifies the
HCS signal strength threshold of the cell.
Description
transmission state.
Management Object
Cell
0 ~ 63
l
0: -110 dBm
1: -108 dBm
Value Range
......
Unit
None
Default value
4-168
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None

Full name
HCS Priority
Abbreviation
PrioClass_0
3GPP Name
PRIORITY_CLASS
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0

broadcasted to MS via system message by BTS. This parameter specifies
the HCS priority of the cell.
Description
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
0~7
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4.16.12 HCS priority2 (PrioClass_1)

Full name
HCS Priority 2
Abbreviation
PrioClass_1
3GPP Name
PRIORITY_CLASS
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0

4-169
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830

informed to MS on PACCH. This parameter specifies the HCS priority of
the cell.
Description
transmission state.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
0~7
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4.16.13 C31 hysteresis (C31_Hyst_0)

Full name
C31 hysteresis
Abbreviation
C31_Hyst_0
3GPP Name
C31_HYST
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0

This parameter is used at MS side. It is broadcasted to MS through system
message by BTS, indicating whether to use the CellReselHys parameter
on the C31 standard.
Description
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
4-170
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Impact on service
None
4.16.14 C31 hysteresis2 (C31_Hyst_1)

Full name
C31 hysteresis 2
Abbreviation
C31_Hyst_1
3GPP Name
C31_HYST
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0

This parameter is used at MS side. It is informed to MS on PACCH,
indicating whether to use the CellReselHys parameter on the C31 standard.
Description
transmission state.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4.16.15 GPRS cell reselection hysteresis (ReselHys_0, db)

Full name
GPRS cell reselection hysteresis
Abbreviation
ReselHys_0
3GPP Name
GPRS_CELL_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0
4-171
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830

message by BTS.
MS needs to go through location updating process after cell reselection
in the case of GPRS cell reselection, if the original cell and destination
cell are in different locations. C32 values obtained at the boundary for
two adjacent cells are different because of fading characteristic of radio
channel. It causes MS to select cell frequently.
The interval between the two cell reselections of MS is not less than 15 s.
However, 15 s is extremely short time in terms of location updating. This
increases the signaling flow on the network and causes radio resources to
be fully utilized. In addition, it decreases call completion rate of the system,
as MS cannot respond to paging during location update.
by the parameter.
l

that is, there is coverage gap, or the adjacent place is an area with
few slow moving objects such as the expressway, the CRH parameter
should be set as 1 ~ 3 (that is, 2dB ~ 6dB for the CRH level).

Description
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
0, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14
Unit
dB
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4-172
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
4.16.16 GPRS cell reselection hysteresis2 (ReselHys_1, db)

Full name
GPRS cell reselection hysteresis 2
Abbreviation
ReselHys_1
3GPP Name
GPRS_CELL_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0

This parameter is used at MS side. Inform MS on PACCH.
MS needs to go through location updating process after cell reselection
in the case of GPRS cell reselection, if the original cell and destination
cell are in different locations. C32 values obtained at the boundary for
two adjacent cells are different because of fading characteristic of radio
channel. It causes MS to select cell frequently.
The interval between the two cell reselections of MS is not less than 15 s.
However, 15 s is extremely short time in terms of location updating. This
increases the signaling flow on the network and causes radio resources to
be fully utilized. In addition, it decreases call completion rate of the system,
as MS cannot respond to paging during location update.
by the parameter.
l

that is, there is coverage gap, or the adjacent place is an area with
few slow moving objects such as the expressway, the CRH parameter
should be set as 1 ~ 3 (that is, 2dB ~ 6dB for the CRH level).

Description
transmission state.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
0, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14
Unit
dB
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
4-173
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4.16.17 Routing reselection hysteresis (RaReselHys_0, db)

Full name
Routing reselection hysteresis
Abbreviation
RaReselHys_0
3GPP Name
RA_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0

message by BTS. This parameter specifies extra hysteresis value used in
selecting a cell in another routing area when MS is in STANDBY or READY
mode. It is not necessary to broadcast this parameter through the PSI3
message when the value of this parameter is the same as that of GPRS
cell reselection hysteresis.
Description
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
0, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14
Unit
dB
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4.16.18 Routing reselection hysteresis2 (RaReselHys_1, db)

Full name
Routing reselection hysteresis 2
Abbreviation
RaReselHys_1
3GPP Name
RA_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0
4-174
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
This parameter is used at MS side. It is informed to MS on PACCH. This

parameter specifies extra hysteresis value used in selecting a cell in another
routing area when MS is in STANDBY or READY mode. It is not necessary
to broadcast this parameter through the PSI3 message when the value of
this parameter is the same as that of GPRS cell reselection hysteresis.
Description
transmission state.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
0, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14
Unit
dB
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4.16.19 Random access attempt permitted (RadAcRetry_0)

Full name
Random access attempt permitted
Abbreviation
RadAcRetry_0
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
message by BTS, which indicates whether MS is allowed to attempt to
access another cell (if it exists).
If there is abnormal release in the packet transmission, the MS will discard
all running TBFs. If MS is allowed to access other cells, it should perform
abnormal cell reselection, and establish TBF after initializing new cell.
If other suitable cells exist, MS cannot reselect the original cell within
T_RESEL seconds.
Description
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
4-175
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4.16.20 Random access attempt permitted2 (RadAcRetry_1)

Full name
Random access attempt permitted 2
Abbreviation
RadAcRetry_1
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter is used at MS side. It is informed to MS on PACCH,
indicating whether MS is allowed to attempt to access another cell (if it
exists).
If there is abnormal release in the packet transmission, the MS will discard
all running TBFs. If MS is allowed to access other cells, it should perform
abnormal cell reselection, and establish TBF after initializing new cell.
If other suitable cells exist, MS cannot reselect the original cell within
T_RESEL seconds.
Description
transmission state.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4-176
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
4.16.21 Usage of cell reselection offset (C32_Qual_0)

Full name
Usage of cell reselection offset
Abbreviation
C32_Qual_0
3GPP Name
C32_QUAL
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

message by BTS, which indicates whether to use the exceptional rule
when adopting ReselOff.
Description
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4.16.22 Usage of cell reselection offset2 (C32_Qual_1)

Full name
Usage of cell reselection offset 2
Abbreviation
C32_Qual_1
3GPP Name
C32_QUAL
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

This parameter is used at MS side. It is informed to the MS on PACCH,
indicating whether to use the exceptional rule when adopting ReselOff.
Description
transmission state.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
4-177
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4.16.23 GPRS access minimum signal level1 (RxLevAsMin_0)

Full name
GPRS access minimum signal level 1
Abbreviation
RxLevAsMin_0
3GPP Name
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

message by BTS.
It indicates the minimum receiving level for the MS to access the GPRS
system. To prevent the MS from accessing the system at a low receiving
signal level (usually, the poor communication quality cannot guarantee
normal communication process after access) and from unreasonably
wasting radio resources of the network, it is stipulated in the GSM system
that the receiving level be greater than a threshold level for MS to access
the network, that is, MS Minimal Level to Access.
Description
Management Object
Cell
0 ~ 63
l
0: < -110 dBm;
1: -110 dBm ~ -109 dBm;
2: -109 dBm ~ -108 dBm;

......
62: -49 dBm ~ -48 dBm;
Value Range
63: > -48 dBm
Unit
None
Default value
12
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
4-178
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4.16.24 GPRS access minimum signal level2 (RxLevAsMin_1)

Full name
GPRS access minimum signal level 2
Abbreviation
RxLevAsMin_1
3GPP Name
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

It indicates the minimum receiving level for the MS to access the GPRS
system. To prevent the MS from accessing the system at a low receiving
signal level (usually, the poor communication quality cannot guarantee
normal communication process after access) and from unreasonably
wasting radio resources of the network, it is stipulated in the GSM system
that the receiving level be greater than a threshold level for MS to access
the network, that is, MS Minimal Level to Access.
Description
transmission state.
Management Object
Cell
0 ~ 63
l
0: < -110 dBm;
1: -110 dBm ~ -109 dBm;
2: -109 dBm ~ -108 dBm;

......
62: -49 dBm ~ -48 dBm;
Value Range
63: > -48 dBm
Unit
None
Default value
12
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
4-179
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Impact on service
None
4.16.25 Priority threshold (Prio_Thr, db)

Full name
Priority threshold
Abbreviation
Prio_Thr
3GPP Name
PRIO_THR
3GPP reference
3GPP TS44.018 V5.22.0

System broadcasts the parameter information to MS through SI4, SI6 and
SI7 messages. This parameter relates to GPRS access minimal signal level
Description
in calculation of C4 standard.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
0, 6, 12, 18, 24, 30, 36, Infinite
Unit
dB
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4.16.26 HCS exist (HCS_Exist_0)

Full name
HCS exist
Abbreviation
HCS_Exist_0
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Cell Structure (HCS) and broadcasted to MS via system message by BTS.
This parameter indicates whether the HCS parameters (PriorityClass and
HCSTHr) exist in the cell. MS ignores HSC exist parameters of other cells if
serving cell does not use HSC exist parameters (all the cells use Threshold
of HSC signal level of infinity).
Description

4-180
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4.16.27 HCS exist2 (HCS_Exist_1)

Full name
HCS exist 2
Abbreviation
HCS_Exist_1
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Cell Structure (HCS) and be informed to MS on PACCH. This parameter
indicates whether the HCS parameters (PriorityClass and HCSTHr) exist
in the cell. MS ignores HSC exist parameters of other cells if serving cell
does not use HSC exist parameters (all the cells use Threshold of HSC
signal level of infinity).
Description
transmission state.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4-181
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
4.16.28 GPRS MAX initial access signal level1 (MsTxMaxCch_0)

Full name
Abbreviation
MsTxMaxCch_0
3GPP Name
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

message by BTS.
Network controls the MS transmit power during communication with BTS.
The network controls MS power using power command. MS outputs
transmit power closest to the specified power value if unavailable. The
power before MS receives the network power control information (the
power used in random access), depends on this parameter when MS
is receiving PBCCH.
This parameter is also a parameter for cell selection and reselection by MS,
involved in calculation of C1 and C2 values. If this parameter is too large,
the MS close to BTS will interfere with the adjacent channel; If it is too
small, the MS access success rate at the edge of cell will be very low.
To set it, observe the following principle: Under the precondition that the
MS at the cell boundary is guaranteed with certain access success rate,
the MS access level should be reduced as much as possible. Generally,
GSM1800MS).
of the parameter.
The value is same as that in the appendix.
Description
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 31
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4-182
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
4.16.29 GPRS MAX initial access signal level2 (MsTxMaxCch_1)

Full name
GPRS MAX initial access signal level 2
Abbreviation
MsTxMaxCch_1
3GPP Name
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

Network controls the MS transmit power during communication with BTS.
The network controls MS power using power command. MS outputs
transmit power closest to the specified power value if unavailable. The
power before MS receives the network power control information (the
power used in random access), depends on this parameter when MS
is receiving PBCCH.
This parameter is also a parameter for cell selection and reselection by MS,
involved in calculation of C1 and C2 values. If this parameter is too large,
the MS close to BTS will interfere with the adjacent channel; If it is too
small, the MS access success rate at the edge of cell will be very low.
To set it, observe the following principle: Under the precondition that the
MS at the cell boundary is guaranteed with certain access success rate,
the MS access level should be reduced as much as possible. Generally,
GSM1800MS).
of the parameter.
Description
transmission state.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 31
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4-183
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
4.16.30 LSA ID (LSA_Id)

Full name
LSA Mark
Abbreviation
LSA_Id
3GPP Name
LSA ID
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

System broadcasts the parameter to MS in SI4, SI6, SI7, and PSI3 messages of serving cell. In addition, system broadcasts the parameter information in PSI3 and Psi3bis messages of the neighboring cells. LSA ID specifies
Description
LSA identifier of the cell.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 16777215
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4.16.31 LSA offset (LSA_Offset)

Full name
LSA Offset
Abbreviation
LSA_Offset
3GPP Name
LSA_OFFSET
3GPP reference
3GPP TS44.018 V5.22.0

System broadcasts the parameter information to MS through SI4, SI6 and
SI7 messages. This parameter defines the offset value for LSA reselection
Description
between two cells with the same LSA priority.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
0, 4, 8, 16, 24, 32, 48, 64
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
4-184
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4.17 GPRS Channel Parameters

The interface of GPRS channel parameters is shown in Figure 4-17.
Figure 4-17 GPRS Channel Parameters
4.17.1 PAGCH reserved blocks (PagBlkRes)

Full name
PAGCH reserved blocks
Abbreviation
PagBlkRes
3GPP Name
BS_PAG_BLKS_RES
3GPP reference
3GPP TS45.002 V5.13.0
4-185
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830

PSI1 message.
This parameter indicates the number of blocks where neither packet paging
nor PBCCH can appear in a 52-frame multiframe. On these blocks, only
PAGCH, PDTCH and PACCH can appear. Network sends the uplink
assignment message with priority on these fixed blocks to speed up the
establishment of the uplink TBF.
After sending the channel request on PRACH channel, MS waits for the
uplink assignment message on all PCCCH channels of the same timeslot
Description
as the PRACH channel.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 10
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4.17.2 PBCCH reserved blocks (PbcchBlks)

Full name
PBCCH reserved blocks
Abbreviation
PbcchBlks
3GPP Name
BS_PBCCH_BLKS
3GPP reference
3GPP TS45.002 V5.13.0

This parameter is used at MS side. It belongs to the PCCCH structure
parameters, and it is broadcast to the MS in the PSI1 message. This
parameter indicates the number of blocks assigned as PBCCH in a
52-frame multiframe (altogether 12 blocks).
PBCCH blocks are used at the same time by the packet system messages
sent at high rate and low rate. A message that is sent at high rate has
higher priority. This parameter must be configured together with the
PSI1_REPEAT_PERIOD parameter in the PSI1 message to ensure that
the block resources are available for the packet system messages, sent
Description
both at high and low rates.
Management Object
Cell
4-186
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
PBCCH occupies 1 block in multi-frame, PBCCH occupies 2 blocks in multiframe, PBCCH occupies 3 blocks in multi-frame, PBCCH occupies 4 blocks
Value Range
in multi-frame
Unit
None
Default value
PBCCH occupies four blocks in the multiframe.
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4.17.3 PRACH reserved blocks (PrachBlks)

Full name
PRACH reserved blocks
Abbreviation
PrachBlks
3GPP Name
BS_PRACH_BLKS
3GPP reference
3GPP TS45.002 V5.13.0

This parameter is used at MS side. It belongs to the PCCCH organization
parameter indicates the number of fixed blocks reserved for the PRACH
channel in the PDCH channel that bears PCCCH.
These blocks must be identified by USF = FREE. MS can use this
Description
parameter or USF = FREE to carry out the PRACH assignment.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 15
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4-187
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
4.17.4 Interval range of packet access attempt (TxInt)

Full name
Interval range of packet access attempt
Abbreviation
TxInt
3GPP Name
TX_INT
3GPP reference
3GPP TS44.060 V5.19.0

parameters, and it is broadcast to the MS in the PSI1 message. Whenever
establishing a new connection, MS sends a channel request message to
the network through PRACH channel.
As PRACH is an ALOHA channel, to improve the success rate of MS
access, the network allows MS to send multiple channel request messages
before it receives the packet assignment message. If MS does not get
any response for the previous channel request message, it can resend a
channel request message after waiting for a random period. Interval range
of packet access attempt is used to determine the time length of random
waiting. It is the number of delay timeslot randomly connected.
The random access time is determined by Interval range of packet access
Description
attempt (TxInt) and Interval period of packet access attempt (S).
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 12, 14, 16, 20, 25, 32, 50
Unit
None
Default value
32
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4.17.5 Interval period of packet access attempt (S)

Full name
Interval period of packet access attempt
Abbreviation
3GPP Name
3GPP reference
3GPP TS44.060 V5.19.0
4-188
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830

Number of slots to spread transmission belongs to PRACH control.
Network broadcasts to MS through PSI1 message. Whenever establishing
a new connection, MS sends a channel request message to the network
through PRACH channel.
As PRACH is an ALOHA channel, to improve the success rate of MS
access, the network allows the MS to send multiple channel request
messages before receiving the packet assignment message. When the
previous channel request message is not responded, MS will wait for a
random period to re-send the channel request message. Parameter S
decides the random waiting time. It is used to calculate the minimum
timeslot number between two channel requests.
The random access time is determined by Interval range of packet access
Description
attempt (TxInt) and Interval period of packet access attempt (S).
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
12, 15, 20, 30, 41, 55, 76, 109, 163, 217
Unit
Default value
109
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4.17.6 MAX Times of Attempt (MaxRetrans)

Full name
MAX Times of Attempt
Abbreviation
MaxRetrans
3GPP Name
MAX_RETRANS
3GPP reference
3GPP TS44.060 V5.19.0

parameter indicates maximum attempts of random access allowed on
PRACH for MS with radio priorities of 1 ~ 4.
This parameter is an array with 4 elements. The first array element
corresponds to maximum number of attempts allowed for radio priority
Description
1, and so on.
4-189
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
1, 2, 4, 7
Unit
None
Default value
[4, 4, 4, 4]
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4.17.7 Access Control Level (AccCtrlClass)

Full name
Access control level
Abbreviation
AccCtrlClass
3GPP Name
ACC_CONTR_CLASS
3GPP reference
3GPP TS44.060 V5.19.0

It indicates MS access control level to access cell. Common MS has the
class 0 ~ 9 and special MS has the class 11 ~ 15. Class 10 does not exist.
System can prohibit MS with some access class to enter the cell according
to this parameter. System allows access of a mobile with access class, N
= 0, 1 9, 11 15. It allows emergency calls when the eleventh digit =
EC. To faciliate programming, C10 is constantly 0.
If the Nth bit of the access control level is 0 (0 indicates access allowed,
1 indicates access not allowed), then it is allowed to access a MS with
AccCtrlClass =N (N=0, 1, 9, 11, 15). Bit 11= EC represents that
Emergency Call is available.
This parameter consists of two bytes (16 bits).
The first byte: C15, C14, C13, C12, C11, C10, C9, C8
The second byte: C7, C6, C5, C4, C3, C2, C1, C0
l
When Cn = 0, the MS of which the access level is n is not forbidden to

access the cell (n=0, 1, ..., 9, 11, ...,15)
When Cn = 1, the MS of which the access level is n is forbidden to

access the cell (n=0, 1, ..., 9, 11, ...,15)
Description
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
C10 is constantly 0.
4-190
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Default value
[No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No]
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4.17.8 Access Persist Level (PersistLev)

Full name
Access Persist Level
Abbreviation
PersistLev
3GPP Name
PERSISTENCE_LEVEL
3GPP reference
3GPP TS44.060 V5.19.0

parameters, and it is broadcast to the MS in the PSI1 message. The
network sets a level threshold P I (I = 1, 2, 3, 4) for MS of various radio
priorities.
For each attempt of packet access, MS abstracts a random value R with
even distribution probability from the set {0, 1..., 15}. System allows MS to
initiate an attempt of packet access only when P I is lower than or equal
to R.
This parameter is an array with 4 elements. The first element corresponds
Description
to the access persist level of radio priority 1, and so on.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16
Unit
None
Default value
[0, 0, 0, 0]
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4-191
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
4.17.9 Subscriber occupying other preference channel support

(HybridOccuSupp)
Full name
Subscriber occupying other preference channel support
Abbreviation
HybridOccuSupp
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter describes whether to support subscriber occupying other
preference channel. It indicates this kind of preference channel is busy, other
channels are idle, and determines whether to occupy this preference chan-
Description
nel.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
Yes
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
ZGO-03-02-009 Flexible Priority Handling of Packet Data Channel
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4.17.10 PS subscriber moving out of other preference channel

support (AllowPsMove)
Full name
PS subscriber moving out of other preference channel support
Abbreviation
AllowPsMove
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter describes whether to support subscriber moving out of other
preference channel. It indicates whether the user that occupies other chan-
Description
nels can be moved out.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
4-192
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4.17.11 CS subscriber moving support (AllowCsMove)

Full name
CS subscriber moving support
Abbreviation
AllowCsMove
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter describes whether support switching some CS subscriber
cell to other timeslot, to leave blank for original timeslot for getting larger PS
Description
available timeslot group.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4.17.12 Congeneric service threshold for PS-moving

(SfPreferBusyThs)
Full name
Congeneric service threshold for PS-moving
Abbreviation
SfPreferBusyThs
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
4-193
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
During this application, on the gained preferential channel on this side, it is

better that existing QoS quota / total available QoS quota is lower than allocated result for this percentage, to calculate target evaluation target function
Description
in combination with un-congeneric occupying threshold.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 100
Unit
Default value
100
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4.17.13 Un-congeneric service threshold for PS-moving

(OpPreferBusyThs)
Full name
Un-congeneric service threshold for PS-moving
Abbreviation
OpPreferBusyThs
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
During this application, on the gained preferential channel on opposite side,
it is better that existing QoS quota / total available QoS quota is lower than
allocated result for this percentage, to calculate target evaluation target func-
Description
tion in combination with un-congeneric occupying threshold.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 100
Unit
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
4-194
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Impact on service
None
4.18 EDGE Parameters

In the Basic Params 1 tab, if user select 'Support EDGE' for 'Support GPRS(PsSupport)',
the EDGE Params tab will appear.
The interface of EDGE property parameters is shown in Figure 4-18.
Figure 4-18 EDGE Parameters
4.18.1 EGPRS packet channel request access program support

(EgprsPacketChreq)
Full name
EGPRS packet channel request access program support
Abbreviation
EgprsPacketChreq
3GPP Name
EGPRS_PACKET_CHANNEL_REQUEST
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0

Network broadcasts this parameter to MS in GRPS CELL OPTIONS of SI13,
PSI1 and PSI13. It indicates if the cell supports EGPRS_PACKET_CHANNEL_REQUEST access flow. If the cell supports EGPRS and this flow, the
EGPRS terminal is able to originate EGPRS packet access flow on RACH
Description
or PRACH (if PBCCH exists).
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
4-195
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
ZGO-03-05-003 EGPRS Packet Channel Request on CCCH
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Um Interface
Impact on service
None
4.18.2 Uplink LA+IR quality control support (IrSupportUp)

Full name
Uplink LA+IR quality control support
Abbreviation
IrSupportUp
3GPP Name
RESEGMENT
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0

It indicates if the cell supports "uplink IR quality control". If it does, the network could set the RESEGMENT in PACKET UPLINK ACK/NACK, PACKET
UPLINK ASSIGNMENT and PACK TIMESLOT RECONFIGURE message
as FALSE to inform MS system of using IR quality control mode, and MS
Description
uplink retransmission could not be segmented.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
ZGO-03-05-002 EGPRS Link Adaptation
Relevant Features
ZGO-03-05-006 Incremental Redundancy in UL
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Um Interface
Impact on service
None
4.18.3 Take Preemptive transmit bit function (PreemptiveTrans)

Full name
Take Preemptive transmit bit function

4-196
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Abbreviation
PreemptiveTrans
3GPP Name
PRE_EMPTIVE_TRANSMISSION
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0

It indicates whether the cell employs the "Preemptivetrans bit" function. If
the cell supports that function, network indicates MS whether to send the
RLC data of PENDING-ACK when there is no data in NACK status and no
new RLC data block to be transmitted or the transmission window is full
by PRE_EMPTIVE_TRANSMISSION in PACKET UPLINK ACK/NACK
message.
l
Yes: Use preemptive transmission. MS should not send the data block
in PENDING-ACK status. But for the last piece of current TBF, even if
its status is PENDING ACK, it should be transmitted.
No: Do not use preemptive transmission. MS should send the oldest

data in PENDING-ACK status, then the second oldest data. If all data
Description
in PENDING-ACK status have been sent, repeat from the oldest one.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Um interface
Impact on service
None
4.18.4 Average filter period for uplink BEP (BEPperiodUp)

Full name
Bep_Period2 of uplink
Abbreviation
BEPperiodUp
3GPP Name
BEP_PERIOD
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0

This parameter is internal parameter of PCU. The meaning of this parameter
is the same as BEPPeriodDown, but it is to caculate the uplink measurement
Description
data inside of PCU.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15

4-197
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Um interface
Impact on service
None
4.18.5 Average filter period for downlink BEP (BEPperiodDown)

Full name
Bep_Period2 of downlink
Abbreviation
BEPperiodDown
3GPP Name
BEP_PERIOD
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0

Network broadcasts this parameter to MS in GRPS CELL OPTIONS of
SI13, PSI1 and PSI13. In EGPRS system, EGPRS MS will determine to
report the MEAN_REP_AV (average error bit rate of the radio block) and
CV_BEP_AV (variance coefficient of radio block error bit rate) under the
whole TBF, or the measurement data per time slot MEAN_BEP_TNx (0-7).
The specification defines the calculation formula of these measurement
data (refer to 05.08 10.2.3.2.1). There is an oblivion factor e in the formula,
Description
whose value is defined by the average period of BEP filter.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Um interface
Impact on service
None
4-198
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
4.18.6 EGPRS phone quality measure mode (LinkQuameaMode)

Full name
EGPRS phone quality measure mode
Abbreviation
LinkQuameaMode
3GPP Name
LINK_QUALITY_MEASUREMENT_MODE
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 44.060 V5.19.0

This parameter is sent to MS in Downlink Assignment message. It indicates
the measurement report mode of EGPRS MS in the cell. EGPRS measurement could be performed based on each impulse, which is to measure by the
granularity of BURST. The feature of rapid EGPRS measurement makes the
network side be able to respond the change of radio environment quickly, so
Description
as to choose the most proper coding mode and perform power control.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
0, 1, 2, 3
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
Um interface
Impact on service
None
4.18.7 EDGE initial downlink allocation by multislot class 1

(Info1_1_0)
Full name
EDGE initial downlink allocation by multislot class 1
Abbreviation
Info1_1_0
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter indicates whether initial channel allocation in downlink for EDGE
user is according to the actual multislot capability. If it is, then one or multiple
Description
timeslots are allocated according to the actual multislot capability in initial channel
allocation; otherwise, only one timeslot is allocated in initial channel allocation.
Management
Object
Cell
4-199
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Value Range
Yes/No
0: No; 1: Yes
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
4.18.8 EGPRS Phone Init Coding (EGPRSInitAttSelt)

Full name
EGPRS Phone Init Coding
Abbreviation
EGPRSInitAttSelt_0 ~ EGPRSInitAttSelt_3
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This is a four-dimensional array, representing EGPRS uplink initial coding
scheme, EGPRS downlink initial coding scheme, EGPRS uplink max coding
Description
scheme, and EGPRS downlink max coding scheme.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
MCS1, MCS2, MCS3, MCS4, MCS5, MCS6, MCS7, MCS8, MCS9
Unit
None
Default value
[MCS6, MCS6, MCS9, MCS9]
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
ZGO-03-05-001 Modulation and Coding Scheme 1~9
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
4-200
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
4.18.9 EGPRS phones init code can be changed (InitAttachExch_1)

Full name
EGPRS phones init code can be changed
Abbreviation
InitAttachExch_1
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
changed dynamically.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
Yes
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
ZGO-03-05-001 Modulation and Coding Scheme 1~9
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
It indicates if the coding method of GPRS/EGPRS MS in cell could be
4-201
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
4-202
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Chapter 5
Cell Object Parameters

This chapter describes cell object parameters, including power control, handover, and
reselection parameters.
Table of Contents
TRX Parameters ........................................................................................................5-1
Power Control Parameters .......................................................................................5-25
Handover Control Parameters ..................................................................................5-52
UTRAN Handover Control Parameters ...................................................................5-120
UTRAN Cell Control Parameters ............................................................................5-134
Adjacent Cell Parameters.......................................................................................5-179
Frequency Hopping System Parameters ................................................................5-226
5.1 TRX Parameters

TRX parameters are displayed in two sub-interfaces. If the site is an IP access site, an IP
Params tab is added to the TRX information interface.
5.1.1 TRX Information Parameters

The interface of TRX parameters is as shown in Figure 5-1.
5-1
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Figure 5-1 TRX Information Parameters
5.1.1.1 TRX ID (TrxId)

Full name
TRX ID
Abbreviation
TrxId
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
TRX number in the cell. According to GSM specifications, one cell can have
64 carriers at most. This parameter is consistent with the TRX ID of SDR
Description
base station.
Management Object
TRX
1 ~ 60
The following lists the maximum number of TrxIds of each site type.
Value Range
OB06: 48
BS20: 48
BS21: 48
BS21V20: 48
BS30: 48
BS30V12: 48
B8112: 54
M8202: 54
M8206: 54
B8018: 54
S8001: 1
5-2
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Chapter 5 Cell Object Parameters
SDR: 60
Unit
None
Default value
Sort in order.
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
corresponding TRX will be interrupted immediately.
5.1.1.2 Sub cell ID (SubCellId)

Full name
Sub cell ID
Abbreviation
SubCellId
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
If it is cell with dual frequencies, this parameter describes the subCell of the
dual-frequency cell in which the TRX is; if it is not dual-frequency cell, this
Description
parameter is First Subcell. It is unmodifiable after being created.
Management Object
TRX
l
When "Subcell Used (SubCellUsed)" is No, value range is the first subcell;
l
Value Range
When "Subcell Used (SubCellUsed)" is Yes, value range is the first subcell and the second subcell.
Unit
None
Default value
First subcell
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
Subcell used (SubCellUsed)
Relationship
The value of "Use Subcell or not" has influence on the value range of
this parameter.
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5-3
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
5.1.1.3 TRX type (TrxType)

Full name
TRX type
Abbreviation
TrxType
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Common TRX is suitable for common cell. After adding the function of
supporting extended cell, a third type of TRX is added -- Expand TRX,
realizing large coverage range.
l
l
In common cell, TRX Type shall be configured as Normal TRX;

When subcell is not supported under extended cell, TRX Type shall be
configured as Extended TRX; when subcell is supported under extended
cell, subcell 1 shall be configured as Extended TRX, and no special
Description
requirements for subcell 2.
Management Object
TRX
Value Range
Common TRX, Extended TRX
Unit
None
Default value
Common TRX
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
Channel ID
Relationship
This parameter value has influence on the value range of TSC.
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
5.1.1.4 Priority (TrxPriority)

Full name
Assign Priority of the Trx
Abbreviation
TrxPriority
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter describes priorities for allocating carriers of the same type. 1
represents the highest priority. Select channels on carriers with high priority
Description
when allocating channels.
Management Object
TRX
Value Range
1~5
5-4
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Unit
None
l
When "BCCH Carrier (BcchMark)" is No, default value is 3;
Default value
When "BCCH Carrier (BcchMark)" is Yes, default value is 1;
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
ZGO-03-02-002 Enhancement on Channel Allocation
Relevant parameters
BCCH carrier frequency (BcchMark)
Relationship
The value of BCCH carrier frequency (BcchMark) has influence on the

default value of this parameter.
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.1.1.5 BCCH carrier frequency (BcchMark)

Full name
BCCH carrier frequency
Abbreviation
BcchMark
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
One and only one BCCH carrier frequency must be configured in a cell.
Management Object
TRX
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Priority (TrxPriority)
Relevant parameters
Support FHS
This parameter's value influences the default value of the "TrxPriority"
Relationship
parameter. It also influences the value range of the "Support FHS"

parameter.
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
5.1.1.6 Static power level (PwRreduction)

Full name
Static power level

5-5
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Abbreviation
PwRreduction
3GPP Name
static RF power step
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.005 V5.14.0

This parameter represents the static power level of transceiver. Usually a
static power control is added on the basis of TRX transmission power specified by Static power level. Namely, a restriction is added based on the
maximum transmission power, thus to get the actual maximum transmission
power Pn of the TRX. The dynamic power control is implemented based on
Description
the maximum transmission power Pn.
Management Object
TRX
Max output power, Max output power - 2 dB, Max output power - 4 dB, Max
output power - 6 dB, Max output power - 8 dB, Max output power - 10 dB,
Max output power - 12 dB, Max output power + 1.5 dB, Max output power +
Value Range
1 dB, Max output power + 0.5 dB
Unit
None
Default value
Max output power
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
ZGB-04-02-002 Static BTS Power Control
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.1.1.7 Power level (PowerClass)

Full name
Power level
Abbreviation
PowerClass
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter can configure the power level of carrier, which can be converted to the actual power value. It is used to calculate path loss and CI
Description
value in the measurement report.
Management Object
TRX
Value Range
1~8
Unit
None
Default value
5-6
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.1.1.8 Support FHS

Full name
Support FHS
Abbreviation
None
3GPP Name
hopping
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 44.018 V5.22.0

This parameter indicates if frequency-hopping is supported. When this
parameter is set as 'Base band freqhop', 'BhGroupId' is added to the
interface. When this parameter is set as 'RFID freqhop', 'Frequency'
disappears from the interface and 'FhsId' is added to the interface.
Note: S8001 only has one frequency, and does not support
Description
frequency-hopping.
Management Object
TRX
l
If "BCCH Carrier (BcchMark)" is No, the value range is No, base band
freq-hopping, and RFID freq-hopping.
l
Value Range
If "BCCH Carrier (BcchMark)" is Yes, the value range is No and base

band freq-hopping.
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
ZGO-04-03-004 Baseband Frequency Hopping
Relevant parameters
BCCH carrier frequency (BcchMark)
Relationship
Related interfaces
The value of BCCH carrier frequency (BcchMark) has influence on the

value range of this parameter.
None
Impact on service
5-7
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
5.1.1.9 BhGroupId
Full name
BhGroupId
Abbreviation
None
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Select the BhGroupId if the frequency hopping mode is baseband
frequency hopping. After multiple TRXs configures the same frequency
Description
group id, the frequencies for these TRXs will be added into the frequency
hopping system identified by BhGroupId. In the process of hopping, it
uses the same MA frequency list.
Management Object
TRX
Value Range
1 ~ 255
Unit
None
Default value
None
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
BhGroupId in frequency hopping system
Relationship
Related interfaces
Impact on service
Select the BhGroupId if the frequency hopping mode is baseband

frequency hopping.
Um Interface
5.1.1.10 FhsID
Full name
FhsID
Abbreviation
None
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Select the FhsID if the configured frequency hopping mode is RF hopping.
Description
This trx uses the MA frequency list configured in frequency hopping

system.
Management Object
TRX
Value Range
1 ~ 255
Unit
None
Default value
None
5-8
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
FhsID in frequency hopping system
Relationship
Select the FhsID if the configured frequency hopping mode is RF hopping.
Related interfaces
Um Interface
Impact on service

5.1.1.11 Frequency
Full name
Frequency
Abbreviation
None
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
Select the frequency point of this transceiver.
Management Object
TRX
TCH frequency point can be at a different frequency band from BCCH
frequency point.
l
Frequency band (FreqBand) is GSM900: Value range of BCCH transceiver's frequency point is 1 ~ 124;
Frequency band (FreqBand) is EXT900: Value range of BCCH transceiver's frequency point is 0 ~ 124 and 975 ~ 1023;
Frequency band (FreqBand) is DCS1800: Value range of BCCH transceiver's frequency point is 512 ~ 885;
Frequency band (FreqBand) is PCS1900: Value range of BCCH transceiver's frequency point is 512 ~ 810;
Frequency band (FreqBand) is GSM850: Value range of BCCH transceiver's frequency point is 128 ~ 251;
TCH frequency point has nothing to do with Frequency band (FreqBand).

l
When TCH transceiver is at GSM900, the value range is 1 ~ 124;
When TCH transceiver is at EXT900, the value range is 0 ~ 124 and

975 ~ 1023;
When TCH transceiver is at DCS1800, the value range is 512 ~ 885;
When TCH transceiver is at PCS1900, the value range is 512 ~ 810;
Value Range
When TCH transceiver is at GSM850, the value range is 128 ~ 251.
Unit
None
Default value
Based on the set frequency
Change mode
Offline
5-9
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830

Relevant Features

ARFCN list (CaArfcnList)
Relevant parameters

Based on frequency setting at subsequent BTSs, the system automatically
Relationship
fills it in the 'ARFCN list' box.

The value of the FreqBand parameter influences the value range of this
parameter.
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
5.1.2 Channel Information Parameters

The channel information interface is shown in Figure 5-2.
Figure 5-2 Channel Information Parameters
5.1.2.1 Channel ID
Full name
Channel ID
Abbreviation
None
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
5-10
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Description
Number to identify timeslot.
Management Object
TRX
l
When "TRX Type (TrxType)" is "Normal TRX", eight timeslot numbers

are displayed on the interface, such as 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, and 7.
l
Value Range
When "TRX Type (TrxType)" is "Extended TRX", four timeslot numbers

are displayed on the interface, such as 0, 2, 4, and 6.
Unit
None
Default value
Same as value range
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
TRX type (TrxType)
Relationship
The value of the 'TRX type (TrxType)' parameter influences the value range
of this parameter.
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.1.2.2 TS Channel Combination

Full name
TS Channel Combination
Abbreviation
None
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter defines combined types of timeslot channel. The correlation
with the following parameters is as follows:
l
CBC supported (SmsCbUsed).

If "CBC Supported (SmsCbUsed)" is 'No', that is, CBC is not supported,
the system automatically finds all timeslot channel combinations in the
cell. If CBC channel exists, it is changed to SDCCH.
If "CBC Supported (SmsCbUsed)" is 'Yes', that is, CBC is supported,
the system automatically finds all timeslot channel combinations in
the cell. If a non-BCCH channel is found for a carrier, it is changed
to SDCCH+CBCH.
Support GPRS (PsSupport)

If "GPRS Supported (PsSupport)" is 'No', that is, GPRS is not
supported, the system automatically changes all timeslot channels
whose type is PS in the cell to TCH.
Common control channel configuration (CcchConf)

If CcchConf is configured as "CCCH uses one physical channel,
Description
combined with SDCCH", then in the channel parameters, channel
5-11
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
combination of timeslot 0 must be one of the following two

combinations: 'BCCH+SDCCH/4' and 'BCCH+SDCCH/4+CBCH'.
When CcchConf is configured as "CCCH uses one physical channel,
not combined with SDCCH", then in the channel parameters,
channel combination of timeslot 0 must be one of the following two
combinations: 'FCCH+SCH+BCCH+CCCH' and 'BCCH+CCCH'.
When CcchConf is configured as "CCCH uses two physical channel,
not combined with SDCCH", then in the channel parameters, channel
combination of timeslot 0 and timeslot 2 is one of the following two
When CcchConf is configured as "CCCH uses three physical channel,
not combined with SDCCH", then in the channel parameters, channel
combination of timeslot 0, 2, and 4 is one of the following two
When CcchConf is configured as "CCCH uses four physical channel,
not combined with SDCCH", then in the channel parameters,channel
combination of timeslot 0, 2, 4, and 6 is one of the following two
Management Object
TRX
l
TCH/F;
TCH/H(0,1)+FACCH/H(0,1)+SACCH/TH(0,1);
SDCCH/8+SACCH/C8;
FCCH+SCH+BCCH+CCCH;
BCCH+SDCCH/4;
BCCH+CCCH;
BCCH+SDCCH/4+CBCH;
SDCCH+CBCH;
PBCCH+PCCCH+PDTCH+PACCH+PTCCH;
PCCCH+PDTCH+PACCH+PTCCH;
Value Range
PDTCH+PACCH+PTCCH
Unit
None
Default value
TCH/F
Change mode
Offline
ZGO-03-02-008 EDGE on BCCH-TRX Configurable
ZGB-03-02-005 GPRS-only (without voice) Timeslots Configurable
ZGB-03-02-006 Voice-only Timeslots Configurable
Relevant Features
ZGB-03-05-003 PBCCH, PPCH, PAGCH, PRACH
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
5-12
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830

Impact on service
corresponding channel will be interrupted immediately.
5.1.2.3 TSC
Full name
TSC
Abbreviation
TSC
3GPP Name
TSC
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.002 V5.13.0

This parameter represents Training Serial Code (TSC) of the timeslot. There
are eight types of TSC, with low mutual dependency. It is used for reference
of delay compensation for adaptive balance circuit at receiving side. For the
Description
timeslot where BCCH is, this parameter must be equal to BCC of the cell.
Management Object
TRX
Value Range
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
5.1.2.4 MAIO
Full name
MAIO
Abbreviation
MAIO
3GPP Name
Mobile Allocation Index Offset
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 44.018 V5.22.0
5-13
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
During communication, the carrier number adopted on air interface is an

element of the MA set. Mobile Allocation Index (MAI) (0 MAI n-1) is a
variable for determining a definite element in the MA set.
According to the FH algorithm in GSM 05.02 specification, MAI is function
of the following aspects: TDMA Frame Number (FN) or Reduced TDMA
Frame Number (RFN), frequency Hopping Serial Number (HSN), and
Mobile Allocation Index Offset (MAIO). MAIO is an initial offset of MAI and
is used for preventing several channels to contend for the same carrier
at the same moment.
Generally, several basic FH units (timeslot or TDMA frame) constitute an
FH group. They have the same MA and HSN and the only difference
among them is MAIO. Thus the same MA and HSN are put in FHS/MA
table. When the FH group corresponding to the timeslot has no frequency
Description
hopping, MAIO of the timeslot is invalid.
Management Object
TRX
Value Range
0 ~ 63
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
ZGO-04-03-003 Flexible MAIO Management
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
5.1.2.5 Dynamic TS
Full name
Dynamic TS
Abbreviation
None
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
YES: Representing dynamic timeslot; NO: Representing fixedly configured
Description
timeslot.
Management Object
TS1 number
Value Range
Yes/No
5-14
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Unit
None
Default value
Yes
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
5.1.2.6 Ps Service Preference Property

Full name
Ps Service Preference Property
Abbreviation
None
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Indicate whether to do channel packet service preference or the type to do
Description
service preference
Management Object
TRX
Value Range
No preference, GPRS preference, EDGE preference, EDGE exclusion
Unit
None
Default value
No preference
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.1.2.7 PDCH Precedence

Full name
PDCH Precedence
Abbreviation
PDCHPrecedence
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
5-15
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
This timeslot is used as PDTCH firstly. It is only configured for dynamic

Description
timeslot.
Management Object
TRX
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
5.1.2.8 TSC
Full name
TSC
Abbreviation
TSC
3GPP Name
training sequence Code
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.002 V5.13.0

It is training serial code (TSC). TSC value in BCCH channel shall be same
Description
as BCC value.
Management Object
TRX
Value Range
0~7
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5-16
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
5.1.2.9 PDCH
Full name
PDCH
Abbreviation
None
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
It is same as the property of "PDCH Priority" parameter. It is a shortcut
Description
method, uniformly configuring 8 timeslots simultaneously for the carrier.
Management Object
TRX
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.1.2.10 PS service preference

Full name
PS service preference
Abbreviation
PDCHPrecedence
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
timeslot.
Management Object
TRX
It indicates if the channel prefers to be PS channel. It is only valid for dynamic
No preference, GPRS preference, EDGE preference, EDGE dedicated, EGValue Range
PRRS2-A preference, and EGPRRS2-A dedicated.
Unit
None
Default value
No preference
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
5-17
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.1.2.11 Dynamic TS
Full name
Dynamic TS
Abbreviation
Changeable
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
It indicates if TCH can be dynamically allocated to CS or PS.
Management
Object
TRX
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
Yes
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.1.3 IP Parameters
IP parameter interface is as shown in Figure 5-3.
5-18
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Figure 5-3 IP Parameters
5.1.3.1 BIPB Unit

Full name
BIPB Unit
Abbreviation
None
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
It is corresponding with the board position in physical configuration
Management Object
TRX
Value Range
Depends on the actual configuration of BIPB unit.
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
5-19
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
5.1.3.2 DSP Sunit

Full name
DSP Sunit
Abbreviation
None
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
It corresponds to the DSP supporting IP in BIPB board configured by physical
Description
mode.
Management Object
TRX
Value Range
Determined by user configured DSP quantity
Unit
None
Default value
Minimum DSP number configured by user
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
5.1.3.3 DspMarkSeq
Full name
DspMarkSeq
Abbreviation
None
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Mark sequence of carrier on DSP, DSP channel number will be calculated
based on this mark by service. For VTCD board, each DSP can mark (configure) 16 carriers at most; for VTCD/2 board, it can be configured with 28
Description
carriers.
Management Object
None
Value Range
0 ~ 15; 0 ~ 27
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
5-20
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
5.1.3.4 Port No.

Full name
Port No.
Abbreviation
None
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
IP access. Port number shall be allocated for each carrier, and the number
Description
will be determined by the port actually configured.
Management Object
TRX
Value Range
1 ~ 3072
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
5.1.4 Panel Parameters

The panel parameter interface is shown in Figure 5-4.
5-21
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Figure 5-4 Panel Parameters
5.1.4.1 TRX mode

Full name
TRX mode
Abbreviation
None
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
It sets the working mode of carrier to be single carrier or dual carriers, and determines whether to use 4-way diversity in uplink and whether to use DPCT
Description
or DDT in downlink.
Management Object
BTS rack
l
Dual carrier
Single carrier with 4-ways diversity reception
Single carrier with 4-ways diversity reception and DPCT
Single carrier with 4-ways diversity reception and DDT
Value Range
Single carrier
Unit
None
Default value
Dual carrier
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
5-22
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Support antenna hop

Relevant parameters
Delay count
The 'Support antenna hop' parameter is enabled only when this parameter
Relationship
is set to be 'Dual carrier'.

The 'Delay count' parameter is enabled only when this parameter is set to
be 'Single carrier with 4-ways diversity reception and DDT'.
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.1.4.2 Delay count

Full name
Delay count
Abbreviation
None
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
It defines the symbol used on delayed transmitting.
Management Object
BTS rack
Value Range
1 ~ 15
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
TRX mode
Relationship
This parameter is valid when the 'TRX mode' parameter is 'Single carrier
with 4-ways diversity reception and DDT'.
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
Full name
IRC
Abbreviation
None
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
5.1.4.3 IRC
5-23
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
It determines whether to use IRC.

l
Not checked: Do not use IRC
Description
Checked: Use IRC
Management Object
BTS rack
Value Range
Not checked, checked
Unit
None
Default value
Not checked
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.1.4.4 Support antenna hop

Full name
Support antenna hop
Abbreviation
None
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter describes whether antenna hop is supported.
l
No: indicates antenna hop is not supported;
Description
Yes: indicates antenna hop is supported;
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
TRX mode
Relationship
This parameter is valid when the 'TRX mode' parameter is 'Dual carrier'.
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5-24
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
5.2 Power Control Parameters

There are four tab-interfaces for basic power control parameters. If the cell supports
GPRS, a GPRS Power Control tab is also displayed.
5.2.1 Power Control Parameters

The interface of power control parameters is shown in Figure 5-5.
Figure 5-5 Power Control Parameters
5.2.1.1 Uplink rapid power control indication (UlRapidPcInd)

Full name
Uplink rapid power control indication
Abbreviation
UlRapidPcInd
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
5-25
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
This parameter determines the availability of the rapid power control

process. Rapid power control process is an optional process of BSC. It
reduces the interference of the whole BSS radio system and satisfies the
dynamic power control requirement for rapid moving MS.
The amplitude of power control used by rapid power control process each
time is no longer a fixed value, but an integer multiple of cell parameter
power control step (increase and decrease). This parameter determines
Description
the availability of the rapid power control process.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
ZGO-04-02-002 Dynamic MS Power Control
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.2.1.2 Downlink rapid power control indication (DlRapidPcInd)

Full name
Downlink rapid power control indication
Abbreviation
DlRapidPcInd
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter determines the availability of the rapid power control
process. Rapid power control process is an optional process of BSC. It
reduces the interference of the whole BSS radio system and satisfies the
dynamic power control requirement for rapid moving MS.
The amplitude of power control used by rapid power control process each
time is no longer a fixed value, but an integer multiple of cell parameter
power control step (increase and decrease). This parameter determines
Description
the availability of the rapid power control process.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
5-26
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
ZGO-04-02-001 Dynamic BTS Power Control
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.2.1.3 Power Control PwrDesrLimit

Full name
Power Control PwrDesrLimit
Abbreviation
None
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter is set for preventing MS from call drop due to fast power
control. It corresponds to different quality level. For example, PwrDecrLimit
[0] determines the maximum power decrease limit for calls with receiving
quality level 0 (Bit Error rate (BER) <0.2%). This parameter is valid for
both uplink and downlink.
This parameter is an array of eight elements, with element length of one
byte. PwrDecrLimit [n] determines the maximum power decrease limit
available for calls with quality level n. The value range of each element
Description
is 0 ~ 38 dB.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 38
Unit
None
Default value
[24, 22, 20, 18, 16, 14, 12, 10]
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.2.2 Power Survey Parameters

The interface of power survey parameters is shown in Figure 5-6.
5-27
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Figure 5-6 Power Survey Parameters
5.2.2.1 Report period of measurement for power control (PwrCtrlReportPrd)

Full name
Report period of measurement for power control
Abbreviation
PwrCtrlReportPrd
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Power control is performed at BTS side and BSC implements relevant performance statistics. BTS uses this parameter to decide the periodicity to send
the preprocessed power measurement to BSC as an input for power control
Description
analysis. This parameter is in the unit of SACCH multi-frame.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
1 ~ 254
Unit
SACCH multiframe
Default value
240
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.2.2.2 Uplink level Sample count (PcUlLevWindow)

Full name
Uplink power level

5-28
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Abbreviation
PcUlLevWindow
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
In GSM system, BSC determines whether to perform power control
according to measurement data. BSC uses the average value of
measurement data to avoid adverse influences caused by abrupt changes
in measurement data due to complex radio transmission.
BTS uses this parameter to calculate the window size for the average value
of uplink signal strength, i.e. to calculate the average value of the number
Description
of used samples.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
1 ~ 31
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.2.2.3 Uplink level Weight (PcUlLevWeight)

Full name
Uplink level Weight
Abbreviation
PcUlLevWeight
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Speech data is unavailable for silent period during conversation. GSM
specifications recommend Discontinuous Transmission Mode (DTX) to
control optimal usage of network resources during such silent periods.
In the DTX mode, the measurement data reported to BSC fall into two
types. One is the average of the measurement results of all timeslots in a
measurement period in the non-DTX mode, and the other is the average
of the measurement results of some special timeslots in a measurement
period in the DTX mode. BSC needs to optionally select one type of
measurement data and use the data to calculate the average value.
The first type of measurement data is more accurate since it is the
Description
average value of measurement results of all timeslots. The second type
5-29
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
of measurement data is less accurate since it is the average value of

measurement results of some timeslots. Thus BSC should use different
weights for the two types of data when averaging the measurement results.
This parameter determines the weight for the first type of measurement
data when averaging uplink signal strength for power control. Weight for
the second type of measurement data is set to 1 by default.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
1~3
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.2.2.4 Downlink level Sample count (PcDlLevWindow)

Full name
Downlink power level
Abbreviation
PcDlLevWindow
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
BTS uses this parameter to calculate the window size for the average
value of downlink signal strength, i.e. to calculate the average value of the
Description
number of used samples.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
1 ~ 31
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
5-30
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.2.2.5 Downlink level Weight (PcDlLevWeight)

Full name
Downlink level Weight
Abbreviation
PcDlLevWeight
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description: According to GSM Specifications, discontinuous transmission
(DTX) refers to the process in which the system does not transmit signals in
the voice intermittent period during the subscriber communication process.
data when averaging downlink signal strength for power control. Weight for
Description
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
1~3
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5-31
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
5.2.2.6 Uplink quality Sample count (PcUlQualWindow)

Full name
Uplink quality level
Abbreviation
PcUlQualWindow
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
BTS uses this parameter to calculate the window size for the average value
of uplink signal quality, i.e. to calculate the average value of the number
Description
of used samples.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
1 ~ 31
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.2.2.7 Uplink quality Weight (PcUlQualWeight)

Full name
Uplink quality Weight
Abbreviation
PcUlQualWeight
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
5-32
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830

data when averaging uplink signal quality for power control. Weight for the
Description
second type of measurement data is set to 1 by default.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
1~3
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.2.2.8 Downlink quality Sample Count (PcDlQualWindow)

Full name
Downlink quality level
Abbreviation
PcDlQualWindow
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
5-33
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830

BTS uses this parameter to calculate the window size for the average
value of downlink signal quality, i.e. to calculate the average value of the
Description
number of used samples.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
1 ~ 31
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.2.2.9 Downlink quality Weight (PcDlQualWeight)

Full name
Downlink quality Weight
Abbreviation
PcDlQualWeight
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
5-34
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
data when averaging downlink signal quality for power control. Weight for
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
1~3
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.2.3 Power Adjustment Threshold Parameters

The interface of power adjustment threshold parameters is shown in Figure 5-7.
Figure 5-7 Power Adjustment Threshold Parameters
5.2.3.1 Increase uplink level Threshold (PcULInclLevThsThs), Value P

(PcULInclLevThsP), and Value N (PcULInclLevThsN)
Full name
Increase uplink level Threshold, Value P, and Value N
Abbreviation
PcULInclLevThsThs/PcULInclLevThsP/PcULInclLevThsN
3GPP Name
None
5-35
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

According to GSM specifications, power control decisions depend upon received average value series of uplink signal strength. The decision process
is as follows: For the latest N average values of uplink signal strength, if P of
the N values fall below relevant threshold value, increase MS (uplink) trans-
Description
mission power to improve the uplink signal strength.
Management Object
Cell
Increase uplink level can be divided into four kinds: FR, HR, AMR FR,
and AMR HR.
Value Range
Threshold: 0 ~ 63; Value P: 1 ~31; Value N: 1 ~ 31
Unit
None
Default value
[22, 3, 4]
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.2.3.2 Increase downlink level Threshold (PcDLInclLevThsThs), Value P

(PcDLInclLevThsP), and Value N (PcDLInclLevThsN)
Full name
Increase downlink level Threshold, Value P, and Value N
Abbreviation
PcDLInclLevThsThs/PcDLInclLevThsP/PcDLInclLevThsN
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

According to GSM specifications, power control decisions depend upon
received average value series of uplink signal strength.
The decision process is as follows: For the latest N average values of
downlink signal strength, if P of the N values fall below relevant threshold
value, increase BTS (downlink) transmission power to improve the downlink
Description
signal quality.
Management Object
Cell
Increase downlink level can be divided into four kinds: FR, HR, AMR FR,
and AMR HR.
Value Range
5-36
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Unit
None
Default value
[26, 3, 4]
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.2.3.3 Decrease uplink level Threshold (PcULRedLevThsThs), Value P

(PcULRedLevThsP), and Value N (PcULRedLevThsN)
Full name
Decrease uplink level Threshold, Value P, and Value N
Abbreviation
PcULRedLevThsThs/PcULRedLevThsP/PcULRedLevThsN
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

uplink signal strength, if P of the N values rise above relevant threshold
value, reduce MS (uplink) transmission power to improve the uplink signal
Description
strength.
Management Object
Cell
Decrease uplink level can be divided into four kinds: FR, HR, AMR FR,
and AMR HR.
Value Range
Unit
None
Default value
[30, 3, 4]
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5-37
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
5.2.3.4 Decrease downlink level Threshold (PcDLRedLevThsThs), Value P

(PcDLRedLevThsP), and Value N (PcDLRedLevThsN)
Full name
Decrease downlink level Threshold, Value P, and Value N
Abbreviation
PcDLRedLevThsThs/PcDLRedLevThsP/PcDLRedLevThsN
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

downlink signal strength, if P of the N values rise above relevant threshold
value, reduce BTS (downlink) transmission power to improve the downlink
Description
signal strength.
Management Object
Cell
Decrease downlink level can be divided into four kinds: FR, HR, AMR FR,
and AMR HR.
Value Range
Unit
None
Default value
[34, 3, 4]
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.2.3.5 Increase uplink quality Threshold (PcULInclQualThsThs), Value P

(PcULInclQualThsP), and Value N (PcULInclQualThsN)
Full name
Increase uplink quality Threshold, Value P, and Value N
Abbreviation
PcULInclQualThsThs/PcULInclQualThsP/PcULInclQualThsN
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
5-38
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830

uplink signal quality, if P of the N values rise above relevant threshold
value, increase MS (uplink) transmission power to improve the uplink signal
Description
quality.
Management Object
Cell
Increase uplink quality can be divided into four kinds: FR, HR, AMR FR,
and AMR HR.
Value Range
Unit
None
Default value
[2, 3, 4]
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.2.3.6 Increase downlink quality Threshold (PcDLInclQualThsThs), Value P

(PcDLInclQualThsP), and Value N (PcDLInclQualThsN)
Full name
Increase downlink quality Threshold, Value P, and Value N
Abbreviation
PcDLInclQualThsThs/PcDLInclQualThsP/PcDLInclQualThsN
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

downlink signal quality, if P of the N values rise above relevant threshold
value, increase BTS (downlink) transmission power to improve the downlink
Description
signal quality.
Management Object
Cell
Increase downlink quality can be divided into four kinds: FR, HR, AMR
FR, and AMR HR.
Value Range
Unit
None
5-39
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Default value
[2, 3, 4]
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.2.3.7 Decrease uplink quality Threshold (PcULRedQualThsThs), Value P

(PcULRedQualThsP), and Value N (PcULRedQualThsN)
Full name
Decrease uplink quality Threshold, Value P, and Value N
Abbreviation
PcULRedQualThsThs/PcULRedQualThsP/PcULRedQualThsN
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

uplink signal quality, if P of the N values fall below relevant threshold value,
Description
reduce MS (uplink) transmission power to improve the uplink signal quality.
Management Object
Cell
Decrease uplink quality can be divided into four kinds: FR, HR, AMR FR,
and AMR HR.
Value Range
Unit
None
Default value
[0, 3, 4]
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5-40
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
5.2.3.8 Decrease downlink quality Threshold (PcDLRedQualThsThs), Value P

(PcDLRedQualThsP), and Value N (PcDLRedQualThsN)
Full name
Decrease downlink quality Threshold, Value P, and Value N
Abbreviation
PcDLRedQualThsThs/PcDLRedQualThsP/PcDLRedQualThsN
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

downlink signal quality, if P of the N values fall below relevant threshold
value, reduce BTS (downlink) transmission power to improve the downlink
Description
signal quality.
Management Object
Cell
Decrease downlink quality can be divided into four kinds: FR, HR, AMR
FR, and AMR HR.
Value Range
Unit
None
Default value
[0, 3, 4]
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.2.4 Other Parameters

The interface of the other parameters is shown in Figure 5-8.
5-41
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
5.2.4.1 Power increasing step (PwrIncStep, db)

Full name
Power increasing step
Abbreviation
PwrIncStep_0 ~ PwrIncStep_3
3GPP Name
Pow_Incr_Step
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

It describes increase step, the value of each power control variation. It ap-
Description
plies to both uplink and downlink directions.
Management Object
Cell
Power increase step can be divided into four kinds: FR, HR, AMR FR,
and AMR HR.
Value Range
Value range is 2, 4, and 6.
Unit
dB
It can be divided into four types: FR, HR, AMR FR, and AMR HR. The default
Default value
value is 2.
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5-42
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
5.2.4.2 Power decreasing step (PwrRedStep, db)

Full name
Power decreasing step
Abbreviation
PwrRedStep_0 ~ PwrRedStep_3
3GPP Name
Pow_Red_Step
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

It describes decrease step, the value of each power control variation. It ap-
Description
plies to both uplink and downlink directions.
Management Object
Cell
Power decrease step can be divided into four kinds: FR, HR, AMR FR,
and AMR HR.
Value Range
Value range is 2 and 4.
Unit
dB
Default value
value is 2.
Change mode
Offline

Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.2.4.3 Uplink power control allowed (PwrControlUl)

Full name
Uplink power control
Abbreviation
PwrControlUl
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
the cell. This power control is only effective to TCH/F.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
Yes
Change mode
Offline
This parameter determines to enable or disable MS uplink power control in
5-43
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830

Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.2.4.4 Downlink power control allowed (PwrControlDl)

Full name
Downlink power control
Abbreviation
PwrControlDl
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter determines whether to enable or disable BTS downlink power
Description
control in the cell.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
Cell enable power dynamic sharing or not (PwrDynShare)
Relationship
If it is SDR BTS and this parameter is set to Yes, you can set PwrDynShare.
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.2.4.5 MAX power level of MS (MsTxPwrMax)

Full name
MAX power level of MS
Abbreviation
MsTxPwrMax_0 ~ MsTxPwrMax_3
3GPP Name
MS_TXPWR_MAX
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
5-44
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830

MS sets the specified output transmission power according to the power
control header extracted from the SACCH. MS uses the nearest possible
output power even if the power command sends maximum output power.
During BSC power control, this parameter determines the maximum
transmission power available for MS in the cell. BSC also uses it to
calculate PBGT value.
Description
Management Object
Cell
MAX power level of MS can be divided into four kinds: FR, HR, AMR FR,
and AMR HR.
Value Range
Value range is 0 ~ 31.
Unit
None
Default value
value is 5.
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.2.4.6 MIN power level of MS (MsTxPwrMin)

Full name
MIN power level of MS
Abbreviation
MsTxPwrMin_0 ~ MsTxPwrMin_3
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
5-45
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830

During BSC power control, this parameter determines the minimum
transmission power (that is, lower limit of power control) available for MS in
the cell.
Description
Management Object
Cell
MIN power level of MS can be divided into four kinds: FR, HR, AMR FR,
and AMR HR.
Value Range
Unit
None
Default value
value is 16.
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.2.4.7 MIN power level of BS (BxTxPwrMin)

Full name
Min Power level of BS
Abbreviation
BsTxPwrMin_0 ~ BsTxPwrMin_3
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter controls the transmission power during communication between MS and BTS. SACCH carries the command with 2 header bytes information (power control byte and timing advance byte) from BSC to BTS.
When BSC performs power control, this parameter determines the BTS's
Description
minimum transmission power in the cell.
5-46
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Management Object
Cell
MIN power level of BS can be divided into four types: FR, HR, AMR FR,
and AMR HR.
Value range is 0 ~ 15
The maximum power level of BTS is Pn, then,
l
0: Pn
1: Pn-2 dB;
Value Range
Unit
None
15: Pn-30 dB
Default value
value is 10.
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.2.4.8 MIN interval of power control (PcMinlnterval)

Full name
MIN interval of power control
Abbreviation
PcMinInterval_0 ~ PcMinInterval_3
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter specifies the minimum interval of power control. Usually, MS
still sends two measurement reports with the original power to BSC after enabling the power control. Signal level information contained in the reports is
inaccurate and can be ignored (information such as adjacent cell information
is still valid). Thus a minimum interval of power control is needed and signal
Description
level information during the interval can be ignored.
Management Object
Cell
MIN interval of power control can be divided into four kinds: FR, HR, AMR
FR, and AMR HR.
Value Range
Unit
SACCH multiframe
5-47
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Default value
value is 2.
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.2.5 GPRS Power Control Parameters

The interface of GPRS power control parameters is shown in Figure 5-9.
Figure 5-9 GPRS Power Control Parameters
5.2.5.1 Expected signal intensity of MS (SS_BTS)

Full name
Expected signal intensity of MS
Abbreviation
SS_BTS
3GPP Name
SSb
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
5-48
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
This parameter is used to control open loop uplink power control. During the
uplink open-link power control, MS uses the GCH parameter in calculating
transmission power, which is based on the following formula:
GCH = G0 -PBTS -SSb -48
Description
This parameter decides the SSb parameter.
Management Object
Cell
0 ~ 63
l
0: -110 dBm
1: -109 dBm
......
Value Range
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
63 -47 dBm
5.2.5.2 Uplink power control strategy (UlPwCtrl)

Full name
Uplink power control strategy
Abbreviation
UlPwCtrl
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter determines GPRS uplink power control strategy, including
the following four modes: No control, Open-loop control, Close-loop control,
Description
Control based on quality.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
No control, Open-loop control, Close-loop control, Control based on quality
Unit
None
Default value
Non-control
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
5-49
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.2.5.3 Downlink power control strategy (DlPwCtrl)

Full name
Downlink Power Control policy
Abbreviation
DlPwCtrl
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter determines GPRS downlink power control strategy, including
the following four modes: No control, Open-loop control, Close-loop control,
Description
Control based on quality.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
No control, Open-loop control, Close-loop control, Control based on quality
Unit
None
Default value
Non control
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.2.5.4 Downlink power control mode (PwCtrlMode)

Full name
Downlink Power Control Mode
Abbreviation
PwCtrlMode
3GPP Name
BTS_PWR_CTRL_MODE
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

This parameter determines the BTS downlink power control mode. BTS has
two power control modes: A and B. Mode A may be used for any allocation
Description
mode, while mode B can only be used for the fixed allocation mode.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
A, B
5-50
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.2.5.5 Power control level (PwCtrlLev)

Full name
Power Control Level
Abbreviation
PwCtrlLev
3GPP Name
Power control level
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

This parameter determines GPRS power control precision, which describes
nominal output power and power control precision (dB) sent by MS under
Description
each power control level.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 31
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.2.5.6 Power descending of PDCH to BCCH in A mode (P0, 2db)

Full name
Power descending of PDCH to BCCH in A mode
Abbreviation
P0
3GPP Name
P0
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

5-51
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
This parameter is an optional downlink power control parameter contained

in assignment message. If P0 exists, power control is used. Otherwise, it is
not used. The value of Power descending of PDCH to BCCH in a mode can
not be modified in packet transmission mode unless re-assignment or new
assignment is established and such an assignment does not contain PDCH
Description
of any previous assignment.
Management Object
Cell
0 ~ 15
l
l
0: P0=0 dB
1: P0=2 dB;
......
Value Range
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
15: P0=30 dB.
5.3 Handover Control Parameters

There are seven sub-interfaces for handover control parameters.
5.3.1 Handover Pretreatment Parameters

The interface of handover pretreatment parameters is shown in Figure 5-10.
5-52
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Figure 5-10 Handover Pretreatment Parameters
5.3.1.1 Number of zero allowed in AV (ZeroAllowed)

Full name
Number of zero allowed in AV
Abbreviation
ZeroAllowed
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
According to GSM specifications, MS can report to BSS the measurement
data of at most six adjacent cells with strongest signal strength. Thus the
measurement results might not be consecutive. For cells whose signal
strength is less than -110 dBm, the measurement data are not reported.
To avoid the negative impact of 0 on averaging, suppose occasional 0
is allowed and is not used in averaging, but excessive occurrences of 0
indicate that the signals of this adjacent cell are too poor.
If the number of zeroes in used for average calculation exceeds Number of
zero allowed in AV, then measurement average equals to sum of reported
values divided by Neighboring cell .
To be specific, during averaging, if the count of 0s in the sampling count
exceeds ZeroAllowed, these sampling values are hardly reliable, and
the measurement average will be the sum of the reported values divided
by NCellWindow. If the count of 0s in the reported values does not
Description
exceed ZeroAllowed, these sampling values are much reliable and the
5-53
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
measurement average will be the sum of the reported values divided by

(NCellWindow - the count of 0s).
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 20
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.3.1.2 Uplink power level Sample count (HoUlLevWindow)

Full name
Uplink power level
Abbreviation
HoUlLevWindow
3GPP Name
N1..N8,P1..P8
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

In the GSM system, BSC makes handover decision according to the
measurement data. To avoid the negative impact of burst measurement
values resulting from complicated radio transmission, BSC, when making
handover decision, no longer uses the original measurement data but uses
a series of average values of the measurement data.
This parameter is the window size (number of sample values) used to
Description
calculate average value of uplink signal intensity.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
1 ~ 20
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5-54
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
5.3.1.3 Uplink power level Weight (HoUlLevWeight)

Full name
Uplink level Weight
Abbreviation
HoUlLevWeight
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
data when averaging uplink signal strength for handover. Weight for the
Description
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
1~3
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.3.1.4 Downlink power level Sample count (HoDlLevWindow)

Full name
Downlink power level
Abbreviation
HoDlLevWindow
3GPP Name
N1..N8,P1..P8
5-55
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

This parameter represents the window size (i.e. the number of sample
Description
values) used to calculate the average value of downlink signal intensity.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
1 ~ 20
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.3.1.5 Downlink power level Weight (HoDlLevWeight)

Full name
Downlink level Weight
Abbreviation
HoDlLevWeight
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
5-56
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
data when averaging downlink signal strength for handover. Weight for the
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
1~3
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.3.1.6 Uplink quality Sample count (HoUlQualWindow)

Full name
Uplink quality level
Abbreviation
HoUlQualWindow
3GPP Name
N1..N8,P1..P8
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

This parameter represents the window size (number of sample values)
Description
used to calculate average value of uplink signal quality.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
1 ~ 20
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
5-57
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Impact on service
None
5.3.1.7 Uplink quality Weight (HoUlQualWeight)

Full name
Uplink quality Weight
Abbreviation
HoUlQualWeight
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
data when averaging uplink signal quality for handover. Weight for the
Description
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
1~3
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5-58
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
5.3.1.8 Downlink quality Sample count (HoDlQualWindow)

Full name
Downlink quality level
Abbreviation
HoDlQualWindow
3GPP Name
N1..N8,P1..P8
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

This parameter represents the window size (i.e. the number of sample
Description
values) used to calculate the average value of downlink signal quality.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
1 ~ 20
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.3.1.9 Downlink quality Weight (HoDlQualWeight)

Full name
Downlink quality Weight
Abbreviation
HoDlQualWeight
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
5-59
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830

data when averaging downlink signal quality for handover. Weight for the
Description
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
1 ~ 20
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.3.1.10 Distance (DistanceWindow)

Full name
Distance
Abbreviation
DistanceWindow
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
5-60
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830

used to calculate average value of distance (timing advance) between
Description
MS and BTS.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
1 ~ 20
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.3.1.11 Neighboring cell (NCellWindow)

Full name
Neighboring cell
Abbreviation
NCellWindow
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

Description
used to calculate average value of signal intensity for adjacent cells.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
1 ~ 20
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
5-61
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.3.2 Handover Threshold Parameters

The interface of handover threshold parameters is shown in Figure 5-11.
Figure 5-11 Handover Threshold Parameters
5.3.2.1 Uplink receive level Threshold (HoUlLevThs), Value N (HoUlLevN), Value P

(HoUlLevP)
Full name
Uplink receive level Threshold, Value N, Value P
Abbreviation
HoUlLevThs / HoUlLevN / HoUlLevP
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
5-62
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
According to GSM specifications, handover decisions depend upon

received average value of uplink and downlink signal strength.
uplink signal strength, if P of the N values fall below relevant threshold
value, perform handover to improve the uplink signal strength.
Parameter "HoUlLevThs" defines the related threshold, parameter
"HoUlLevN" defines the related N value, and parameter HoUlLevP defines
the related P value. If this handover condition is met, an internal handover
is usually performed in the cell.
Usually the value of "HoUlLevThs" shall be less than the threshold for
uplink power control (increase). That is, perform power control first. If
Description
power control does not work, perform handover.
Management Object
Cell
Threshold: 0 ~ 63
l
0: < -110 dBm
1: -110 dBm ~ -109 dBm

......
62: -49 dBm ~ -48 dBm
63: > -48 dBm
Value N: 1 ~ 20
Value Range
Value P: 1 ~ 20
Unit
None
Default value
[15, 3, 2]
Change mode
Offline
ZGB-02-02-001 Basic Handover
Relevant Features
ZGB-02-02-002 Basic Handover Decision Criteria
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.3.2.2 Downlink receive level Threshold (HoDlLevThs), Value N (HoDlLevN), Value P

(HoDlLevP)
Full name
Downlink receive level Threshold, Value N, Value P
Abbreviation
HoDlLevThs / HoDlLevN / HoDlLevP
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
5-63
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830

received average value of uplink and downlink signal strength. The decision
process is as follows: For the latest N average values of downlink signal
strength, if P of the N values fall below relevant threshold value, perform
handover to improve the downlink signal strength.
Parameter HoDlLevThs defines the related threshold, parameter
HoDlLevN defines the related N value, and parameter HoDlLevP defines
the related P value.
Usually the value of "HoDlLevThs" shall be less than the threshold for
downlink power control (increase). That is, perform power control first. If
power control does not work, perform handover. This parameter can be set
to 15 by default (i.e. -96 dBm ~ -95 dBm), which is 3 dB larger than the
Description
minimum access level value (RxLevAccessMin) of the cell.
Management Object
Cell
Threshold: 0 ~ 63
l
l
0: < -110 dBm

1: -110 dBm ~ -109 dBm;
......
62: -49 dBm ~ -48 dBm;
63: > -48 dBm
Value N: 1 ~ 20
Value Range
Value P: 1 ~ 20
Unit
None
Default value
[15, 3, 2]
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.3.2.3 Uplink receive quality Threshold (HoUlQualThs), Value N (HoUlQualN), Value P

(HoUlQualP)
Full name
Uplink receive quality Threshold, Value N, Value P
Abbreviation
HoUlQualThs / HoUlQualN / HoUlQualP
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
5-64
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830

process is as follows: For the latest N average values of uplink signal
quality, if P of the N values rise above relevant threshold value, perform
handover to improve the uplink signal quality.
Parameter HoUlQualThs defines the related threshold, parameter
HoUlQualN defines the related N value, and parameter HoUlQualP
defines the related P value.
Usually the value of "HoUlQualThs" shall be greater than the threshold
for uplink power control (increase). That is, perform power control first. If
Description
power control does not work, perform handover.
Management Object
Cell
Threshold: 0 ~ 7
l
0: BER<0.2%
1: 0.2%<BER<0.4%
......
6: 6.4%<BER<12.8%
7: 12.8%<BER
Value N: 1 ~ 20
Value Range
Value P: 1 ~ 20
Unit
None
Default value
[4, 3, 2]
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.3.2.4 Downlink receive quality Threshold (HoDlQualThs), Value N (HoDlQualN),

Value P (HoDlQualP)
Full name
Downlink receive quality Threshold, Value N, Value P
Abbreviation
HoDlQualThs / HoDlQualN / HoDlQualP
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
5-65
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830

process is as follows: For the latest N average values of downlink signal
quality, if P of the N values rise above relevant threshold value, perform
handover to improve the downlink signal quality.
Parameter HoDlQualThs defines the related threshold, parameter
HoDlQualN defines the related N value, and parameter HoDlQualP
defines the related P value.
In general, the Downlink receive quality Threshold shall be larger than
downlink power control (increase) threshold, i.e. perform power control
Description
first, then perform handover if power control fails.
Management Object
Cell
Threshold: 0 ~ 7
l
0: BER<0.2%
1: 0.2%<BER<0.4%
......
6: 6.4%<BER<12.8%
7: 12.8%<BER
Value N: 1 ~ 20
Value Range
Value P: 1 ~ 20
Unit
None
Default value
[4, 3, 2]
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.3.2.5 Uplink receive level of intra-ho Value N (IntraHoUlLevN) / Value P

(IntraHoUlLevP)
Full name
Uplink receive level of intra-ho Value N / Value P
Abbreviation
IntraHoUlLevN / IntraHoUlLevP
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
5-66
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830

received average value of uplink and downlink signal strength. The
decision process is as follows: For the latest N average values of uplink
signal strength, if P of the N values rise above relevant threshold value,
then perform handover. The handover is due to strong uplink co-frequency
interference.
Parameter "IntraHoUlLevThs" defines the related threshold, parameter
"IntraHoUlLevN" defines the related N value, and parameter
"IntraHoUlLevP" defines the related P value. If this handover condition is
met, an internal handover is usually performed in the cell.
Usually the value of "IntraHoUlLevThs" shall be more than the threshold
Description
for uplink power control (decrease).
Management Object
Cell
Value N: 1 ~ 20
Value Range
Value P: 1 ~ 20
Unit
None
Default value
[3, 2]
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.3.2.6 Downlink receive level of intra-ho Value N (IntraHoDlLevN) / Value P

(IntraHoDlLevP)
Full name
Downlink receive level of intra-ho Value N / Value P
Abbreviation
IntraHoDlLevN / IntraHoDlLevP
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
5-67
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830

downlink signal strength, if P of the N values rise above relevant threshold
value, then perform handover. The handover is due to strong downlink
co-frequency interference.
Parameter "IntraHoDlLevThs" defines the related threshold, parameter
"IntraHoDlLevN" defines the related N value, and parameter
"IntraHoDlLevP" defines the related P value. If this handover condition is
met, an internal handover is usually performed in the cell.
Usually the value of "IntraHoDlLevThs" shall be less than (or equal to) the
Description
threshold for downlink power control (decrease).
Management Object
Cell
Value N: 1 ~ 20
Value Range
Value P: 1 ~ 20
Unit
None
Default value
[3, 2]
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.3.2.7 Good C/I Threshold (GoodCiThs), Value N (GoodCiN), Value P (GoodCiP)

Full name
Good C/I Threshold, Value N, Value P
Abbreviation
GoodCiThs / GoodCiN / GoodCiP
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
5-68
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
If system adopts concentric technology, then handover decisions also

depend upon good Carrier to Interference ratio (C/I) of special layer TRX
frequency.
The decision process is as follows: If the paging is on common layer
TRX frequency and P of the latest N C/I values raise above the good C/I
threshold, then perform handover from common layer TRX frequency to
special layer TRX frequency.
Parameter "GoodCiThs" defines the related threshold, parameter
"GoodCiN" defines the related N value, and parameter GoodCiP defines
Description
the related P value.
Management Object
Cell
Threshold: 0 ~ 255
l
0: < -127 dB
1: > -126 dB
......
255: 128 dB
Value N: 1 ~ 20
Value Range
Value P: 1 ~ 20
Unit
None
Default value
[133, 3, 2]
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.3.2.8 Bad C/I Threshold (BadCiThs), Value N (BadCiN), Value P (BadCiP)

Full name
Bad C/I Threshold, Value N, Value P
Abbreviation
BadCiThs / BadCiN / BadCiP
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
5-69
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
If system adopts concentric technology, then handover decisions also

depend upon good Carrier to Interference ratio (C/I) of special layer TRX
frequency.
The decision process is as follows: If the paging is on special layer TRX
frequency and P of the latest N C/I values fall below the bad C/I threshold,
then perform handover from special layer TRX frequency to common layer
TRX frequency.
Parameter "BadCiThs" defines the related threshold, parameter "BadCiN"
defines the related N value, and parameter "BadCiP" defines the related
Description
P value.
Management Object
Cell
Threshold: 0 ~ 255
l
0: < -127 dB
1: > -126 dB
......
255: 128 dB
Value N: 1 ~ 20
Value Range
Value P: 1 ~ 20
Unit
None
Default value
[130, 3, 2]
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.3.2.9 Rapid handover Threshold (RapidHoThs) / Value N (RapidHoN)

Full name
Rapid handover Threshold / Value N
Abbreviation
RapidHoThs / RapidHoN
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
5-70
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
During fast fading handover, some parameters shall be used. If the

measured signal intensity of a call is less than rapid handover threshold,
then it triggers handover of existing cell to most probable candidate cell.
RapidHoN counter defines the minimum times for which the measured
signal intensity of a call is less than the threshold.
"RapidHoThs" may be set as 15 (that is, -96dBm ~ -95dBm) by default, the
same as the level threshold of ordinary handover. Parameter "RapidHoN"
should be set to ensure that rapid handover is faster than the ordinary
Description
signal level handover.
Management Object
Cell
Threshold: 0 ~ 63
l
l
0: < -110 dBm

1: -110 dBm ~ -109 dBm
......
62: -49 dBm ~ -48 dBm
63: > -48 dBm
Value Range
Value N: 1 ~ 20
Unit
None
Default value
[10, 2]
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
ZGO-02-02-001 Handover between Macro- and Micro-cells
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.3.2.10 Distance handover Value N (DistanceN) / Value P (DistanceP)

Full name
Distance handover Value N/Value P
Abbreviation
DistanceN / DistanceP
3GPP Name
N1..N8,P1..P8
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
5-71
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830

TA (distance), if P of the N values rises above relevant threshold value,
then perform handover. The handover is due to MS being out of the cell
service range.
Parameter "DistanceN" defines the relevant N value, and parameter
Description
"DistanceP" defines the relevant P value.
Management Object
Cell
Value N: 1 ~ 20
Value Range
Value P: 1 ~ 20
Unit
None
Default value
[3, 2]
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.3.2.11 PBGT handover Value N (PBGTHoN) / Value P (PBGTHoP)

Full name
PBGT handover Value N/Value P
Abbreviation
PBGTHoN / PBGTHoP
3GPP Name
N1..N8,P1..P8
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

Value_N and Value_P in PBGT handover. In PBGT handover, if there are P
values of PBGT in N PBGT satisfying the handover determination condition,
Description
the PBGT handover conditions are satisfied.
Management Object
Cell
Value N: 1 ~ 20
Value Range
Value P: 1 ~ 20
Unit
None
Default value
[3, 2]
Change mode
Offline
5-72
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830

Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.3.3 Handover Condition Parameters

The interface of handover condition parameters is shown in Figure 5-12.
Figure 5-12 Handover Condition Parameters
5.3.3.1 Max time advance threshold between MS and BTS (DistanceThs)

Full name
Max time advance threshold between MS and BTS
Abbreviation
DistanceThs
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
5-73
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830

TA (distance), if P of the N values rises above relevant threshold value,
then perform handover. The handover is due to MS being out of the cell
Description
service range.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
Common cell: 0 ~ 63; Extended cell: 0 ~ 219
Unit
None
Default value
63
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.3.3.2 MIN interval between inter-cell handover (HoMinInterval, s)

Full name
MIN interval between inter-cell handover
Abbreviation
HoMinInterval
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter specifies the interval value for which MS waits before the
actual inter-cell handover occurs. Such a timer is more predominant for MS
at the boundary regions between two cells, where inter-cell handovers
occur frequently. This parameter helps restrict frequent inter-cell handover
and guarantees call quality.
Inter-cell handover takes place when the timer exceeds the defined interval
value from the last inter-cell handover of MS. This parameter affects only
the inter-cell handover, but not common intra-cell or inter-cell concentric
handover. In addition, micro-cell has its own handover policy, so this
parameter is only effective for macro-cell layer and its above layer.
For macro-cell, the default value can be 5; for micro-cell, the default value
Description
can only be 0.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 31
5-74
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Unit
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.3.3.3 Handover back penalty (HoBackPenalty)

Full name
Handover back penalty
Abbreviation
HoBackPenalty
3GPP Name
No
3GPP reference
No
This parameter describes the time limit for handover back to the original
cell. In other words, after handover is performed from cell A to cell B, it is
Description
not allowed to perform handover from cell B back to cell A within the time
limit.
This parameter is supported from V6.20.21.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 60
Unit
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.3.3.4 Prior layer selecting parameter on signal level/quality (LayerPriority)

Full name
Prior layer selecting parameter on signal level/quality
Abbreviation
LayerPriority
5-75
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter decides the priority to select and sequence the candidate
cells for handover. Received signal level and signal quality decides the
candidate cells for handover. Three options are available:
l
First hand over to adjacent cells at the upper layer of the local cell, then
to those at the same layer, and finally to other adjacent cells;
First hand over to adjacent cells at the same layer of the local cell, then
to those at the upper layer, and finally to other adjacent cells;
All adjacent cells are treated in the same way.
This parameter determines to select one of above three methods. During

handover control process, this parameter has higher priority than normal
adjacent cells.
Value range:
l
1 (UPPER_LAYER): adjacent cell at above layer first, same layer

next,other adjacent cells finally;
2 (SAME_LAYER): adjacent cell at same layer first, above layer next,

other adjacent cells finally;
3 (SAME_LAYER): All adjacent cells are treated in the same way.
Description
Note: In general, micro cell adopts option 1 Macro cell adopts option 2.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
1~3
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.3.3.5 Handover to same layer other band neighbor cell for PBGT permitted
(PbgtHoLayer_0)
Full name
Handover to same layer other band neighbor cell for PBGT permitted
Abbreviation
PbgtHoLayer_0
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
5-76
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Description
This parameter describes if Handover to same layer other band neighbor

cell for PBGT is permitted.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
Yes
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.3.3.6 Handover to neighbor cell with no layer relation for PBGT permitted
(PbgtHoLayer_1)
Full name
Handover to neighbor cell with no layer relation for PBGT permitted
Abbreviation
PbgtHoLayer_1
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
This parameter describes if Handover to neighbor cell with no layer relation

for PBGT is permitted.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
Yes
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5-77
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
5.3.3.7 Handover to upper layer neighbor cell for PBGT permitted (PbgtHoLayer_2)
Full name
Handover to upper layer neighbor cell for PBGT permitted
Abbreviation
PbgtHoLayer_2
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
This parameter describes if handover to upper layer neighbor cell for PBGT
is allowed.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.3.3.8 Handover to under layer neighbor cell for PBGT permitted (PbgtHoLayer_3)
Full name
Handover to under layer neighbor cell for PBGT permitted
Abbreviation
PbgtHoLayer_3
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
This parameter describes if handover to under layer neighbor cell for PBGT
is allowed.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
5-78
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.3.3.9 Synchronism (HoPatternInd_0)

Full name
Synchronism (HoPatternInd_0)
Abbreviation
HoPatternInd_0
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
TA of the destination cell is same as that of the source cell.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
Yes
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
ZGB-02-02-003 Handover Mode
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.3.3.10 Asynchronism (HoPatternInd_1)

Full name
Asynchronism (HoPatternInd_1)
Abbreviation
HoPatternInd_1
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
TA of the destination cell is unknown.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
Yes
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
5-79
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.3.3.11 Pseudo-synchronization (HoPatternInd_2)

Full name
Pseudo-synchronism (HoPatternInd_2)
Abbreviation
HoPatternInd_2
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
MS is able to calculate TA of the destination cell.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.3.3.12 Pre-synchronism (HoPatternInd_3)

Full name
Pre-synchronism (HoPatternInd_3)
Abbreviation
HoPatternInd_3
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
This parameter determines the TA available for BSC.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
5-80
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.3.3.13 Downlink rapid handover threshold (DLRapidHoThs)

Full name
Downlink rapid handover threshold
Abbreviation
DLRapidHoThs
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
After getting a series of measurement reports, you can do the decisions for
downlink rapid handover.
The downlink rapid moving is one reason to cause handover. The decision
Description
process is as follows: do the handover if the latest downlink level values

(without average processing) is higher than the sum of relevant threshold
values and offset values. The handover reason is downlink rapid handover.
DLRapidHoThs defines the threshold value.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 63
Unit
None
Default value
10
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.3.3.14 Downlink rapid handover N (DLRapidHoN)

Full name
Downlink rapid handover N
5-81
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Abbreviation
DLRapidHoN
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description

DLRapidHoN defines the value N.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
1 ~ 20
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.3.3.15 Downlink rapid handover offset of high speed (DLRapidHoOffset_0)

Full name
Downlink rapid handover offset of high speed (DLRapidHoOffset_0)
Abbreviation
DLRapidHoOffset_0
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description

DLRapidHoOffset_0 defines the offset threshold value for downlink rapid
handover if the train speed is higher than 250km/hr.
5-82
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 63
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.3.3.16 Downlink rapid handover offset of middle speed (DLRapidHoOffset_1)

Full name
Downlink rapid handover offset of middle speed
Abbreviation
DLRapidHoOffset_1
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description

handover if the train speed is 150 ~ 250 km/hr.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 63
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
5-83
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.3.3.17 Downlink rapid handover offset of low speed (DLRapidHoOffset_2)

Full name
Downlink rapid handover offset of low speed
Abbreviation
DLRapidHoOffset_2
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description

handover if the train speed is lower than 150km/hr.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 63
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.3.3.18 Downlink rapid handover enable (HoControl_23)

Full name
Downlink rapid handover enable
Abbreviation
HoControl_23
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
5-84
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Description
This parameter determines if downlink rapid handover is allowed.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.3.4 Handover Control Parameters

The interface of handover control parameters is shown in Figure 5-13.
Figure 5-13 Handover Control Parameters
5.3.4.1 Allow SDCCH handover (HoControl_0)

Full name
Allow SDCCH handover
Abbreviation
HoControl_0
5-85
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
This parameter determines if allow SDCCH handover.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
ZGO-02-02-004 SDCCH/SDCCH Handover
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.3.4.2 Allow intra-cell handover attempt due to uplink interference (HoControl_1)

Full name
Allow intra-cell handover due to uplink interference
Abbreviation
HoControl_1
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
interference.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
Yes
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
This parameter determines if allow intra-cell handover attempt due to uplink
5-86
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
5.3.4.3 Allow intra-cell handover attempt due to downlink interference (HoControl_2)

Full name
Allow intra-cell handover due to downlink interference
Abbreviation
HoControl_2
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter determines whether to allow intra-cell handover attempt due
Description
to downlink interference.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
Yes
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.3.4.4 Allow handover due to distance (HoControl_3)

Full name
Allow handover due to distance
Abbreviation
HoControl_3
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
This parameter determines whether to allow handover due to distance..
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
5-87
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Impact on service
None
5.3.4.5 Allow standard PBGT handover (HoControl_4)

Full name
Allow standard PBGT handover
Abbreviation
HoControl_4
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
This parameter determines whether to allow standard PBGT handover.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
Yes
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.3.4.6 Allow automatic handover based on traffic (HoControl_5)

Full name
Allow automatic handover based on traffic
Abbreviation
HoControl_5
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter determines whether to allow automatic handover based on
Description
traffic.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
5-88
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.3.4.7 Allow intra-cell handover in super TRX channel due to downlink interference
(HoControl_8)
Full name
Allow intra-cell handover in super TRX channel due to downlink interference
Abbreviation
HoControl_8
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter determines whether to allow intra-cell handover in super TRX
Description
channel due to downlink interference.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.3.4.8 Allow intra-cell handover in super TRX channel due to uplink interference
(HoControl_9)
Full name
Allow intra-cell handover in super TRX channel due to uplink interference
Abbreviation
HoControl_9
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter determines whether to allow intra-cell handover in super TRX
Description
channel due to uplink interference.
Management Object
Cell
5-89
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.3.4.9 Allow adjacent cells handover in super TRX channel due to PBGT
(HoControl_10)
Full name
Allow adjacent cells handover in super TRX channel due to PBGT
Abbreviation
HoControl_10
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter determines whether to allow adjacent cells handover in super
Description
TRX channel due to PBGT
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.3.4.10 Allow dynamic adjustment of handover priority (HoControl_11)

Full name
Allow dynamic adjustment of handover priority
Abbreviation
HoControl_11
3GPP Name
None
5-90
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
3GPP reference
None
This parameter determines whether to allow dynamic adjustment of han-
Description
dover priority.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.3.4.11 Allow rapid handover (HoControl_12)

Full name
Allow rapid handover
Abbreviation
HoControl_12
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
This parameter determines whether to allow rapid handover.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5-91
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
5.3.4.12 Allow Macro-Micro delay handover (HoControl_13)

Full name
Allow Macro-Micro delay handover
Abbreviation
HoControl_13
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
This parameter determines whether to allow Macro-Micro delay handover.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.3.4.13 Allow Micro-Micro delay handover (HoControl_14)

Full name
Allow Micro-Micro delay handover
Abbreviation
HoControl_14
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
This parameter determines if to allow Micro-Micro delay handover.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5-92
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
5.3.4.14 Allow force transfer handover (HoControl_16)

Full name
Allow force transfer handover
Abbreviation
HoControl_16
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
This parameter determines whether to allow forced transfer handover.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
ZGO-02-02-003 Directed-Shift Handover
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.3.4.15 Allow quality handover in uplink (HoControl_19)

Full name
Allow quality handover in uplink
Abbreviation
HoControl_19
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
This parameter describes whether quality handover in uplink is allowed.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
Yes
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5-93
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
5.3.4.16 Allow level handover in uplink (HoControl_20)

Full name
Allow level handover in uplink
Abbreviation
HoControl_20
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
This parameter describes whether level handover in uplink is allowed.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
Yes
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.3.4.17 Allow quality handover in downlink (HoControl_21)

Full name
Allow quality handover in downlink
Abbreviation
HoControl_21
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
This parameter describes whether quality handover in downlink is allowed.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
Yes
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5-94
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
5.3.4.18 Allow level handover in downlink (HoControl_22)

Full name
Allow level handover in downlink
Abbreviation
HoControl_22
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
This parameter describes whether level handover in downlink is allowed.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
Yes
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.3.4.19 The priority of the handover from Macro cell to Micro cell (MacroMicroHoPrio)
Full name
The priority of the handover from Macro cell to Micro cell
Abbreviation
MacroMicroHoPrio
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
This parameter describes whether the macro-micro handover decision has

higher priority than the PBGT handover decision.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
5-95
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Impact on service
None
5.3.5 Other Parameters

The interface of other parameters is shown in Figure 5-14.
5.3.5.1 Penalty time for handover failure (HoFailPenalTime)

Full name
Penalty time for handover failure
Abbreviation
HoFailPenalTime
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter defines the penalty time for destination cell if MS fails to
handover to the destination cell. During the penalty time, inter-cell handover
Description
within BSC will not occur. This parameter determines penality duration.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
1 ~ 255
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
5-96
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.3.5.2 Difference of dynamic priority (DynPrioOffset)

Full name
Difference of dynamic priority
Abbreviation
DynPrioOffset
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter defines a tolerable dynamic priority difference between the
destination cell and local cell during a handover when using direction-based
handover algorithm. During handover, if the first cells dynamic handover
priority is higher than that of the second cell but the second cell is in MS
moving direction, then the direction-based handover algorithm works if the
difference between the two cells handover priorities is within the tolerable
Description
difference. MS is handover to the second cell.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
1~7
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.3.5.3 PBGT difference (PbgtOffset)

Full name
PBGT difference
Abbreviation
PbgtOffset
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
5-97
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
This parameter defines a tolerable power budget difference between destination cell and the local cell during a handover. During handover, if the first
cells PBGT is higher than that of the second cell but the second cell is in MS
moving direction, then the direction-based handover algorithm works if the
difference between the two cells PBGTs is within the tolerable difference.
MS is handover to the second cell. This parameter indicates the allowable
Description
difference.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 20
Unit
dB
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.3.5.4 Layer control value for handover on traffic (TrafficHoLayrCtl)

Full name
Layer control value for handover on traffic
Abbreviation
TrafficHoLayrCtl
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Layer selecting parameter on service quality handover. This parameter,
together with Frequency control value for handover on traffic, decides the
adjacent cells frequency band and layer selected during traffic handover.
When traffic handover condition is satisfied, as for the layer relation, four
choices are available for call selection and candidate cell arrangement. This
parameter decides which choice shall be selected. When implementing
traffic-based handover control in traffic process, this parameter has higher
priority than that of adjacent cells.
l
0: N, Not defined;
1: SAME, Adjacent cell and this cell are in the same layer (PBGT handover is possible);
l
Description
2: UPPER, Adjacent cell is upper layer of this cell (when this cell is
micro-cell);
5-98
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
3: LOWER, Adjacent cell is lower layer of this cell (when this cell is
macro-cell)
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
0~3
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.3.5.5 Frequency control value for handover on traffic (TrafficHoFreqCtl)

Full name
Frequency control value for handover on traffic
Abbreviation
TrafficHoFreqCtl
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter defines the control value of layer for traffic handover, i.e.
which frequency band should be handover to.
l
GSM900 frequency band P-GSM (ARFCN = 1 ~ 124)
EXT900 frequency band E-GSM (ARFCN = 0 ~ 124, 975 ~ 1023)
DCS1800 frequency band DCS1800 (ARFCN = 512 ~ 885)
PCS1900 frequency band PCS1900 (ARFCN = 512 ~ 810)
Description
GSM850 frequency band (ARFCN = 128 ~ 251)
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
GSM900, EXT900, DCS1800, PCS1900, GSM850
Unit
None
Default value
GSM900
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5-99
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
5.3.5.6 Threshold of traffic for handover (TrafficThs, %)

Full name
Threshold of traffic for handover
Abbreviation
TrafficThs
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
If TCH occupation rate of a cell is greater than this parameter value (number of occupied TCH channels / number of total TCH channels, not including
blocked idle channels), then it indicates the cell is too busy, and traffic han-
Description
dover is triggered for the cell.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 100
Unit
Default value
70
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.3.5.7 Lag time for PBGT between different layers (PbgtHoParam_0,s)

Full name
Lag time for PBGT between different layers
Abbreviation
PbgtHoParam_0
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
To more effectively control traffic distribution in the cell at different layers,
while doing PBGT decision, add PBGT decision offset level in the cell at
different layers within certain duration, which is lag time for PBGT between
Description
different layers.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 300
Unit
Default value
50
Change mode
Offline
5-100
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.3.5.8 Level offset for PBGT to up layer (PbgtHoParam_1)

Full name
Level offset for PBGT to up layer
Abbreviation
PbgtHoParam_1
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
upper layer within certain duration.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 48
Unit
None
Default value
24
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.3.5.9 Level offset for PBGT to low layer (PbgtHoParam_2)

Full name
Level offset for PBGT to low layer
Abbreviation
PbgtHoParam_2
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
lower layer within certain duration.
5-101
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 48
Unit
None
Default value
24
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.3.5.10 The threshold for starting PBGT handover (PbgtHoStartThs)

Full name
The threshold for starting PBGT handover
Abbreviation
PbgtHoStartThs
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
When the current cell's downlink level is less than the start level threshold
for PBGT handover, the PBGT handover decision is performed.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 63
Unit
None
Default value
35
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.3.5.11 Handover from macro to micro (MacroMicroStartThs)

Full name
Handover from macro to micro
Abbreviation
MacroMicroStartThs
5-102
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
When the current cell's downlink level is less than or equal to the start level
Description
threshold for macro-micro handover, the macro-micro handover decision is

performed.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 63
Unit
None
Default value
40
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.3.5.12 Hysteresis timer when traffic handover (TrafficHysteresisTm, s)

Full name
Hysteresis timer when traffic handover
Abbreviation
TrafficHysteresisTm
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
When there are many traffic handovers initiated in the current cell, the
Description
interval between two traffic handovers must be larger than the hysteresis
time specified by this parameter.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 255
Unit
Second
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5-103
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
5.3.6 Handover Algorithm Parameters

The interface of handover algorithm parameters is shown in Figure 5-15.
Figure 5-15 Handover Algorithm Parameters
5.3.6.1 Traffic handover threshold (TrafficLevThs)

Full name
Traffic handover threshold
Abbreviation
TrafficLevThs
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter is used for traffic handover. For the original handover condition that adjacent cells level must be higher than that of this cell, modify it
so that adjacent cells level must be higher than this threshold. In this way,
traffic handover can be improved greatly. This threshold must be less than
the PBGT threshold in reverse direction. Otherwise, it may result in toggle
Description
handover.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 48
Unit
None
5-104
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Default value
24
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.3.6.2 Level offset during penalty (PenaltyLevOffset)

Full name
Level offset during penalty
Abbreviation
PenaltyLevOffset
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter is used to perform an offset on the downlink level of this cell
Description
in the penalty period.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 63
Unit
None
Default value
15
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.3.6.3 Uplink interference quality offset (QOffSetUl)

Full name
Uplink interference quality offset
Abbreviation
QOffSetUl
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
5-105
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Check the relation between level and quality to judge whether there is any
interference in service judgment channel when handover occurs in the cell.
rxqual-ul >= QoffSetUl + FQSS (RXLEV_UL+SOffSetUl) or rxqual-dl
>= QOffSetDl + FQSS (RXLEV_DL+SoffSetDl). Where, rxqual-xx is
uplink/downlink quality, QoffSetxx is uplink/downlink quality offset,
RXLEV_XX is uplink/downlink level, SoffSetxx is uplink/downlink level
offset.
After interference is confirmed, when service party requests channel from
database, which shall tell original occupation condition of database, then
Description
the database select proper channels based on this information.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
0~2
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.3.6.4 Uplink interference level offset (SOffSetUl)

Full name
Uplink interference level offset
Abbreviation
SOffSetUl
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
offset.
Description
5-106
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 20
Unit
None
Default value
15
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.3.6.5 Downlink interference quality offset (QOffsetDl)

Full name
Downlink interference quality offset
Abbreviation
QOffSetDl
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
offset.
Description
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
0~2
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
5-107
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.3.6.6 Downlink interference level offset (SOffSetDl)

Full name
Downlink interference level offset
Abbreviation
SOffSetDl
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
offset.
Description
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 20
Unit
None
Default value
10
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.3.6.7 Invalid intra-handover time (TMaxiHo)

Full name
Invalid intra-handover time
Abbreviation
TMaxiHo
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
5-108
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
If MS performs handover continuously in the cell, it indicates great

interference in this position and no appropriate channel is available.
In such a case, MS should be forbidden to perform handover within a
certain time. The judgment method is as follows: If handover occurs within
the invalid intra-handover time, then the previous handover is considered to
have no influence on interference, the counter HoCount increases by 1 and
restart TMaxIHo. If handover occurs after the invalid intra-handover time,
the previous handover is considered valid and clear the counter to 0.
If the counter value reaches the value of MAX count of invalid intra-handover
parameter, then it indicates not to attempt handover within a certain period.
Description
Perform penalty in intra-cell penalty mode.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 255
Unit
None
Default value
16
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.3.6.8 MAX count of invalid intra-handover (MaxiHo)

Full name
MAX count of invalid intra-handover
Abbreviation
MaxiHo
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
If MS performs handover continuously in the cell, it indicates great
interference in this position and no appropriate channel is available.
In such a case, MS should be forbidden to perform handover within a
certain time. The judgment method is as follows: If handover occurs within
the invalid intra-handover time, then the previous handover is considered to
have no influence on interference, the counter HoCount increases by 1 and
restart TMaxIHo. If handover occurs after the invalid intra-handover time,
the previous handover is considered valid and clear the counter to 0.
If the counter value reaches the value of MAX count of invalid intra-handover
parameter, then it indicates not to attempt handover within a certain period.
Description
Perform penalty in intra-cell penalty mode.

5-109
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 10
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.3.6.9 MAX path loss threshold on force handover (MaxLossThs)

Full name
MAX path loss threshold on force handover
Abbreviation
MaxLossThs
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Directed handover is performed only for one designated cell and it is
restricted by a tolerable level difference MaxLevDiff. This level difference
is lower than PBGT handover threshold in reverse direction, thus to avoid
oscillating handover.
Directed handover should not cause congestion in the destination cell.
Therefore, HoForceResThs is set. Perform forced handover only when the
destination cell's resource is less than the threshold.
Select users with small path loss and small TA for forced handover. Users
perform handover when their path loss are less than MaxLossThs and
TA is less than MaxTAThs. This algorithm applies to cases such as
dual-frequency networking, 900M cell and 1800M cell share the same site
address.
When MAX time advance threshold on force handover (MaxTAThs) is 63,
the forced handover decision is made only according to the path loss.
When MAX path loss threshold on force handover (MaxLossThs) is 150,
the forced handover decision is made only according to TA.
The N value of force handover parameter and P value of force handover
parameter are used for decision in actual situations. In other words,
handover conditions are met if HoForceP of HoForceN measurement
reports satisfy requirement.
Description
The path loss L = BS_TXPWR - AV_RXLEV_DL
5-110
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
BS_TXPWR is transmission power of the carrier where occupied timeslot

locates. It depends on the carriers maximum transmission power,
static attenuation power, and power control. AV_RXLEV_DL is the
downlink-receiving level.
Therefore, forced handover shall meet the following requirements:
l
Level of the destination cell must be higher than that of the local cell by
MaxLevDiff;
Available resource of destination cell must be higher than transfer reserved resource threshold HoForceResThs;
Path loss L must be less than MaxLossThs, and TA must be less than
MaxTAThs;
Destination cell is forced transfer cell.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 150
Unit
None
Default value
110
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.3.6.10 MAX time advance threshold on force handover (MaxTaThs)

Full name
MAX time advance threshold on force handover
Abbreviation
MaxTAThs
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description

5-111
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
address.
l
MaxLevDiff;
MaxTAThs;
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 63
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.3.6.11 N value of force handover (HoForceN)

Full name
N value of force handover
Abbreviation
HoForceN
3GPP Name
None
5-112
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
3GPP reference
None
address.
l
MaxLevDiff;
MaxTAThs;
Description
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
1 ~ 20
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
5-113
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.3.6.12 P value of force handover (HoForceP)

Full name
P value of force handover
Abbreviation
HoForceP
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
address.
l
MaxLevDiff;
l
Description
MaxTAThs;
5-114
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
1 ~ 20
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.3.7 Subcell Parameters

The interface of subcell parameters is shown in Figure 5-16.
Figure 5-16 Subcell Parameters
5.3.7.1 Dual band power offset (DuleBandOffset)

Full name
Power compensation between frequencies.
Abbreviation
DuleBandOffset
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
It indicates the value to compensate power in the second cell in dual band
Description
cell.
5-115
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 50
Unit
dB
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.3.7.2 The MAX of path loss (PathLossMax)

Full name
The MAX of path loss
Abbreviation
PathLossMax
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
It is one of subcell handover parameters, indicating threshold parameters
Description
while subcell 2 do path loss handover decision for subcell 1.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 150
Unit
dB
Default value
126
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.3.7.3 The MIN of path loss (PathLossMin)

Full name
The MIN of path loss

5-116
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Abbreviation
PathLossMin
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
One of the subcell handover parameters, the minimum path loss. If byPathLossPathLossMin and TASubCellTAMin, the second subcell channel
will be selected first; if byPathLoss>PathLossMin or TA>SubCellTAMin, only
Description
the channel of the first subcell is available.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 150
Unit
dB
Default value
120
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.3.7.4 The MAX of time advance (SubCellTAMax)

Full name
The MAX of time advance
Abbreviation
SubCellTAMax
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
It is one of sucell handover parameters, indicating threshold parameters
Description
while subcell 2 does TA handover decision for subcell 1.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 63
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
5-117
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.3.7.5 The MIN of time advance (SubCellTAMin)

Full name
The MIN of time advance
Abbreviation
SubCellTAMin
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
It is one of sucell handover parameters, indicating threshold parameters
Description
while subcell 1 does TA handover decision for subcell 2.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 63
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.3.7.6 N value of subcell handover (SubCellN)

Full name
N value of subcell handover
Abbreviation
SubCellN
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter is one of the conditions used to decide inter-subcell handover. The judgment process is as follows: For the latest N value of subcell
handover sample average values, if SubcellP (P value of subcell handover
parameter) of the SubcellN values satisfy the condition, then perform han-
Description
dover.
Management Object
Cell
5-118
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Value Range
1 ~ 10
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.3.7.7 P value of subcell handover (SubcellP)

Full name
P value of subcell handover
Abbreviation
SubCellP
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter is one of the conditions used to decide inter-subcell handover. The judgment process is as follows: For the latest N value of subcell
handover sample average values, if SubcellP (P value of subcell handover
parameter) of the SubcellN values satisfy the condition, then perform han-
Description
dover.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
1 ~ 10
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5-119
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
5.3.7.8 Subcell handover algorithm (HoControl_17)

Full name
Subcell handover algorithm
Abbreviation
HoControl_17
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter defines two handover modes of subcell handover algorithm:
Description
Concentric Handover; Handover based on path loss and TA.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
Concentric handover, Handover based on path loss and TA
Unit
None
Default value
Concentric handover
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.4 UTRAN Handover Control Parameters

UTRAN handover control has two tabs.
5.4.1 Basic Properties 1

The interface of basic property 1 parameters is as shown in Figure 5-17.
Figure 5-17 Basic Properties 1 Parameters
5-120
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
5.4.1.1 Punishment period of UTRAN cell when handover failure (HoFailPenalTm3G)

Full name
Punishment period of UTRAN cell when handover failure
Abbreviation
HoFailPenalTm3G
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter defines a protection period to prevent immediate handover
after handover failure. Its unit time is the period of measurement or pretreat-
Description
ment measurement report.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
1 ~ 255
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.4.1.2 Slippery window size for calculating Ec/No or RSCP average value to be zero
(HoWindow3G)
Slippery window size for calculating Ec/No or RSCP average value to be
Full name
zero
Abbreviation
HoWindow3G
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
In GSM system, BSC uses the power level measurement data to manage
and control handover decisions. BSC uses average values instead of
original values of measurement data for handover decisions. It helps
prevent negative impact on network performance caused by abrupt
changes in measurement data. Average on measurement value in UTRAN
adjacent cell also shall be required.
HoWindowUTRAN of Ec/No or RSCP average is the window size to
calculate Ec/No or RSCP average in adjacent UTRAN cell, that is, sample
Description
count used through average calculation.
Management Object
Cell
5-121
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Value Range
1 ~ 31
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.4.1.3 Number that measurement value allowed to be zero (ZeroAllowed3G)

Full name
Number that measurement value allowed to be zero
Abbreviation
ZeroAllowed3G
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
According to GSM specifications, MS can report to BSS the measurement
data of at most six adjacent cells with strongest signal strength. Thus the
measurement results might not be consecutive. For cells whose signal
strength is less than -110 dBm, the measurement data are not reported.
This parameter gives flexibility in measurement data averaging. However,
excessive occurrences of zero indicate that the adjacent cells are of poor
signal strength. If the number of zeroes in used for average calculation
exceeds Number of zero allowed in AV, then measurement average equals
to sum of reported values divided by Neighboring cell .
To be specific, during averaging, if the count of 0s in the sampling count
exceeds ZeroAllowed, these sampling values are hardly reliable, and
the measurement average will be the sum of the reported values divided
by NCellWindow. If the count of 0s in the reported values does not
exceed ZeroAllowed, these sampling values are much reliable and the
measurement average will be the sum of the reported values divided by
Description
(NCellWindow the count of 0s).
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 31
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
5-122
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.4.1.4 UTRAN handover (ServiceHo)

Full name
UTRAN handover
Abbreviation
ServiceHo
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
Section 48.008
This parameter indicates UTRAN handover priority control. MSC sends Service Handover parameter to BSC through ASSIGNMENT REQUEST and
HANDOVER REQUEST messages. Service Handover parameter has three
values, including prefer to UTRAN handover, not prefer to UTRAN handover,
disallow to UTRAN handover, taking actions on handover decision on subsequent BSC. ServiceHo can be configured as the default value used while
MSC doesn't deliver Service Handover parameter, or configured as BSC
forcedly using the mode set by ServiceHo, but do not use Service Handover
Description
parameter delivered by MSC.
Management Object
Cell
Handover to UTRAN first; Not Handover to UTRAN first; Not allow to Handover to UTRAN; According to MSC, default handover to UTRAN first; According to MSC, default not handover to UTRAN first; According to MSC,
Value Range
default not allowed to handover to UTRAN.
Unit
None
Default value
According to MSC, the default value is Handover to UTRAN first.
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5-123
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
5.4.1.5 FDD/TDD handover (FDDTDDPrio)

Full name
FDD/TDD handover
Abbreviation
FDDTDDPrio
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter indicates the priority control of FDD/TDD handover. When
FDD adjacent cell and TDD adjacent cell exist together, to control selection
sequence of target cell, we use FDDTDDPrio parameter to show if to prefer
Description
to FDD cell handover or TDD cell handover.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
Priority to FDD; Priority to TDD.
Unit
None
Default value
Priority to FDD
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.4.1.6 Threshold for load sharing (LoadHoRSCPThsFDD)

Full name
Threshold for load sharing
Abbreviation
LoadHoRSCPThsFDD
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter is used to traffic handover. Firstly you shall configure a
traffic handover threshold and inter-system handover switch.
This parameter is used to handover decision in 3G cell after traffic is
overloaded. BSC reserves at least HoRSCP_N_FDD RSCP average
values for a UTRAN adjacent cell. When at least HoRSCP_P_FDD out of
the latest HoRSCP_N_FDD average values are larger than or equal to the
sum of LoadHoRSCPThsFDD and HoRSCPOffsetUTRAN, it can be used
as traffic handover from GSM to UTRAN.
Description
This parameter value shall be lower than HoRSCPThsFDD.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 63
5-124
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Unit
None
Default value
35
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.4.1.7 Ec/No threshold when handover from GSM to 3G for load sharing
(LoadHoEcNoThsFDD)
Full name
Ec/No threshold when handover from GSM to 3G for load sharing
Abbreviation
LoadHoEcNoThsFDD
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
overloaded. BSC reserves at least HoEcNo_N_FDD RSCP average values
for a UTRAN adjacent cell. When at least HoEcNo_P_FDD out of the latest
HoEcNo_N_FDD average values are larger than or equal to the sum of
LoadHoEcNoThsFDD and HoEcNoOffsetUTRAN, it can be used as traffic
handover from GSM to UTRAN.
Description
This parameter value shall be lower than HoEcNoThsFDD.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 49
Unit
None
Default value
25
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5-125
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
5.4.1.8 RSCP threshold when handover from GSM to TDD for load sharing
(LoadHoRSCPThsTDD)
Full name
RSCP threshold when handover from GSM to TDD for load sharing
Abbreviation
LoadHoRSCPThsTDD
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
overloaded. BSC reserves at least HoRSCP_N_TDD RSCP average
values for a UTRAN adjacent cell. When at least HoRSCP_P_TDD out of
the latest HoRSCP_N_TDD average values are larger than or equal to the
sum of LoadHoRSCPThsTDD and HoRSCPOffsetUTRAN, it can be used
as traffic handover from GSM to UTRAN.
Description
This parameter value shall be lower than HoRSCPThsFDD.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 63
Unit
None
Default value
35
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.4.2 Basic Properties 2

5-126
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
5.4.2.1 Inter system handover supported (InterSysHoCtrl)

Full name
Inter system handover supported
Abbreviation
InterSysHoCtrl
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter indicates if intersystem handover within BSC is allowed. This
Description
parameters determines if BSC can issue handover of 3G system.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.4.2.2 Directed retry to UTRAN cell allowed (InterSysHoCtrl)

Full name
Directed retry to UTRAN cell allowed
Abbreviation
InterSysRdCtrl
5-127
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter determines if allow directed retry to UTRAN cell. When no
service channel is allocated in this cell, you can try redirected to adjacent
cell under allowed case by corresponding function switch. If this parameter
Description
is configured as Yes, it can be redirected to 3G adjacent cell.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.4.2.3 Handover from GSM to UTRAN FDD RSCP Threshold (HoRSCPThsFDD)

Full name
Handover from GSM to UTRAN FDD RSCP Threshold
Abbreviation
HoRSCPThsFDD
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
BSC reserves at least HoRSCP_N_FDD RSCP average values for a
UTRAN adjacent cell. When at least HoRSCP_P_FDD out of the latest
HoRSCP_N_FDD average values are larger than or equal to the sume
of HoRSCPThsFDD and HoRSCPOffsetUTRAN, handover from GSM to
UTRAN takes place and the adjacent cell is taken as candidate destination
Description
cell for handover.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 63
Unit
None
Default value
35
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
5-128
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.4.2.4 Handover from GSM to UTRAN FDD RSCP Value N (HoRSCP_N_FDD)

Full name
Handover from GSM to UTRAN FDD RSCP Value N
Abbreviation
HoRSCP_N_FDD
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
When at least HoRSCP_P_FDD out of the latest HoRSCP_N_FDD average values are larger than or equal to the sum of HoRSCP_THS_FDD and
Description
HoRSCPOffsetUTRAN, handover from GSM to UTRAN takes place.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
1 ~ 20
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.4.2.5 Handover from GSM to UTRAN FDD RSCP Value P (HoRSCP_P_FDD)

Full name
Handover from GSM to UTRAN FDD RSCP Value P
Abbreviation
HoRSCP_P_FDD
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
When at least HoRSCP_P_FDD out of the latest HoRSCP_N_FDD average values are larger than or equal to the sum of HoRSCP_THS_FDD and
Description
HoRSCPOffsetUTRAN, handover from GSM to UTRAN takes place.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
1 ~ 20
5-129
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.4.2.6 Handover from GSM to UTRAN FDD Ec/No Threshold (HoEcNoThsFDD)

Full name
Handover from GSM to UTRAN FDD Ec/No Threshold
Abbreviation
HoEcNoThsFDD
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
BSC reserves at least HoEcNo_N_FDD RSCP average values for a
UTRAN adjacent cell. When at least HoEcNo_P_FDD out of the latest
HoEcNo_N_FDD average values are larger than or equal to the sume
of HoEcNoThsFDD and HoEcNoOffsetUTRAN, handover from GSM to
Description
cell for handover.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 49
Unit
None
Default value
25
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.4.2.7 Handover from GSM to UTRAN FDD Ec/No Value N (HoEcNo_N_FDD)

Full name
Handover from GSM to UTRAN FDD Ec/No Value N
5-130
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Abbreviation
HoEcNo_N_FDD
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
When at least HoEcNo_P_FDD out of HoEcNo_N_FDD average values are
larger than or equal to the sum of HoEcNoThsFDD and HoEcNoOffsetU-
Description
TRAN, handover from GSM to UTRAN takes place.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
1 ~ 20
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.4.2.8 Handover from GSM to UTRAN FDD Ec/No Value P (HoEcNo_P_FDD)

Full name
Handover from GSM to UTRAN FDD Ec/No Value P
Abbreviation
HoEcNo_P_FDD
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
When at least HoEcNo_P_FDD out of HoEcNo_N_FDD average values are
larger than or equal to the sum of HoEcNoThsFDD and HoEcNoOffsetU-
Description
TRAN, handover from GSM to UTRAN takes place.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
1 ~ 20
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
5-131
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Impact on service
None
5.4.2.9 Handover from GSM to UTRAN TDD RSCP Threshold (HoRSCPThsTDD)

Full name
Handover from GSM to UTRAN TDD RSCP Threshold
Abbreviation
HoRSCPThsTDD
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter defines a threshold value for handover from GSM to UTRAN
cell. BSC at least HoRSCP_N_TDD reserves RSCP average values for
a UTRAN adjacent cell. When at least HoRSCP_P_TDD out of the latest
HoRSCP_N_TDD average values are larger than or equal to the sume
of HoRSCPThsTDD and HoRSCPOffsetUTRAN, handover from GSM to
Description
cell for handover.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 63
Unit
None
Default value
35
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.4.2.10 Handover from GSM to UTRAN TDD RSCP Value N (HoRSCP_N_TDD)

Full name
Handover from GSM to UTRAN TDD RSCP Value N
Abbreviation
HoRSCP_N_TDD
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
5-132
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Description
cell for handover.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
1 ~ 20
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.4.2.11 Handover from GSM to UTRAN TDD RSCP Value P (HoRSCP_P_TDD)

Full name
Handover from GSM to UTRAN TDD RSCP Value P
Abbreviation
HoRSCP_P_TDD
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
cell for handover.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
1 ~ 20
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
5-133
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.5 UTRAN Cell Control Parameters

UTRAN cell control parameters have four sub-interfaces.
5.5.1 Basic Properties 1 Parameters

5.5.1.1 Channel location of si2quater broadcast (SI2QuaterPos)

Full name
Channel location of si2quater broadcast
Abbreviation
SI2QuaterPos
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
It indicates channel location of si2quater broadcast.
5-134
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Management Object
Cell
0, 1
l
0: Broadcast on normal BCCH block
1: Broadcast on extended BCCH block (AGCH_BLOCK reservation
Value Range
value will be 1)
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.5.1.2 CS measurement type reported by UE (ReportTypeCS)

Full name
CS measurement type reported by UE
Abbreviation
ReportTypeCS
3GPP Name
REPORT_TYPE
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

It indicates enhanced measurement report for UE or measurement report
Description
message.
Management Object
Cell
0, 1
l
0: Adopts enhanced measurement report message, if at least one

BSIC is configured for each frequency in BA list; otherwise, adopt enhanced measurement report message, otherwise using normal measurement report.
Value Range
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
1: Adopts normal measurement report message
5-135
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Impact on service
None
5.5.1.3 Measurement threshold of UE performing UTRAN cell reselection (Qsearch_I)

Full name
Measurement threshold of UE performing UTRAN cell reselection
Abbreviation
Qsearch_I
3GPP reference
Qsearch_I
3GPP Name
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

This parameter indicates the measurement threshold of UE performing
UTRAN cell reselection. UE starts UTRAN reselection cell measurement
when average receiving level RLA_C of this cell is lower than (parameter
Description
value: 0 ~ 7) or higher than (parameter value: 8 ~ 15) the threshold.
Management Object
Cell
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15
l
0 ~ 6: Indicates field strength L = -98 + n*4 dBm
7: Indicates always
8 ~ 14: Indicates field strength L = -78 + 4*(n-8) dBm
Value Range
15: Indicates never
Unit
None
Default value
15
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.5.1.4 Threshold when UE performs search under specialized mode (Qsearch_C)

Full name
Threshold when UE performs search under specialized mode
Abbreviation
Qsearch_C
3GPP Name
Qsearch_C
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

This parameter defines a threshold. When average receiving level RLA_C of
the cell falls below (parameter value: 0 ~ 7) or higher than (parameter value:
Description
8 ~ 15) this threshold, UE searches the UTRAN adjacent cell.
5-136
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Management Object
Cell
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15
l
0 ~ 6: Indicates field strength L = -98 + n*4 dBm
7: Indicates always
8 ~ 14: Indicates field strength L = -78 + 4*(n-8) dBm
Value Range
15: Indicates never
Unit
None
Default value
15
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.5.1.5 Initial parameter instead of qsearch_c before UE receiving qsearch_C

(QsearchCInit)
Full name
Initial parameter instead of qsearch_c before UE receiving qsearch_C
Abbreviation
QsearchCInit
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter is used to search and measure the cell data while MS does
Description
not receive Qsearch_C on SACCH.
Management Object
Cell
0, 1
l
0: Indicates using Qsearch_I parameter
Value Range
1: Indicates always measuring
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5-137
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
5.5.1.6 CS number of same frequency adjacent cells in report (SvrBandRprtCS)

Full name
CS number of same frequency adjacent cells in report
Abbreviation
SvrBandRprtCS
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter defines the number of adjacent cells with the same frequency
band as in serving cell, which are included in the measurement report or the
Description
strongest cell list.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
0, 1, 2, 3
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.5.1.7 Max number of GSM neighbor cells (IndexStartEMR)

Full name
Max Number In Adjacent GSM cell
Abbreviation
IndexStartEMR
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
It indicates the max number of adjacent GSM cells.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
32 ~ 64
Unit
None
Default value
32
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
5-138
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.5.1.8 CS class of reported quantities of UTRAN adjacent cells (FDDrepQntCS)

Full name
CS class of reported quantities of UTRAN adjacent cells
Abbreviation
FDDrepQntCS
3GPP Name
FDD_REP_QUANT
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
Description
It indicates whether MS uses RSCP or Ec/No to report measurement.
Management Object
Cell
0, 1
l
0: RSCP, receiving power of CPICH scramble of UTRAN cell at UE, the

unit is dBm.
l
Value Range
1: Ec/No, ratio of the receiving power to thermal noise of CPICH scramble of UTRAN cell, the unit is dB.
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.5.1.9 Min Ec/No of UTRAN reselecting cell (FDD_Qmin)

Full name
Min Ec/No of UTRAN reselecting cell
Abbreviation
FDD_Qmin
3GPP name
FDD_Qmin
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

This parameter indicates the minimum value of Ec/No of the UTRAN cell
when it reselects adjacent cell. The value of Ec/No of the UTRAN cell should
be larger than the value defined by this parameter in order to reselect the
Description
adjacent cell.
Managed object
Cell
5-139
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
l
0 = -20 dB
1 = -6 dB
2 = -18 dB
3 = -8 dB
4 = -16 dB
5 = -10 dB
6 = -14 dB
Value range
7 = -12 dB
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Related features
None
Related parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.5.1.10 CS max number of UTRAN/FDD adjacent cells in measurement report

(FDDMulRatrrptCS)
Full name
CS max number of UTRAN/FDD adjacent cells in measurement report
Abbreviation
FDDMulRatrrptCS
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter indicates the maximum number of UTRAN/FDD adjacent
cells included in packet measurement report or strongest cell list.
If
UTRAN/FDD adjacent cells are not full, the vacancies are used for GSM
adjacent cells. (If TDD technology is available, the vacancies are used for
Description
TDD cells).
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
0, 1, 2, 3
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
5-140
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.5.1.11 FDD reselection offset (FDD_Qoffset)

Full name
FDD reselection offset
Abbreviation
FDD_Qoffset
3GPP Name
FDD_Qoffset
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

This parameter is used to reselect the UTRAN adjacent cell if the following
requirements are satisfied:
l
Received signal code power (RSCP) of this adjacent cell is higher than
average receiving level RLA_C of this cell.
RSCP of the adjacent cell is higher than RLA_C of all adjacent GSM
cells by at least FDD_Qoffset (FDD reselection offset) for more than 5
seconds. FDD_Qoffset of the cell increases by 5 dB if the cell is reselected 15 seconds earlier.
Ec/No (code-noise ratio) of this adjacent cell is larger than or equal to

designated FDD_Qmin (minimum value of code-noise ratio of UTRAN
reselected cell).
If more than one UTRAN cell meets above conditions, then select the cell
Description
which has the largest RSCP.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5-141
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
5.5.1.12 A minimum threshold of RSCP for UTRAN FDD cell re-selection

(FDD_RSCPmin)
Full name
A minimum threshold of RSCP for UTRAN FDD cell re-selection
Abbreviation
FDD_RSCPmin
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
3GPPTS44.018 V6.12.0
When a GSM cell is reselected to an adjacent 3G cell, its RSCP should
be larger than or equal to that of the GSM cell. If the adjacent 3G cell's
measurement value is RSCP, FDD_RSCPmin indicates the reselection threshold
Description
FDD_RSCP_threshold for that 3G adjacent cell.

This paramter is broadcast to MS in SI2quater on BCCH, and broadcast to MS in
PSI3quater on PBCCH and PACCH.
Management
Object
Cell
0 ~ 15
(-114+2*n) dBm, that is,
Value Range
0: -114 dB
1: -112 dB
......
15: -84 dB
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
5.5.1.13 Applies an offset to FDD_Qmin value (FDD_Qmin_Offset)

Full name
Applies an offset to FDD_Qmin value
Abbreviation
FDD_Qmin_Offset
5-142
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
3GPPTS44.018 V6.12.0
This parameter must work with FDD_RSCPmin, and the working principle is
Description
the same as that of FDD_RSCPmin.

Management
Object
Cell
0~7
(2n)dB, that is,
Value Range
0: 0dB
......
7: 14dB
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on
service
None
5.5.1.14 Require UE to send UTRAN class-mark change message early (ECSC_3G)

Full name
Require UE to send UTRAN class-mark change message early
Abbreviation
ECSC_3G
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter indicates whether UE is required to send UTRAN classmark
Description
change message early.
Management Object
Cell
5-143
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Yes/No
l
No: It is not allowed to send the UTRAN classmark change message.
Yes: Whether UE sends the UTRAN class mark change message is

controlled by the system parameter ECSC and UE. (Because UE might
not use the parameter ECSC, this property is represented by the param-
Value Range
eter ES IND in CLASSMARK2 and CLASSMARK3.)
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.5.2 Basic Properties 2 Parameters

5-144
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
5.5.2.1 CS measurement reporting rate of adjacent cell (ReportRateCS)

Full name
CS measurement reporting rate of adjacent cell
Abbreviation
ReportRateCS
3GPP Name
REPORTING_RATE
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

It indicates frequency of measurement reports in adjacent cell, refer to "CS
Description
adjacent cell report priority".
Management Object
Cell
0, 1
l
0: normal
Value Range
1: Low
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.5.2.2 CS multiband report indication (MulBndRprtCS)

Full name
CS Multiband report indication
Abbreviation
MulBndRprtCS
3GPP Name
MULTIBAND_REPORTING
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

This parameter is to control the number of reports of different adjacent cells
Description
except the serving cell.
Management Object
Cell
5-145
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
0, 1, 2, 3
l
0: MS reports the survey results of six known and allowed adjacent cells
with the strongest NCC according to the signal intensity, regardless of
which frequency band adjacent cells are in.
1: MS reports the measurement result of one adjacent cell with the

strongest signal in the frequency bands in adjacent cell list (excluding
frequency band of serving cell). In the remaining locations, MS reports
the adjacent cells in the frequency band of local cell. If there are still
more locations remaining, MS reports the second strongest adjacent
cell, regardless of their frequency bands.
2: MS reports the measurement result of two adjacent cells with the

3: MS reports the measurement result of three adjacent cells with

strongest signal in the frequency bands in adjacent cells list (excluding
Value Range
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.5.2.3 CS offset which is added when UE reports RXLEV value (ScaleOrdCS)

Full name
CS offset which is added when UE reports rxlev value
Abbreviation
ScaleOrdCS
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
5-146
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
This parameter defines the added offset when UE reports signal field
intensity. If the field intensity of a certain GSM adjacent cell is n dBm, then
when mapping to RXLEV (0 ~ 63), UE will map n+ ScaleOrdCS to the
original value corresponding to n. It applies only in the case that enhanced
measurement report message is used.
If the field intensity of adjacent cell exceeds -48 dBm, the real value can be
reported by setting this parameter. UE includes the SCALE value when it
reports enhance measurement report message. If SCALE_ORD = 2, UE
Description
uses the value of cell that reports the best signal level.
Management Object
Cell
0, 1, 2
l
0: 0 dB
1: 10 dB
Value Range
2: Automatic, determined by UE
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.5.2.4 TDD reselection offset (TDD_Qoffset)

Full name
TDD reselection offset
Abbreviation
TDD_Qoffset
3GPP Name
TDD_Qoffset
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

When cell is reselected to 3G TDD adjacent cell, its RSCP shall be higher
Description
than the least offset of RLA_P in all GSM adjacent cells.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
5-147
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.5.2.5 CS MAX number of UTRAN/TDD adjacent cells in measurement report

(TDDMulRatRrptCS)
Full name
CS MAX number of UTRAN/TDD adjacent cells in measurement report
Abbreviation
TDDMulRatRrptCS
3GPP Name
XXX_MULTIRAT_REPORTING
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

This parameter indicates the maximum number of UTRAN/TDD adjacent
cells included in measurement report or strongest cell list. If UTRAN/TDD
adjacent cells are not full, the vacancies are used for GSM adjacent cells (If
Description
FDD technology is supported, remained part is given to FDD cell).
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
0, 1, 2, 3
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.5.2.6 CS UE report invalid cell level allowed (InvldBSICRprtCS)

Full name
CS UE report invalid cell level allowed
Abbreviation
InvldBSICRprtCS
3GPP Name
INVALID_BSIC_REPORTING
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

When BCC is not configured, NCC is permitted for BSIC of some GSM cells.
This parameter indicates if the system allows UE to report field intensity of
Description
such cells.
5-148
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.5.2.7 CS UE search UTRAN adjacent cell in BSIC decoding frame indication

(SearchPrioCS3G)
Full name
CS UE search UTRAN adjacent cell in BSIC decoding frame indication
Abbreviation
SearchPrioCS3G
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter indicates if to allow UE to search UTRAN adjacent cells in
the frame where BSIC decoding is needed. If yes, then UE can use at most
Description
25 frames for search in 13 seconds.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.5.2.8 GSM850M Adjacent cell reporting signal level Offset (RprtOffsetCS850)

Full name
GSM850M Adjacent cell reporting signal level Offset

5-149
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Abbreviation
RprtOffsetCS850
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
when reporting to GSM850M adjacent cell, if signal level in two cells are
higher than or equal to RprtThoCS850, and RepPrioCS value is same, then
the cell with bigger sum of signal level value and RprtOffsetCS850 value is
Description
firstly reported.
Management Object
Cell
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
Value Range
0 ~ 7: corresponding to 0 dB ~ 42 dB, each level is 6 dB.
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.5.2.9 GSM850M Adjacent cell reporting signal level Threshold (RprtThoCS850)

Full name
GSM850M Adjacent cell reporting signal level Threshold
Abbreviation
RprtThoCS850
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
When reporting to GSM850M adjacent cells, only when signal level in the
cell is higher than or equal to RprtThoCS850 (dimensionless, corresponding
to RXLEV portion in measurement report, different mapping relationship for
different RXLEV), it can be reported.
As to if it can be reported in certain period, it also depends on signal level,
Description
RepPrioCS, MulBndRprtCS and RprtOffsetCS850.
Management Object
Cell
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
l
0: always
1 ~ 6: corresponding to 6 dB ~ 36 dB, 6 dB per level
Value Range
7: never
Unit
None
5-150
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None

Full name
Abbreviation
RprtOffsetCS900
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
firstly reported.
Management Object
Cell
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
Value Range
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None

Full name
Abbreviation
RprtThoCS900
3GPP Name
None
5-151
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
3GPP reference
None
cell is higher than or equal to RprtThoCS900 (dimensionless, corresponding
different RXLEV), it can be reported.
Description
Management Object
Cell
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
l
0: always
Value Range
7: never
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None

Full name
Abbreviation
RprtOffsetCS1800
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
firstly reported.
Management Object
Cell
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
Value Range
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
5-152
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None

Full name
Abbreviation
RprtThoCS1800
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
cell is higher than or equal to RprtThoCS1800 (dimensionless, corresponding to RXLEV portion in measurement report, different mapping relationship
for different RXLEV), it can be reported. As to if it can be reported in certain period, it also depends on signal level, RepPrioCS, MulBndRprtCS and
Description
RprtOffsetCS1800.
Management Object
Cell
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
l
0: always
Value Range
7: never
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None

Full name
Abbreviation
RprtOffsetCS1900
5-153
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
When reporting to GSM1900M adjacent cell, if signal level in two cells are
Description
firstly reported.
Management Object
Cell
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
Value Range
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None

Full name
Abbreviation
RprtThoCS1900
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
When reporting to GSM1900M adjacent cells, only when signal level
in the cell is higher than or equal to RprtThoCS1900 (dimensionless,
corresponding to RXLEV portion in measurement report, different mapping
relationship for different RXLEV), it can be reported.
Description
Management Object
Cell
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
l
0: always
Value Range
7: never
Unit
None
Default value
0
5-154
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.5.2.16 UTRAN/FDD Adjacent cell reporting signal level Offset (FDDRprtOffsetCS)

Full name
UTRAN/FDD Adjacent cell reporting signal level Offset
Abbreviation
FDDRprtOffsetCS
3GPP Name
XXX_REPORTING_OFFSET
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

when reporting to UTRAN/FDD adjacent cell, if signal level in two cells are
higher than or equal to FDDRprtThoCS, and RepPrioCS value is same, then
the cell with bigger sum of signal level value and FDDRprtOffsetCS value is
Description
firstly reported.
Management Object
Cell
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
Value Range
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.5.2.17 UTRAN/FDD Adjacent cell reporting signal level Threshold (FDDRprtThoCS)

Full name
UTRAN/FDD Adjacent cell reporting signal level Threshold
Abbreviation
FDDRprtThoCS
3GPP Name
XXX_REPORTING_THRESHOLD
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
5-155
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
When reporting to UTRAN/FDD adjacent cells, only when signal level in the
cell is higher than or equal to FDDRprtThoCS (dimensionless, corresponding
different RXLEV), it can be reported. As to if it can be reported in certain
period, it also depends on signal level, RepPrioCS, FDDMulRatRrptCS and
Description
FDDRprtOffsetCS.
Management Object
Cell
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
l
0: always
Value Range
7: never
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.5.2.18 UTRAN/TDD Adjacent cell reporting signal level Offset (TDDRprtOffsetCS)

Full name
UTRAN/TDD Adjacent cell reporting signal level Offset
Abbreviation
TDDRprtOffsetCS
3GPP Name
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

when reporting to UTRAN/TDD adjacent cell, if signal level in two cells are
higher than or equal to TDDRprtThoCS, and RepPrioCS value is same, then
the cell with bigger sum of signal level value and TDDRprtOffsetCS value is
Description
firstly reported.
Management Object
Cell
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
Value Range
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
5-156
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.5.2.19 UTRAN/TDD Adjacent cell reporting signal level Threshold (TDDRprtThoCS)

Full name
UTRAN/TDD Adjacent cell reporting signal level Threshold
Abbreviation
TDDRprtThoCS
3GPP Name
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

When reporting to UTRAN/TDD adjacent cells, only when signal level in the
cell is higher than or equal to TDDRprtThoCS (dimensionless, corresponding
different RXLEV), it can be reported. As to if it can be reported in certain
period, it also depends on signal level, RepPrioCS, TDDMulRatRrptCS and
Description
TDDRprtOffsetCS.
Management Object
Cell
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
l
0: always
Value Range
7: never
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.5.3 GPRS Parameters 1

The interface of GPRS parameters 1 is shown in Figure 5-21.
5-157
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Figure 5-21 GPRS Parameters 1
5.5.3.1 PS offset which is added when UE reports RXLEV value (ScaleOrdPS)

Full name
PS offset which is added when UE reports rxlev value
Abbreviation
ScaleOrdPS
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter defines the added offset when UE reports signal field
intensity. If the field intensity of a GSM adjacent cell is n dBm, then when
mapping to RXLEV (0 ~ 63), UE will map n+ScaleOrdPS to the original
value corresponding to n. It applies only in the case when the PACKET
ENHANCED MEASUREMENT REPORT message is used.
If the field intensity of adjacent cell exceeds -48 dBm, the real value can
be reported by setting this parameter. If the field intensity of adjacent cell
exceeds -48 dBm, the real value can be reported by setting this parameter.
If SCALE_ORD = 2, UE uses the value of cell that reports the best signal
Description
level.
Management Object
Cell
5-158
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
0, 1, 2
l
0: 0 dB
1: 10 dB
Value Range
2: Automatic, determined by UE
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.5.3.2 PS measurement type reported by UE (ReportTypePS)

Full name
PS measurement type reported by UE
Abbreviation
ReportTypePS
3GPP Name
REPORT_TYPE
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

This parameter indicates that UE uses PACKET MEASUREMENT REPORT
Description
or PACKET ENHANCED MEASUREMENT REPORT message.
Management Object
Cell
0, 1
l
When PBCCH is configured:

0: Use the PACKET ENHANCED MEASUREMENT REPORT message
to send the measurement report.
1: Use the PACKET MEASUREMENT REPORT message to send
the measurement report.
When PBCCH is not configured:

0: If each frequency in BA (GPRS) list is configured with at least one
BSIC, use the PACKET ENHANCED MEASUREMENT REPORT
message to send the measurement report; otherwise, use the PACKET
MEASUREMENT REPORT message to send the measurement report.
1: Use the PACKET MEASUREMENT REPORT message to send
Value Range
the measurement report.
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
5-159
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.5.3.3 PS number of same frequency adjacent cells in report (SvrBandRprtPS)

Full name
PS number of same frequency adjacent cells in report
Abbreviation
SvrBandRprtPS
3GPP Name
SERVING_BAND_REPORTING
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

This parameter defines the number of adjacent cells with the same frequency
band as in serving cell, which are included in the PS measurement report or
Description
the strongest cell list.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
0, 1, 2, 3
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.5.3.4 PS measurement reporting rate of adjacent cell (ReportRatePS)

Full name
PS measurement reporting rate of adjacent cell
Abbreviation
ReportRatePS
3GPP Name
REPORTING_RATE
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

It indicates frequency of measurement reports in adjacent cell, refer to "PS
Description
adjacent cell report priority".
Management Object
Cell
5-160
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
0, 1
l
0: normal
Value Range
1: Low
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.5.3.5 Measurement threshold of UE performing GPRS UTRAN cell (Qsearch_P)

Full name
Measurement threshold of UE performing GPRS UTRAN cell
Abbreviation
Qsearch_P_0/Qsearch_P_1
3GPP Name
Qsearch_P
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

Measurement threshold of UE performing GPRS UTRAN cell.
Searching 3G cell when signal level is lower than threshold 0 ~ 7
(corresponding to -98, -94, ..., , -74dBm), threshold 7 indicates always
searching; or searching while above threshold 8~15 (-78, -74, ..., -54 dBm),
Description
threshold 15 indicates never search.
Management Object
Cell
Idle state and transmission state.
Value Range
Unit
None
Default value
Idle state and transmission state. The default value is 15.
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
ZGO-02-03-004 Inter-system NCCR
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5-161
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
5.5.3.6 FDD GPRS reselection offset (FDD_GPRS_Qoffset)

Full name
FDD GPRS reselection offset
Abbreviation
FDD_GPRS_Qoffset_0/FDD_GPRS_Qoffset_1
3GPP Name
FDD_GPRS_Qoffset
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

When cell is reselected to 3G FDD adjacent cell, its RSCP shall be higher
Description
Management Object
Cell
l
0 indicates always selecting adjacent cells of this 3G FDD;
1 = -28 dB;
2 = -24 dB
......
Value Range
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
15 = 28 dB
5.5.3.7 TDD GPRS reselection offset (TDD_GPRS_Qoffset)

Full name
TDD GPRS reselection offset
Abbreviation
TDD_GPRS_Qoffset_0/TDD_GPRS_Qoffset_1
3GPP Name
TDD_GPRS_Qoffset
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

When cell is reselected to 3G TDD adjacent cell, its RSCP shall be higher
Description
Management Object
Cell
5-162
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830

l
0 indicates always selecting adjacent cells of this 3G TDD;
1 = -28 dB;
2 = -24 dB
......
Value Range
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
15 = 28 dB
5.5.3.8 PS MIN Ec/No of UTRAN reselecting cell (FDD_QminPS)

Full name
PS MIN Ec/No of UTRAN reselecting cell
Abbreviation
FDD_QminPS_0/FDD_QminPS_1
3GPP Name
FDD_Qmin
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

When a cell reselects this 3G adjacent cell, the cell's Ec/No value must be
Description
larger than or equal to that of this 3G adjacent cell.
Management Object
Cell
l
0 = -20 dB;
1 = -6 dB;
2 = -18 dB;
3 = -8 dB;
4 = -16 dB;
5 = -10 dB;
6 = -14 dB;
Value Range
7 = -12 dB
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
5-163
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.5.3.9 Offset of FDD_QminPS (FDD_Qmin_OffsetPS)

Full name
Offset of FDD_QminPS
Abbreviation
FDD_Qmin_OffsetPS_0/FDD_Qmin_OffsetPS_1
3GPP Name
FDD_Qmin_Offset
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
Description
Offset of FDD_QminPS
Management Object
Cell
l
0 = 0 dB;
1 = 2 dB;
2 = 4 dB;
3 = 6 dB;
4 = 8 dB;
5 = 10 dB;
6 = 12 dB;
Value Range
7 = 14 dB
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.5.3.10 PS MIN RSCP of UTRAN reselecting cell (FDD_RSCPminPS)

Full name
PS MIN RSCP of UTRAN reselecting cell
5-164
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Abbreviation
FDD_RSCPminPS_0/FDD_RSCPminPS_1
3GPP Name
FDD_RSCPmin
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

When the cell is reselected to a 3G adjacent cell, its RSCP shall be larger
Description
than or equal to this value.
Management Object
Cell
l
0 = -114 dBm;
1 = -112 dBm;
2 = -110 dBm;
3 = -108 dBm
......
14 = -86 dBm
Value Range
15 = -84 dBm
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.5.3.11 Measurement report threshold of Ec/No or RSCP (FDDRprtTho2PS)

Full name
Measurement report threshold of Ec/No or RSCP
Abbreviation
FDDRprtTho2PS_0/FDDRprtTho2PS_1
3GPP Name
FDD_REPORTING_THRESHOLD_2
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

Measurement report threshold of Ec/No or RSCP (when not specified in
Description
"byFDDRepQuant")
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
Unit
None
Default value

5-165
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.5.3.12 PS class of reported quantities of UTRAN adjacent cells (FDDRepQntPS)

Full name
PS class of reported quantities of UTRAN adjacent cells
Abbreviation
FDDRepQntPS
3GPP Name
FDD_REP_QUANT
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
Description
It indicates whether MS uses RSCP or Ec/No to report measurement.
Management Object
Cell
0, 1
l
0: RSCP, receiving power of CPICH scramble of UTRAN cell at UE, the

unit is dBm.
l
Value Range
1: Ec/No, ratio of the receiving power to thermal noise of CPICH scramble of UTRAN cell, the unit is dB.
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.5.3.13 PS max number of UTRAN/FDD adjacent cells in measurement report

(FDDMulRatRrptPS)
Full name
PS max number of UTRAN/FDD adjacent cells in measurement report
Abbreviation
FDDMulRatRrptPS
3GPP Name
None
5-166
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
3GPP reference
None
This parameter indicates the maximum number of UTRAN/FDD adjacent
cells included in packet measurement report or strongest cell list.
If
UTRAN/FDD adjacent cells are not full, the vacancies are used for GSM
adjacent cells. (If TDD technology is available, the vacancies are used for
Description
TDD cells).
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
0, 1, 2, 3
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.5.3.14 PS multiband report indication (MulBndRprtPS)

Full name
PS Multiband report indication
Abbreviation
MulBndRprtPS
3GPP Name
MULTIBAND_REPORTING
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

MS in single-frequency GSM system needs only to report contents of
six adjacent cells with the strongest signals in a frequency band, when
reporting the survey result of adjacent cells to the network.
In multi-band networking, MS can enter with priority into a specific frequency
band during handover. The MS reports the survey result according to the
signal intensity and the frequency band of the signals, according to the
actual situation.
MulBndRprtPS is used to notify MS to report contents of adjacent cells in
multiple frequency bands. It is one of the system control parameters.
The setting of this parameter is subject to traffic in each frequency band.
General principles to set the parameters are as follows: 0: If the traffic of
each frequency band is almost equivalent, and the operator has no choice
over the frequency band. 3: If the traffic of each frequency band is quite
different, and the operator hopes that MS enters a specific frequency band
Description
with priority.
5-167
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Management Object
Cell
0, 1, 2, 3
l
0: MS reports the survey results of six known and allowed adjacent cells
with the strongest NCC according to the signal intensity, regardless of
which frequency band adjacent cells are in.
1: MS reports the measurement result of one adjacent cell with the

frequency band of serving cell). In the remaining space, MS reports adjacent cell in local cell frequency band. If still more space is available,
MS reports the remaining adjacent cells, regardless of which frequency
bands they are in.
2: MS reports the survey result of two adjacent cells with the strongest
signals in the frequency bands (excluding that of local cell) in adjacent
cell table. In the remaining space, MS reports adjacent cell in local cell
frequency band. If still more space is available, MS reports the remaining adjacent cells, regardless of which frequency bands they are in.
3: MS reports the survey result of three adjacent cells with the strongest
signals in the frequency bands (excluding that of local cell) in adjacent
cell table. In the remaining space, MS reports adjacent cell in local cell
frequency band. If still more space is available, MS reports the remain-
Value Range
ing adjacent cells, no matter what frequency bands they are at.
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.5.3.15 TDD multi report PS (TDDMulRatRrptPS)

Full name
TDD multi report PS
Abbreviation
TDDMulRatRrptPS
3GPP Name
XXX_MULTIRAT_REPORTING
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
5-168
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
This parameter indicates the MAX number of UTRAN/TDD adjacent cell included in measurement report. If UTRAN/TDD adjacent cells are not full, the
vacancies are used for GSM adjacent cells (If FDD technology is supported,
Description
remained part is given to FDD cell).
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
0, 1, 2, 3
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.5.4 GPRS Parameters 2

The interface of GPRS parameters 2 is shown in Figure 5-22.
Figure 5-22 GPRS Parameters 2
5.5.4.1 PS UE report invalid cell level allowed (InvldBSICRprtPS)

Full name
PS UE report invalid cell level allowed
Abbreviation
InvldBSICRprtPS
5-169
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
3GPP Name
INVALID_BSIC_REPORTING
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

When BCC is not configured, NCC is permitted for BSIC of some GSM cells.
This parameter indicates whether the system allows UE to report the field
Description
intensity of such cell.
Management Object
Cell
Yes/No
l
YES: Allow UE to report the field intensity of NCC permitted but BCC
invalid cells
l
Value Range
NO: Do not Allow UE to report the field intensity of NCC permitted but
BCC invalid cells
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.5.4.2 PS UE search UTRAN adjacent cell in bsic decoding frame indication

(SearchPrioPS3G)
Full name
PS UE search UTRAN adjacent cell in bsic decoding frame indication
Abbreviation
SearchPrioPS3G
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter indicates if to allow UE to search UTRAN adjacent cells in
the frame where BSIC decoding is needed. If yes, then UE can use at most
Description
25 frames for search in 13 seconds.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
5-170
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.5.4.3 Reselect priority control of 2G/3G (ServiceCC)

Full name
Reselection priority control of 2G/3G (ServiceCC)
Abbreviation
ServiceCC
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
This parameter specifies the reselecting priority control mode of 2G/3G.
Management Object
Cell
Reselect 3G preferentially; Do not reselect 3G preferentially; Do not allow
Value Range
to reselect 3G; Determined by SGSN, prefer to reselect 3G acquiescently;

Determined by SGSN, do not prefer to reselect 3G acquiescently;
Determined by SGSN, do not allow to reselect 3G acquiescently.
Unit
None
Default value
Reselect 3G preferentially
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.5.4.4 GSM850M Adjacent cell reporting signal level Offset (RprtOffsetPS850)

Full name
Abbreviation
RprtOffsetPS850
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
5-171
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
higher than or equal to RprtThoPS850, and RepPrioPS value is same, then
the cell with bigger sum of signal level value and RprtOffsetPS850 value is
Description
firstly reported.
Management Object
Cell
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
Value Range
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.5.4.5 GSM850M Adjacent cell reporting signal level Threshold (RprtThoPS850)

Full name
Abbreviation
RprtThoPS850
3GPP Name
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

cell is higher than or equal to RprtThoPS850 (dimensionless, corresponding
different RXLEV), it can be reported. As to whether it can be reported within
a certain period, it also depends on the signal level, RepPrioPS, MulBndR-
Description
prtPS and RprtOffsetPS850.
Management Object
Cell
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
l
0: always
Value Range
7: never
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
5-172
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None

Full name
Abbreviation
RprtOffsetPS900
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
firstly reported.
Management Object
Cell
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
Value Range
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.5.4.7 GSM 900M Adjacent cell reporting signal level Threshold (RprtThoPS900)
Full name
Abbreviation
RprtThoPS900
3GPP Name
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
5-173
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
a certain period, it also depends on the signal level, RepPrioPS, MulBndRDescription
Management Object
Cell
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
l
0: always
Value Range
7: never
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None

Full name
Abbreviation
RprtOffsetPS1800
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
firstly reported.
Management Object
Cell
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
Value Range
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
5-174
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None

Full name
Abbreviation
RprtThoPS1800
3GPP Name
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

Description
Management Object
Cell
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
l
0: always
Value Range
7: never
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None

Full name
Abbreviation
RprtOffsetPS1900
3GPP Name
None
5-175
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
3GPP reference
None
When reporting to GSM1900M adjacent cell, if signal level in two cells are
Description
firstly reported.
Management Object
Cell
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
Value Range
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None

Full name
Abbreviation
RprtThoPS1900
3GPP Name
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

Description
Management Object
Cell
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
l
0: always
Value Range
7: never
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
5-176
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.5.4.12 UTRAN/FDD Adjacent cell reporting signal level Offset (FDDRprtOffsetPS)

Full name
UTRAN/FDD Adjacent cell reporting signal level Offset
Abbreviation
FDDRprtOffsetPS
3GPP Name
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

when reporting to UTRAN/FDD adjacent cell, if signal level in two cells are
higher than or equal to FDDRprtThoPS, and RepPrioPS value is same, then
the cell with bigger sum of signal level value and FDDRprtOffsetPS value is
Description
firstly reported.
Management Object
Cell
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
Value Range
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.5.4.13 UTRAN/FDD Adjacent cell reporting signal level threshold (FDDRprtThoPS)

Full name
UTRAN/FDD Adjacent cell reporting signal level threshold
Abbreviation
FDDRprtThoPS
3GPP Name
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
5-177
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
When reporting to UTRAN/FDD adjacent cells, only when signal level in the
cell is higher than or equal to FDDRprtThoPS (dimensionless, corresponding to RXLEV portion in measurement report, different mapping relationship
for different RXLEV), it can be reported. As to whether it can be reported in
certain period, it also depends on the signal level, RepPrioPS, FDDMulRaDescription
tRrptPS and FDDRprtOffsetPS.
Management Object
Cell
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
l
0: always
Value Range
7: never
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.5.4.14 UTRAN/TDD Adjacent cell reporting signal level Offset (TDDRprtOffsetPS)

Full name
UTRAN/TDD Adjacent cell reporting signal level Offset
Abbreviation
TDDRprtOffsetPS
3GPP Name
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

when reporting to UTRAN/TDD adjacent cell, if signal level in two cells are
higher than or equal to TDDRprtThoPS, and RepPrioPS value is same, then
the cell with bigger sum of signal level value and TDDRprtOffsetPS value is
Description
firstly reported.
Management Object
Cell
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
Value Range
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
5-178
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.5.4.15 UTRAN/TDD Adjacent cell reporting signal level threshold (TDDRprtThoPS)

Full name
UTRAN/TDD Adjacent cell reporting signal level threshold
Abbreviation
TDDRprtThoPS
3GPP Name
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

When reporting to UTRAN/TDD adjacent cells, only when signal level in the
cell is higher than or equal to TDDRprtThoPS (dimensionless, corresponding to RXLEV portion in measurement report, different mapping relationship
for different RXLEV), it can be reported. As to whether it can be reported in
certain period, it also depends on the signal level, RepPrioPS, TDDMulRa-
Description
tRrptPS and TDDRprtOffsetPS.
Management Object
Cell
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
l
0: always
Value Range
7: never
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.6 Adjacent Cell Parameters

This section introduces adjacent cell parameters.
5-179
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
5.6.1 Adjacent Interference Cell Parameters

The interface of adjacent interference cell parameters is shown in Figure 5-23.
Figure 5-23 Adjacent Interference Cell Parameters
5.6.1.1 Interference cell No. (IntfObjectId)

Full name
Interference cell No.
Abbreviation
IntfObjectId
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
Interference cell No.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
1~6
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.6.1.2 Related cell DN (RelationDN)

Full name
Related cell DN
Abbreviation
RelationDN
5-180
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter defines BSS external cell DN: EcId or related BSS equipment
Description
DN: BscId-SiteId-BtsId.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
None
Unit
None
Default value
None
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
ZGB-02-02-005 Double BCCH Allocation List
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.6.2 Adjacent Cell Handover and Reselection Parameters

The interface of adjacent cell handover and reselection parameters is as shown in Figure
5-24.
Figure 5-24 Adjacent Cell Handover and Reselection Parameters
5-181
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
5.6.2.1 Adjacent cell handover and reselection ID (HoResObjectId)

Full name
Adjacent cell handover and reselection ID
Abbreviation
HoResObjectId
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter is a unique identification of adjacent cell handover and res-
Description
election object.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
1 ~ 64
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.6.2.2 Priority of handover (Hopriority)

Full name
Priority of handover
Abbreviation
Hopriority
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
According to GSM specifications, cell priority shall be considered in sequencing candidate cells. Therefore, there are three decisive factors to sequence
the candidate cells: priority, traffic, and radio conditions. Priority and traffic
affect the cell sequencing most. If they lead to the same result, sequence
the cells according to the radio conditions. The larger the value, the higher
Description
level of priority.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
0~7
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
5-182
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.6.2.3 MAX power level of MS (MsTxPwrMax)

Full name
Max power level of MS
Abbreviation
MsTxPwrMax
3GPP Name
MS_TXPWR_MAX
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

When BSC controls the power, the parameter is the maximum transmission
power that can be used by MS in the cell. MS max power level is also a
parameter used by BSC to calculate PBGT value.
Description
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 31
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5-183
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
5.6.2.4 Min power level for handover access (RxLevMin)

Full name
Min power level for handover access
Abbreviation
RxLevMin
3GPP Name
RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

This parameter defines the minimum receiving intensity level (on BCCH)
required for MS to handover to this cell. It is one of parameters to decide
preferred cells during handover control. MS in the serving cell constantly
monitors the signal intensity on BCCH of adjacent cells. Adjacent cells
with the minimum receiving intensity level higher than this parameter are
potential candidates for handover. MS with receiving level larger than
minimum receiving level indicates that MS is at the edge of the serving cell.
cells, MIN access level increases the resulting C1 and C2 to decrease the
cell effective coverage range. However, the value of this parameter cannot
be too large. Otherwise, large value change can bring void area across
cell boundaries to result in sudden call drop problem. With this measure for
traffic balance, it is suggested that the level value shall not exceed -90dB.
At the preliminary running stage of the network, this parameter can be
usually set as 10 (that is, -101 dBm ~ -100 dBm) or lower, which is higher
than the MS receiving sensitivity 102 dBm. However, when the network
capacity is expanded or the radio coverage in a cell is not a problem, this
Description
parameter of the cell can be increased by 2 (dB).
Management Object
Cell
0 ~ 63
l
0: < -110 dBm;
1: -110 dBm ~ -109 dBm;
2: -109 dBm ~ -108 dBm

......
62: -49 dBm ~ -48 dBm
Value Range
63: > -48 dBm
Unit
None
Default value
15
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
5-184
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Impact on service
None
5.6.2.5 Min threshold of signal level for handover on PBGT (HoMarginPbgt)

Full name
Min threshold of signal level for handover on PBGT
Abbreviation
HoMarginPbgt
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

received average value of uplink and downlink signal strength. The PBGT
value of an adjacent cell is also one of the causes for handover. The
decision process is as follows: If the PBGT value of an adjacent cell is
greater than the relevant threshold of this cell, handover shall be performed
to find a more suitable cell.
This parameter defines the threshold used to determine PBGT handover
Description
from an adjacent cell to local cell.
Management Object
Cell
0 ~ 100
l
0: -24 dB
1: -23 dB
......
Value Range
Unit
None
Default value
30
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
100: 76 dB
5.6.2.6 Min threshold of signal level for handover on power level (HoMarginRxLev)
Full name
Min threshold of signal level for handover on power level
Abbreviation
HoMarginRxLev
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
5-185
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
According to GSM specifications, handover decisions depend upon received

average value of uplink and downlink signal strength. In handover caused by
the level, adjacent cells shall be screened and sequenced. This parameter
defines the signal strength threshold to determine handover from adjacent
Description
cell to local cell.
Management Object
Cell
0 ~ 100
l
0: -24 dB
1: -23 dB
......
Value Range
Unit
None
Default value
30
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
100: 76 dB
5.6.2.7 Min threshold of signal level for handover on quality (HoMarginRxQual)

Full name
Min threshold of signal level for handover on quality
Abbreviation
HoMarginRxQual
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
the quality, adjacent cells shall be screened and sequenced. This parameter
defines the signal quality threshold to determine handover from adjacent cell
Description
to local cell.
Management Object
Cell
0 ~ 100
l
0: -24 dB
1: -23 dB
......
Value Range
Unit
None
100: 76 dB
5-186
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Default value
30
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.6.2.8 Max level difference of force handover (MaxForceHoDiff)

Full name
Max level difference of force handover
Abbreviation
MaxForceHoDiff
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
In order to avoid handover oscillations in cells, a tolerable level difference
for forced handover is required, which shall be lower than PBGT handover
threshold in the reverse direction. This parameter defines the maximum level
Description
difference value for forced handover.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 48
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.6.2.9 Handover force resource threshold (HoForceResThs)

Full name
Handover force resource threshold
Abbreviation
HoForceResThs
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
5-187
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Directed handover should not cause congestion in the destination cell. When
resource of object cell is lower than the congestion threshold, forced hanDescription
dover can be implemented.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 100
Unit
None
Default value
40
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.6.2.10 Neighboring cell layer (NCellLayer)

Full name
Neighboring cell layer
Abbreviation
NCellLayer
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter provides the handover policies in multi-layer network
technology and dual-frequency network technology. Multi-layer radio
coverage can be formed in the same physical area.
The handover policies will not be detailed in this manual. In brief, limiting the
PBGT handover defined in the specifications at one layer can reduce the
number of handovers during the call, thus improving the system reliability
and communication quality. The policy of handover between a macro cell
layer and a micro cell layer mainly depends on the moving speed of MS. An
MS at higher moving speed will try to stay at the macro cell layer (upper
layer of the micro cell layer), and an MS at lower moving speed will try to
enter the micro cell layer (lower layer of the macro cell layer). Only in case
of PBGT handover and handover towards undefined layer being allowed
will the undefined cell of the service area be considered as a candidate cell.
"Same layer of the home cell": Adjacent cell and local cell are in the
same layer (PBGT handover is possible). "Upper layer of the home cell":
Adjacent cell is the upper layer of local cell (when the local cell is a micro
cell). "Lower layer of the home cell": Adjacent cell is the lower layer of local
Description
cell (when the local cell is a macro cell). For details, refer to Appendix.
5-188
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Management Object
Cell
Undefined, Same layer of the home cell, Upper layer of the home cell, Lower
Value Range
layer of the home cell
Unit
None
Default value
Same layer of the home cell
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.6.2.11 CS adjacent cell report priority (RepPrioCS)

Full name
CS adjacent cell report priority
Abbreviation
RepPrioCS
3GPP Name
REP_PRIORITY
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

Adjacent cells are reported according to the following priorities:
l
Adjacent cell with same frequency band. have the following features:
BSIC of color code is valid; Its measured field intensity ranks high
among cells in the same frequency band and is larger than or equal
to the lower limit specified by RprtThoCSXXX. Here, XXX represents
frequency band of serving cell.
Adjacent cell in the frequency band different from that of the serving cell
must have the following features: BSIC of color code is valid. Its measured field intensity ranks high among cells in the same frequency band
and is larger than or equal to the lower limit specified by RprtThoCSXXX.
Here, XXX represents the frequency band different from that of serving
cell.
Other access technologies, such as UTRAN/FDD adjacent cells. The

cells scramble is correct. Its measured field intensity ranks high among
cells with the same access technologies and is larger than or equal to the
lower limit specified by XXXRprtThoCS. Here, XXX represents access
technologies like UTRAN/FDD.
For above priorities, if the prioritys location has surplus, then leave it
to adjacent cell of the next priority. For access technology such as
Description
UTRAN/FDD, or frequency band such as GSM 900, the cell with high
5-189
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
RepPrioCS is preferred. For cells with same RepPrioCS, the cell with
greater sum of RprtThoCSXXX (or XXXRprtThoCS) and RprtOffsetCSXXX
(or XXXRprtOffsetCS) is preferred.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
Low; High
Unit
None
Default value
Low
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.6.2.12 PS adjacent cell report priority (RepPrioPS)

Full name
PS adjacent cell report priority
Abbreviation
RepPrioPS
3GPP Name
REP_PRIORITY
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

This parameter defines the priority of adjacent cells to report the
measurement report during PS traffic operation.
l
to the lower limit specified by RprtThoPSXXX. Here, XXX represents
and is larger than or equal to the lower limit specified by RprtThoPSXXX.
cell.

lower limit specified by XXXRprtThoPS. Here, XXX represents access
Description
5-190
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
RepPrioPS is preferred. For cells with same RepPrioPS, the cell with
greater sum of RprtThoPSXXX (or XXXRprtThoPS) and RprtOffsetPSXXX
(or XXXRprtOffsetPS) is preferred.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
Low; High
Unit
None
Default value
Low
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.6.2.13 Target cell traffic threshold (TargetCellTrafficThs)

Full name
Target cell traffic threshold
Abbreviation
TargetCellTrafficThs
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter specifies the threshold of the target cell's traffic. This value
determines if it shall be handed over to this cell. If the traffic in target cell is
Description
more than this threshold, do not handover to this cell.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 100
Unit
None
Default value
75
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5-191
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
5.6.2.14 Handover threshold from macro to micro (MacroMicroHoThs, dbm)

Full name
Handover threshold from macro to micro
Abbreviation
MacroMicroHoThs
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
Management Object
This parameter specifies the cell's signal strength threshold for handover
between macro-cell and micro-cell.
Cell
l
l
Value Range
> -48 dBm

-50 ~ -49 dBm
......
-109 ~ -108 dBm
-110 ~ -109 dBm
< -110 dBm
Unit
dBm
Default value
-91 dBm ~ -90 dBm
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.6.2.15 Counter of handover threshold from macro to micro (MacroMicroHon)

Full name
Counter of handover threshold from macro to micro
Abbreviation
MacroMicroHon
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
This counter counts the number of the signal strength being higher than
the macro-micro handover threshold value.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
1 ~ 255
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
5-192
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.6.2.16 The direction fo neighbour cell (NCellDir)

Full name
The direction of neighbour cell
Abbreviation
NCellDir
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
This parameter identifies the direction relation between adjacent cell and local
cell. You can set the direction information for each adjacent cell.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Direction A, Direction B, No direction
Unit
None
Default value
No direction
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.6.2.17 Related cell DN

Full name
Related cell DN
Abbreviation
None
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
Mutual to set mutually reselection and handover cell.
User can click Select to select cell or external cell. User can also check
5-193
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
None
Unit
None
Default value
None
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.6.2.18 Is related cell (IsRelatedCell)

Full name
Is related cell
Abbreviation
IsRelatedCell
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Only the cell related to the serving cell can be a candidate in rapid fading
handover. This is a parameter of adjacent cell and is used to indicate whether
Description
adjacent cell is related to the serving cell.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.6.2.19 Is handover forced neighbor cell (IsHoForceNcell)

Full name
Is handover forced neighbor cell
Abbreviation
IsHoForceNcell
5-194
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
In the case of 1800M and 900M network sharing site, it is better to handover
subscribers of 900M network to 1800M network. At this time, you can do
directional handover traffic.
Forced handover is a method for on-site traffic adjustment. The forced
handover direction is definite, i.e. 1800M sector in the same direction. To
avoid influence on other cells, the forced handover is performed only for
Description
a specific object cell.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.6.2.20 CCN supported (CCNSupport)

Full name
CCN Support
Abbreviation
CCNSupport
3GPP Name
CCN-ACTIVE
3GPP reference
3GPP TS44.060 V5.19.0

CNN mode refers to cell alternating notificaiton. When BSS supports CCN
mode, if MS does cell reselection in NC0 and NC1 modes, PACKET CELL
CHANGE NOTIFICATION message notification shall be delivered to network
in normal case. After network receives this message, it can send specific
Description
system message about standby cell to MS.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
5-195
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.6.3 Adjacent Cell Handover Parameters

The interface of adjacent cell handover parameters is shown in Figure 5-25.
Figure 5-25 Adjacent Cell Handover Parameters
5.6.3.1 Adjacent cell handover object ID (HoObjectId)

Full name
Adjacent cell handover object ID
Abbreviation
HoObjectId
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
This parameter is a unique identification of adjacent cell handover object.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
1 ~ 64
Unit
None
5-196
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.6.3.2 Priority of handover (HoPriority)

Full name
Priority of handover
Abbreviation
HoPriority
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
According to GSM specifications, cell priority shall be considered in sequencing candidate cells. Therefore, there are three decisive factors to sequence
the candidate cells: priority, traffic, and radio conditions. Priority and traffic
affect the cell sequencing most. If they lead to the same result, sequence
the cells according to the radio conditions. The larger the value, the higher
Description
level of priority.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
0~7
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.6.3.3 Max power level of MS (MsTxPwrMax)

Full name
Max power level of MS
Abbreviation
MsTxPwrMax
5-197
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
3GPP Name
MS_TXPWR_MAX
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

When BSC controls the power, the parameter is the maximum transmission
power that can be used by MS in the cell. MS max power level is also a
parameter used by BSC to calculate PBGT value.
Description
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 31
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.6.3.4 Min power level for handover access (RxLevMin)

Full name
Min power level for handover access
Abbreviation
RxLevMin
3GPP Name
RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
5-198
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
This parameter defines the minimum receiving intensity level (on BCCH)
required for MS to handover to this cell. It is one of parameters to decide
preferred cells during handover control. MS in the serving cell constantly
monitors the signal intensity on BCCH of adjacent cells. Adjacent cells
with the minimum receiving intensity level higher than this parameter are
potential candidates for handover. MS with receiving level larger than
minimum receiving level indicates that MS is at the edge of the serving cell.
cells, MIN access level increases the resulting C1 and C2 to decrease the
cell effective coverage range. However, the value of this parameter cannot
be too large. Otherwise, large value change can bring void area across
cell boundaries to result in sudden call drop problem. With this measure for
traffic balance, it is suggested that the level value shall not exceed -90dB.
At the preliminary running stage of the network, this parameter can be
usually set as 10 (that is, -101 dBm ~ -100 dBm) or lower, which is higher
than the MS receiving sensitivity 102 dBm. However, when the network
capacity is expanded or the radio coverage in a cell is not a problem, this
Description
parameter of the cell can be increased by 2 (dB).
Management Object
Cell
0 ~ 63
l
0: < -110 dBm;
1: -110 dBm ~ -109 dBm;
2: -109 dBm ~ -108 dBm;

......
62: -49 dBm ~ -48 dBm;
Value Range
63: > -48 dBm
Unit
None
Default value
15
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.6.3.5 Min threshold of signal level for handover on PBGT (HoMarginPbgt)

Full name
Min threshold of signal level for handover on PBGT
5-199
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Abbreviation
HoMarginPbgt
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

received average value of uplink and downlink signal strength. The PBGT
value of an adjacent cell is also one of the causes for handover. The
decision process is as follows: If the PBGT value of an adjacent cell is
greater than the relevant threshold of this cell, handover shall be performed
to find a more suitable cell.
This parameter defines the threshold used to determine PBGT handover
Description
from an adjacent cell to local cell.
Management Object
Cell
0 ~ 100
l
0: -24 dB
1: -23 dB
......
Value Range
Unit
None
Default value
30
Change mode
Offline
100: 76 dB

Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.6.3.6 Min threshold of signal level for handover on power level (HoMarginRxLev)
Full name
Min threshold of signal level for handover on power level
Abbreviation
HoMarginRxLev
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
the level, adjacent cells shall be screened and sequenced. This parameter
defines the signal strength threshold to determine handover from adjacent
Description
cell to local cell.

5-200
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Management Object
Cell
0 ~ 100
l
0: -24 dB
1: -23 dB
......
Value Range
Unit
None
Default value
30
Change mode
Offline
100: 76 dB

Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.6.3.7 Min threshold of signal level for handover on quality (HoMarginRxQual)

Full name
Min threshold of signal level for handover on quality
Abbreviation
HoMarginRxQual
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
the quality, adjacent cells shall be screened and sequenced. This parameter
defines the signal quality threshold to determine handover from adjacent cell
Description
to local cell.
Management Object
Cell
0 ~ 100
l
0: -24 dB
1: -23 dB
......
Value Range
Unit
None
Default value
30
Change mode
Offline
100: 76 dB
5-201
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830

Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.6.3.8 Max level difference of force handover (MaxForceHoDiff)

Full name
Max level difference of force handover
Abbreviation
MaxForceHoDiff
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
In order to avoid handover oscillations in cells, a tolerable level difference
for forced handover is required, which shall be lower than PBGT handover
threshold in the reverse direction. This parameter defines the maximum level
Description
difference value for forced handover.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 48
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.6.3.9 Handover force resource threshold (HoForceResThs)

Full name
Handover force resource threshold
Abbreviation
HoForceResThs
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
5-202
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Directed handover should not cause congestion in the destination cell. When
resource of object cell is lower than the congestion threshold, forced hanDescription
dover can be implemented.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 100
Unit
None
Default value
40
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.6.3.10 Neighboring cell layer (NCellLayer)

Full name
Neighboring cell layer
Abbreviation
NCellLayer
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter provides the handover policies in multilayer network
technology and dual-frequency network technology. Multilayer radio
coverage can be formed in the same physical area.
The handover policies will not be detailed in this manual. In brief, limiting the
PBGT handover defined in the specifications at one layer can reduce the
number of handovers during the call, thus improving the system reliability
and communication quality. The policy of handover between a macro cell
layer and a micro cell layer mainly depends on the moving speed of MS. An
MS at higher moving speed will try to stay at the macro cell layer (upper
layer of the micro cell layer), and an MS at lower moving speed will try to
enter the micro cell layer (lower layer of the macro cell layer). Only in case
of PBGT handover and handover towards undefined layer being allowed
will the undefined cell of the service area be considered as a candidate cell.
"Same layer of the home cell": Adjacent cell and local cell are in the
same layer (PBGT handover is possible). "Upper layer of the home cell":
Adjacent cell is the upper layer of local cell (when the local cell is a micro
cell). "Lower layer of the home cell": Adjacent cell is the lower layer of local
Description
cell (when the local cell is a macro cell). For details, refer to Appendix.
5-203
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Management Object
Cell
Undefined, Same layer of the home cell, Upper layer of the home cell, Lower
Value Range
layer of the home cell
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None

Full name
Abbreviation
RepPrioCS
3GPP Name
REP_PRIORITY
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

Ajacent cells are reported according to the following priorities:
l
cell.

Description
5-204
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
Low; High
Unit
None
Default value
Low
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None

Full name
Abbreviation
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 100
Unit
None
Default value
75
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5-205
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
5.6.3.13 Handover threshold from macro to micro (MacroMicroHoThs, dbm)

Full name
Handover threshold from macro to micro
Abbreviation
MacroMicroHoThs
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
Management Object
This parameter specifies the cell's signal strength threshold for handover
between macro-cell and micro-cell.
Cell
l
l
Value Range
> -48 dBm

-50 ~ -49 dBm
......
-109 ~ -108 dBm
-110 ~ -109 dBm
< -110 dBm
Unit
dBm
Default value
-91 dBm ~ -90 dBm
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.6.3.14 Counter of Handover Threshold from Macro to Micro (MacroMicroHoN)

Full name
Counter of handover threshold from macro to micro
Abbreviation
MacroMicroHoN
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
This counter counts the number of the signal strength being higher than
the macro-micro handover threshold value.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
1 ~ 255
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
5-206
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.6.3.15 The direction fo neighbour cell (NCellDir)

Full name
The direction of neighbour cell
Abbreviation
NCellDir
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
This parameter identifies the direction relation between adjacent cell and local
cell. You can set the direction information for each adjacent cell.
Management
Object
Cell
Value Range
Direction A, Direction B, No direction
Unit
None
Default value
No direction
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.6.3.16 Is related cell (IsRelatedCell)

Full name
Is related cell
Abbreviation
IsRelatedCell
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
5-207
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Only the cell related to the serving cell can be a candidate in rapid fading
handover. This is a parameter of adjacent cell and is used to indicate whether
Description
adjacent cell is related to the serving cell.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.6.3.17 Is handover forced neighbor cell (IsHoForceNcell)

Full name
Is handover forced neighbor cell
Abbreviation
IsHoForceNcell
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
In the case of 1800M and 900M network sharing site, it is better to handover
subscribers of 900M network to 1800M network. At this time, you can do
directional handover traffic.
Forced handover is a method for on-site traffic adjustment. The forced
handover direction is definite, i.e. 1800M sector in the same direction. To
avoid influence on other cells, the forced handover is performed only for
Description
a specific object cell.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
5-208
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Impact on service
None

Full name
Related cell DN
Abbreviation
None
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
User can click Select to select cell or external cell.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
None
Unit
None
Default value
None
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.6.4 Adjacent Cell Reselection Parameters

The interface of adjacent cell reselection parameters is shown in Figure 5-26.
Figure 5-26 Adjacent Cell Reselection Parameters
5-209
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
5.6.4.1 Adjacent cell reselection object ID (ReSelObjectId)

Full name
Adjacent cell reselection object ID
Abbreviation
ReSelObjectId
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
This parameter is a unique identification of adjacent cell reselection object.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
1 ~ 64
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.6.4.2 Adjacent cell report priority (RepPrioPS)

Full name
Adjacent cell report priority
Abbreviation
RepPrioPS
3GPP Name
REP_PRIORITY
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

This parameter indicates adjacent cell report priority, broadcasted to MS in
SI2quater, PSI3ter and PSI3quater. It corresponds to adjacent cell list, indi-
Description
cating the priority of measurement report in adjacent cell.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
Low; High
Unit
None
Default value
Low
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
5-210
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None

Full name
CCN supported
Abbreviation
CCNSupport
3GPP Name
CCN-ACTIVE
3GPP reference
3GPP TS44.060 V5.19.0

Description
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None

Full name
Related cell DN
Abbreviation
None
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
DN (BssId-SiteId-BtsId-Hold) of the handover cell or DN (EcId) of the
external cell.
Description
User can click Select to select cell or external cell.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
None
5-211
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Unit
None
Default value
None
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.6.5 UTRAN Adjacent Cell Handover and Reselection Parameters

The interface of UTRAN adjacent cell handover and reselection parameters is as shown
in Figure 5-27.
Figure 5-27 UTRAN Adjacent Cell Handover and Reselection Parameters
5.6.5.1 Adjacent UTRAN cell handover and reselection object ID (S3GHoRSObjectId)

Full name
Adjacent UTRAN cell handover and reselection object ID
Abbreviation
S3GHoRSObjectId
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
5-212
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
This parameter is a unique identification of UTRAN adjacent cell handover

Description
and reselection object.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
1 ~ 64
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.6.5.2 RSCP offset handover to UTRAN adjacent cell (HoRSCPOffset3G)

Full name
RSCP offset handover to UTRAN adjacent cell
Abbreviation
HoRSCPOffset3G
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Handover from GSM to UTRAN being triggered only indicates that
UTRAN adjacent cell satisfies the minimum requirement for normal UE
communication within it.
This parameter is a prerequisite to ensure enough field intensity for
uplink/downlink of UTRAN adjacent cells. It also controls the priority of a
Description
UE to handover to different adjacent cells.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 63
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5-213
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
5.6.5.3 Ec/No offset handover to UTRAN adjacent cell (HoEcNoOffset3G)

Full name
Ec/No offset handover to UTRAN adjacent cell
Abbreviation
HoEcNoOffset3G
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Handover from GSM to UTRAN being triggered only indicates that
UTRAN adjacent cell satisfies the minimum requirement for normal UE
communication within it.
This parameter is a prerequisite to ensure enough field intensity for
uplink/downlink of UTRAN adjacent cells. It also controls the priority of a
Description
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 49
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None

Full name
Abbreviation
RepPrioCS
3GPP Name
REP_PRIORITY
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0
5-214
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830

l
cell.

Description
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
Low; High
Unit
None
Default value
Low
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.6.5.5 PS adjacent cell report priority (RepPrioPS)

Full name
PS adjacent cell report priority
Abbreviation
RepPrioPS
3GPP Name
REP_PRIORITY
5-215
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

l
cell.

Description
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
Low; High
Unit
None
Default value
Low
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None

Full name
CCN supported
5-216
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Abbreviation
CCNSupport
3GPP Name
CCN-ACTIVE
3GPP reference
3GPP TS44.060 V5.19.0

Description
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None

Full name
Abbreviation
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 100
Unit
None
Default value
75
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
5-217
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.6.5.8 Relation DN
Full name
Relation DN
Abbreviation
None
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter is used to determine DN of the UTRAN external cell.
Description
User can click Select to select the cell.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
None
Unit
None
Default value
None
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.6.6 UTRAN Adjacent Cell Handover Parameters

The interface of UTRAN adjacent cell handover parameters is shown in Figure 5-28.
5-218
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Figure 5-28 UTRAN Adjacent Cell Handover Parameters
5.6.6.1 UTRAN HO ID (S3GHoObjectId)

Full name
UTRAN HO ID
Abbreviation
S3GHoObjectId
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter is a unique identification of UTRAN adjacent cell handover
Description
object.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
1 ~ 64
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.6.6.2 RSCP offset handover (HoRSCPOffset3G)

Full name
RSCP offset handover

5-219
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Abbreviation
HoRSCPOffset3G
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Handover from GSM to UTRAN being triggered only indicates that UTRAN
adjacent cell satisfies the minimum requirement for normal UE communication within it. This parameter is a prerequisite to ensure enough field intensity
for uplink/downlink of UTRAN adjacent cells. It also controls the priority of a
Description
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 63
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.6.6.3 Ec/No offset handover (HoEcNoOffset3G)

Full name
Ec/No offset handover
Abbreviation
HoEcNoOffset3G
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Handover from GSM to UTRAN being triggered only indicates that UTRAN
adjacent cell satisfies the minimum requirement for normal UE communication within it. This parameter is a prerequisite to ensure enough field intensity
for uplink/downlink of UTRAN adjacent cells. It also controls the priority of a
Description
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 49
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
5-220
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None

Full name
Abbreviation
RepPrioCS
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
It indicates the priority of CS adjacent cell report. Priorities of the adjacent
cell are as follows:
1. Adjacent cell with same frequency band as the serving cell. These cells
must have the following features:
l
BSIC of color code is valid.
Its measured field intensity ranks high among cells in the same frequency band and is larger than or equal to the lower limit specified
by RprtThoCSXXX. Here, XXX represents the frequency band different from that of serving cell.
2. Adjacent cells at different frequency band from the serving cell. These
cells must have the following features:
l
BSIC of color code is valid.
Its measured field intensity ranks high among cells in the same frequency band and is larger than or equal to the lower limit specified
by RprtThoCSXXX. Here, XXX represents the frequency band different from that of serving cell.
3. Other access technologies, such as WCDMA/FDD adjacent cells. These

cells must have the following features:
l
The cell's scramble is correct.
Its measured field intensity ranks high among cells with the same
access technologies, such as WCDMA/FDD, and is larger than or
equal to the lower limit specified by XXXRprtThoCS. Here, XXX represents access technologies like WCDMA/FDD.
4. The remaining GSM adjacent cells which have valid BSIC, or GSM adjacent cells with permitted NCC but invalid BCC, or adjacent cells with
other access technologies such as WCDMA/FDD. if such a cells RepPrioCS and REPORTING_RATE are low, then the reporting frequency
is low too.
Description
For the above priorities:
5-221
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
If the prioritys location has surplus, then leave it to adjacent cell of the
next priority.
For access technology such as WCDMA/FDD or frequency band such

as GSM900, the cell with higher RepPrioCS is preferred.
For cells with same RepPrioCS, the cell with the larger sum of RprtThoCSXXX (or XXXRprtThoCS) and RprtOffsetCSXXX (or XXXRprtOffsetCS) is preferred.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
Low; High
Unit
None
Default value
Low
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None

Full name
Abbreviation
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 100
Unit
None
Default value
75
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
5-222
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Impact on service
None
5.6.6.6 Relation DN
Full name
Relation DN
Abbreviation
None
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter is used to determine DN of the UTRAN external cell.
Description
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
None
Unit
None
Default value
None
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.6.7 UTRAN Adjacent Cell Reselection Parameters

The interface of UTRAN adjacent cell reselection parameters is shown in Figure 5-29.
Figure 5-29 UTRAN Adjacent Cell Reselection Parameters
5-223
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
5.6.7.1 Adjacent UTRAN cell reselection object ID (S3GrsObjectId)

Full name
Adjacent UTRAN cell reselection object ID
Abbreviation
S3GrsObjectId
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter is a unique identification of UTRAN adjacent cell reselection
Description
object.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
1 ~ 64
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.6.7.2 CS adjacent cell report priority (RepPrioPS)

Full name
Abbreviation
RepPrioPS
3GPP Name
REP_PRIORITY
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 45.008 V5.22.0

Ajacent cells are reported according to the following priorities:
l
Description
5-224
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
cell.
l

Management Object
Cell
Value Range
Low; High
Unit
None
Default value
Low
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None

Full name
CCN supported
Abbreviation
CCNSupport
3GPP Name
CCN-ACTIVE
3GPP reference
3GPP TS44.060 V5.19.0

Description
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
5-225
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.6.7.4 Relation DN
Full name
Relation DN
Abbreviation
None
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
DN (BssId-SiteId-BtsId-Hold) of the handover cell or DN (EcId) of the
external cell.
Description
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
None
Unit
None
Default value
None
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
5.7 Frequency Hopping System Parameters

The interface of frequency hopping system parameters is shown in Figure 5-30.
5-226
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Figure 5-30 Frequency Hopping System Parameters
5.7.1 Frequency hopping No. (FhsId)

Full name
Frequency hopping No.
Abbreviation
FhsId
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
This parameter is a unique identification of frequency hopping system.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
1 ~ 255
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
Frequency No.
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
5.7.2 Hopping sequence No. (HSN)

Full name
Hopping sequence No.
Abbreviation
HSN
3GPP Name
Hopping sequence number
3GPP reference
3GPP TS 44.018 V5.22.0

5-227
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
According to GSM 05.02 Frequency Hoping Algorithm, MAI is a function of

TDMA Frame number (FN), Hoping Sequence Number (HSN) and Mobile
Allocation Index Offset (MAIO). HSN determines the operation track of
frequencies during the frequency hopping process. Using different HSN
for cells having same MA can avoid frequency utilization conflict between
adjacent cells during the frequency hopping process.
Different timeslots can share the same group of MA and corresponding
HSN. When HSN = 0, it is a special frequency hopping (i.e. circular
frequency hopping)
HSN can be derived from BCC of the cell, because cells using the same
MA also have the same BCCH.
For example, if HSN [(BCC6)+1, (BCC6)+6], then each cell may use
any of the 6 HSNs. The remaining 0 and 49 ~ 63 are used in other special
Description
cases. For simple implementation, directly use 0 by default.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 63
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
5.7.3 Frequency hopping mode (FreqHopMode)

Full name
Frequency hopping mode
Abbreviation
FreqHopMode
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
This parameter indicates the mode of frequency hopping.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
RFID freqhop; Base band freqhop
Unit
None
5-228
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Default value
RFID freqhop
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features

Hopping GROUP ID (BhGroupId)
Relevant parameters
MA frequency list No. (MaFreqNum)

When this parameter's value is Base band freqhop, the BhGroupId
parameter can be set.
Relationship
When this parameter is set as "RFID freqhop", adding and deleting

operation can be performed for the "MA frequency list No. (MaFreqNum)"
parameter. When this parameter is set as "Base band freqhop", the Add
button and the Del button disappear from the interface.
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
5.7.4 Hopping group ID (BhGroupId)

Full name
Hopping group ID
Abbreviation
BhGroupId
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
It indicates the hopping group id.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
0 ~ 255
Unit
None
Default value
0, indicating that TRX is not involved in baseband frequency hopping.
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
Frequency hopping mode (FreqHopMode)
Relationship
Related interfaces
When the "FreqHopMode" parameter's value is Base band freqhop,

this parameter can be set.
None
Service will be affected. If the parameter is modified, all current
Impact on service
services of corresponding frequency point will be interrupted

immediately.
5-229
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
5.7.5 MA Frequency List Number (MaFreqNum)

Full name
MA Frequency List Number
Abbreviation
MaFreqNum
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter provides a list of absolute RF channel number in a
frequency hopping group. It is a CA sub-set of the home cell. The related
information will be notified to MS when MS is notified of which channel
should be used.
Description
User can click Add or Del to perform adding or deleting operation.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
Based on frequency setting
Unit
None
Default value
Based on frequency setting
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
ZGO-04-03-002 Support of 64 Frequencies Hopping
Relevant parameters

When the "FreqHopMode" parameter is set as "RFID freqhop", adding
Relationship
and deleting operation can be performed for this parameter. When the
"FreqHopMode" parameter is set as "Base band freqhop", the Add button
and the Del button disappear from the interface.
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
5-230
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Chapter 6
System Control Parameters

Table of Contents
Operation Control Parameters....................................................................................6-1
FUC Parameters ......................................................................................................6-23
Handover Parameters of BCCH ...............................................................................6-28
Handover Parameters of SD.....................................................................................6-32
IBS Parameters........................................................................................................6-48
Performance Management Parameters ....................................................................6-50
Baseband Frequency Hopping TRX Exchange Parameters......................................6-54
GPRS Operation Control Parameters .......................................................................6-57
6.1 Operation Control Parameters

The interface of Operation Control Parameters for system control is shown in Figure 6-1.
Figure 6-1 Operation Control Parameters
6-1
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
6.1.1 Assign query enable (AssQueEnable)

Full name
Assign query enable
Abbreviation
AssQueEnable
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
Whether queuing is allowed if it fails to obtain channel in assignment.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
Yes
Default value
Allow
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
6.1.2 Internal redirection enable (InDrEnable)

Full name
Internal redirection enable
Abbreviation
InDrEnable
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
Determine if to allow channel request from other cells in BSC if no any

channel is requested.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
Yes
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
6-2
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Chapter 6 System Control Parameters
Impact on service
None
6.1.3 Outer redirection enable (OutDrEnable)

Full name
Outer redirection enable
Abbreviation
OutDrEnable
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
Determine if to allow channel request from the cells out of BSC if no any
channel is requested.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
6.1.4 Assign preemption enable (AssPreEmpt)

Full name
Assign preemption enable
Abbreviation
AssPreEmpt
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
Determine if to allow preemption of the channel occupied by the subscriber

with lower priority if no any channel is requested.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
Yes
Change mode
Offline
6-3
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
6.1.5 BSC intracell handover enable (HoIntraEnable)

Full name
BSC intracell handover enable
Abbreviation
HoIntraEnable
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
Determine if to allow intra-cell handover.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
Yes
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
6.1.6 BSC intercell handover enable (HoInterEnable)

Full name
BSC cell handover enable
Abbreviation
HoInterEnable
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
Determine if to allow inter-cell handover.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
6-4
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Default value
Yes
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
6.1.7 BSC outer handover enable (HoOutEnable)

Full name
BSC outer handover enable
Abbreviation
HoOutEnable
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
Determine if to enable BSC outer handover
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
Yes
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
6.1.8 SDCCH handover enable (ShoEnable)

Full name
SDCCH handover enable
Abbreviation
ShoEnable
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
Determine if to enable SDCCH handover
Management Object
BSC
6-5
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
6.1.9 TCH/F handover enable (TfHoEnable)

Full name
TCH/F handover enable
Abbreviation
TfHoEnable
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
Determine if to enable TCH/F handover
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
Yes
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
6.1.10 TCH/H handover enable (ThHoEnable)

Full name
TCH/H handover enable
Abbreviation
ThHoEnable
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
6-6
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Description
Determine if to enable TCH/H handover
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
Yes
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
6.1.11 Handover queue enable (HoQueEnable)

Full name
Handover queue enable
Abbreviation
HoQueEnable
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
Determine if to enable handover queue
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
Yes
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
6.1.12 Handover preemption enable (HoPreEmpt)

Full name
Handover preemption enable
Abbreviation
HoPreEmpt
6-7
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
Determine if to allow forced release.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
Yes
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
6.1.13 Handover check arithmetic choose (HoA)

Full name
Handover check arithmetic choose
Abbreviation
HoA
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
It is used to identify which kind of handover decision algorithm is used.
0: DZD handover algorithm 1
Description

......
10: reserved
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
[0, 10]
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
6-8
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Impact on service
None
6.1.14 Handover request response (HoAck)

Full name
Handover request response
Abbreviation
HoAck
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
Determine if MSC shall respond messages on BSC outer handover
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
No Need, Need
Unit
None
Default value
No need
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
6.1.15 Force FACCH (FacchOnly)

Full name
Force FACCH
Abbreviation
FacchOnly
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
First use TCH/F service channel on immediate assignment of channel

request.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
6-9
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
6.1.16 Continuum handover trigger (HoTrigger)

Full name
Continuum handover trigger
Abbreviation
HoTrigger
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
For internal use, assign the number of handover
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
[0, 65535]
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
6.1.17 Handover reason tip (HoCauseInd)

Full name
Handover reason tip
Abbreviation
HoCauseInd
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
For internal use, assign the reason of handover
Management Object
BSC
6-10
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
[0, 7]
Value Range
0: no handover
1 ~ 2: inra-cell handover
3 ~ 7: inter-cell handover or external handover
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
6.1.18 Local cell position number (LAC)

Full name
Local cell position number
Abbreviation
LAC
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
For internal use, assign the position number at local cell on handover.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
[0, 65535]
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
6.1.19 Local cell identification (CI)

Full name
Local cell identification
6-11
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Abbreviation
CI
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
For internal use, assign the number of local cell on handover.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
[0, 65535]
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
6.1.20 Outer cell target number (OutCellNum)

Full name
Outer cell target number
Abbreviation
OutCellNum
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
For internal use, assign the number of external target cell on handover.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
[0, 3]
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
6-12
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
6.1.21 Outer cell position number 1 (OutLAC1)

Full name
Outer cell position number 1
Abbreviation
OutLAC1
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
For internal use, assign the position number 1 of external target cell on
handover.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
[0, 65535]
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None

Full name
Abbreviation
OutLAC2
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
handover.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
[0, 65535]
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
6-13
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None

Full name
Abbreviation
OutLAC3
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
handover.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
[0, 65535]
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
6.1.24 Outer cell number 1 (OutCI1)

Full name
Outer cell number 1
Abbreviation
OutCI1
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
For internal use, assign the number 1 of external target cell on handover.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
[0, 65535]
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
6-14
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None

Full name
Outer cell number 2
Abbreviation
OutCI2
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
[0, 65535]
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None

Full name
Outer cell number 3
Abbreviation
OutCI3
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
[0, 65535]
Unit
None
6-15
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
6.1.27 Outer RNC 1 (OutRNC1)

Full name
Outer RNC 1
Abbreviation
OutRNC1
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
For internal use, assign the RNC_ID 1 of external 3G target cell on handover.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
[0, 65535]
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None

Full name
Outer RNC 2
Abbreviation
OutRNC2
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
Management Object
BSC
6-16
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Value Range
[0, 65535]
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None

Full name
Outer RNC 3
Abbreviation
OutRNC3
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
[0, 65535]
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
6.1.30 Old BSS to new BSS information (OldToneWctrl)

Full name
Old BSS to new BSS information
Abbreviation
OldToneWctrl
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
6-17
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Description
It describes the content that shall be sent for "Old BSS to New BSS
information" information in HANDOVER REQUIRED message.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
[0, 255]
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
6.1.31 Access Control (AccessCtrl)

Full name
Access Control
Abbreviation
AccessCtrl
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
Determine if to do access control
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
6.1.32 Resume set option (ResumeSetOpt)

Full name
Resume set option

6-18
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Abbreviation
ResumeSetOpt
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
Determine if to enable RESUME switch.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
Open, Close
Unit
None
Default value
Close
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
6.1.33 Handout queue sign (HandOutQueInd)

Full name
Handout queue sign
Abbreviation
HandOutQueInd
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
Identify if to allow queue on inter-BSC handover.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
Handout queue disable, Handout queue enable
Unit
None
Default value
Handout queue disable
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
6-19
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
6.1.34 Send cell prefer indication (SendCellPreferInd)

Full name
Send cell prefer indication
Abbreviation
SendCellPreferInd
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
Determine if to include Cell Prefer Ind in full layer 3 message
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
6.1.35 IPA AMR start mode (IpaAMRStartMode)

Full name
IPA AMR start mode
Abbreviation
IpaAMRStartMode
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
Start rate used by IPA AMR
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
Default, Max speed
Unit
None
Default value
Default
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
6-20
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Impact on service
None
6.1.36 TDD cell handover enable (TdHoEnable)

Full name
TDD cell handover enable
Abbreviation
TdHoEnable
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
Determine if to allow TDD cell handover
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
Yes
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
6.1.37 Sending HO detect message to MSC during intra-BSC HO

with IPA (InBscHoSendHoDet)
Full name
Sending HO detect message to MSC during intra-BSC HO with IPA
Abbreviation
InBscHoSendHoDet
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
For intra-BSC handover with IPA, when the link establishment indication is
received, if the newly requested voice version is different from the old voice
version, it is necessary to send the handover detect message to MSC to
Description
reduce the no-voice duration in a call. If the handover detect message has
been sent when IPA is sent to MSC, and if the handover failure message is
received (the intra-cell handover failure is due to assignment failure), it is
necessary to send the handover failure message to MSC.
6-21
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Management Object
Value Range
BSC
Yes/No
0: No; 1: Yes
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
6.1.38 ICM optimize when intra BSC handover (AmrHoOpt_0)

Full name
ICM optimize when intra BSC handover
Abbreviation
AmrHoOpt_0
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter indicates whether ICM optimization should be performed for
intra-BSC handover. If this parameter is set as 'Yes', when the response
message for pre-handover notification is returned from BTS, BSC sends ICM
Description
and startmode, which are contained in the handover command message, to

MS, and the two values are those in the response message for pre-handover
notification. Otherwise, the two values are those set at background.
Management Object
Value Range
BSC
Yes/No
0: No; 1: Yes
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
6-22
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
6.1.39 ICM optimize when inter BSC handover (AmrHoOpt_1)

Full name
ICM optimize when inter BSC handover
Abbreviation
AmrHoOpt_1
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter indicates whether ICM optimization should be performed for
inter-BSC handover. If this parameter is set as 'Yes', when the response
message for pre-handover notification is returned from BTS, BSC sends ICM
Description
and startmode, which are contained in the handover command message, to

MS, and the two values are those in the response message for pre-handover
notification. Otherwise, the two values are those set at background.
Management Object
Value Range
BSC
Yes/No
0: No; 1: Yes
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
6.2 FUC Parameters

The interface of FUC Parameters for system control is shown in Figure 6-2.
6-23
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Figure 6-2 FUC Parameters
6.2.1 Use system message method when MSC overload or link

block (MSCSysInfoFlc)
Full name
Use system message method when MSC overload or link block
Abbreviation
MSCSysInfoFlc
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
FUC is done by system message method while all MSC overloaded or SP
congested (FUC shall be started for this kind of overload).
Description
Use system message method, that is, disable some MSs from accessing
network according to the ACCN parameter in system message. Use FUC
method, that is, disable some MSs from accessing network according to the
number of random access on RACH.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
System message method, FUC method
Unit
None
Default value
FUC method
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
6-24
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
6.2.2 Start system message method (CPUSysInfoFlc)

Full name
Start system message method
Abbreviation
CPUSysInfoFlc
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
Enable system message method if CPU utilization of CMP increases up to

the CPU threshold o system message control method.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
6.2.3 Start system message method, start limit(%)

(CPUSysInfoCTLCPU)
Full name
Start limit of system message method
Abbreviation
CPUSysInfoCTLCPU
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
FUC caused by CPU utilization of CMP uses CPU threshold of system
Description
message control method. It means if CPU utilization exceeds this threshold

and "Start system message method" parameter is Yes, FUC can be done
by system message control method.
6-25
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
[0, 100]
Unit
Default value
65
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
6.2.4 Start FUC flow control (CPUFucFlc)

Full name
Start FUC flow control
Abbreviation
CPUFucFlc
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
Enable FUC flow control if CPU utilization of CMP increases up to the CPU
threshold of FUC flow control method.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
Yes
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
6.2.5 Start limit of FUC flow control (CPUFucCtlCPU, %)

Full name
Start limit of FUC flow control
Abbreviation
CPUFucCtlCPU
6-26
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
FUC caused by CPU utilization of CMP uses CPU threshold of FUC control
Description
method. It means if CPU utilization exceeds this threshold and Start FUC
flow control parameter is Yes, flow can be controlled by FUC flow control.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
[0, 100]
Unit
Default value
75
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
6.2.6 The maximum control level for MSC overload or link block
(MSCFlcMaxLevel)
Full name
The maximum control level for MSC overload or link block (MSCFlcMaxLevel)
Abbreviation
MSCFlcMaxLevel
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
It indicates allowed maximum control level while MSC is overloaded or link is

blocked.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
[0, 10]
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
6-27
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Impact on service
None
6.3 Handover Parameters of BCCH

The interface of Handover Parameters of BCCH for system control is shown in Figure
6-3.
Figure 6-3 Handover Parameters of BCCH
6.3.1 Handover BCCH (CanBCCHEx)

Full name
Handover BCCH
Abbreviation
CanBCCHEx
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter is used to indicate if dynamic configured BCCH function is enabled
Description
by BSC. When this function is enabled, network can enable dynamic configured
BCCH function. Specially, for which cell can enable this function, it is based on if
the cell can dynamically enable dynamically configured BCCH function.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
Yes/No
6-28
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
6.3.2 Scan BCCH (ScanBCCH)

Full name
Scan BCCH
Abbreviation
ScanBCCH
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter is used to indicate the scanning duration for idle BCCH channel
by the network when dynamic configured BCCH function is enabled in the cell.
Description
When network enables dynamic configured BCCH function, the network may
periodically check idle BCCH carrier state in the cell according to this parameter,
to decide conversion condition. This parameter can reflect response time for this
case due to network BCCH carrier failure.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
[600, 9000]
Unit
100 ms
Default value
3000
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
6-29
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Impact on service
None
6.3.3 BCCH starting delay (BCCHDelay)

Full name
BCCH starting delay
Abbreviation
BCCHDelay
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
carrier after timer timeout. Formally start switchover flow if switchover is required
The initial delay for BCCH switchover. The user shall check the state of BCCH
indeed.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
[20, 1800]
Unit
100 ms
Default value
1200
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
6.3.4 BCCH finishing delay (ReBCCHEx)

Full name
BCCH finishing delay
Abbreviation
ReBCCHEx
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
The initial delay for BCCH switchover. The user shall check the state of BCCH
Description
carrier after timer timeout. Formally start switchover flow if switchover is required
indeed.
6-30
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
[20, 1800]
Unit
100 ms
Default value
1200
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
6.3.5 Delay of TRX forcible release (TrxRel)

Full name
Delay of TRX forcible release
Abbreviation
TrxRel
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
It indicates delay of TRX forcible release. During BCCH handover, if you select
Description
the carrier with existing service as BCCH carrier after handover, you can inform
the service and handover to other carrier. Release the service on this carrier
after timer is timeout.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
[20, 200]
Unit
100 ms
Default value
60
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
6-31
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
6.3.6 The MAX cells' amount of simultaneously handover

(MaxChangeProc)
Full name
The MAX cells' amount of simultaneously handover
Abbreviation
MaxChangeProc
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
It controls the MAX number of cells that can be handovered simultaneously in a

module.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
[1, 8]
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
6.4 Handover Parameters of SD

The interface of Handover Parameters of SD for system control is shown in Figure 6-4.
6-32
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Figure 6-4 Handover Parameters of SD
6.4.1 Dynamic configuration SDCCH (CanSDCCHDyn)

Full name
Dynamic configuration SDCCH
Abbreviation
CanSDCCHDyn
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter is used to indicate if dynamic configured SDCCH function is
Description
enabled by BSC. When this function is enabled, network can enable dynamic
configured SDCCH function. Specially, for which cell can enable this function, it is
based on if the cell can dynamically enable dynamic configured SDCCH function.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
Relevant
parameters
None
6-33
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
6.4.2 Scan SDCCH (ScanSDCCH)

Full name
Scan SDCCH
Abbreviation
ScanSDCCH
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter is used to indicate the scanning duration for idle SDCCH channel
by the network when dynamic configured SDCCH function is enabled in the cell.
Description
When network enables dynamic configured SDCCH function, the network may
periodically check idle SDCCH channels in the cell according to this parameter, to
decide conversion condition. This parameter can reflect response time for this
case due to insufficient SDCCH channel resource.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
[10, 1000]
Unit
100 ms
Default value
100
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
6.4.3 Delay of TS forcible release (TsRel)

Full name
Delay of TS forcible release
Abbreviation
TsRel
6-34
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
It indicates delay of TS forcible release. During dynamic config SDCCH converted
Description
to TCH, first handover the service on this timeslot to other timeslots, and release
the service on this timeslot after timer is timeout.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
[5, 200]
Unit
100 ms
Default value
10
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
6.4.4 Delay protection (MaxDelay)

Full name
Delay protection
Abbreviation
MaxDelay
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter is delay protection timer, which is used to indicate response
Description
timeout timer after waiting for BTS configuration finishing while dynamic config
BCCH or SDCCH function is enabled and dynamic conversion condition is met.
Restart flow after timer is timeout.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
[1200, 2400]
Unit
100 ms
Default value
1800
Change mode
Offline
6-35
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Relevant
ZGO-03-04-001 Automatic BCCH Recovery, ZGB-03-02-003 Dynamic
Features
Configuration of SDCCH
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
6.4.5 TCH->SDCCH limit (MinSDCCH)

Full name
TCH->SDCCH limit
Abbreviation
MinSDCCH
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter is used to indicate if dynamic configured SDCCH function is
Description
enabled and conversion threshold from TCH to SDCCH. Only when idle SDCCH
is lower than this threshold, the conversion from TCH to SDCCH can be done.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
[2, 64]
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
6.4.6 SDCCH->TCH delay (TimeToTch)

Full name
SDCCH->TCH delay
6-36
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Abbreviation
TimeToTch
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter is used to enable dynamic config SDCCH function in the cell.
After TCH is dynamically converted to SDCCH channel and SDCCH channel is
Description
idle, to prevent from frequent channel conversion, a time limit will be added for
the conversion from SDCCH channel to TCH channel. During this limit, SDCCH
channel can not be converted to TCH channel.
Management
Object
BSC
Value Range
[0, 24]
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant
Features
Relevant
parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related
interfaces
None
Impact on service
None

The interface of Other Parameters for system control is shown in Figure 6-5.
6-37
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
6.5.1 B2 support AMR (V2TruSupportAMR)

Full name
B2 support AMR
Abbreviation
V2TruSupportAMR
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
if B2 carrier on BTSV2 site supports AMR voice algorithm determines if

service on B2 carrier can use AMR voice version.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
6-38
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
6.5.2 CHR Enable (ChrEnable)

Full name
CHR Enable
Abbreviation
ChrEnable
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
It indicates if call history record function is enabled.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
6.5.3 NC2 support (NC2support)

Full name
NC2 support
Abbreviation
NC2support
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
It indicates if to support NC2.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
6-39
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
6.5.4 MR server IP (MRSvrIP)

Full name
MR server IP
Abbreviation
MRSvrIP
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
MR server IP
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
Input IP with 4 bytes, xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx (xxx is 0~255)
Unit
None
Default value
0.0.0.0
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
6.5.5 MR server port (MRSvrPort)

Full name
MR server port
Abbreviation
MRSvrPort
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
MR server TCP port
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
[0, 65535]
Unit
None
Default value
0
6-40
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
6.5.6 BER weight (VoiceQualWeight_0)

Full name
BER Weight
Abbreviation
VoiceQualWeight_0
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Voice quality inspects the weight of influence factors. This parameter
Description
indicates BER weight. The system calculate the weight of voice quality level
while adding or reducing these influence factors.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
[0, 65535]
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
6.5.7 FER weight (VoiceQualWeight_1)

Full name
FER Weight
Abbreviation
VoiceQualWeight_1
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
6-41
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830

Description
indicates FER weight. The system calculates the weight of voice quality level
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
[0, 65535]
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
6.5.8 Handover frequency weight (VoiceQualWeight_2)

Full name
Handover frequence weight
Abbreviation
VoiceQualWeight_2
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
indicates handover frequency weight. The system calculate the weight of

voice quality level while adding or reducing these influence factors.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
[0, 65535]
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
6-42
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
6.5.9 DTX weight (VoiceQualWeight_3)

Full name
DTX weight
Abbreviation
VoiceQualWeight_3
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
indicates DTX weight. The system calculate the weight of voice quality level
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
[0, 65535]
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
6.5.10 Coding decode weight (VoiceQualWeight_4)

Full name
Coding decode weight
Abbreviation
VoiceQualWeight_4
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
indicates coding decode weight. The system calculate the weight of voice
quality level while adding or reducing these influence factors.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
[0, 65535]
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
6-43
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
6.5.11 ABIS transmission error code weight (VoiceQualWeight_5)

Full name
ABIS transmission error code weight
Abbreviation
VoiceQualWeight_5
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
indicates the weight of Abis transmission error code. The system calculate the
weight of voice quality level while adding or reducing these influence factors.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
[0, 65535]
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
6.5.12 Delay weight (VoiceQualWeight_6)

Full name
Delay weight
Abbreviation
VoiceQualWeight_6
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
indicates delay weight. The system calculate the weight of voice quality level
Management Object
BSC
6-44
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Value Range
[0, 65535]
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
6.5.13 A port resource block threshold (Reslimit_0)

Full name
A port resource block threshold
Abbreviation
Reslimit_0
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
It describes proportion threshold while alarm occurs by PCM at A-interface.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
[0, 100]
Unit
Default value
80
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
6.5.14 NSVC resource block threshold (Reslimit_1)

Full name
NSVC resource block threshold
Abbreviation
Reslimit_1
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
6-45
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Description
It describes proportion threshold while alarm occurs by NSVC at Gb interface.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
[0, 100]
Unit
Default value
80
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
6.5.15 Channel resource block threshold (Reslimit_2)

Full name
Channel resource block threshold
Abbreviation
Reslimit_2
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
It describes proportion threshold while alarm occurs in radio channel.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
[0, 100]
Unit
Default value
80
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
6.5.16 Subcell busy threshold (Reslimit_3)

Full name
Subcell busy threshold
Abbreviation
Reslimit_3
6-46
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
It is used as constraint condition for traffic shift and frag concentration.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
[40, 100]
Unit
Default value
80
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
6.5.17 ABIS alarm delay time (AbisAlmDelayTime)

Full name
ABIS alarm delay time
Abbreviation
AbisAlmDelayTime
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
On disconnection at Abis, if the time from disconnection to recovery is shorter

than the delay time, do not send the disconnection alarm.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
[0, 60]
Unit
Second
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
6-47
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
6.5.18 DTX factor (Info_0_8)

Full name
DTX factor
Abbreviation
Info_0_8
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
If the cell is IP access, MS uses DTX mode, and downlink discontinuous
Description
transmission is enabled, the final allocated Abis bandwidth equals to normal

service bandwidth multiplied by this factor.
Management Object
Cell
Value Range
[20, 100]
Unit
Default value
50
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
Relationship
Uplink discontinuous transmission (DtxUplinkBcch), Downlink discontinuous

transmission (DtxDwlink)
If MS shall use DTX mode and downlink discontinuous transmission is
enabled, this parameter is valid.
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
6.6 IBS Parameters

The interface of IBS Parameters for system control is shown in Figure 6-6.
6-48
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Figure 6-6 IBS Parameters
6.6.1 The method of intelligent TRX power off (Info_0_0)

Full name
The method of intelligent TRX power off
Abbreviation
Info_0_0
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
When IBS shutdown function is enabled, this parameter indicates the decision
condition applied to select shutdown TRX.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
The traffic of each line, peak value occupied by the channel
Unit
None
Default value
The traffic of each line
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
ZGO-04-04-002 Intelligent TRX Shutdown
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
6-49
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
6.7 Performance Management Parameters

The interface of Performance Management Parameters for system control is shown in
Figure 6-7.
Figure 6-7 Performance Management Parameters
6.7.1 PingPong handover duration (PingPongDura, s)

Full name
Pingpong handover duration
Abbreviation
PingPongDura
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
ping pong handover counter that measures the number of handovers out and
in the original cell within this period.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
[0, 60]
Unit
6-50
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Default value
10
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
6.7.2 Number of measurement reports for dropped connections

(LatestMeasureRptNum)
Full name
Number of measurement reports for dropped connections
Abbreviation
LatestMeasureRptNum
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
On call drops, you shall determine which reason causes the call drop based
Description
on average level and quality. This parameter is used to control the average
number.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
[1, 10]
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
6.7.3 Uplink quality threshold (DropBadQualULThs, RQ)

Full name
Uplink quality threshold
Abbreviation
DropBadQualULThs
3GPP Name
None
6-51
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
3GPP reference
Description
None
On call drops, if uplink quality is better than this threshold, it measures as
call drop due to poor uplink quality.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
[0, 7]
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
6.7.4 Downlink quality threshold (DropBadQualDLThs, RQ)

Full name
Downlink quality threshold
Abbreviation
DropBadQualDLThs
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
On call drops, if downlink quality is better than this threshold, it measures as

call drop due to poor downlink quality.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
[0, 7]
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
6-52
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
6.7.5 Uplink signal strength threshold (DropLowSigStrULThs)

Full name
Uplink signal strength threshold
Abbreviation
DropLowSigStrULThs
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
On call drops, if uplink level is not more than this threshold, it measures as
call drop due to low uplink level.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
[0, 63]
Unit
None
Default value
12
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
6.7.6 Downlink signal strength threshold (DropLowSigStrDLThs)

Full name
Downlink signal strength threshold
Abbreviation
DropLowSigStrDLThs
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
On call drops, if downlink level is not more than this threshold, it measures as
call drop due to low downlink level.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
[0, 63]
Unit
None
Default value
12
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
6-53
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
6.7.7 Excessive TA threshold (DropExcessiveTAThs)

Full name
Excessive TA threshold
Abbreviation
DropExcessiveTAThs
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
On call drops, if the distance (represented by TA value) between MS and
Description
network is not less than this threshold, it measures as call drop due to too
distant TA.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
[0, 63]
Unit
None
Default value
20
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
6.8 Baseband Frequency Hopping TRX Exchange

Parameters
The interface of Baseband Frequency Hopping TRX Exchange Parameters for system
control is shown in Figure 6-8.
6-54
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Figure 6-8 Baseband Frequency Hopping TRX Exchange Parameters
6.8.1 Baseband frequency hopping TRX exchange support

(Info_0_1)
Full name
Baseband frequency hopping TRX exchange support
Abbreviation
Info_0_1
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
It indicates whether baseband hopping TRX exchange is supported. If a TRX
Description
fails in baseband hopping set, the system automatically removes failed TRX
from hopping set. If the failed TRX restores, move it into original hopping set.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
6-55
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Impact on service
None
6.8.2 Baseband Frequency hopping TRX Exchange scan timer

(Info_1_0)
Full name
Baseband Frequency hopping TRX Exchange scan timer
Abbreviation
Info_1_0
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
It identifies the exchange period required by periodically scanning the TRX of

baseband frequency hopping.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
[600, 9000]
Unit
100 ms
Default value
3000
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
6.8.3 Baseband frequency hopping TRX configuration timer

(Info_1_16)
Full name
Baseband frequency hopping TRX configuration timer
Abbreviation
Info_1_16
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
After baseband hopping exchange, you shall update the configuration for the
site. This parameter defines the timer to wait for response from the site.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
[100, 3000]
Unit
100 ms
6-56
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Default value
1800
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
6.8.4 Baseband frequency hopping TRX exchange check delay

timer (Info_2_0)
Full name
Baseband frequency hopping TRX exchange check delay timer
Abbreviation
Info_2_0
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
When detecting the exchange is required for baseband hopping TRX, the
Description
system may delay for a period to check if the exchange is required again.
This parameter defines the delay period.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
[100, 1800]
Unit
100 ms
Default value
600
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
6.9 GPRS Operation Control Parameters

The interface of Operation Control Parameters for system control is shown in Figure 6-9.
6-57
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Figure 6-9 GPRS Operation Control Parameters
6.9.1 Two phase access (TwoPhaseAccess)

Full name
Two phase access
Abbreviation
TwoPhaseAccess
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
Description
This parameter indicates whether the two phase access mode is used
forcedly.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
Yes/No
Unit
None
Default value
Yes
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
6-58
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
6.9.2 Send radio status to SGSN (GBMsgSndInd_0)

Full name
Send radio status to SGSN
Abbreviation
GBMsgSndInd_0
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
This parameter indicates whether to send the radio status message to SGSN.
The message is sent in the following cases:
1. MS is not in the coverage range, the message containing the cause
"radio connection with MS is disconnected".
2. Radio quality is too poor, the message containing the cause "radio quality
is not good".
Description
3. The network side requires MS to perform cell reselection, the message

containing the cause "cell reselection command".
4. The network side can not require MS to perform cell reselction or
internal rerouting, the message containing the cause "preparing for cell
reselection".
5. PCCO fails, the message containing the cause "cell reselection failure".
Management Object
Value Range
BSC
Yes/No
0: No; 1: Yes
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
6.9.3 Send LLC discard to SGSN (GBMsgSndInd_1)

Full name
Send LLC discard to SGSN
Abbreviation
GBMsgSndInd_1
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
6-59
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
This parameter indicates whether to send discarded LLC frame to SGSN.

Description
When this parameter is set as 'Yes', the message is sent to notify SGSN
of the deleted LLC frame in the cell.
Management Object
Value Range
BSC
Yes/No
0: No; 1: Yes
Unit
None
Default value
Yes
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
6.9.4 Threshold of quality in radio status (RadStaQuaThs)

Full name
Threshold of quality in radio status
Abbreviation
RadStaQuaThs
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
After N3105 overflows, the radio status message is sent to SGSN. The radio
status message contains two types of cause to SGSN: 0 and 1. 0 indicates
the radio connection with MS is disconnected, and 1 indicates the radio
Description
quality is poor. Whether the cause value is 0 or 1 depends on the result

of comparing this parameter's value and the radio quality contained in the
downlink ack message.
Management Object
BSC
Value Range
[0, 31]
Unit
None
Default value
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
6-60
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
6.9.5 Send packet TBF release to MS when BSS abnormal

(PacketTBFRel)
Full name
Send packet TBF release to MS when BSS abnormal
Abbreviation
PacketTBFRel
3GPP Name
None
3GPP reference
None
When the network side becomes abnormal, this parameter is used to decide
Description
whether the TBF release message should be sent to MS.

Management Object
Value Range
BSC
Yes/No
0: No; 1: Yes
Unit
None
Default value
No
Change mode
Offline
Relevant Features
None
Relevant parameters
None
Relationship
None
Related interfaces
None
Impact on service
None
6-61
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
6-62
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Appendix A
Flow Control Policy Values

Barred
Overload
Class
Rxlev_Ac-
Penalty
Cell select
Level
Number
cess_Min
Time
Offset
-1 (255)
-2 (254)
-2 (254)
-3 (253)
-3 (253)
-3 (253)
-4 (252)
-3 (253)
-4 (252)
-3 (253)
11111
-3 (253)
-3 (253)
11111
-2 (254)
-3 (253)
11111
-1 (255)
-3 (253)
10
11111
-3 (253)
11
11111
-3 (253)
12
10
11111
-3 (253)
MaxTx-integer
Retrans
A-1
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
A-2
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Appendix B
Power Values
GSM900
GSM1800
MS Output
Value
MS Output
Power (dBm)
Value
Power (dBm)
0~2
39
29
36
37
30
34
35
31
32
33
30
...
...
...
16
11
...
17
13
18
14
19~31
15 ~ 28
28
B-1
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
B-2
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Appendix C
Cell Layer Number Values

Adjacent Cell
Current
Cell
GSM
GSM
Sectoral
GSM 900M
GSM 900M
1800M
1800M
Cell
Macro Cell
Micro Cell
Macro Cell
Micro Cell
Pico Cell
Sectoral
Cell
SAME
LOWER
LOWER
LOWER
UPPER
SAME
UPPER
LOWER
LOWER
SAME
LOWER
LOWER
cro Cell
UPPER
UPPER
SAME
LOWER
Pico Cell
UPPER
UPPER
GSM 900M
Macro Cell
GSM 900M
Micro Cell
GSM
1800M
Macro Cell
GSM
1800M Mi-
C-1
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
C-2
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Appendix D
Corresponding Relationship
between Parameter Interface
and Database Values
The following introduces the corresponding relationship between the parameter interface
and parameter values in the database.
Table of Contents
BSC Function Parameters Interface........................................................................ D-1
GERAN External Cell Parameters .......................................................................... D-8
UTRAN External Cell Parameters ........................................................................... D-8
Cell Parameters...................................................................................................... D-9
Cell Object Parameters......................................................................................... D-19
D.1 BSC Function Parameters Interface

D.1.1 Basic Property Parameters
l
Support MNC 3 digits (MNC3Digits)

Interface Value
Database Value
2 digits
3 digits
Net Type (Net)

Interface Value
Database Value
CTCN
CMCN
China
Unicom
Communication
Network
(CUCN)
Railway Telecom Network (RLTN)
China Netcom (CNC)
D-1
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Interface Value
Database Value
National Farm Transition Network (NFTN)
Network 7
Network 8
SP Type (SpType)
Interface Value
Database Value
Signaling End Point (SEP)
Signaling Transfer Point (STP)
Signaling terminal end point (STEP)
Is TC Type (TCType)
Interface Value
Database Value
Inner TC
Outer TC
Global time zone (GlobalTimeZone)

Interface Value
Database Value
(GMT-12:00) Enewetak, Kwajalein Island
-720
(GMT-11:30) Midway Island, Samoan Islands
-690
(GMT-11:30) Midway Island, Samoan Islands
-660
(GMT-10:30) Hawaii
-630
(GMT-10:00) Hawaii
-600
(GMT-09:30) Alaska
-570
(GMT-09:00) Alaska
-540
(GMT-08:30) Western Standard Time (USA

and Canada)
-510
(GMT-08:00) Western Standard Time (USA

and Canada)
-480
(GMT-07:30) Arizona
-450
(GMT-07:00) Arizona
-420
(GMT-06:30) Mexico
-390
(GMT-06:00) Mexico, Saskatchewan
-360
(GMT-05:30) Bogota, Lima
-330
D-2
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Appendix D Corresponding Relationship between Parameter Interface and Database Values

Interface Value
Database Value
(GMT-05:00) Bogota, Lima, Eastern Standard

Time (USA and Canada)
-300
(GMT-04:30) San Diego
-270
(GMT-04:00) San Diego
-240
(GMT-03:30) Newfoundlander
-210
(GMT-03:00) Brasilia, Buenos Aires
-180
(GMT-02:30) Mid-Atlantic
-150
(GMT-02:00) Mid-Atlantic
-120
(GMT-01:30) Cape Verde Islands, Azores Islands
-90
(GMT-01:00) Cape Verde Islands, Azores Islands
-60
(GMT-0:30) Greenwich Mean Time, London
-30
(GMT) Greenwich Mean Time, London
(GMT-0:30) Greenwich Mean Time, London
30
(GMT+01:00) Berlin, Roman, Paris
60
(GMT+01:30) Berlin, Roman, Paris
90
(GMT+02:00) Helsinki, Cairo, Athens
120
(GMT+02:30) Helsinki, Cairo, Athens
150
(GMT+03:00)
Baghdad,
Kuwait,
Riyadh,
Moscow
180
(GMT+03:30) Teheran
210
(GMT+04:00) Baku, Tbilisi
240
(GMT+04:30) Kabul
270
(GMT+05:00) Islamabad, Karachi
300
(GMT+05:30) Calcutta, Madras, Bombay, New

Delhi
330
(GMT+06:00) Alma-ata, Dacca
360
(GMT+06:30) Rangoon
390
(GMT+07:00) Bangkok, Djakarta
420
(GMT+07:30) Bangkok, Djakarta
450
(GMT+08:00) Beijing
480
(GMT+08:30) Beijing
510
(GMT+09:00) Seoul, Tokyo
540
D-3
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Interface Value
Database Value
(GMT+09:30) Adelaide, Darwin
570
(GMT+10:00) Canberra, Melbourne, Sydney,

Guam
600
(GMT+10:30) Canberra, Melbourne, Sydney,

Guam
630
(GMT+11:00) Magadan, The Solomon Islands
660
(GMT+11:30) Magadan, The Solomon Islands
690
(GMT+12:00) Wellington, Marshall Islands
720
(GMT+12:30) Wellington, Marshall Islands
750
(GMT+13:00) Nuku'alofa
780
D.1.2 Radio Basic Property Parameters

l

Interface Value
Database Value
DCS1800
PCS1900
MSC version ID (MSCVer)

Interface Value
Database Value
Release 98 or older
Release 99 or newer
D.1.3 Other Parameters

l
Preferred speech version (half) (PreferSpeechVer)

PreferSpeechVer is a jointed field in the database, half-rate is jointed with full-rate.
Jointing mode: adding by bit after shifting
PreferSpeechVer = (PreferSpeechVer_0<<2) + PreferSpeechVer_1
PreferSpeechVer _0: half-rate
PreferSpeechVer _1: full-rate
D-4
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Note:
In this manual, the shift jointing mode is expressed by a formula.
For instance, (Prefer-
SpeechVer_0<<2) + PreferSpeechVer_1, meaning the value of PreferSpeechVer_0 is shifted

two bits to left and jointed with the value of PreferSpeechVer_1.
Interface Value
Database Value
Half-rate version 1
Half-rate version 3
Preferred speech version (full) (PreferSpeechVer)

PreferSpeechVer is a jointed field in the database, half-rate is jointed with full-rate.
Jointing mode: adding by bit after shifting
PreferSpeechVer = (PreferSpeechVer_0<<2) + PreferSpeechVer_1
PreferSpeechVer _0: half-rate
PreferSpeechVer _1: full-rate
Interface Value
Database Value
Full-rate version 1
Full-rate version 2
Full-rate version 3
TFOControl
TFOControl is a jointed field in the database. Joining mode: adding by bit after shifting
TFOControl = (TFOControl_3<<3) + (TFOControl_2<<2) + (TFOControl_1<<1) +
TFOControl _0.
TFOControl_0: TFO Enabled
TFOControl_1: coding/decoding type optimization enabled
TFOControl_2: coding/decoding type unmatched enabled
TFOControl_3: AMR optimization mode
D.1.4 AMR Half Method Parameters

l
Initial codec mode (IsAmrlCM)

IsAmrICM is a jointed field in database. AMR half-rate is jointed with AMR full-rate.
Jointing mode: IsAmrICM (full) + IsAmrICM (half), jointed by string.
D-5
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Interface Value
Database Value
Initial codec mode
Startmode codec

AmrStartMode is a jointed field in database. AMR half-rate is jointed with AMR
full-rate. Jointing mode: AmrStartMode (full) + AmrStartMode (half), jointed by string.
Enable noise control (IsAmrNscb)

IsAmrNscb is a jointed field in database. AMR half-rate is jointed with full-rate. Jointing
mode: IsAmrNscb (full) + IsAmrNscb (half), jointed by string.
Thresholds of AMR (AmrThresholds)

AmrThresholds is a jointed field in database. AMR half-rate is jointed with full-rate.
Jointing mode: AmrThresholds (full) + AmrThresholds (half), jointed by string from top
to bottom.
Hysteresis of AMR (AmrHysteresis)

AmrHysteresis is a jointed field in database. AMR half-rate is jointed with full-rate.
Jointing mode: AmrHysteresis (full) + AmrHysteresis (half), jointed by string from top
to bottom.
D.1.5 AMR Full Method Parameters

l
Initial codec mode (IsAmrlCM)

IsAmrICM is a jointed field in database. AMR half-rate is jointed with AMR full-rate.
Jointing mode: IsAmrICM (full) + IsAmrICM (half), jointed by string.
Interface Value
Database Value
Initial codec mode
Startmode codec

AmrStartMode is a jointed field in database. AMR half-rate is jointed with AMR
full-rate. Jointing mode: AmrStartMode (full) + AmrStartMode (half), jointed by string.
Enable noise control (IsAmrNscb)

IsAmrNscb is a jointed field in database. AMR half-rate is jointed with full-rate. Jointing
mode: IsAmrNscb (full) + IsAmrNscb (half), jointed by string.
Thresholds of AMR (AmrThresholds)

AmrThresholds is a jointed field in database. AMR half-rate is jointed with full-rate.
Jointing mode: AmrThresholds (full) + AmrThresholds (half), jointed by string from top
to bottom.
D-6
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Hysteresis of AMR (AmrHysteresis)

AmrHysteresis is a jointed field in database. AMR half-rate is jointed with full-rate.
Jointing mode: AmrHysteresis (full) + AmrHysteresis (half), jointed by string from top
to bottom.
D.1.6 GPRS Other Parameters 1

l
Cn
Cn is a jointed field in the database. Jointing mode: jointed by string from top to
bottom.
Nn
Nn is a jointed field in the database. Jointing mode: jointed by string from top to
bottom.
Xn
Xn is a jointed field in the database. Jointing mode: jointed by string from top to
bottom.
D.1.7 GPRS Other Parameters 2

l
NACC supported (NACCSupport)

Interface Value
Database Value
Not support NACC
Support NACC, not support LLC framework

conversion
Support NACC, also support LLC framework

conversion.
BSC's net operation mode (NMO)

Interface Value
Database Value
Downlink TBF retry (DITBFRetry)

Interface Value
Database Value
Not retry
Retry 1 times
Retry 2 times
2
D-7
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
D.1.8 EDGE Parameters

l
SGSN version ID (SGSNVer)

Interface Value
Database Value
Release 98 or older
Release 99 or newer
R99 Ind (R99Ind)

Interface Value
Database Value
non-R99 version
R99 version
D.2 GERAN External Cell Parameters

l

Interface Value
Database Value
Umbrella cell
Macro Cell
Micro cell
Pico Cell
Extended range cell

Interface Value
Database Value
GSM900
EXT900
DCS1800
PCS1900
GSM850
D.3 UTRAN External Cell Parameters

l

Interface Value
Database Value
FDD
0
D-8
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830

Interface Value
Database Value
TDD
UTRAN cell Band width(BandWidth3G)

Interface Value
Database Value
0 (3.84Mcps)
1 (1.28Mcps)
D.4 Cell Parameters

D.4.1 Basic Parameters 1
l

Interface Value
Database Value
Umbrella cell
Macro Cell
Micro cell
Pico Cell
Extended range cell

Interface Value
Database Value
GSM900
EXT900
DCS1800
PCS1900
GSM850

Interface Value
Database Value
GSM900
EXT900
DCS1800
PCS1900
4
D-9
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Interface Value
Database Value
GSM850
GPRS service supported (PsSupport)

Interface Value
Database Value
No
Support EDGE
Common control channel configuration (CcchConf)

Interface Value
Database Value
CCCH uses one physical channel, not combined with SDCCH
One basic physical channel used by CCCH, use

with SDCCH
Two basic physical channels used by CCCH, do

not use with SDCCH
Three basic physical channels used by CCCH,

do not use with SDCCH
Four basic physical channels used by CCCH,

do not use with SDCCH
D.4.2 Basic Parameters 2

l
AMR codec adjust mode (AmrAdjMode)

Interface Value
Database Value
AMR rapid speed mode
Adjustment interval for configuration
D.4.3 Other Parameters

l
CipherMode
CipherMode is a jointed field in the database, consisted of CipherMode-0 ~
CipherMode-7. Jointing mode: jointed by string from top to bottom.
D-10
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
D.4.4 System Parameters

l
InterfBoundary
It is a jointed field in database, consisting of InterfBoundary_0 ~ InterfBoundary_5.
Jointing mode: jointed by string from top to bottom.
D.4.5 GPRS Other Params1 Parameters

l
SI13 sending position (Si13Locate)

Interface Value
Database Value
BCCH Norm
BCCH Ext
Packet access priority threshold (PriAcThr)

Interface Value
Database Value
Disallow packet access
Allow packet access with the priority level 1
Allow priority
D.4.6 GPRS Cell Options Parameters

l
T3168
Interface Value
Database Value
0.5
1.5
2.5
3.5
T3192
D-11
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Interface Value
Database Value
500
1000
1500
80
120
160
200
DRX mode holding time (DrxTimeMax, s)

Interface Value
Database Value
16
32
64
Packet control acknowledgment type (CtraCKType)

Interface Value
Database Value
4 access burst
RLC/MAC control block
Access burst type (AccessType)

Interface Value
Database Value
8 bits
11 bits
N3102 decrease step (PanDec)

Interface Value
Database Value
0
D-12
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830

Interface Value
Database Value
12
16
20
24
28
32
N3102 increase step (PanInc)

Interface Value
Database Value
12
16
20
24
28
32
N3102 MAX (PanMax)

Interface Value
Database Value
12
16
20
24
28
32
GPRS Phone Init Coding

GPRS Phone Init Coding is a jointed field in the database.
1*16Kbps+2~4*16Kbps jointed by string.
Jointing mode:
GPRS phones init code can be changed (InitAttachExch_0)

D-13
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
InitAttachExch is a jointed field in database. Jointing mode: adding InitAttachExch_0

by bit after shifting bit, that is, (InitAttachExch_1<<1)+InitAttachExch_0).
InitAttachExch_0: GPRS phones init code can be changed dynamically.
InitAttachExch_1: EGPRS phones init code can be changed
D.4.7 GPRS NC Survey Parameters

l
Packet Idle mode (NcRepPerI, s)

Interface Value
Database Value
0.48
0.96
1.92
3.84
7.68
15.36
30.72
61.44
Packet transmission mode (NcRepPerT, s)

Interface Value
Database Value
0.48
0.96
1.92
3.84
7.68
15.36
30.72
61.44
Network control order (CtrlOrder)

Interface Value
Database Value
NC0
NC1
NC2
NC hold time in non-drx mode (NcNoDrxPer, s)

D-14
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830

Interface Value
Database Value
No non-DRX mode
0.24
0.48
0.72
0.96
1.2
1.44
1.92
Extended measurement report order (ExMeaOrder)

Interface Value
Database Value
EM0
EM1
Type of extended measurement report (ExtRepType)

Interface Value
Database Value
Type 1
Type 2
Type 3
Report period of extended measurement (ExtRepPer, s)

Interface Value
Database Value
60
120
240
480
960
1920
3840
7680
D.4.8 GPRS Power Control Parameters

l
Power control measurement channel (PcMeasChan)

D-15
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Interface Value
Database Value
BCCH
PDCH
D.4.9 GPRS Cell Reselection Parameters

l
Cell reselection offset(ReselOffset)

ReselOffset is a jointed field in database by ReselOff_0 and ReselOff_1. Jointing
mode: ReselOff_0 + ReselOff_1 jointed by string.
Temporary offset of cell reselection(TempOffset)

TempOffset is a jointed field in database by TempOffset_0 and TempOffset_1. Jointing
mode: TempOffset_0 + TempOffset_1 jointed by string.
Interface Value
Database Value
10
20
30
40
50
60
Large infinite
Penalty time of cell reselection(PenalTime)

PenalTime is a jointed field in database by PenalTime_0 and PenalTime_1. Jointing
mode: PenalTime_0 + PenalTime_1 jointed by string.
Interval of reselecting the same cell(T_Resel)

T_Resel is a jointed field in database by T_Resel_0 and T_Resel_1. Jointing mode:
T_Resel_0 + T_Resel_1 jointed by string.
Interface Value
Database Value
10
15
20
30
60
5
D-16
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830

Interface Value
Database Value
120
300
Threshold of HCS signal level(HCS_Thr)

HCS_Thr is a jointed field in database by HCS_Thr_0 and HCS_Thr_1. Jointing mode:
HCS_Thr_0+HCS_Thr_1 jointed by string.
HCS priority(PrioClass)
PrioClass is a jointed field in database by PrioClass_0 and PrioClass_1. Jointing
mode: PrioClass_0 + PrioClass_1 jointed by string.
C31 hysteresis(C31_Hyst)
C31_Hyst is a jointed field in database by C31_Hyst_0 and C31_Hyst_1. Jointing
mode: C31_Hyst_0 + C31_Hyst_1 jointed by string.
GPRS cell reselection hysteresis(ReselHys)

ReselHys is a jointed field in database by ReselHys_0 and ReselHys_1. Jointing
mode: ReselHys_0 + ReselHys_1 jointed by string.
Routing reselection hysteresis (RaReselHys)

RaReselHys is a jointed field in database by RaReselHys_0 and RaReselHys_1.
Jointing mode: RaReselHys_0 + RaReselHys_1 jointed by string.
Random access attempt permitted (RadAcRetry)

RadAcRetry is a jointed field in database by RadAcRetry_0 and RadAcRetry_1.
Jointing mode: RadAcRetry_0 + RadAcRetry_1 jointed by string.
Usage of cell reselection offset (C32_Qual)

C32_Qual is a jointed field in database by C32_Qual_0 and C32_Qual_1. Jointing
mode: C32_Qual_0+C32_Qual_1 jointed by string.
GPRS access minimal signal level (RxLevAsMin)

RxLevAsMin is a jointed field in database by RxLevAsMin_0 and RxLevAsMin_1.
Jointing mode: RxLevAsMin_0 + RxLevAsMin_1 jointed by string.
HCS exist (HCS_Exist)

HCS_Exist is a jointed field in database by HCS_Exist_0 and HCS_Exist_1. Jointing
mode: HCS_Exist_0+HCS_Exist_1 jointed by string.
GPRS MAX initial access signal level (MsTxMaxCch)

MsTxMaxCch is a jointed field in database by MsTxMaxCch_0 and MsTxMaxCch_1.
Jointing mode: MsTxMaxCch_0 + MsTxMaxCch_1 jointed by string.
D.4.10 GPRS Channel Parameters

l
Interval range of packet access attempt (TxInt)

D-17
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Interface Value
Database Value
10
12
14
10
16
11
20
12
25
13
32
14
50
15
Interval period of packet access attempt (S)

Interface Value
Database Value
12
15
20
30
41
55
76
109
163
217
MAX Times of Attempt(MaxRetrans)

MaxRetrans is a jointed field in database. Jointing mode: jointed by string from top to
bottom.
D-18
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830

Interface Value
Database Value
Access Control Level(AccCtrlClass)

AccCtrlClass is a jointed field in database. Jointing mode: jointed by string from top
to bottom.
Access Persist Level(PersistLev)

PersistLev is a jointed field in database. Jointing mode: jointed by string from top to
bottom.
D.4.11 EDGE Parameters

l
EGPRS Phone Init Coding (EGPRSInitAttSelt)

It is a jointed field in the database. Jointing mode: jointed by string from top to bottom.
Interface Value
Database Value
MCS1
MCS2
MCS3
MCS4
MCS5
MCS6
MCS7
MCS8
MCS9
D.5 Cell Object Parameters

D.5.1 TRX Information Parameters
l
TRX type (TrxType)

Interface Value
Database Value
Common TRX
0
D-19
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Interface Value
Database Value
Extended TRX
Static power level (PwRreduction)

Interface Value
Database Value
Max output power
Max output power -2dB
Max output power +1.5dB
253
Max output power +1dB
254
Max output power +0.5dB
255
D.5.2 Channel Information Parameters

l
TS Channel Combination
Interface Value
Database Value
TCH/F
TCH/H(0, 1)+FACCH/H(0, 1)+SACCH/TH(0, 1)
TCH/H(0, 0)+FACCH/H(0, 1)+SACCH/TH(0,
1)+TCH/H(0, 1)
SDCCH/8+SACCH/C8
FCCH+SCH+BCCH+CCCH
BCCH+SDCCH/4
BCCH+CCCH
BCCH+SDCCH/4+CBCH
SDCCH+CBCH
PBCCH+PCCCH+PDTCH+PACCH+PTCCH
12
PCCCH+PDTCH+PACCH+PTCCH
13
PDTCH+PACCH+PTCCH
14
Ps Service Preference Property

D-20
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830

Interface Value
Database Value
No preference
255
GPRS preference
EDGE preference
EDGE exclusion
EGPRS2A Preference
EGPRS2A dedicated
D.5.3 Power Control Parameters

l
Power Control Level and PwrDecrLimit

They form a jointed field in database. Jointing mode: jointed by string from top to
bottom.
Increase uplink level Threshold (PcULInclLevThsThs), Value P (PcULInclLevThsP),

and Value N (PcULInclLevThsN)
bottom, according to the sequence: FR, HR, AMR FR, AMR HR.
Decrease uplink level Threshold (PcULRedLevThsThs), Value P (PcULRedLevThsP),

and Value N (PcULRedLevThsN)
Increase
uplink
quality
Threshold
(PcULInclQualThsThs),
(PcULInclQualThsP), and Value N (PcULInclQualThsN)
Value
l
Decrease uplink quality Threshold (PcULRedQualThsThs),

(PcULRedQualThsP), and Value N (PcULRedQualThsN)
Value
l
Increase
downlink
level
Threshold
(PcDLInclLevThsThs),
(PcDLInclLevThsP), and Value N (PcDLInclLevThsN)
Value
l
Decrease
downlink
level
Threshold
(PcDLRedLevThsThs),
(PcDLRedLevThsP), and Value N (PcDLRedLevThsN)
Value
D-21
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Increase downlink quality Threshold (PcDLInclQualThsThs),

(PcDLInclQualThsP), and Value N (PcDLInclQualThsN)
Value
l
Decrease downlink quality Threshold (PcDLRedQualThsThs),

(PcDLRedQualThsP), and Value N (PcDLRedQualThsN)
Value
l
Power increasing step (db) (PwrIncStep)

It is a jointed field in database. Jointing mode: jointed by string from top to bottom,
according to the sequence: FR, HR, AMR FR, AMR HR.
Power decreasing step (db) (PwrRedStep)

MAX power level of MS (MsTxPwrMax)

MIN power level of MS (MsTxPwrMin)

MIN power level of BS (BxTxPwrMin)

MIN interval of power control (PcMinlnterval)

D.5.4 Handover Control Parameters

l
Frequency control value for handover on traffic (TrafficHoFreqrCtl)

Interface Value
Database Value
GSM900
EXT900
DCS1800
PCS1900
GSM850
HoPatternInd
D-22
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
HoPatternInd is a jointed field. Jointing mode: addition by bit after shift.

HoPatternInd=(HoPatternInd4<<3)+(HoPatternInd3<<2)+(HoPatternInd2<<1)+
HoPatternInd1
HoPatternInd1: Synchronization handover
HoPatternInd2: Asynchronization handover
HoPatternInd3: Pseudo-synchronization handover
HoPatternInd4: Pre-synchronization handover
l
HoControl
HoControl is a jointed field. Jointing mode: adding by bit after shifting:
HoControl=(HoControl18<<17)+(HoControl17<<16)+(HoControl16<<15)+(HoControl15<<14)+(H
HoControl1: Allow SDCCH handover
HoControl2: Allow inter-cell handover due to uplink interference
HoControl3: Allow inter-cell handover due to downlink interference
HoControl4: Allow handover due to distance
HoControl5: Allow standard PBGT handover
HoControl6: Allow automatic handover based on traffic
HoControl7: Allow handover based on direction
HoControl8: Allow handover based on homocentric circularity
HoControl9:
interference
HoControl10:
interference
Allow intra-cell handover in super TRX channel due to downlink

Allow intra-cell handover in super TRX channel due to uplink
HoControl11: Allow adjacent cells handover in super TRX channel due to PBGT
HoControl12: Allow dynamic adjustment of handover priority
HoControl13: Allow rapid handover
HoControl14: Allow Macro-Micro delay handover
HoControl15: Allow Micro-Macro delay handover
HoControl16: Allow internal handover based on TA
HoControl17: Allow force transfer handover
HoControl18: Subcell handover algorithm
l
Subcell handover algorithm (HoControl18)

Interface Value
Database Value
Concentric handover
Path loss and TA handover
1
D-23
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
D.5.5 UTRAN Cell Control Parameters

l
Measurement threshold of UE performing GPRS UTRAN cell (Qsearch_P)

Qsearch_P is a jointed field in database. Jointing mode: Qsearch_P_0+Qsearch_P_1
jointed by string.
Qsearch_P_0: idle state
Qsearch_P_1: packet transmission state
FDD GPRS reselection offset (FDD_GPRS_Qoffset)

FDD_GPRS_Qoffset is a jointed field in database.
FDD_GPRS_Qoffset_0+FDD_GPRS_Qoffset_1 jointed by string.
Jointing
mode:
Jointing
mode:
Jointing
mode:
FDD_GPRS_Qoffset_0: idle state

FDD_GPRS_Qoffset_1: packet transmission state
l
TDD GPRS reselection offset (TDD_GPRS_Qoffset)

TDD_GPRS_Qoffset is a jointed field in database.
TDD_GPRS_Qoffset_0+TDD_GPRS_Qoffset_1 jointed by string.
TDD_GPRS_Qoffset_0: idle state
TDD_GPRS_Qoffset_1: packet transmission state
PS MIN Ec/No of UTRAN reselecting cell

FDD_QminPS is a jointed field in database.
FDD_QminPS_0+FDD_QminPS_1 jointed by string.
FDD_QminPS_0: idle state
FDD_QminPS_1: packet transmission state
Offset of FDD_QminPS_0(FDD_Qmin_OffsetPS)
FDD_Qmin_OffsetPS is a jointed field in database.
Jointing
FDD_Qmin_OffsetPS_0+FDD_Qmin_OffsetPS_1 jointed by string.
mode:
FDD_Qmin_OffsetPS_0: idle state

FDD_Qmin_OffsetPS_1: packet transmission state
l
PS MIN RSCP of UTRAN reselecting cell (FDD_RSCPminPS)

FDD_RSCPminPS is a jointed field in database.
FDD_RSCPminPS_0+FDD_RSCPminPS_1 jointed by string.
Jointing
mode:
FDD_RSCPminPS_0: idle state

FDD_RSCPminPS_1: packet transmission state
l
Measurement report threshold of Ec/No or RSCP(FDDRprtTho2PS)

FDDRprtTho2PS is a jointed field in database.
FDDRprtTho2PS_0+FDDRprtTho2PS_1 jointed by string.
Jointing
mode:
FDDRprtTho2PS_0: idle state

D-24
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
FDDRprtTho2PS_1: packet transmission state
D.5.6 UTRAN Handover Control Parameters

l
UTRAN handover (ServiceHo)

Interface Value
Database Value
Handover to UTRAN first
Not handover to UTRAN first
Not allow to handover to UTRAN
According to MSC, default handover to UTRAN

first
According to MSC, default not handover to

UTRAN first
According to MSC, default not allowed to handover to UTRAN
FDD/TDD handover (FDDTDDPrio)

Interface Value
Database Value
Priority to FDD
Handover to TDD cell should be performed
D.5.7 Adjacent Cell Handover and Reselection Parameters

l
Neighboring cell layer (NCellLayer)

Interface Value
Database Value
Undefined
Upper layer of the home cell
Lower layer of the home cell
D.5.8 Adjacent Cell Handover Parameters

l
Neighboring cell layer (NCellLayer)

Interface Value
Database Value
Undefined
1
D-25
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Interface Value
Database Value
Upper layer of the home cell
Lower layer of the home cell
D.5.9 Frequency Hopping System Parameters

l

Interface Value
Database Value
Base band freqhop
RFID freqhop
D-26
SJ-20100203092418-017|20100830
Figures
Figure 1-1 Starting NE Agent .................................................................................... 1-3
Figure 1-2 Selecting NE Management > Configuration Management .................... 1-3
Figure 1-3 Configuration Management Interface ....................................................... 1-4
Figure 1-4 Selecting Apply Mutex Right .................................................................. 1-5
Figure 1-5 Information Dialog Box ........................................................................... 1-5
Figure 1-6 Successfully Applying Mutex Right........................................................... 1-5
Figure 1-7 Selecting Release Mutex Right .............................................................. 1-6
Figure 1-8 Selecting Export Network Plan Data ...................................................... 1-6
Figure 1-9 Selecting MOC to Be Exported ................................................................ 1-7
Figure 1-10 Selecting Attributes to Be Exported for MOC.......................................... 1-7
Figure 1-11 Selecting File Type to Be Exported......................................................... 1-8
Figure 1-12 Setting Saving Path and File Name for Data .......................................... 1-8
Figure 1-13 Parameter Data ..................................................................................... 1-8
Figure 1-14 Selecting Batch Apply Network Plan Data......................................... 1-10
Figure 1-15 Selecting File Type to Be Imported....................................................... 1-10
Figure 1-16 Applying Network Planning Data in Batch ............................................ 1-11
Figure 2-1 Radio Basic Property Parameters ............................................................ 2-1
Figure 2-2 Other Parameters .................................................................................. 2-11
Figure 2-3 Channel Allocation Control Parameters.................................................. 2-25
Figure 2-4 Timer 1 Parameters ............................................................................... 2-34
Figure 2-5 Timer 2 Parameters ............................................................................... 2-48
Figure 2-6 GPRS Max Retrying Times Parameters ................................................. 2-64
Figure 2-7 GPRS Timer Parameters ....................................................................... 2-73
Figure 2-8 AMR Half Method Parameters ............................................................... 2-86
Figure 2-9 AMR Full Method Parameters ................................................................ 2-91
Figure 2-10 GPRS Other Parameters 1 .................................................................. 2-97
Figure 2-11 GPRS Other Parameters 2................................................................. 2-102
Figure 2-12 BVC Flow Control Parameters ........................................................... 2-112
Figure 2-13 FUC Flow Control Map Parameters ................................................... 2-120
Figure 2-14 EDGE Parameters ............................................................................. 2-126
Figure 2-15 eMLPP Set ........................................................................................ 2-133
Figure 2-16 Ater Timer Parameters....................................................................... 2-151
I
Figure 3-1 Basic Property Parameters for GERAN External Cell ............................... 3-1
Figure 3-2 GPRS Property Parameters for GERAN External Cell.............................. 3-8
Figure 3-3 UTRAN External Cell Parameters .......................................................... 3-24
Figure 4-1 Basic Parameters 1.................................................................................. 4-2
Figure 4-2 Basic Parameters 2................................................................................ 4-17
Figure 4-3 Basic Parameters 3................................................................................ 4-34
Figure 4-4 Optional Parameters .............................................................................. 4-50
Figure 4-5 Cell Selection Parameters...................................................................... 4-61
Figure 4-6 Service Process Additional Parameters ................................................. 4-70
Figure 4-7 System Parameters ............................................................................... 4-82
Figure 4-9 GPRS Basic Parameters........................................................................ 4-95
Figure 4-10 GPRS Other Parameters 1 ................................................................ 4-100
Figure 4-11 GPRS Other Parameters 2................................................................. 4-110
Figure 4-12 GPRS Other Parameters 3 ................................................................ 4-127
Figure 4-13 GPRS Cell Options Parameters ......................................................... 4-139
Figure 4-14 GPRS NC Survey Parameters ........................................................... 4-149
Figure 4-15 GPRS Power Control Parameters ...................................................... 4-156
Figure 4-16 GPRS Cell Reselection Parameters ................................................... 4-161
Figure 4-17 GPRS Channel Parameters ............................................................... 4-185
Figure 4-18 EDGE Parameters ............................................................................. 4-195
Figure 5-1 TRX Information Parameters.................................................................... 5-2
Figure 5-2 Channel Information Parameters ........................................................... 5-10
Figure 5-3 IP Parameters........................................................................................ 5-19
Figure 5-4 Panel Parameters .................................................................................. 5-22
Figure 5-5 Power Control Parameters..................................................................... 5-25
Figure 5-6 Power Survey Parameters ..................................................................... 5-28
Figure 5-7 Power Adjustment Threshold Parameters .............................................. 5-35
Figure 5-9 GPRS Power Control Parameters .......................................................... 5-48
Figure 5-10 Handover Pretreatment Parameters..................................................... 5-53
Figure 5-11 Handover Threshold Parameters.......................................................... 5-62
Figure 5-12 Handover Condition Parameters .......................................................... 5-73
Figure 5-13 Handover Control Parameters.............................................................. 5-85
Figure 5-14 Other Parameters ................................................................................ 5-96
II
Figures
Figure 5-15 Handover Algorithm Parameters ........................................................ 5-104

Figure 5-16 Subcell Parameters............................................................................ 5-115
Figure 5-17 Basic Properties 1 Parameters........................................................... 5-120
Figure 5-21 GPRS Parameters 1 .......................................................................... 5-158
Figure 5-22 GPRS Parameters 2 .......................................................................... 5-169
Figure 5-23 Adjacent Interference Cell Parameters............................................... 5-180
Figure 5-24 Adjacent Cell Handover and Reselection Parameters ........................ 5-181
Figure 5-25 Adjacent Cell Handover Parameters .................................................. 5-196
Figure 5-26 Adjacent Cell Reselection Parameters ............................................... 5-209
Figure 5-27 UTRAN Adjacent Cell Handover and Reselection Parameters ........... 5-212
Figure 5-28 UTRAN Adjacent Cell Handover Parameters ..................................... 5-219
Figure 5-29 UTRAN Adjacent Cell Reselection Parameters .................................. 5-223
Figure 5-30 Frequency Hopping System Parameters ............................................ 5-227
Figure 6-1 Operation Control Parameters ................................................................. 6-1
Figure 6-2 FUC Parameters.................................................................................... 6-24
Figure 6-3 Handover Parameters of BCCH ............................................................. 6-28
Figure 6-4 Handover Parameters of SD .................................................................. 6-33
Figure 6-6 IBS Parameters ..................................................................................... 6-49
Figure 6-7 Performance Management Parameters.................................................. 6-50
Figure 6-8 Baseband Frequency Hopping TRX Exchange Parameters ................... 6-55
Figure 6-9 GPRS Operation Control Parameters .................................................... 6-58
III
Figures
Glossary
3GPP
- 3rd Generation Partnership Project
AMR
- Adaptive Multiple Rate
Abis
- Abis Interface between BSC and BTS
BCCH
- Broadcast Control CHannel
BER
- Bit Error Rate
BSC
- Base Station Controller
BSS
- Base Station System
BTS
- Base Transceiver Station
CHR
- Call History Record
DSP
- Digital Signal Processor
DTX
- Discontinuous Transmission
FACCH
- Fast Associated Control Channel
FER
- Frame Error Rate
FUC
- Frame Unit Controller
GERAN
- GSM/EDGE Radio Access Network
GSM
- Global System for Mobile Communication
MR
- Meaturement Report
V
MS
- Mobile Station
MSC
- Mobile Switching Center
NSS
- Network Subsystem
SDCCH
- Stand alone Dedicated Control Channel
TCH
- Traffic Channel
TCP
- Transfer Control Protocol
TDD
- Time Division Duplex
TDMA
- Time Division Multiple Access
TRX
- Transmitter and Receiver
TS
- Time Slot
VI

ZXG10 IBSC (V61 20 20) Base Station Controller Radio Parameter Reference

Загружено:

Сведения о документе

Авторское право

Доступные форматы

Поделиться этим документом

Поделиться или встроить документ

Параметры публикации

Этот документ был вам полезен?

Это неприемлемый материал?

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

ZXG10 IBSC (V61 20 20) Base Station Controller Radio Parameter Reference

Загружено:

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

ZXG10 iBSC

Base Station Controller

Radio Parameter Reference

Additionally, the contents of this document are protected by

contractual confidentiality obligations.

Serial Number: SJ-20100203092418-017

Chapter 2 BSC Function Parameters........................................................ 2-1

2.2.11 TFO Enable (TFOControl_0) ................................................................. 2-18

2.5.22 HO performed ack timer (TwaitHoPFMAck, 100ms) ................................ 2-62

2.8.3 Hysteresis of AMR (AmrHysteresis)......................................................... 2-88

2.12.1 BVC flow control support (BVCFlowCtrl) ............................................... 2-112

2.15.4 Maximum forced handover times when handover (HoForcedHoTry) .......2-135

2.16.9 Ater reset timer (TAterRst, 100ms)........................................................2-156

Chapter 3 External Cell Parameters.......................................................... 3-1

3.2 UTRAN External Cell Parameters...................................................................... 3-23

Chapter 4 Cell Parameters......................................................................... 4-1

4.2 Basic Parameters 2 .......................................................................................... 4-16

4.3.9 Number of multi-frames of the PCH (BsPaMframs) ................................... 4-42

4.5.9 Power offset (PowerOffset, 2db).............................................................. 4-69

4.8.8 Channel Select Strategy ......................................................................... 4-94

4.11.14 Interval number of EGPRS TBF downlinks RRBP

4.13.7 Packet control acknowledgment type (CtraCKType)...............................4-143

4.16.12 HCS priority2 (PrioClass_1) ...............................................................4-169

4.18.1 EGPRS packet channel request access program support

Chapter 5 Cell Object Parameters............................................................. 5-1

5.5.4 GPRS Parameters 2..............................................................................5-169

Chapter 6 System Control Parameters..................................................... 6-1

6.1.21 Outer cell position number 1 (OutLAC1)................................................. 6-13

6.4.2 Scan SDCCH (ScanSDCCH) .................................................................. 6-34

Appendix A Flow Control Policy Values.................................................. A-1

D.5 Cell Object Parameters .................................................................................... D-19

About This Manual

What Is in This Manual

Introduces the scope, description methods, and adjustment cautions

Chapter 2, BSC Function

Introduces the BSC function parameters.

Introduces the GERAN external cell parameters and UTRAN external

Chapter 4, Cell Parameters

Introduces the cell parameters in the BSS system.

Chapter 5, Cell Object

Introduces the cell object parameters in the BSS system.

Introduces the system control parameters in the BSS system.

1.1 Introduction to BSS Radio Parameters

ZTE Proprietary and Confidential

ZXG10 iBSC Radio Parameter Reference

GERAN subnetwork parameters, BSC management NE parameters,

1.2 Method of Modifying Radio Parameters

ZTE Proprietary and Confidential

Figure 1-1 Starting NE Agent

3. Click Start, the system automatically starts this NE.

ZTE Proprietary and Confidential

ZXG10 iBSC Radio Parameter Reference

5. Click Configuration Management, the system enters into configuration management

ZTE Proprietary and Confidential

Figure 1-4 Selecting Apply Mutex Right

ZTE Proprietary and Confidential

ZXG10 iBSC Radio Parameter Reference

Figure 1-7 Selecting Release Mutex Right

1.3 Method of Modifying Parameters in Batch

ZTE Proprietary and Confidential

Figure 1-9 Selecting MOC to Be Exported

ZTE Proprietary and Confidential

ZXG10 iBSC Radio Parameter Reference

ZTE Proprietary and Confidential